Page 2 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Including Usage, Comprehension, Precis, and Letter-Writing, (An Indispensable Book for Undergraduate Students), , By, Dr. B.B. Jain, M.A., Ph.D., , (Retd.) Professor and Head, Department of English Studies and Research,, Agra College, Agra., , Revised & Enlarged Edition, , UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA–2
Page 3 : Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , © Author, , Publishers, UPKAR PRAKASHAN, (An ISO 9001 : 2000 Company), , 2/11A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA–282 002, Phone : 4053333, 2530966, 2531101, Fax : (0562) 4053330, 4031570, E-mail :
[email protected], Website : www.upkar.in, Branch Offices, 4845, Ansari Road, Daryaganj,, New Delhi–110 002, Phone : 011–23251844/66, , 1-8-1/B, R.R. Complex (Near Sundaraiah Park,, Adjacent to Manasa Enclave Gate), Bagh Lingampally,, Hyderabad–500 044 (A.P.), Phone : 040–66753330, , ● The publishers have taken all possible precautions in publishing this book, yet if, any mistake has crept in, the publishers shall not be responsible for the same., ● This book or any part thereof may not be reproduced in any form by, Photographic, Mechanical, or any other method, for any use, without written, permission from the Publishers., ● Only the courts at Agra shall have the jurisdiction for any legal dispute., , ISBN : 978-81-7482-190-4, , Price : 230·00, (Rs. Two Hundred Thirty Only), Code No. 1534, , Printed at : UPKAR PRAKASHAN (Printing Unit) Bye-pass, AGRA
Page 4 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Preface, Adding a new book on English Grammar and Usage to the existing flood of books, on the subject sounds rather audacious. But strangely enough, it is this flood of books,, some of which are spurious and others too technical and abstruse to be followed by the, learner, that has prompted the present author to write a new book on Applied, Grammar, Usage and Comprehension which could well serve as a practical handbook, and guide to the learning of English Language both by the primary as well as, advanced learners., English is indeed a difficult language to learn, and the rules of Formal and Applied, Grammar and Usage which govern it are equally difficult for the learner to understand, and apply correctly. This is more so because there are many exceptions to most of the, rules. The learner would therefore need not only an explication of the rules but also a, large number of illustrative examples and exercises for practice. This point has been, kept in mind all through the course of writing of this book. The book has, therefore,, turned out to be not only a complete Textbook of Grammar, but also a comprehensive, Desk-book for practice., The book is designed to be all-comprehensive in its range and scope. It has 45, Chapters which, as the contents would show, cover practically all aspects of Applied, Grammar, Usage, Word-Formation, Comprehension, and Composition. It represents a, synthesis of the traditional and structural methods to teach the learner how to read,, write, and speak English correctly, idiomatically and fluently. While dealing with the, grammatical and structural problems under various chapters, special attention has been, paid to the intricate and ticklish problems which even the advanced students have to, face. These problems relate particularly to the correct use of Syntax, Articles,, Prepositions, Auxiliaries, Non-Finite Verbs, Position of Adverbs, Tense and Time, sense, and Phrasal expressions. Due attention has also been paid to the special, requirements of the candidates appearing at various competitive examinations at the, State and Central levels., It is confidently hoped that the book would serve as a complete and practical, textbook and manual of English Grammar, Usage and Comprehension to the, candidates preparing for the various University and competitive examinations, throughout the country., —B.B. Jain
Page 5 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Contents, Chapters, 1., , 2., , 3., , 4., , 5., , 6., , 7., , Pages, , Some Basic Concepts, 3–4, Letters, Syllables, Phrases and Sentences ………………………………………………, 3, Kinds of Sentences ………………………………………………………………………, 3, Parts of Speech ………………………………………………………..…………………, 4, Syntax, 5–19, Agreement of the Verb with the Subject …………………………………………………, 5, Some Exceptions …………………………………………………………………………, 7, Collective Noun and the Verb …………………………………………..………………, 10, Some Typical Nouns and the Verb ………………………………………………………, 10, Relative Pronoun and the Verb ………………………………………….………………, 11, Numeral Expressions and the Verb ………………………………………………………, 13, Quantitative Expressions and the Verb …………………………………..………………, 13, Verb 'to be' and the Complement…………………………………………………………, 15, Nouns, Pronouns and Possessive Adjectives……………………………..………………, 17, Articles, 20–30, Kinds of Articles …………………………………………………………………………, 20, Forms of Indefinite Article : 'a' or 'an'……………………………………………………, 20, Uses of Indefinite Article…………………………………………………………………, 21, Uses of Definite Article …………………………………………………………………., 23, Omission of Articles……………………………………………………………………… 26, Position of Articles ………………………………………………………………………, 28, Nouns, 31–41, Formation of Genders ……………………………………………………………………, 31, Conversion of Numbers …………………………………………………………………, 32, Formation of Possessive Case ……………………………………………………………, 33, Correct Use of Nouns : Rules ……………………………………………………………, 35, Pronouns, 42–54, Forms of Pronouns ………………………………………………………………………, 42, Correct Use of Pronouns : Personal Pronouns …………..………………………………, 42, Pronoun 'It'/'This'…………………………………………………………………………, 46, Relative Pronouns ………………………………………………………………………, 47, Compound Relative Pronouns……………………………………………………………, 49, Omission of Relative Pronouns ………………………….………………………………, 50, Reflexive Pronouns ………………………………………………………………………, 51, Interrogative Pronouns …………………………………..………………………………, 52, Adjectives, 55–72, Kinds of Adjectives ………………………………………………………………………, 55, Position of Adjectives ……………………………………………………………………, 57, Degrees of Adjectives ……………………………………………………………………, 58, Correct Use of Adjectives : Positive Degree Adjectives…………………………………, 60, Comparative Degree Adjectives …………………………………………………………, 61, Superlative Degree Adjectives ………………………..…………………………………, 65, Some Other Typical Adjectives ……………………….…………………………………, 67, Adverbs, 73–85, Kinds of Adverbs…………………………………………………………………………, 73, Degrees of Adverbs ………………………………………………………………………, 73
Page 6 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ( vi ), Position of Adverbs………………………………………………………………………, 74, Some Typical Adverbs…………………………………………...………………………, 77, Some Common Rules ……………………………………………………………………, 83, 8. Prepositions, 86–112, Forms of Preposition …………………………………………….………………………, 86, Functional Types of Prepositions ………………………………..………………………, 86, Use of Prepositions : Their Place ………………………………..………………………, 87, Omission of Preposition …………………………………………………………………, 88, Wrong Use of Prepositions ………………………………………………………………, 89, Some Typical Prepositions ………………………………………………………………, 89, Preposition Gerund ………………………………………………………………………, 91, The Same Words followed by Different Prepositions……………………………………, 93, Different Forms of Words followed by Different Prepositions ….………………………, 94, List of Appropriate Prepositions, (a) Nouns followed by Prepositions ………………………….………………………, 96, (b) Adjectives and Participles followed by Prepositions ……..……………………… 101, (c) Verbs followed by Prepositions …………………………..……………………… 105, 9. Conjunctions, 113–122, Correlative Conjunctions ………………………………………...……………………… 113, Uses of Conjunctions …………………………………………….……………………… 114, Functional Conjunctions ………………………………………………………………… 119, 10. Verbs, 123–144, Kinds of Verbs…………………………………………………………………………… 123, Auxiliary/Modal Verbs : Their Functions ……………………….……………………… 125, Verbs 'To be' : Am, Is, Are, Was, Were ………………………………………………… 125, Have/Has/Had …………………………………………………………………………… 127, May/Might …………………………………………………………….………………… 132, Can/Could …………………………………………………………….………………… 133, Shall/Should, Will/Would ……………………………………………..………………… 135, Must/Ought…………………………………………………………….………………… 138, Need/Needn't ………………………………………………………….………………… 138, Dare/Daren't……………………………………………………………………………… 139, Used to…………………………………………………………………………………… 140, Two Auxiliaries and Principal Verb ………………………………….………………… 141, Position of Subject, Verb, Object and Complement …………………..………………… 141, Question–Tags/Tail Questions …………………………………….......………………… 143, 11. Non-Finite Verbs, 145–153, Kinds of Non-Finite Verbs…………………………………………….………………… 145, The Infinitive…………………………………………………………..………………… 145, (a) Infinitive with or without ‘to’ …………………………………………………… 145, (b) Noun—Infinitives …………………………………………….………………… 146, (c) Gerundial Infinitives ………………………………………….………………… 147, (d) Other Uses of Infinitives………………………………………………………… 147, The Gerund ……………………………………………………………………………… 148, (a) Functions of Gerund ………………………………………….………………… 149, (b) Uses of Gerund ……………………………………………….………………… 149, The Participle ………………………………………………………….………………… 150, (a) Kinds of Participles……………………………………………………………… 150, (b) Uses of Participles…………………………………………….………………… 150, (c) Rules of Use of Participles ……………………………………………………… 151
Page 7 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ( vii ), 12. Time and Tense, 154–170, Distinction between Time and Tense …………………………………………………… 154, Three Forms of Verbs : A List ………………………………………..………………… 154, Structures of Sentences : ………………………………………………………………… 156, Structures in the Present Tense……………………………………………………… 156, Structures in the Past Tense ……………………………………...………………… 159, Structures in the Future Tense……………………………………………………… 162, Uses of Tenses ………………………………………………………..………………… 164, Tenses and Time ………………………………………………………………………… 169, Structures of ‘It is time’, ‘If were’ and ‘Wish’ Sentences ……………………………… 170, 13. Active and Passive Voice, 171–176, Interchange between Subject and Object ……………………………..………………… 171, Changes in the Verb …………………………………………………..………………… 172, Imperative Sentences…………………………………………………..………………… 174, Negative Sentences …………………………………………………...………………… 174, Interrogative Sentences ……………………………………………….………………… 174, Some Other Sentence Structures ………………………………………………………… 175, 14. Direct and Indirect Narration, 177–191, Some General Terms ………………………………………………….………………… 177, Rules for Connectives …………………………………………………………………… 177, Rules for Change in Tenses……………………………………………………………… 178, Rules for Change in Persons …………………………………………..………………… 181, Miscellaneous Changes ……………………………………………….………………… 182, Conversion of Interrogative Sentences ……………………………….………………… 183, Conversion of Imperative Sentences ………………………………….………………… 184, Conversion of Exclamatory Sentences ………………………………..………………… 186, Question-Tags …………………………………………………………………………… 186, Sentences Beginning with 'Let' ……………………………………….………………… 187, Some General Observations……………………………………………………………… 187, 15. Analysis, 192–200, Some General Observations……………………………………………………………… 192, Analysis of Complex Sentences ………………………………………………………… 193, Subordinate Noun Clause…………………………………………………………… 193, Subordinate Adjective Clause ……………………………………………………… 194, Subordinate Adverb Clause ………………………………………………………… 195, Analysis of Compound Sentences …………………………………….………………… 198, 16. Synthesis, 201–210, Combining into a Simple Sentence ……………………………………………………… 201, Combining into a Complex Sentence …………………………………………………… 205, Combining into a Compound Sentence ……………………………….………………… 207, 17. Transformation, 211–225, Interchange between 'too' and 'so' ……………………………………..………………… 211, Conditional Sentences …………………………………………………………………… 212, Concession or Contrast ………………………………………………………………… 212, Degrees of Adjectives …………………………………………………………………… 213, Active and Passive Voice………………………………………………………………… 213, Affirmative and Negative Sentences ………………………………….………………… 214, Exclamatory and Assertive Sentences…………………………………………………… 215
Page 8 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ( viii ), , 18., , 19., 20., 21., 22., 23., 24., 25., 26., , 27., 28., 29., 30., 31., 32., 33., 34., 35., 36., 37., 38., 39., 40., 41., 42., 43., 44., 45., , Changes in Parts of Speech ……………………………………………………………… 215, Interchange between Simple and Compound Sentences………………………………… 217, Interchange between Simple and Complex Sentences ………………..………………… 218, Interchange between Compound and Complex Sentences ……………………………… 221, Interchange between Principal and Subordinate Clauses ……………..………………… 222, Formation of Words, 226–230, Suffixes………………………………………………………………...………………… 226, Words Converted into Different Parts of Speech ……………………..………………… 227, Prefixes ………………………………………………………………..………………… 229, Antonyms Formed by Negative Prefixes………………………………………………… 229, Antonyms, 231–235, Synonyms, 236–241, Homonyms, 242–249, Paronyms, 250–255, Same Word Used as Different Parts of Speech, 256–260, One-Word Substitution, 261–266, Idioms, 267–279, Idiomatic Phrases, 280–285, Noun Phrases …………………………………………………………………………… 280, Adjective Phrases………………………………………………………………………… 280, Adverb Phrases ………………………………………………………..………………… 281, Prepositional Phrases ………………………………………………….………………… 282, Verbal Phrases…………………………………………………………………………… 283, Phrases in Pairs ………………………………………………………………………….. 285, Distinction between Similar Expressions, 286–287, Proverbs, 288–291, Expansion : Paragraph-Writing, 292–297, Spellings, 298–299, Punctuation and Capitals, 300–305, Figures of Speech, 306–309, Foreign Words and Phrases, 310–312, The Courtesy Words ‘Please’ and ‘Thank You’, 313–314, Greetings and Salutations, 315–316, Dates and Time, 317–319, Comprehension, 320–329, Precis-Writing, 330–336, Paraphrasing, 337–342, Report-Writing, 343–344, Messages, 345–349, Notices, 350–354, Diary-Writing, 355–356, Telegram, 357–359, Letter-Writing, 360–384, Format of Personal Letters…………………………………………………………...……… 360, Format of Official Letters …………………………………………………………………… 363, Format of Business Letters ………………………………………………………….……… 365, Models of Personal Letters ………………………………………………………….……… 367, Models of Matrimonial Letters ……………………………………………………………… 373, Models of Business Letters and Applications ……………………………………….……… 378
Page 11 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 1, , Some Basic Concepts, , Letters and Syllables, Letters—There are 26 Letters in English., They can be classified into two groups :, (i) Vowels, (ii) Consonants, Vowels—The Letters that can be pronounced, without the help of any other Letter are called, Vowels. They are five—a, e, i, o, u., Consonants—The remaining 21 Letters are, called consonants. They cannot be pronounced, without the help of a Vowel., Note—W and Y are the two Letters that can, be used both as Vowels and Consonants., Words—Any sound produced by the mouth,, which has a meaning, is called a word. A word is, formed by one or more Letters., Syllables—The part of a word pronounced in, one instance is called a syllable. A word can have, one or more syllables., As :, (i) Words of one syllable : you, me, go, run,, sit, etc., (ii) Words of two syllables : Fa-ther, Wa-ter,, mon-key, beau-ty, etc., (iii) Words of more than two syllables :, Beau-ti-ful, de-mo-cra-cy; po-ssi-bi-li-ty,, etc., Sentence—“A combination of words that, makes complete sense is called a sentence.”, —(J. C. Nesfield), “A group of words which makes complete, sense is called a sentence.”, —(Wren and Martin), Phrase—“A combination of words that, makes sense, but not complete sense, is called a, phrase”., —(Nesfield), , “A group of words which makes sense but not, complete sense, is called a phrase.”, —(Wren and Martin), As—of great courage, at the door, sands of, time, etc., Clause—“A group of words which forms part, of a sentence, and contains a subject and a, predicate, is called a clause.”, —(Nesfield), He said that he was not well., Do you know the man who came here, yesterday ?, , Kinds of Sentences, Sentences are of Four kinds :, 1. Assertive or Declarative Sentence— A, sentence that makes a statement or assertion is, called an Assertive or Declarative sentence., As—India is a great country., He is a noble man.., 2. Interrogative Sentence—A sentence that, asks a question is called an Interrogative sentence., As—What is your name ?, Is he a dependable man ?, 3. Imperative Sentence—A sentence that, expresses a command, a request or an entreaty, is called an Imperative sentence., As—Be quiet., Go away from here., Forgive us., 4. Exclamatory Sentence—A sentence that, expresses a sudden feeling of pleasure, sorrow,, anger or surprise is called an Exclamatory, sentence., As—Alas ! I am ruined., What a terrible shock it was !, How shameful !
Page 12 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 4 | L.W.C.E., , Parts of Speech, Different words used in a sentence have, different functions. According to these functions,, words can be classified into 8 categories. No word, has any fixed category. Its category depends upon, its function in a sentence., These eight categories are called Parts of, Speech—, 1. Noun—“A noun is a word used as the, name of a person, place, or thing.”, —(Wren and Martin), As—Ram, table, sweetness, iron, sheep, etc., 2. Pronoun—“A pronoun is a word used, instead of a noun.”, —(Wren and Martin), As—he, she, you, I, we, it, they, etc., 3. Adjective—“An Adjective is a word used, to add something to the meaning of a noun (or a, pronoun)., —(Wren and Martin), An adjective qualifies a noun or a pronoun., As—a good boy, a fast train, much labour,, five coins., 4. Verb—“A verb is a word used to say, something about some person, place, or thing.”, —(Wren and Martin), As—She went to school., Kanpur is an industrial town., He is dumb., , 5. Adverb—“An Adverb is a word used to, add something to the meaning of a verb, an, adjective, or another adverb.”, —(Wren and Martin), As—, He worked hard., He came suddenly., She is very slow., She finished her work very quickly., 6. Preposition—“A Preposition is a word, used with a noun or a pronoun to show how the, person or thing denoted by the noun or pronoun, stands in relation to something else.”, —(Wren and Martin), As—on the road, in the house, by courtesy,, with him, etc., 7. Conjunction—“A conjunction is a word, which is used to join words, phrases, clauses, and, sentences to one another. —(Wren and Martin), As—Ram and Shyam, through thick and, thin, He ran fast but missed the train., 8. Interjection—“An Interjection is a word, which expresses some sudden feeling.”, —(Wren and Martin), As—Alas ! Hurrah, Oh !, Bravo, etc.
Page 13 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Syntax, , 2, Syntax means sentence–structure. There are, certain rules of sentence–structure, which we must, know and apply carefully. There are indeed some, exceptions to these rules, but these exceptions are, also governed by some rules. These rules must be, applied keeping in mind their external forms as, well as their spirit., , Concord or Agreement, In the rules of syntax the most important ones, are those of concord or Agreement. Every sentence has a subject, a verb and a predicate. There, must be an agreement between these three parts of, a sentence. There must be an agreement between, the Person, Number, Gender and Tense used in, the different parts of the sentence., “By concord is meant formal agreement in, person, number, gender or tense between two or, more parts of a sentence.”, , Agreement of the Verb with the Subject, Subject—Verb Agreement, Rule 1—The Verb must agree with its Subject in Number and Person. The Number and, Person of the verb must be in agreement with the, Number and Person of its Subject. A Singular, subject must have a Singular Verb, and a Plural, Subject must have a Plural Verb., Formula—, Subject, Verb, I, go, We, go, You, go, He, goes, They, go, Ram, goes, A bird, flies, Birds, fly, , Formula—, Subject, Verb, Singular, Singular, Plural, Plural, Note—, (i) It should be remembered that a verb has, a Singular or a Plural Number in the Present, Tense only. In the Past Tense the Singular and the, Plural forms of the verb are the same. In the, original form a verb is supposed to be in the Plural, Number and Present Tense. When ‘s’ or ‘es’ is, added to the verb, it becomes a verb in the Present, Tense and Singular Number. As—, Plural Verb in the, Present Tense, Sit, Run, Eat, Go, Fly, Play, Smile, , Singular Verb in the, Present Tense, Sits, Runs, Eats, Goes, Flies, Plays, Smiles, , It should be remembered here that when ‘s’ or, ‘es’ is added to a verb, it becomes Singular, but, when ‘s’ or ‘es’ is added to a Noun, it becomes, Plural., Singular Noun, Book, Dog, House, Bench, Branch, Formula—, Verb + s/es, Noun + s/es, , Plural Noun, Books, Dogs, Houses, Benches, Branches, =, =, , Singular, Plural
Page 14 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 6 | L.W.C.E., (ii) Special attention needs to be paid to verbs, ‘to be’. Am, is, are, was, were are called verbs ‘to, be’. Their forms change according to their Person, in the Singular Number only, but in the Plural, Number they remain the same with all Persons., As—, Singular, First Person, I am/was, Second Person You are/were, Third Person, He is/was, , Plural, We are/were, You are/were, They are/were, It is/was, (iii) The following are the Singular and, Plural forms of Verbs ‘to be’ and h a s and, have—, Singular, is, am, was, are, has, have, , Plural, are, are, were, are, have, have, , (iv) will, shall, would, should always take, have after them; they never take has, whether the, subject is Singular or Plural. As—, 1. I shall have a new ball., 2 We shall have new balls., 3. He will have a new ball., 4. They will have new balls., Thus, according to Rule 1 above—, (a) If the subject is in First Person, Singular, Number or Plural Number, the verb will be, accordingly in the First Person, Singular Number, or Plural Number. As—, 1. I am late., 2. We are late, 3. I love children, 4. We love children., (b) If the subject is in Second Person, Singular Number or Plural Number, the verb will be, accordingly in the Second Person, Singular Number or Plural Number. As—, 1. You are a scholar., (‘you’ Singular Number), 2. You are all afraid. (‘you’ Plural Number), 3. You go there., (Singular Number), 4. You go there., (Plural Number), , Note— It should be remembered that in English I, and you are used as if they are in Plural, Number. Therefore, with I and you the, verb is always used in Plural Number., However, I takes am in the Present tense, and was in the Past tense., (c) If the subject is in Third Person, Singular, or Plural Number, the verb will be accordingly in, Third Person, Singular or Plural Number. As—, 1. He is poor., 2. They are poor., 3. He reads a book., 4. They read books., 5. He has a new house., 6. They have a new house., , Exercise, (A) Correct the following Sentences :, 1. Birds flies., 2. Dogs is barking., 3. The child weep., 4. Darkness prevail., 5. Flowers is blooming., 6. The sun rise in the east., 7. The father and son works in the field., 8. All the students is present today., 9. He love his friend., 10. You and I goes to school., 11. I reads a novel., 12. You has a new pen., Hints— 1. fly; 2. are; 3. weeps; 4. prevails;, 5. are; 6. rises; 7. work; 8. are; 9. loves;, 10. go; 11. read; 12. have., (B) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with the correct verb from those given in, brackets :, 1. His teeth ............. dirty., (are, is), 2. Where .............. all these men going ?, (are, is), 3. Whose books .......... these ?, (is, are), 4. All his sheep ........... grazing in the field., (are, is), 5. Do you know who this gentleman ......... ?, (is, are)
Page 15 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTAX | 7, 6., , My parents .......... here yesterday., (was, were), 7. My work .......... been finished., (has, have), 8. All my friends ........... gone. (has, have), Hints— 1. are; 2. are; 3. are; 4. are; 5. is; 6. were;, 7. has; 8. have., , Exceptions, To, Rule 1. Above, It has been said in Rule 1. above that a, Singular Subject takes a Singular Verb and a, Plural Subject takes a Plural Verb. There are,, however, the following three exceptions to this, general rule :, (1) Dare not and Need not, These are the two typical Verbs which in, Negative Sentences (where dare and need are, followed by not) are used in the Plural form even, with Singular Subjects., “The third person singular is need,’ and not, ‘needs’ just as ‘dare’ is used for ‘dares’ provided, it is followed by a negative.”, —(Nesfield), As—, 1. He dare not oppose me., 2. They dare not oppose me., 3. He need not go., 4. They need not go., Note—If dare and need are used in the affirmative sense (i.e. without ‘not’) they take, Plural form with the Plural Subject and, Singular form with the Singular Subject., As—, 1. He dares., 2. They dare., 3. He needs., 4. They need., (2) Verbs of Supposition/ Subjunctive Mood, The second exception to Rule 1 above is that, Plural Verb is used with Singular Subjects in, sentences expressing mere imagination or impossible hope, wish or condition. As—, 1. If I were a bird., 2. Were I a king., 3. How I wish she were here., 4. If I were you, I would do it., 5. He behaved as if he were our master., , (3) Verbs of Wish/Blessing, The third exception is that in sentences, expressing deep and sharp wish, blessing or hope,, Plural Verb is used with Singular Subjects. In, these sentences the verb is used in the Subjunctive, Mood. This use is now confined to a few, sentences only. As—, 1. Long live the King., 2. God save the King., 3. Lord bless you., 4. Long live our friendship., , Exercise, Fill in the blanks with the correct verb, from those given in brackets :, 1. She .......... not come before me. (dare,, dares), 2. He ......... not to do it. (need, needs), 3. He ........... to challenge me. (dare, dares), 4. She ............. to go very early. (need,, needs), 5. Ram ........ not tell a lie. (dare, dares), 6. I wish my father ........... alive. (was,, were), 7. ........... he in England to see the coronation ! (was, were), 8. If I ........ you, I would never accept it., (was, were), Hints— 1. dare; 2.need; 3. dares; 4. needs; 5., dare; 6. were; 7. were; 8. were., Rule 2—If two or more Singular Subjects are, joined with and, they take verb in the, Plural Number. As—, 1. Ram and Mohan come here every day., 2. The father and son work together., 3. Lightning and thunder come together., 4. Shyam, Mohan and Ashok have come., Rule 3— If two Singular Nouns point to only, one person or thing, they take verb in, the Singular Number. As—, 1. The great poet and scholar is dead., 2. My friend and benefactor has come., 3. The great warrior and patriot is being, honoured., 4. The chief Engineer and Manager of the, factory has agreed.
Page 16 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 8 | L.W.C.E., Note— It should be kept in mind that when two, Nouns point to only one person or thing,, the article is used only once with the first, noun. If the article is used before both the, Nouns separately, they would mean to, point to two persons or things, and in that, case Plural Verb would be used. As—, The Chief Engineer and the Manager of the, factory have agreed., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Hari and Ram is close friends., 2. A man and his wife is standing at the, door., 3. Your house and mine has been damaged., 4. The father and son was here yesterday., 5. Mohan and his friend was travelling, together., 6. A car and a scooter has collided., 7. I and my friend was injured., 8. The great orator and scholar have been, honoured., 9. The noted actor and musician are giving a, demonstration., 10. My guide and guardian are here today., 11. The Chairman and Director are going to, preside over the meeting., 12. The Governor and Chancellor of the, University have passed this ordinance., Hints—1. are; 2. are; 3. have; 4. were; 5. were;, 6. have; 7. were; 8. has; 9. is; 10. is; 11. is;, 12 has., Rule 4—If two Subjects taken together mean one, thing only, they take the verb in the, Singular Number. As—, 1. Bread and butter makes a good breakfast., (Taken together), 2. The horse and carriage stands at the, door., 3. Slow and steady wins the race., 4. Early to bed and early to rise, Makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise., Rule 5—If two or more Subjects have each or, every before them, they take the verb in, the Singular Number. Remember that, each and every are used before Singular, Nouns only. As—, , 1., 2., 3., 4., , Each boy and girl has to go., Every man, woman and child was glad., Each day and each hour is important., Every boat and every sailor was lost in, the storm., Rule 6—If two or more Singular Subjects are, joined by or, nor, either… or, or neither, … nor, they take a Singular Verb. As—, 1. Either Ram or Shyam is coming today., 2. Neither he nor I was there., 3. Neither food nor water was available, there., 4. No boy or girl was present on the field., Rule 7—If two or more Subjects are joined by or,, nor, either … or, or neither … nor, and, if they are of different Numbers, the, Plural Subject is placed near the verb, and the verb is used in the Plural Number. As—, 1. Neither the teacher nor his students were, present there., 2. Either Ram or his friends have broken, the glass., 3. Ram or his brothers a r e expected to, come., 4. Mohan nor his friends were invited., Rule 8—If two or more Subjects are joined by or,, nor, either … or, or neither … nor, and, if they are of different Persons, the verb, is used according to the subject nearest, to it. As—, 1. You or Ram is responsible for it., 2. Either you or I am correct., 3. Neither he nor you are to blame., 4. Either she or you have to do it., Rule 9—If two or more Subjects are joined by, and, and if they are of different Numbers and different Persons, the verb is, always used in the Plural Number., Also, if the subjects have any First, Person, the verb will be in First Person, Plural, but if there is no First Person,, but there is a Second Person, the verb is, used in the Second Person Plural Number. As—, 1. He and I are going.
Page 17 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTAX | 9, 2., , My father and I have known him for, many years., 3. You and he are well known here., 4. You and I have done our best., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Pen and ink are my first requirement., 2. The crown and glory of life have departed., 3. Rice and fish make my favourite dish., 4. Milk and honey are a rich tonic., 5. Truth and honesty are the best policy for, success in business., 6. The sum and substance of the matter are, that his policy is bad., 7. The joy and happiness of life come from, honest labour., 8. Bread and water are the basic need., 9. The long and short of the matter are this., 10. Mercy and kindness are the teaching of, all religions., Hints—1. is; 2. has; 3. makes; 4. is; 5. is; 6. is;, 7. comes; 8. is; 9. is; 10. is., , Exercise, In each of the following sentences supply a, verb in agreement with its subject :, 1. Each boy and girl ............. ready to go., 2. Every table and chair .......... broken., 3. Every man, woman and child......... to, work in the field., 4. Each hour and each minute ......... important in life., 5. Every horse and camel ........... sold away, in the fair., 6. Every cup and saucer ............ the name of, the company printed on it., 7. Each boy and girl ............ given a prize., 8. Each page and line ........ badly printed., 9. Each man and woman .......... ashamed of, the incident., 10. Each car and scooter ........ been removed., Hints—1. is; 2. is; 3. has; 4. is; 5. has been;, 6. has; 7. was; 8. is; 9. was; 10. has., , Exercise, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with appropriate verbs from those given in, brackets against each sentence :, 1. Neither of these men ........... come here, before., (has, have), 2. Either Ram or Mohan ....... a fool., (is, are), 3. Neither tree nor bush ......... there., (was, were), 4. No man or woman .......... found there., (was, were), 5. Neither of these sisters ........ qualified for, the post., (is, are), 6. Neither the leader nor his followers, ............ arrested., (was, were), 7. Either he or his friends .............. answerable for it., (is, are), 8. Neither the principal nor his teachers, .......... ever attended the meeting., (have, has), 9. Neither the commander nor his soldiers, ............... hurt in the action. (was, were), 10. Either she or her sisters ............ responsible for it., (are, is), 11. Either I or he ........... to blame. (is, are), 12. Neither he nor you ............ expected, there., (are, is), 13. Either I or he ............... to bear the brunt., (has, have), 14. Either he or you ............... spoilt the, game., (has, have), 15. He or I .......... to suffer., (has, have), 16. Ram and I ............. class-mates., (are, am), 17. I and you ............ participating in the, debate., (are, am), 18. He and you ............. well known here., (is, are), 19. She and you ............ to be present there., (has, have), 20. He and I .......... lived in the same house., (has, have)
Page 18 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 10 | L.W.C.E., Hints—1. has; 2. is; 3. was; 4. was; 5. is; 6. were;, 7. are; 8. have; 9. were; 10. are; 11. is; 12., are; 13. has; 14. have; 15. have; 16. are;, 17. are; 18. are; 19. have; 20. have., , Collective Noun and the Verb, Rule 10—With collective Nouns verbs can be, used either in the Singular or the Plural, Number according to sense. If a, Collective Noun represents a whole, group or a body (institution), it takes a, Singular Verb. But if the Collective, Noun represents a part or parts or, division of a body, it takes a Plural, Verb., The important Collective Nouns are these :, Government, Parliament, Assembly, Council, committee, army, crew, staff, jury, fleet,, crowd, majority, mob., As—, 1. The committee has agreed on this issue., (The verb is Singular because there is no, division in the committee.), 2. The committee are divided on this issue., (Here the verb is Plural because the, committee is divided.), 3. The crew is well trained., (Here the verb is Singular because the, “crew” represents one undivided group.), 4. The crew were taken prisoners., (Here the verb is Plural because the, members of the crew have to be taken, prisoners separately.), In the same way—, 5. The Parliament has elected its Speaker., 6. The military were deployed over the, troubled area., 7. The fleet has touched the shore., 8. The Government have decided to introduce the Bill., 9. The Assembly is in session, 10. The mob has dispersed., 11. The mob have started throwing stones., 12. The jury has come to a unanimous verdict., 13. The jury are divided in opinion., , Some Typical Nouns and the Verb, Rule 11—Some Nouns appear to be Plural in, form, but actually singular in meaning ., These nouns take the verb in the singular number., The important Nouns of this type are, News, Wages, Physics, Politics, Mathematics,, Economics, Innings (both Singular and Plural),, Gallows., As—, 1. Politics is not an easy game., 2. Mathematics is a difficult subject., 3. The wages of sin is death., 4. The news is correct., 5. Their first innings was disappointing., Rule 12—Some Nouns appear to be Singular in, form, but they are actually Plural in, meaning and sense. These nouns take a, Plural Verb. The more important of, them are—Dozen, score, million,, hundred, thousand, people, cattle. As—, 1. A dozen were injured., 2. A million were affected by the drought., 3. A score were saved., 4. The cattle are grazing., 5. The people are satisfied., Rule 13—If a Subject has such words or phrases, as with, together with, along with, in, addition to, as well as connected with, it, these connected words or phrases do, not affect the verb in any way (because, they are parenthetical words or phrases), and the verb is used according to the, real Subject. As—, 1. The commander, with all his soldiers,, was killed., 2. The chief cashier, together with all his, men, has been dismissed., 3. He, as well as his friends, has failed., 4. Ram, like Mohan and Sohan, is fond of, pictures., Note—, Such other words and phrases are—like,, and not, in addition to, no less than, rather, than, more than, unlike, besides, including,, excluding.
Page 19 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTAX | 11, , Exercise, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with appropriate verbs from those given in, brackets against each sentence :, 1. The commission …… divided in their, opinion on this issue., (are, is), 2. The committee ……… arrived at a unanimous decision., (has, have), 3. The ship sank and the crew …… seen, making efforts for life., (was, were), 4. The Government ……… been, deliberating over this issue for the last, two years., (have, has), 5. The public ……… cast its vote in favour, of those who are honest and dependable., (has, have), 6. The Staff Council ….. unanimously passed, this resolution., (has, have), 7. The Governing Body ……… not yet, arrived at any agreeable decision., (have, has), 8. The jury … awarded death punishment on, him in one voice., (has, have), 9. The mob ……… always fickle-minded., (is, are), 10. The Parliament …… elected its Speaker, without voting., (has, have), Hints—1. are; 2. has; 3. were; 4. have; 5. has; 6., has; 7. have; 8. has; 9. is; 10. has., , Relative Pronoun and Verb, Rule 14—If the Subject of a verb is a Relative, Pronoun (who, whom, whose, which,, that), the verb is used according to the, Number and Person of the Antecedent, (i.e. Noun or Pronoun used before it)., As—, 1. I, who am your friend, should help you., 2. You, who are my friend, should help me., 3. He, who is your friend, should help you., 4. The pen, which is in your hand, is mine., 5. The book, that is on the table, is very, interesting., 6. He is one of those boys who work very, hard., , Rule 15—If a Plural Noun denotes a definite, quantity or number, or amount, or, distance, or if it denotes the name of a, country or title of a book, it takes a, Singular Verb with it. As—, 1. The United States of America is the, most powerful country., 2. Gulliver’s Travels is a novel of adventure., 3. Sixty miles is not a long distance for a, motorist., 4. Ten lakh rupees is a huge sum., 5. Four quintals is a heavy load for a camel., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. We, who is your loyal followers, should, be trusted., 2. I, who is your servant, must obey you., 3. The books, which is sold here, are all old, ones., 4. This is one of the books which is most, popular., 5. He is one of those servants who is, absolutely honest., 6. The cars that runs fastest are low-roofed., 7. He is one of the greatest leaders that has, ever lived., 8. The books that was found here were, mine., 9. Where are your friends who comes here, every day ?, 10. I don’t remember the lesson that were, taught yesterday., 11. Lamb’s Tales are a very interesting book., 12. Even ten thousand rupees are a big sum, for me., 13. The United States of America are the, most advanced country today., 14. Twenty miles are a long distance for a, pedestrian., 15. Five hundred rupees are a big sum for a, poor man., Hints—1. are; 2. am; 3. are; 4. are; 5. are; 6. run;, 7. have; 8. were; 9. come; 10. was; 11. is;, 12 is; 13. is; 14. is; 15. is.
Page 20 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 12 | L.W.C.E., Rule 16—There are certain things which are made, of two major parts. Such things are, supposed to be in Plural Number and a, Plural Verb is used with them. (Such, common things are—Trousers, Scissors, spectacles, shears, tongs, etc.), As—, 1. Your trousers are dirty., 2. Your scissors are blunt., 3. The tongs are missing., 4. Where are your spectacles ?, Note—These things can also be referred to as A, pair of ……. In that case only a Singular, Verb will be used. As—, 1. A pair of trousers is ready for you., 2. A pair of scissors is on the table., Rule 17—If the Subject of a sentence is some, infinitive/ gerund / phrase / clause, only, a Singular Verb will be used. As—, 1. Walking is a good exercise., 2. To work hard is his lot., 3. How to reach there is the problem., 4. That he is honest is known to all, , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Your trousers is ready., 2. Where is the scissors ?, 3. Your scissors does not cut well., 4. My spectacles has been broken., 5. Here are a pair of trousers for you., 6. This pair of scissors are very sharp., 7. His tongs has been lost., 8. Telling lies are a bad habit., 9. Sun-bathing are good in cold countries., 10. Cheating your friends have become your, habit., 11. To fish in deep waters are his hobby., 12. To insult the poor show lack of culture., 13. What to do in this case are my problem., 14. How to help this poor woman are our first, consideration., 15. That he will be suspended are the, foregone conclusion., 16. That he will win are certain., , 17. That he is your brother now stand confirmed., 18. Late rising make him late every day., Hints—1. are; 2. are; 3. do; 4. have; 5. is; 6. is; 7., have; 8. is; 9. is; 10. has; 11. is; 12., shows; 13. is; 14. is; 15 is; 16. is; 17., stands; 18. makes., Rule 18—There are certain Adjectives which,, when joined with the Article the,, become Plural Nouns. They take the, verb in the Plural Number. (The more, common of these adjectives are—Poor,, rich, humble, blind, honest, dumb, etc.), As—, 1. The poor are honest., (“The poor” means “poor men”, 2. The rich are not used to physical labour., (“The rich” means “rich men”.), 3. The dumb do not speak., 4. The virtuous are respected., Rule 19—If in a certain sentence the Subject, carries its Apposition with it, the verb, will be used according to the actual, Subject, not according to its Apposition., As—, 1. I , the Manager o f t h e M i l l, am not, happy with your work., 2. You, my servant, are not loyal to me., 3. He, your teacher, was here yesterday., 4. We, your students, are playing a match, today., Note—Apposition is the word or phrase used to, explain or identify the Subject. In the, above sentence ‘the Manager of the Mill’, is the Apposition of the subject I. Similarly, my servant, your teacher, your, students are Appositions., Rule 20—When Adjectives of Quantity (much,, more, little, less) are used as subjects,, they take a Singular Verb. As—, 1. Much has already been done., 2. Little has been done so far., 3. Much more is still needed., 4. Much less was expected.
Page 21 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTAX | 13, , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. The meek is blessed., 2. The rich lacks in human sympathy., 3. The noble is respected in society., 4. The poor deserves our sympathy., 5. The blind needs to get social recognition., 6. We, your admirers, wants to hear you., 7. He, your employer, are highly pleased, with you., 8. You, my cousin, is my only supporter., 9. I, your guardian, is not pleased with your, behaviour., 10. Mohan, your ward, have been absenting, himself for the last four days., 11. Much remain to be done., 12. Little progress have been made since July, this year., 13. Less than this were not acceptable., 14. More were expected from a friend like, you., 15. More need to be done., Hints— 1. are; 2. lack; 3. are; 4. deserve; 5. need;, 6. want; 7. is; 8. are; 9. am; 10. has; 11., remains; 12. has been; 13. was; 14. was;, 15. needs., , Numeral Expressions and the Verbs, Rule 21—Indefinite Number/Definite Number, + of A number of/The number of, (a) A number of is Indefinite number., (b) The number of is Definite number., Therefore A number of + Noun always takes, the verb in the Plural Number because Indefinite, Number is believed to be Plural. The number of, + Noun takes Singular Verb because Definite, Number is believed to be in the Singular Number., As—, (a) 1. A number of boys have come., 2. A number of books have been purchased., 3. A number of children are playing., 4. A number of students are absent., (b) 1. The number of students is going down., 2. The number of graduates is increasing., 3. The number of employees is fixed., 4. The number of guests varies., , In the same way the following are some more, phrases showing Indefinite Number / Definite, Number in which the same rule applies—, (many of, a handful of, the rest of, half, of, a quarter of, some of, most of, majority, of, minority of, part of, percent of, none of,, all of, a few of, etc.), , Quantitative Expressions and the, Verbs, Rule 22—Indefinite Quantity/Definite Quantity., Some expressions suggest Indefinite / Definite quantity. Quantity whether definite or indefinite is always taken to be in Singular Number. The, verb used with it is always in the Singular Number. As—, 1. Much of milk has turned sour., 2. Plenty of tea has gone waste., 3. A lot of butter has been purchased., 4. A good deal of food was found to be, tasteless., In the same way some other expressions, showing Indefinite / Definite Quantity are—a, lot of, lots of, heap of, plenty of, half of, a, quarter of, some of, much of, most of, part of,, all of, rest of, a great deal of., Note—Some expressions given above under, Rules 21 and 22 can express both Number, and Quantity. If the noun used after of in, these expressions is countable, i t would, show Number; if it is uncountable, it, would show Quantity. A Plural Verb is, used with countable nouns, and a Singular, Verb with uncountable nouns., , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative verb in the, following sentences :, 1. A number of agitators has / have been, arrested., 2. Some of the books is/are useless., 3. A handful of strikers was/were agitating., 4. Many of them is/are known to me., 5. Half of my old friends has/have retired., 6. The number of seats is/are fixed., 7. The number of my followers is/are increasing., 8. The number of books is/are not known.
Page 22 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 14 | L.W.C.E., 9. The number of visitors has/have considerably increased., 10. The number of members in the Parliament does/do not increase every time., 11. Much of time has/have been wasted., 12. A lot of energy has/have gone waste., 13. A great deal of patience was/were shown, by him., 14. A lot of labour is/are needed to complete, this task., 15. A great amount of suffering was/were, involved in it., 16. Some of the milk has/have been set, apart., 17. Some of the people has/have already, gone back., 18. Plenty of time has/have been spent., 19. Plenty of men has/have already turned, up., 20. None of my friends has/have arrived., Hints—1. have; 2. are; 3. were; 4. are; 5. have; 6., is; 7. is; 8. is; 9. has; 10. does; 11. has; 12., has; 13. was; 14. is; 15. was; 16. has; 17., have; 18. has; 19. have; 20. both are, correct—has in the singular sense and, have in the plural., Rule 23—Many a/an + Singular Noun, More, than one, Look at expressions like these—Many a boy,, Many an opportunity, More than one chance., They are all correct expressions. They are Singular in form, b u t Plural in meaning. Therefore, according to their form, they take a Singular, Verbs. As—, 1. Many a boy is absent today., 2. Many a ship is lost in the ocean., 3. Many an opportunity is missed by, negligence., 4. More than one chance was given to him., Note—The above noted expressions can be changed and formed thus also—More boys, than one, More opportunities than one,, More chances than one. The Subject in, all these expressions is Plural, therefore,, they require a Plural Verb., Rule 24—Singular Collective Noun + of + Plural Noun, , There are some expressions in which Plural, Nouns are used after Singular Collective Nouns, joined with of, as a group of boys, a team of, players, a band of singers. In these expressions, the Subjects are group, team, band, and not boys,, players, singers (they being Objects of the, Preposition of.) Moreover, they are joined into, one unit by a Singular Collective Noun. All these, will take Singular Verb. As—, 1. A team of players is staying here., 2. A garland of flowers is ready., 3. A batch of students is studying here., 4. A bunch of grapes has fallen from the, creeper., Some other singular collective nouns are, these—, a chain of, a garland of, a class of, a bunch, of, a series of, a herd of, a flock of, a band of,, a set of, a bouquet of, a galaxy of, a fleet of, a, pair of, a gang of, etc., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Many a chance were given to him., 2. Many a beggar sleep here., 3. Many a player were injured., 4. Many a game are lost for want of coordination., 5. Many a life are saved by timely help., 6. More chances than one was given to him., 7. More beggars than one sleeps here., 8. More games than one is lost for want of, coordination., 9. A team of actors are going to give a, demonstration., 10. A chain of pearls have been broken., 11. A flock of birds nest here every year., 12. A band of robbers were detected by the, police., 13. A pair of shoes are urgently needed., 14. A galaxy of stars are visible in the sky., 15. A series of questions were put to me., Hints—1. was; 2. sleeps; 3. was; 4. is; 5. is; 6., were; 7. sleep; 8. are; 9. is;, 10. has; 11. nests; 12. was; 13. is; 14. is;, 15. was.
Page 23 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTAX | 15, Rule 25—Hyphenated Expressions/Singular, Noun repeated after a Preposition, There are some expressions in which the, same Singular Noun is repeated after a certain, Preposition. As—wave after wave, ship after, ship, brick upon brick, row upon row. With all, such expressions Singular Verb is used., 1. Ship after ship arrives here., 2. Wave after wave follows., 3. Brick upon brick is laid., 4. Shot after shot was heard., Rule 26—Verb ‘to be’ + Complement, The verbs ‘to be’ are—am, is, are, was, were., These verbs always take a complement after them., This complement cannot be the subject of the verb, ‘to be’. The subject comes before the verb ‘to be’, and the complement comes after it. In all such, sentences the verb should be used according to the, subject, and not according to the complement of, the verb ‘to be’. As—, 1. It is I. (Not—It am I.), 2. It is they. (Not—It are they.), 3. It i s my students who won the match., (Not—It are my students), 4. My great hope is my sons., 5. Here the greatest danger is the snakes., , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative verb in the, following sentences :, 1. Question after question was/were asked, to me., 2. Problem after problem was/were brought, before me., 3. Box into box w a s / w e r e placed and, locked., 4. Attempt after attempt was/were made., 5. Storey upon storey is/are being built., 6. It is/are they who will help., 7. My great disappointment is/are my, repeated failures., 8. It is/are we who have to take the, responsibility., 9. It is/are they who have deceived me., 10. It is/are I who shall have to go., Hints—1. was; 2. was; 3. was; 4. was; 5. is; 6. is;, 7. is; 8. is; 9. is; 10. is., , Rule 27—As follows, As follows is always used in the Singular, Number. Therefore we can never say ‘As follow’., As—, 1. The conditions are as follows., 2. The details of the case are as follows., 3. The account of expenditure is as follows., 4. The main points are as follows., Rule 28—Not only ......... but., If two subjects are connected by ‘Not only, …… but’, the verb should agree in Person and, Number with the second subject. As—, 1. Not only the teacher but all his students, were injured., 2. Not only I but all my brothers are, worried about him., 3. Not only his sons but he himself is a, great artist., 4. Not only they but you are also to blame., Rule 29—Nothing but + Noun Singular/Plural, Some sentences begin with ‘Nothing but’,, and after this phrase a Singular or a Plural noun, comes. In such sentences a Singular Verb is, always used whether the noun following it is, singular or Plural. The reason is that its subject is, Nothing which is always Singular. As—, 1. Nothing but blue waters was seen., 2. Nothing but smoke was there., 3. Nothing but ceaseless toil was his lot., 4. Nothing but hills is seen there., , Verb ‘to be’ and the Complement, Rule 30—There is/There are, In sentences beginning with There, the verb, is or are is used according to the Number of the, Noun coming after the verb. As—, 1. There is a book on the table., 2. There are some books on the table., 3. There are many chairs., 4. There is a chair in the room., In the sentences given above, in sentences at, No. 1 and 4 the Nouns book and chair are singular, therefore the verb is singular (is); in sentences, at No. 2 and 3 the Nouns books and chairs are, Plural, therefore the verb is also Plural (are)., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. My comments are as follow., 2. His observations were as follow.
Page 24 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 16 | L.W.C.E., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., , My story is as follow., The details of the accident are as follow., His concluding remarks were as follow., Not only I but all my sons am ready to go., Not only the strikers but also their leader, were arrested., 8. Not only my watch but all my belongings, has been stolen., 9. Not only Mahatma Gandhi but all his, followers in the march was arrested., 10. Not only my sister but I also is innocent., 11. Nothing but green fields were seen over, the whole area., 12. Nothing but darkness prevail there., 13. Nothing but heads of men were seen over, the field., 14. Nothing but peak over peak appear over, there., 15. Nothing but memories of the past last in, the end., 16. There are a lion in the cage., 17. There is parrots of all colours in the cage., 18. There are no fact to hide., 19. There is no facts to hide., 20. There are my son with his friends., Hints—1. follows; 2. follows; 3. follows; 4., follows; 5. follows; 6. are; 7. was; 8., have; 9. were; 10. am 11. was; 12., prevails; 13. was; 14. appears, 15. lasts;, 16. is; 17. are; 18. is; 19. are; 20. is., , Miscellaneous : Test Exercise I, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Our only guide were the teachers., 2. Fifty years are a long period., 3. His friend and benefactor are dead., 4. Many a man have read this book., 5. He, as well as his friends, have come., 6. What is wanted are not buildings but, good students., 7. Arabian Nights are a book for children., 8. Our followers is but a handful., 9. The great poet and dramatist are dead., 10. You, who is my friend, should support, me., 11. The father, with his two sons, are standing outside., , 12. Each of these brothers have started a, good business., 13. The cattle is theirs., 14. Not only silver but also gold are widely, popular in our country., 15. Every bush and tree were blossoming., 16. This is one of the best novels that has, appeared this year., 17. Every one of the boys were on the, playground., 18. The number of men employed were very, small., 19. The sum and substance of the matter are, that he is wrong., 20. Nothing but funny stories delight him., 21. Those who lives in glass houses should, not throw stones., 22. A variety of charming scenes appear, before the eye., 23. Good news have come today., 24. Neither of the sisters were liked., 25. Five thousand rupees a month are a good, income., 26. Either of these books are worth reading., 27. Neither you nor Ram seem to be, interested in the matter., 28. One of my cousins have settled in, America., 29. The quality of the mangoes were not, good., 30. Justice, as well as mercy, allow it., Hints—1. was; 2. is; 3. is; 4. has; 5. has; 6. is; 7., is; 8. are; 9. is; 10. are; 11. is; 12. has; 13., are; 14. is; 15. was; 16. have; 17. was; 18., was; 19. is; 20. delights; 21. live; 22., appears, 23. has; 24. was; 25. is; 26. is;, 27. seems; 28. has; 29. was; 30. allows., , Test Exercise II, Supply a verb in agreement with its, subject :, 1. Two and two .......... four., 2. There ........... many proposals before us., 3. There ........... no provision for it., 4. Neither his father nor his mother ........., any knowledge of it., 5. The Board ......... chosen its chairman.
Page 25 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTAX | 17, 6. The public ......... requested not to cross, the Railway track., 7. The popular leader with his followers, ......... been arrested., 8. Not one of you ......... capable of doing, this., 9. No news ........... good news., 10. One or the other of those boys ........., stolen my watch., 11. Neither of the guests ......... known to me., 12. Two-thirds of the city ............. in ruins., 13. Neither pleasure nor profit ........... my, weakness., 14. Milton was one of the greatest poets that, ......... ever lived., 15. The cost of all these articles .......... risen., , Test Exercise III, Explain why the following sentences are, correct or incorrect :, 1. Much of time has been wasted., 2. Every one of them were present., 3. Mohan, with all his friends, have missed, the train., 4. Three parts of the work still remains to be, completed., 5. Three-fourths of the books has been eaten, by white-ants., 6. Either he or I has to go., 7. One of the most serious accidents has, occurred., 8. Many a passenger have missed the train., 9. The Parliament have been debating on the, Bill since the morning., 10. She and I was playing in the garden., 11. Mystery within mystery was revealed, before me., 12. A chain of accidents have occurred., , Concord of Nouns, Pronouns and, Possessive Adjectives, We have explained above the rules of agreement of Subject and Verb. In addition to these,, there are also some rules of agreement between, Noun, Pronoun and Possessive Adjectives. We, give below these rules., , Rule 1—First Person Pronoun, (a) First Person Pronoun Singular Number I, takes me, my, mine, myself., (b) First Person Plural W e, takes our, us,, ours, ourselves. As—, 1. I shall do it myself., 2. I shall have my chance., 3. We shall do it ourselves., 4. We shall have our chance., Rule 2—Second Person Pronoun, Second Person Pronoun you remains the same, both in Singular and Plural Numbers. It takes, your, yours, yourself, yourselves. As—, 1. You can do it yourself., 2. You should do your work., Rule 3—Third Person Pronoun : Masculine/, Feminine, Singular/ Plural Number., (i) Third Person, Singular Number, Masculine, Gender takes he, him, his, himself., (ii) Third Person, Singular Number, Feminine, Gender takes she, her, hers, herself., (iii) Nouns of Neuter Gender and most of the, animals in the Singular Number take It, Its,, Itself., (iv) Third Person Plural Number, both in Masculine and Feminine genders, all neuter, nouns and all animals in Plural Number take, They, them, their, theirs, themselves. As—, 1. He will do his work himself., 2. She will do her work herself., 3. Those boys will do their work themselves., 4. Those girls will do their work themselves., 5. This book is mine. I lent it to you some, time back., 6. Those books are mine. I lent them to you, some time back., 7. Every student has completed his work., Rule 4—Common Gender, Some Nouns are of Common Gender, i.e.,, they can be used both in the Masculine and, Feminine Genders. With such nouns Masculine, Pronoun is mostly used. These Nouns of Common Gender are :, Person, student, pupil, candidate, member,, scholar, reader, etc. As—
Page 26 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 18 | L.W.C.E., 1., , A candidate should know his strong and, weak points., 2. A student should do his home work, regularly., 3. Readers are advised to keep their, belongings outside., But if in a definite context the suggestion is, clearly for a girl or a woman, Feminine Pronoun, can be used. As—, 1. A student of the Women’s College, should be regular in her work., 2. Every member of our club should pay, her fee in time., Rule 5—Baby, child,, The words Baby and child connote no sense, of Gender. Therefore, for them we generally use, It. As—, 1. The small child was crying for its mother., 2. The baby fell down from its cradle., Rule 6—Animals, Neuter Gender (It) is generally used for, animals. As—, 1. The cow is not in its shed., 2. The dog has hurt its leg., Note—For pet domestic animals He / his or She /, her are used., Rule 7—Possessives : His, Her, Its, The Gender of a Possessive Pronoun / Adjective is determined by the gender of the noun that, comes before it, and not by the one that comes, after it. As—, 1. A son must obey his mother. (not her, mother), 2. A girl can learn many things from her, father. (not his father), 3. The purse has been returned to its owner., (not his owner), Note—The difference between a Possessive, Pronoun and a Possessive Adjective is, that—, (a) Possessive Adjective takes a Noun after, it—, My book, your house, his pen, their, college., (b) Possessive Pronoun has no Noun after it., This book is mine. This house is yours., This pen is his. This college is theirs., , On the basis of the rules explained above the, following two Tables can be made for the correct, use of Pronouns—, Table I : Third Person Pronoun, Noun, man, boy, everyone,, everybody, every, person, woman, girl, every, woman, every girl, a thing, an animal, one, men, women, people,, animals, things, , Corresponding, Pronoun, he, him, his, himself, , she, her, hers, herself, it, its, itself, one, one’s, oneself, they, them, their,, theirs,, themselves., , Table II : All Forms of Personal Pronouns, Personal, Pronoun, Nomi- Accus- Posses Possesnative ative, -sive, sive, Adjec- Protive, noun, I, me, my, mine, you, you, your, yours, he, him, his, his, she, her, her, hers, it, it, its, its, one, one, one’s one’s, we, us, our, ours, you, you, your, yours, they, them, their, theirs, , Reflexive, Pronoun, , myself, yourself, himself, herself', itself, oneself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves, , Exercise, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with correct pronouns or possessive adjectives :, 1. You must write .......... essays more carefully., 2. The dog is very faithful to .......... master., 3. The children have gone on a picnic with, ......... parents., 4. Sheela has misplaced ........... books somewhere., 5. Could you please lend.........your dictionary for a day ?
Page 27 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTAX | 19, 6. She speaks so softly that we cannot hear, ............ ., 7. We offered to help.........in their difficulty., 8. They will go there ............ ., 9. My sister and ............. friends have come., 10. She cannot go against the wishes of ........., father., 11. The baby is in .......... mother’s arms., 12. The train is running on .......... track., Hints— 1. your; 2. its; 3. their; 4. her; 5. me; 6., her; 7. them; 8. themselves. 9. her. 10., her; 11. its; 12. its., , Test Exercise, Insert suitable pronouns or possessive, adjectives in the blank spaces in the following, sentences :, 1. The baby was crying because .......... was, hungry., 2. Neeru is two years older than ........, brother., 3. These children are waiting for ........., father to return., 4. He and his two sons have gone to visit, .......... grandfather., , 5. The pet dog is playing with.......... master., 6. The street dog has hidden ............. behind, the wall., 7. She received a beautiful present from, .......... husband., 8. One should honour .............. word., 9. Visitors are requested to put............, signatures in the register., 10. This pen is ........... . Where is ......... ?, 11. They should not have spent that money,, as it was not ........ ., 12. We should be very careful in spending, ......... money., 13. Do you remember........and.........address ?, 14. ........... house is bigger than .......... ., 15. The principal asked the students to meet, ......... in ....... office., 16. A reader has left............book on the table., Hints—1. it; 2. her; 3. their; 4. their; 5. his; 6., itself; 7. her; 8. one’s; 9. their; 10. mine,, yours; 11. theirs; 12. our; 13. her, her; 14., her, his; 15. him, his; 16. his.
Page 28 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 3, , Articles, Kinds of Articles, , There are two kinds of Articles—, (i) Indefinite Article—A or An, (ii) Definite Article—The, Indefinite Article (A/An) shows indefiniteness and Definite Article (The) shows definiteness., Articles (A, An, The) are used before Nouns, under some rules. When a Singular Countable, Noun is used for the first time, Article A or An is, used before it. But when a Countable Noun,, whether Singular or Plural, is used for a definite, thing, or refers to a thing or person that has, already been referred to earlier, Article The is, used before it. Thus when a Singular Countable, Noun is used for the first time, Article a or an is, used before it, but when the same noun is repeated, in the same sentence or in the subsequent sentences, Article The is used before it because then, it becomes a definite thing already referred to, earlier. As—, 1. I have a book. The book is very informative., 2. I have a book, though the book is not, very informative., 3. There was a house. The house was very, large., 4. There was a house and the house was, very large., , (i) Article A is used before Nouns of which, the spellings begin with a consonant. As—, A boy, a table, a house, a book., (ii) Article A is also used before words which, begin with a vowel but are pronounced as with a, consonant. As—, A European, a unique chance, a one-rupee, note, a usual sight, a universal truth., Such other words are—University, utensil,, uniform, union, unity, unit, united, unitarian, useful, one., Note—You will see that all these words begin, with the sound of y or w (which are consonants) and not with the sound of any, vowel., (iii) Article An is used before those words, which begin with a vowel (a, e, i, o, u). As—, An enemy, an ox, an inkpot, an ass., (iv) Article An is also used before those words, which begin with silent / mute h. As—, an hour, an honourable man, an honest person., Such other words are—heir, heiress, heirloom, honest, honesty, honorarium, honorary,, honour, honourable, hour, hourly., , Forms of Indefinite Article, , Note—Earlier humble, humility, hotel, hostel,, hospital were also supposed to begin with, silent h, and article a n was used before, them. But now these words are pronounced, with the consonant sound of h , and, therefore article a is used before them., , Indefinite Article has two forms—A and An., Which one of these two forms will be used before, a certain Noun depends upon the spellings, sound, or pronunciation of the Noun under reference. The, following are its rules—, , (v) Some Abbreviations are there which are, pronounced with a Vowel sound and therefore, article an is used before them. As—, an M. A.; an M. P.; an M. L. A.; an F. I. R;, an S. D. O.; an H. M. T.; an R. T. O. etc., , Singular Indefinite Noun, Singular/Plural Definite Noun, , A or An, The
Page 29 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ARTICLES | 21, Note—If the above noted Abbreviations are used, in their full form, they take article a. As—, A Member of Parliament (an M. P.), A Master of Arts (an M. A.), , Exercise, Fill in the blanks with a/an in the following, sentences :, 1. He is .............. University Professor., 2. The workers have formed .......... union., 3. Here is ............. egg., 4. He is ............. M. A. in English., 5. I want to purchase .......... H. M. T. watch., 6. He gave the beggar ............. one-rupee, note., 7. This is ................ usual sight., 8. This is ........... useful medicine., 9. We shall stay in .......... hotel., 10. There is .......... hospital in our colony., 11. He reached there ......... hour late., 12. I have to make .......... humble proposal., 13. This is .......... honorary job., 14. My brother is ......... M. P., 15. He is strong like .......... ox., 16. ......... boy is waiting for you., 17. He wrote ......... article for the paper., 18. There is .......... inkpot on the table., Hints—(1) a; (2) a; (3) an; (4) an; (5) an; (6) a; (7), a; (8) a; (9) a; (10) a; (11) an; (12) a; (13), an; (14) an; (15) an; (16) A; (17) an; (18), an., , (i) Use of Indefinite Article—‘A’/ ‘An’, The following are the rules of correct use of, Indefinite Article A or An :—, Rule 1—Singular Countable Noun, When a Singular Countable Noun is used, for the first time, Article A or An is used before it., As—, 1. I have a book., 2. He is a boy., 3. There is an eagle., 4. Delhi is a city., Rule 2—When a Singular Countable Noun represents a whole class, Article A, or An, is used before it. As—, , 1. A cow has horns. (i.e., All cows have, horns.), 2. An eagle flies very high. (i.e., All eagles, fly very high.), 3. A dog is a faithful animal., 4. A rose smells very sweet., Rule 3—Article A or An is used before a Noun, Complement. As—, 1. He is a lawyer., 2. He became a great sportsman., 3. She is an expert in this field., 4. You are a good companion., Rule 4—a/an + Adjective/Adverb + Noun, If an Adjective /Adverb comes before a Noun,, Article A or A n is used before the Adjective /, Adverb, and its form is determined by the nearest, word. As—, 1. She is a beautiful girl., 2. He is an honest man., 3. He is a very honest man., 4. This is an old rare book., Rule 5—a/an + more than one Noun, (a) When more than one Noun or Adjective, points to one Person or Thing only,, Article A or An is used before the first, word only, and its form is also determined by the same first word., (b) But if they point to different Persons or, Things, Article A or A n is used before, each word, and its form is determined by, each word separately. As—, 1. He gave me a red and blue pencil. (Only, one pencil), 2. He gave me a red and a blue pencil., (Two pencils), 3. Here is an ugly and foolish man. (One, person), 4. Here is an ugly and a foolish man. (Two, persons), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. She has beautiful toy., 2. I take egg every morning with breakfast., 3. I saw large a lion in the zoo., 4. Elephant has a long trunk., 5. Hungry lion would attack.
Page 30 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 22 | L.W.C.E., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., , Duck swims on water., Eagle is a bird of prey., My father is doctor., His brother is a M. P., He has become great a man., He is an very industrious student., Shakespeare is renowned dramatist., This is a ancient monument., He lives in old ancestral a house., My teacher is a poet and a novelist., A poet and novelist write differently., He is honest and a dependable man., There can be no friendship between a, clever and selfish man., Hints—(1) a beautiful; (2) an egg; (3) a large lion;, (4) An elephant; (5) A hungry lion; (6) A, duck; (7) An eagle; (8) a doctor; (9) an, M. P.; (10) a great man; (11) a very; (12) a, renowned; (13) an ancient; (14) an old, ancestral house; (15) a poet and novelist;, (16) a novelist; (17) an honest and dependable; (18) a selfish man., Rule 6—Such + a/an, When such is used with a Countable Noun,, Article A or An is used after such. As—, 1. I have never seen such a beautiful, picture. (not a such beautiful), 2. Such a thing has never happened before., 3. It was such a fine show., 4. He gave us such a pleasant surprise., Rule 7—So + Adjective + a/an + Noun, When so comes before an Adjective, Article, A or An is used between the Noun and Adjective., As—, 1. I have never seen so beautiful a picture., (not a so beautiful picture), 2. It was so fine a show., 3. He gave us so pleasant a surprise., 4. I have never read so interesting a novel., Rule 8—Exclamations, Article A or A n is used before a Singular, Countable Noun in Exclamatory sentences also., As—, 1. What a hot day !, 2. What a cruel act !, 3. What a pretty child !, 4. What a good chance !, , Rule 9—Numerical expressions, Article A or An is used before some Numerical Expressions also. The more common of, such expressions are—, a couple, a dozen, a score, a hundred, a, thousand, a million, a lot of, a great many of, etc., As—, 1. A couple of people were there., 2. He gave me a thousand rupees., 3. A great many visitors had turned up., 4. A score of houses had been damaged., Rule 10—Expressions of price, speed, ratio, etc., Article A or An is also used with expressions, of price, speed, ratio, etc. As—, 1. The train is running at ninety kilometers, an hour., 2. Bananas are available at ten rupees a, dozen., 3. Sugar sells at ten rupees a kilogram., 4. Colour and water are mixed at a ratio of, one to five., 5. Take this medicine three times a day., Rule 11—a/an + Mr. /Mrs./Miss + Surname, If we know only the surname of a person, and, know nothing more, we use Article A or An, before the surname. As—, 1. A Mr. Sharma came in the morning., 2. I met a Mrs. Peters in the train., 3. A Miss Renick is a regular visitor here., 4. A Ms. Puri is waiting for you., Rule 12—A few/a little, We should use a few for a small number, and, a little for small quantity. As—, 1. Here is a little milk., 2. Here are a few pencils., 3. He is a little tired., 4. There is a little time left., Rule 13—a/an with some phrases, Article A or An is also used before some, typical expressions. The more common of them, are—, to make a noise, to take a fancy to, to, have a headache/a pain, to take a liking to, to, have a cold, to have a mind, to have an eye to,, to make a fire, to be in a hurry, to be in a, temper, to have a taste for.
Page 31 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ARTICLES | 23, , Exercise, , Exercise : Revision, , Correct the following sentences :, 1. I have never gone to a such place., 2. A such accident never occurred before., 3. It gave us such rude shock., 4. I have never seen such attractive a, picture., 5. He has given me a so beautiful prize., 6. We never believed he could do so a cruel, deed., 7. It was so exciting match., 8. What noble deed was done !, 9. A what shame was it !, 10. How a vast desert was there !, 11. He gave them lot of books., 12. We saw score of houses in the new, colony., 13. He earns an about thousand rupees per, month., 14. Rajdhani Express runs at a speed of 200, kilometers hour., 15. I go on my tours twice week., 16. Wheat sells at four rupees kilogram., 17. There is a call from Miss Sharma., 18. Mr. Wahi is waiting for you., 19. I saw him little while ago., 20. There are only few books left., 21. We found him little upset., 22. He has caught severe cold., 23. He is rather in hurry., 24. Please don’t make noise., 25. I have mind to purchase this scooter., Hints—(1) such a place; (2) such an accident; (3), such a; (4) such an attractive; (5) so, beautiful a; (6) so cruel a; (7) so exciting a;, (8) a noble deed; (9) What a; (10) How, vast a; (11) a lot of; (12) a score of; (13), about a thousand; (14) an hour; (15) a, week; (16) a kilogram; (17) a Miss, Sharma; (18) A Mr. Wahi; (19) a little, while; (20) a few books; (21) a little; (22), a severe; (23) a hurry; (24) a noise; (25) a, mind., , Tell whether the use of article a/an in the, following sentences is right or wrong. If wrong,, correct it., 1. He is a very honourable man., 2. He is a N. C. C. officer., 3. He is a extremely liberal man., 4. A cobra is poisonous., 5. He is a blind and a lame man., 6. I saw a blind and a lame man., 7. She is such a cultured girl., 8. She is a such cultured a girl., 9. She is such cultured girl., 10. It was so a wonderful sight., 11. It was a so wonderful sight., 12. It was so wonderful a sight., 13. What a beautiful catch !, 14. What beautiful a catch !, 15. He will get a couple of chances more., 16. He will get a couples of chances more., 17. I can drive at an 80 kilometers hour., 18. Few a men are still there., 19. I have a liking for a old model., 20. Please make an fire., 21. I found him in bad a temper., 22. I am in no a hurry., , (II) Article—‘The’, Article The is used under the following Rules, and conditions—, Rule 1—Definite Person or Thing, As has been explained above at the beginning, of this Chapter, Article The is used before a, definitely specified person or thing. In other, words, the is used before a person or a thing, which has already been referred to earlier, or, which has been specified in some other way. As—, 1. This is the house in which my friend, lives., (Here a house cannot be used because, the house has been specified as the one, where my friend lives.), 2. The place where I was born is far away, from here.
Page 32 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 24 | L.W.C.E., 3., 4., , This is the book I purchased yesterday., He is the gentleman whom I introduced, to you last year., Rule 2—Before all those Common Nouns which, are only one or believed to be only one,, but which are not Proper Nouns. As—, 1. The earth is round., 2. The sky is blue., 3. The sun has risen., 4. The moon shines., Rule 3—Before all those Singular Nouns which, represent their whole class. As—, 1. The cow is a gentle animal., 2. The rose is a sweet smelling flower., 3. The apple is good for children., 4. The horse lives on grass., Note—But Article the is not used before Man,, Woman, or Mankind even if they may, represent the whole class. As—, Man is a social animal. (Not The man), Woman is man’s partner. (Not The, woman), Rule 4—Before the names of mountains, rivers,, oceans, lakes, bays, islands article The is, used. As—, 1. The Ganges is a holy river., 2. The Himalayas are the highest mountains., 3. The Red Sea is a small sea., 4. The British Isles are in Europe., Note—But article The is not used before a single, specified Peak or Hill. As—, Mount Everest (The will not be used.), Mount Abu, Rule 5—Article The is used before the titles of, books, magazines or News-papers. As—, The Ramayan, The Iliad, The Vedas,, The Gulliver’s Travels., Note—But if the author’s name is mentioned with, the title of a book, article the is not used., As—, Homer’s Iliad, Tulsi’s Ramcharitmanas;, Shakespeare’s Tempest., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. An advice you gave me has brought me, great success., 2. I have never seen a house where I spent, my childhood., 3. Sun rises in the east., 4. There are dark clouds in sky., 5. The man cannot do without work., 6. The woman is confined to the kitchen., 7. Himalayas are spread all along the north, of India., 8. Man has climbed to the top of the Mount, Everest., 9. I read Indian Express., 10. Dickens’s the David Copperfield is a, great novel., Hints—(1) The advice; (2) the house; (3) the sun;, (4) the sky; (5) ‘The’ not to be used; (6), ‘The’ not to be used; (7) The Himalayas;, (8) no ‘the’ before Mount Everest; (9) the, Indian Express; (10) ‘the’ not to be used., Rule 6—Before musical instruments. As—, The flute, the guitar, the orchestra., Rule 7—Before Superlative Adjective/Adverb., As—, The highest mountain, the longest river,, the best boy, the most important point,, the most honourable man., Rule 8—Before that Proper Noun which carries, its qualifying adjective before it. As—, The great Caesar, the immortal Shakespeare, the gentle-hearted Lamb, the brave, Rana Pratap, the late Mrs. Indira Gandhi., Rule 9—Before the Common Noun which expresses the sense of Abstract Noun. As—, 1. The patriot in him did not let him yield., 2. The warrior in him kept his morale, high., 3. The father in him came to his support at, last., Rule 10—Before the Adjective which is used as, Collective Noun. As—, 1. We should help the poor., 2. The meek are blessed., 3. The noble are always respected.
Page 33 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ARTICLES | 25, Rule 11— With Double Comparative Adverb., As—, 1. The more he gets, the more he desires., (Remember that the Article the is used, before each Adverb separately.), 2. The more, the merrier., 3. The harder he works, the better returns, he will get., Rule 12—Article the is also used before those, Proper Nouns which stand for some, Nation or People. As—, 1. The English are very hard working., 2. The French are very fashionable., 3. The German are heroic people., Note—If Article the is not used before such, countries or nations, they would mean the, Language of those countries or nations., Thus English means English Language,, and The English means English People., Rule 13—Article the is also used before a noun to, give it the force of the Superlative., As—, 1. He is the scholar of the day., 2. He is the historian on this period., Rule 14—Before Ordinal Number the. As—, The first, the Fifth, the fourth, the 4th,, the 8th, the 3rd, the 2nd, the 15th of, April/the fifteenth of April, George the, Fifth, Henry the 8th., Note—But if these Ordinal Numbers are written, in Roman figures Article the is not used. I,, II, III, IV, V, IX, etc. are in Roman figures., As—, V Chapter, Canto XII, George V, Henry, VIII., Rule 15—Before Professions. As—, 1. He has joined the Bar., 2. He has gone to the navy., 3. I am interested in the teaching profession., 4. He is a member of the Bench., Rule 16—Before Common Nouns used as appositions to Proper Nouns. As—, Delhi, the capital of India; Nehru, the, great patriot; Rana Pratap, the great, warrior., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. She can very well play on guitar., 2. Now I come to most important point., 3. He has scored highest marks., 4. The last speaker was great Gandhi., 5. Late Mrs. Indira Gandhi lived here., 6. He was last to come., 7. Mother in her could not bear it., 8. Warrior in him stood undaunted., 9. This is the school for blind., 10. Blessed are poor., 11. The faster you go, earlier you reach., 12. Faster you go, the earlier you reach., 13. Faster you go, earlier you reach., 14. He knows the French., 15. English are traditionalists., 16. He is scientist of the day., 17. The marriage takes place on 12th of, December., 18. Richard Second was murdered in his own, country., 19. You will find this topic in the V chapter., 20. You will find this topic in fifth chapter., 21. He has joined Navy., 22. He has opted to join legal profession., 23. Akbar, great Moghul, was a liberal, monarch., 24. Nehru, Prime Minister of India, was a, great man., 25. Caesar, Roman hero, was killed by his, own friends., Hints—(1) the guitar; (2) the most; (3) the, highest; (4) the great; (5) the late; (6) the, last; (7) The mother; (8) The warrior; (9), the blind; (10) the poor; (11) the earlier;, (12) The faster; (13) The faster, the earlier;, (14) ‘the’ not to be used; (15) The English;, (16) the scientist; (17) the 12th; (18) the, Second; (19) ‘the’ not to be used; (20) the, fifth; (21) the Navy; (22) the legal; (23) the, great; (24) the Prime Minister; (25) the, Roman hero.
Page 34 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 26 | L.W.C.E., , (III) Omission of Articles, No Articles are used in the following cases—, Rule 1—Before Plural Noun, Normally no Articles are used before, Plural Nouns. As—, 1. Birds fly., 2. Cows give milk., 3. I love books., Note—But if the Plural Noun points to some, specific or special thing, Article The is, used. As—, 1. The birds of Africa are large in size., 2. The cows of Haryana give much milk., Rule 2—Before a Proper Noun, As—, 1. Ram is coming., 2. Mohan loves his sister., Rule 3—Before an Abstract Noun, As—, 1. Love is blind., 2. Wisdom comes with age., 3. This is real beauty., Rule 4—Before a Material Noun, As—, 1. Gold is costly., 2. Silver is white., 3. Cotton grows in our country., 4. Water is life., (Gold, silver, iron, glass, wood, stone,, paper, wine, coffee, tea, etc. are called, Material Noun), Note—All the Nouns mentioned under Rules No., 2, 3 and 4 above are called Uncountable, Nouns. Normally, as has been explained, above, no Article is used before them. But, if these nouns are used as Countable, Nouns, Article the is used before them. If, these nouns are followed by some, Prepositional Phrase (with in or of), they, become Countable Nouns. In such cases, Article The is used before them. As—, 1. Kalidas is the Shakespeare of India., 2. The beauty of Kashmir is remarkable., 3. The gold of Kollar fields is not of high, quality., 4. The milk in the cup has turned sour., 5. The wisdom of Solomon was known far, and wide., , Rule 5—No Article is used before Collective, Nouns. As—, 1. Society will not permit it., 2. Parliament is in session., 3. Jury has given its verdict., 4. Army is on the move., Rule 6—Normally no Article is used before the, names of countries or States. But Article, The is used before the names of the, following Countries / States—, The U. S. A., The U. S. S. R., The Sudan,, The Netherlands, The Punjab, The Congo., Rule 7—No Article is used before the names of, Languages. As—, 1. I know English., 2. He knows French., Rule 8—No Article is used before the names of, Diseases, Festivals, and Seasons. As—, 1. Cholera has broken out., 2. He is coming on Christmas., 3. These are winter sports., 4. Let us visit Shimla in spring., 5. I don’t travel in summer., Rule 9—No Article is used before the names of, Games, Sports and Meals/Breakfast. As—, 1. I am late for dinner., 2. I take breakfast quite early., 3. I shall return for supper., 4. He plays cricket., 5. They are fond of football., Rule 10—No Article is used before Relations, such as father, mother, brother, sister,, aunt, uncle, etc. cook and nurse are, also to be included in this list. As—, 1. Father is coming today., 2. Mother is not well today., 3. Cook is in the kitchen., 4. Nurse is very kind., Rule 11—School, college, church, chapel, court,, work, hospital, market, bed, table, sea,, prison also take no Article before them, when they are used for their specific, purpose or function. For example,, schools / Colleges for education, church, for prayer, and market for purchase or, sale. When used in this sense, they take, no Article. As—
Page 35 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ARTICLES | 27, 1., 2., , I am going to college. (for study), I am going to church. (for prayer or, worship), But when they mean only building or, place for visit or sight–seeing or any, other purpose, they take appropriate, Article. As—, 1. The college is at the next crossing., 2. The church is magnificent., 3. The market is closed., Rule 12—Distributive Adjective + Noun require, no Article. As—, 1. Each boy got a prize. (not, a/the each, boy), 2. I love every student. (not, a/the every, student), Rule 13—Possessive Adjective + Noun also require no Article. As—, 1. This is my house. (not, the/a my house), 2. He is your friend. (not, a/the your friend.), 3. These are our cows. (not, the our cows), Rule 14—Proper Noun + Apostrophe’s + Noun, take no Article. As—, 1. This is Ram’s house. (not, a Ram’s, house), 2. That was Mohan’s mistake. (not, a/the, Mohan’s mistake), Note—But if a Common Noun has Apostrophe s, (’s), it takes an appropriate Article. As—, 1. This is a n old man’s house. (not, old, man’s house), 2. That is a beggar’s cottage. (not, beggar’s, cottage), Rule 15—No/Not any + Noun need no Article., As—, 1. There is no boy in the class. (not, a no, boy), 2. She has not any chance. (not, a not any, chance), 3. There is not any egg. (not, not an any, egg), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I love the children., 2. Children of this school are very smart., , 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., , Horses of Kabul are very famous., The mercy is a Divine virtue., He was afflicted with the blindness., Have the pity on him., The beauty is a gift of God., Beauty of the rising sun is so exciting., The water is very scarce here., Tea of the Malabar Hills is of good, quality., 11. The Parliament has passed this bill., 12. U. S. S. R. has been split up into several, countries., 13. Punjab is a very fertile state., 14. He has been afflicted by the cholera., 15. We go to some hill station in the summer., 16. He takes the dinner after 10 p. m., 17. I have received a letter from the father., 18. I have to go to the college today., 19. College building is very impressive., 20. The each boy participated in the games., 21. Each the boy participated in the games., 22. I know the every student by name., 23. We are all going to the church., 24. We are all going to church to see the, carvings on its walls., 25. That is a Nehru’s statue., 26. This is lion’s cave., 27. This is farmer’s plough., 28. There is a no book on the table., 29. He has a not any new suit., 30. I did not find a any friend there., Hints—(1) ‘the’ not to be used; (2) The children, (3) The horses; (4) ‘the’ not to be used;, (5) ‘the’ not to be used; (6) No ‘the’; (7), No ‘the‘; (8) the beauty; (9) No ‘the’; (10), The tea; (11) No ‘the’; (12) the U. S. S., R.; (13) the Punjab; (14) No ‘the’; (15), No ‘the’; (16) No ‘the’; (17) No ‘the’;, (18) No ‘the’; (19) The college; (20) No, ‘The’; (21) No ‘the’; (22) No ‘the’; (23), No ‘the’; (24) the church; (25) No ‘a’;, (26) a lion’s; (27) a farmer’s; (28) No ‘a’;, (29) No ‘a’; (30) No ‘a’., Rule 16—The Noun (complement) used after, Elect / appoint / make / crown requires, no Article. Such nouns refer to men of, unique position. As—
Page 36 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 28 | L.W.C.E., 1. He was appointed principal., 2. They made him chairman., 3. They are going to crown him king., 4. He was elected Speaker of the Assembly., Rule 17—The noun used after kind of / sort of, also takes no Article. As—, 1. What kind of chair do you want to buy ?, 2. I cannot deal with this sort of man., Note—But if kind of / sort of refers to some, special quality or talent, it would take an, appropriate Article. As—, 1. What kind of a musician is he ?, 2. What sort of a problem would you, discuss ?, Rule 18— Nouns coming in pairs also take no, Article. As—, They are wife and husband., Other such pairs are—, Father and mother; brother and sister; father, and son; from door to door; from house to, house; face to face; hand to hand; from man to, man; from village to village, etc., Rule 19—Some popular Phrases, Idiomatic, expressions, places and things also take, no Article before the Noun in them., They are—, 1. to go to school, college, court, church,, market, bed, home, hospital, prison., 2. by road, by train, by air, by sea, by, ship/steamer, by train, by bus, by car., 3. at home, at church, at school, at college,, at office, at dawn, at night, at noon, all, day, all night, at fault, at present, at all, at, will., 4. for sale, for fear, for favour, for leave, for, mercy., 5. in bed, in debt, in fact, in trouble, in, hand, at hand, in favour of, in front of, in, opposition to, in earnest., 6. under consideration, under trial, under, ground, under pressure., 7. on demand, on trial, on sale, on foot, on, earth, on behalf of., 8. to catch fire, to send word, to give ear, to, set sail, to lose heart, to set foot, to take, offence., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He has been appointed the Vice-Chancellor., 2. He has been elected the Speaker of the, Parliament., 3. They made him the Chief Guest., 4. What kind of a house do you want to, buy?, 5. What sort of a man is he ?, 6. They are the brother and sister., 7. They went round from the house to, house., 8. They knocked from the door to door., 9. I travelled by the road., 10. This house is for the sale., 11. I have no work in the hand., 12. Your demand is under the consideration., 13. He is in the trouble., 14. He was at the fault., 15. He is in America at the present., Hints—(1, 2, 3)—No ‘the’; (4, 5)—No ‘a’; (6 to, 15)—No ‘the’., , (IV) Position of Articles, It is equally necessary to know the place /, position in a sentence where the Article (a, an or, the) should be used. The following are the Rules, for it—, Rule 1—Before a Noun, Normally Article (a, an or the) is used, before a Noun. As—, A book, an enemy, the horse, Rule 2—Adjective + Noun, If an Adjective comes before a noun, the, Article is used before the Adjective., As—, A good book, a beautiful girl, the black, horse., Rule 3—Adverb + Adjective + Noun, If there is Adjective before a Noun, and, also an Adverb before the Adjective, the, Article is used before the Adverb. As—, A very good book, an extremely beautiful girl, the most intelligent boy.
Page 37 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ARTICLES | 29, Rule 4—Many/such/what, If there is use of many, such, what in a, sentence, the Article is used after them., As—, Many a man, such a beautiful, such a, house, what a man, what a place., Rule 5—As/how, If in a sentence as / how are used before, an Adjective, the Article is used after the, Adjective. As—, As gentle a girl as she; as brave a man as, he; how good a boy; how excellent an, opportunity., Rule 6—So/too, If in a sentence so / too are used before, an Adjective, Article is used after the, Adjective. As—, So serious an attempt., So brave a man., Too clear an answer., Too far a place., Note—Under this Rule, sometimes, Article is, used before so/too, though this use is not, popular., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences—, 1. This is sharp a pen., 2. He has placed good an example., 3. You have lost great the chance offered to, you last year., 4. We saw highly an exciting sport at the, stadium., 5. The Mayor of Casterbridge is very, interesting a novel., 6. A many man was standing on the stage., 7. I had never seen a such magnificent, building., 8. A what great chance was given to you., 9. We never saw an as cultured man as he., 10. There had never been as a successful, debate as that., 11. There had never been so a great fair ever, held here before., 12. You cannot give a too clear evidence on, this issue., , Hints—(1) a sharp; (2) a good example; (3) the, great; (4) a highly exciting; (5) a very, interesting; (6) Many a man; (7) such a, magnificent; (8) What a great; (9) as, cultured a man; (10) as successful a, debate; (11) so great a fair; (12) too clear, an evidence., , Exercise : Revision 1, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with appropriate articles :, 1. Iron is .............. useful metal., 2. He always speaks ............ truth., 3. ............. sky is overcast., 4. I first saw the Himalayas .......... year ago., 5. ........... Ganga is .......... sacred river., 6. She is ............ untidy girl., 7. I bought ......... pen, .......... inkpot and, ......... pencil., 8. Let us discuss ............ problem seriously., 9. What .......... piece of work is man !, 10. He scored ........... highest marks., 11. John, .......... Manager of the factory, has, gone on .......... tour., 12. He reads .......... Bible twice ............ day., 13. He was driving the car at 80 Km. .........., hour., 14. March is ............ third month of the year., 15. Which is ........... nearest station from, here?, 16. It is ............ sheer delight to talk to him., Hints—(1) a; (2) the; (3) The; (4) a; (5) The; a;, (6) an; (7) a, an, a; (8) the; (9) a; (10) the;, (11) the; a; (12) the, a; (13) an; (14) the;, (15) the; (16) a., , Exercise : Revision 2, Correct the following sentences :, 1. This is an university college., 2. He is ablest boy of the class., 3. The man is mortal., 4. He lives in an hostel., 5. The water is not available here., 6. Bible is the holy book of the Christians., 7. I am learning the English these days., 8. He will always help poor.
Page 38 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 30 | L.W.C.E., 9. Harder you work, better success you will, get., 10. I have lost a pen I purchased yesterday., 11. Don’t make noise., 12. Here is the English and the Hindi version, of the Gita., 13. Sweet are the uses of the adversity., 14. He is the proprietor and the manager of, the firm., 15. I am the father and the guardian of this, girl., 16. The audience attentively listened to the, scholarly and the interesting speech of, the president., 17. The honesty is the best policy., 18. What cold day is this !, 19. I have never seen a so exciting game., 20. It was a such shocking news., , Exercise : Revision 3, Fill in the blanks with suitable articles ‘a’,, ‘an’, or ‘the’ in the following sentences :, 1. French is ............ difficult language., 2. ............ Indian is ......... good host., 3. You are .......... honourable person., 4. .......... French are more fashionable than, ........... Germans., 5. Bombay is .......... very expensive city., 6. I bought ........ pen, ......... inkpot, and, .......... penstand from this shop., 7. I first saw ......... Taj ........ year ago., 8. Your watch is ........... hour late., 9. It is ............ honour to be his follower., 10. Draw ......... map of India., 11. The guide knows ......... way to the caves., 12. Let us consider ........... whole matter, from .......... beginning., 13. ......... Bible is .......... holy book., , 14. What is .......... best solution of the problem ?, 15. ......... sky is quite clear today., 16. ......... Punjab is ........ prosperous state., 17. Mahatma Gandhi was hailed as........, father of ......... country., 18. Read ........ sixth chapter carefully., 19. I have ......... liking for this kind of dress., 20. He is in ......... hurry to go., , Exercise : Revision 4, Insert appropriate articles where necessary :, 1. Set your watch again; it is hour late., 2. Moon will shine all night today., 3. He is honourable man., 4. It is very old book., 5. He went to sea to collect pebbles from, shore., 6. How beautiful scene is this !, 7. He started late in afternoon., 8. Buy for me best book on Grammar., 9. Would you go for walk with me., 10. That was proudest moment of my life., 11. Rose is my favourite flower., 12. They never fail who fall in noble cause., 13. I had pleasure of his company for last, four days., 14. Time is best healer., 15. He has caught cold., 16. He has headache since morning., 17. They made fire to keep off wild animals., 18. I go for walk every morning., 19. He spends ten rupees day., 20. This is H. M. T. watch., 21. He is M. P., 22. Proud go down in end.
Page 39 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 4, , Nouns, , The correct use of Noun is not a difficult task., We have already explained some of the rules of, Noun in the Second Chapter on Syntax. The main, difficulty in the use of Noun arises in the correct, use of Gender, Number and Possessive case., Therefore, before taking up the Rules of Noun, it, is essential to understand the rules regarding the, formation of Gender, Number and Possessive, case. The following are their Rules—, , Formation of Gender, The following are the three Rules of formation of Feminine Gender from the Masculine, Gender—, 1. By adding-ess,- ine,- trix, -a to the word in, the Masculine Gender. The addition of-ess is most, popular. As—, (a), Masculine Feminine, Author, Baron, Count, Giant, Heir, Host, Jew, Lion, Manager, , Masculine, , Authoress, Mayor, Baroness, Patron, Countess, Peer, Giantess, Poet, Heiress, Priest, Hostess, Prophet, Jewess, Shepherd, Lioness, Steward, Manageress Viscount, , Huntress, Instructress, Negress, Abbess, Duchess, Empress, Marchioness, , Tiger, Traitor, Waitor, Master, Murderer, Sorcerer, , Tigress, Traitress, Waitress, Mistress, Murdress, Sorceress, , (c) By adding -ine, -trix, -a—, Masculine, Hero, Administrator, Executor, Testator, , Feminine, Heroine, Administratrix, Executrix, Testatrix, , Masculine, Czar, Sultan, , Feminine, Czarina, Sultana, , Signor, Fox, , Signora, Vixen, , 2. By adding an entirely new word before or, after the Masculine word. As—, , Feminine, , Masculine, , Feminine, , Masculine, , Feminine, , Mayoress, Patroness, Peeress, Poetess, Priestess, Prophetess, Shepherdess, Stewardess, Viscountess, , Bull-calf, , Cow-calf, , Grandfather, , Cocksparrow, He-goat, He-bear, Jack-ass, Man-servant, , Hensparrow, She-goat, She-bear, Jenny-ass, Maidservant, , Great-uncle, , Grandmo, -ther, Greataunt, Landlady, Milkmaid, Peahen, Washerwoman, , (b) By removing the last Vowel in the Masculine word before adding–ess in the following, words—, Masculine Feminine, , Masculine Feminine, , Actor, Benefactor, Conductor, Enchanter, Founder, , Preceptor, Prince, Songster, Temptor, Seamaster, , Actress, Benefactress, Conductress, Enchantress, Foundress, , Hunter, Instructor, Negro, Abbot, Duke, Emperor, Marquis, , Preceptress, Princess, Songstress, Temptress, Seamistress, , Landlord, Milkman, Peacock, Washerman, , 3. The Feminines of the following Masculines, are quite different from their originals. As—, Masculine, Bachelor, Boy, Brother, Buck, Bull/ox, Bullock, Cock, , Feminine, Maid/spinster, Girl, Sister, Doe, Cow, Heifer, Hen, , Masculine, Hart, Horse, Husband, King, Lord, Man, Monk/Friar, , Feminine, Roe, Mare, Wife, Queen, Lady, Woman, Nun
Page 40 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 32 | L.W.C.E., Colt, Dog, Drake, Drone, Earl, Father, Gander, Gentleman, , Filly, Bitch, Duck, Bee, Countess, Mother, Goose, Lady, , Nephew, Papa, Sir, Ram, Stay, Son, Uncle, Wizard, , Niece, Mamma, Madam, Ewe, Hind, Daughter, Aunt, Witch, , Conversion of Number, The following are the Rules of formation of, Plural Number—, (1) In most cases by adding -s to the Singular, Number. As—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Boy, Girl, Pen, Table, , Boys, Girls, Pens, Tables, , Question, Problem, Book, House, , Questions, Problems, Books, Houses, , 2. By adding -es to the Singular Number in, words ending in -s, -sh, -ch, or -x. As—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Class, Kiss, Lass, Dish, Brush, , Classes, Kisses, Lasses, Dishes, Brushes, , Match, Watch, Branch, Tax, Box, , Matches, Watches, Branches, Taxes, Boxes, , 3. In words ending in -o generally -es is, added. As—, , 4. But in words ending in -oo, -io, -eo or -yo, only -s is added. As—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Bamboo, Cuckoo, Curio, Cameo, , Bamboos, Cuckoos, Curios, Cameos, , Portfolio, Embryo, Ratio, Stereo, , Portfolios, Embryos, Ratios, Stereos, , 5. When a word ends in -y, and before -y, there is a consonant, -y is replaced by -ies. As—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Baby, Army, Lady, Story, , Babies, Armies, Ladies, Stories, , City, Pony, Duty, Fly, , Cities, Ponies, Duties, Flies, , But if there is a Vowel before -y, (as -ay, -ey,, -oy) only -s is added. As—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Day, Play, Key, , Days, Plays, Keys, , Boy, Toy, Monkey, , Boys, Toys, Monkeys, , 6. In words ending in -f or -fe in the Singular, Number, -f or -fe are replaced by -ves. As—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Knife, , Knives, , Leaf, , Leaves, , Life, , Lives, , Myself, , Ourselves, , Wives, , Sheaf, , Sheaves, , Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Wife, , Buffalo, Potato, Negro, Hero, Echo, Zero, , Buffaloes, Potatoes, Negroes, Heroes, Echoes, Zeroes, , Mango, Cargo, Volcano, Motto, Mosquito, , Mangoes, Cargoes, Volcanoes, Mottoes, Mosquitoes, , Calf, , Calves, , Shelf, , Shelves, , Elf, , Elves, , Thief, , Thieves, , Half, , Halves, , Wolf, , Wolves, , Loaf, , Loaves, , Exceptions—, , Exceptions :, , Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Belief, , Beliefs, , Proof, , Proofs, , Canto, Piano, Dynamo, Solo, Memento, Photo, Ratio, Quarto, , Cantos, Pianos, Dynamos, Solos, Mementos, Photos, Ratios, Quartos, , Chief, , Chiefs, , Roof, , Roofs, , Cliff, Dwarf, Grief, , Cliffs, Dwarfs, Griefs, , Safe, Scarf, Strife, , Safes, Scarfs, Strifes, , Gulf, , Gulfs, , Turf, , Turfs, , Hoof, Brief, , Hoofs, Briefs, , Wharf, Serf, , Wharfs, Serfs
Page 41 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NOUNS | 33, 7. In the following eight Nouns changes are, made in the Vowels used withen them. They are—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Man, Woman, Foot, Tooth, , Men, Women, Feet, Teeth, , Mouse, Louse, Goose, Dormouse, , Mice, Lice, Geese, Dormices, , 8. In the following four Nouns -en or -ne are, added. They are—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular Plural, , Child, , Children, , Cow, , Ox, , Oxen, , Brother, , Kine, (but also cows), Brethren, (but also brothers), , 9. Some Nouns remain the same both in the, Singular and Plural forms. As—, Public, police, innings, gross, yoke, brace,, sheep, deer, fish, swine, hair, dozen, score, hundred, thousand, pound, kilogram, series, species,, means., 10. The Plurals of Compound Nouns are, formed by adding -s to the Principal word in the, compound form. As—, Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Commander- Commanders- Maidservant, -in-chief, -in-chief, Son-in-law, Sons-in-law, Passerby, Daughter-in- Daughters-in- Lookerlaw, law, on, Brother-inBrothers-inMan-oflaw, law, war, Father-inFathers-inStep-son, law, law, , Plural, Maidservants, Passersby, Lookerson, Men-ofwar, Stepsons, , 11. For forming the Plurals of Letters /, Alphabet, Figures, Abbreviations and Symbols,, Apostrophe -’ s is added. As—, a’s, b’s, r’s, 5’s, 3’s,, 5 M. A.’s, 3 M. L.A.’s, 2 B. A.’s; Dot your i’s, and cut your t’s., Your b’s are not clear. His R’s are peculiar., Your 5’s look like 3’s, Note—The Plural of p (page) is pp and of l (line), is ll., , 12. Sometimes Surnames can be used in the, Plural Number, as—, Miss Smith—the Miss Smiths or the Misses, Smith., Mr. Ray—the Rays., 13. We give below the Plurals of some popular, foreign words (Greek, Latin, etc.), Singular, , Plural, , Singular, , Plural, , Agendum, Alumnus, Appendix, Axis, Datum, Dictum, Erratum, Formula, , Agenda, Alumni, Appendices, Axes, Data, Dicta, Errata, Formulae, (also, formulas), Fungi, Genii, Indices, , Medium, Memorandum, Radius, Analysis, Basis, Crisis, Criterion, Oasis, Phenomenon, , Media, Memoranda, Radii, Analyses, Bases, Crises, Criteria, Oases, Phenomena, , Thesis, Cherub, Seraph, , Theses, Cherubim, Seraphim, , Fungus, Genius, Index, , Note—In English Agenda is used as a Singular, Number only., , Formation of Possessive, (or Genitive) Case, Rules of Formation of Possessive (or Genitive) Case—, (1) By adding Apostrophe ’s, (a) By adding ’s to the Singular Nouns standing for Persons. As—, Ram’s book, the teacher’s desk, the doctor’s, clinic, the lawyer’s office., (b) Apostrophe ’s is also used with bigger animals and those very familiar. As—, Elephant’s trunk, horse’s colour, lion’s share,, tiger’s den, bull’s horns, dog’s tail., Note—Apostrophe ’s is not used with small animals and insects., (c) Apostrophe ’s is also used with personified objects. As—, Nature’s laws, Fortune’s favour, Death’s, sting., (d) Apostrophe ’s is also used with Neuter, Gender Nouns showing time, place, distance,, weight or value.
Page 42 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 34 | L.W.C.E., One day’s leave, at week’s end, at a stone’s, 4. If the Noun is in Plural Number but, throw, by month’s end, at a pound’s cost, a without s at its end, full Apostrophe (’s) is used., minute’s rest, at a yard’s distance., As—, Men’s club; Children’s books., (e) With some special phrases. As—, 5. If a Noun or a title is made of several, at arm’s length, at fingers’tips, for heaven’s, words, Apostrophe ’s is used only with the last, sake, for goodness’ sake, (f) Double Apostrophe ’s should not be used. word. As—, The Rana of Mewar’s palace,, As—, The Government of India’s orders., This is Ram’s father’s house., 6. If two or more Nouns are inseparably, The above sentence has double Apostrophe, joined, together, Apostrophe ’s is used only with, –’s which is wrong. It should be written thus—, the, last, word. As—, This is the house of Ram’s father., Legouis, and Cazamian’s History of English, Here one Possessive has been formed by, Literature., using -’s and the other by the use of connective of., Rowe and Webb’s Book of Grammar., This is the correct way., 7. If two or more Nouns have their own, The father of Ram’s friend has come. (Not, separate, possessives, Apostrophe ’s is used each, Ram’s friend’s father...), time. As—, (g) Some words are there which are left out, Marlowe’s and Shakespeare’s Plays,, after Apostrophe ’s, because their sense is implied, Ram’s and Mohan’s houses., in the sentence itself. As—church, cathedral,, 8. Possessive case by ‘of’, school, shop, house, etc., 1. I bought this book from Mac Millan’s., (a) Possessives of inanimate things are made, (shop is understood), by using of, not by Apostrophe ’s. As—, 2. I am a student of St. John’s. (School or, Leg of the table (not, table’s leg), College is understood), Lock of the door (not, door’s lock), 3. I have my dinner today at my friend’s., Pages of the book (not, book’s pages), (house is understood), Nib of the pen (not, pen’s nib), Exercise, (b) For small animals and insects also of is, 1. Correct the Possessive Case in the used (not ’s) for their possessives. As—, following sentences :, wings of a butterfly, sting of a scorpion,, 1. Ram’s friend’s father is a Professor., legs of a stag, etc., 2. Mohan’s father’s contacts are very wide., (c) If a Possessive Noun is qualified by a, 3. He got share of lion in the distribution of phrase or a clause, Possessive is made by the use, the property., of of. As—, 4. I am on a day leave., These are the toys of the children who are, sleeping., 5. Let us have a few minutes rest., 6. I have the points at the tips of my fingers., The milk of the cow which is black., 2. If there are several hissing sounds (sound, 9. Double Genitives—Sometimes Double, of s or sh) at the end of a word, only the mark of Genitives are also used. In such cases Apostrophe, Apostrophe (’) is used without s after it. As—, ’s is used with the noun coming after o f, or, For conscience’ sake; for justice’ sake; Moses’ Possessive Pronoun (mine, yours, theirs, hers) is, laws., used without any further possessive mark or word., Note— Keats’s poetry or Keats’ poetry, or As—, Collins’s poetry or Collins’ poetry are, 1. This is a book of mine., both correct., 2. Ram is a friend of Mohan’s., 3. If a Plural Noun has s at the end, only the, 3. Tempest is a play of Shakespeare’s., mark of Apostrophe’ is used without s after it., Note—With, such structures it is important to note, As—, that they give the suggestion of one of the, Girls’ hostel; boys’ school, horses’tails.
Page 43 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NOUNS | 35, many. Thus, the sentence : This is a book, of mine means this is one of my many, books. Therefore, this structure should not, be used where the reference is to one, thing or one person only. As such, the, following sentence is wrong—, He is a father of mine., She is a mother of mine., These sentences would mean that ‘he is one, of my many fathers’ or ‘she is one of my many, mothers.’ This would be just absurd. These, sentences should be written thus—, He is my father., She is my mother., , Rules of Nouns, The following are the Rules of Nouns—, Rule 1—Nouns always Plural, The under noted Nouns are always used in the, Plural Number. They always take Plural, verbs. They cannot be used as Singular Nouns, by removing s. They are—, Alms, thanks, riches, caves, species, scissors, trousers, pants, clippers, tongs, bellows,, gallows, fangs, measels, eyeglasses, goggles,, amends, annals, archives, ashes, arrears,, athletics, auspices, belongings, breeches,, bowels, braces, binoculars, billiards, customs,, congratulations, dregs, earnings, entrails,, embers, fetters, fireworks, lodgings, lees,, mumps, odds, outskirts, particulars, proceeds,, proceedings, regards, remains, savings, shambles, shears, spectacles, surroundings, tidings,, troops, tactics, vegetables, valuables, wages,, works, innings., These Nouns are always used as Plural Nouns, with Plural verbs. As—, 1. He gave him alms., (‘He gave him an alm’ is wrong), 2. His trousers are dirty., (‘His trouser is dirty’ is wrong), 3. He lives on the outskirts of the town., 4. What are your monthly earnings ?, Rule 2—Nouns always Singular, Some Nouns are always used in the Singular, Number. They are—Poetry, scenery, machinery, stationery, crockery, luggage, baggage,, , postage, knowledge, breakage, jewellery,, information, furniture, money, wastage. As—, 1. Kashmir is famous for its colourful, scenery. (not sceneries), 2. It is an anthology of poetry. (not poetries), 3. He has imported all his machinery from, Germany. (not machineries), 4. I have no information from him. (not, informations), Note—If it is necessary to indicate the Singular, or the Plural number of these nouns, the, method is this : (a) for Singular Number,, we say a piece of, an item of, an article, of, and (b) for Plural Number we use, pieces of, items of, articles of, kinds of,, etc. These phrases are placed before these, Nouns, but the Noun is retained in the, Singular number. As—, (a) (i) I have a piece of information for, you., (ii) This item of your furniture is really, beautiful., (iii) I don’t like this article of jewellery., (b) (i) All kinds of furniture are available, here., (ii) I want only a few articles of stationery., (iii) All pieces of information given by, him are wrong., Rule 3—Nouns Plural in Form but Singular in, Use, There are some Nouns which are Plural in, form but Singular in usage. They always take, a Singular verb. They are—News, Innings,, Physics, Politics, Mathematics, Mechanics,, Ethics, Economics, etc. As—, 1. Mathematics is a difficult subject., 2. Ethics makes the basis of good life., 3. Politics has lost its moral character., 4. Economics is an optional subject., 5. The news is good., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. We should not be miserly in giving alm, to the beggars., 2. I send herewith my hearty thank for your, timely help.
Page 44 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 36 | L.W.C.E., 3. I have sent my trouser to the laundry., 4. He has built a house on the outskirt of the, city., 5. The cottage was thrown into shamble by, the earthquake., 6. He immersed the remain of his father into, the Ganges., 7. He has lost all his valuable., 8. Please accept my congratulation for your, success., 9. He sucked the liquor to the last dreg., 10. The prisoner was kept in fetter., 11. I have no liking for pastoral poetries., 12. I have to purchase all kinds of stationeries for the school., 13. She is very fond of sparkling jewelleries., 14. I don’t travel with heavy luggages., 15. I receive all necessary informations from, him., 16. Please show me all items of crockeries., 17. The letter is short of postages., 18. Can you not reduce your wastages ?, 19. No news are good news., 20. The mechanics of this instrument are, very complicated., 21. Their performance in the first inning was, very poor., 22. He is very weak in Physic., 23. Politics are the game of fortune hunters., 24. What are the latest newses ?, 25. He is a man of low ethic., Hints—(1) alms; (2) thanks; (3) trousers; (4), outskirts; (5) shambles; (6) remains; (7), valuables; (8) congratulations; (9) dregs;, (10) fetters; (11) poetry; (12) stationery;, (13) jewellery; (14) luggage; (15) information; (16) crockery; (17) postage; (18), wastage; (19) is; (20) is; (21) innings; (22), Physics; (23) is; (24) is, news; (25) ethics., Rule 4—Nouns Singular in Form but Plural in, Use, There are some Nouns which are Singular in, form but Plural in meaning. They always take, a Plural verb. They are—Cattle, gentry,, clergy, cavalry, infantry, nobility, poultry,, peasantry, children, admiralty, yeomantry, etc., Family is used both in the Singular and Plural, numbers according to sense. As—, , 1. The cattle are grazing in the field., 2. The peasantry are very happy., 3. Our cavalry are very strong., Note—(1) Since these Nouns are used only in, Plural Number (though singular in form),, they should not be made Plural by adding, -s or -es. For example, the following sentences are wrong—, The gentries have come., Our poultries are healthy., (2) The following Nouns remain the same in, both Singular and Plural numbers and they can be, used both as Singular and Plural in the same form., They should not be made Plural by adding -s or, -es. They are—Swine, vermin, mankind, police,, public, etc. As—, 1. The police has been informed., or, The police have taken action., 2. The swine are dirty animals., or, You are a dirty swine., (3) ‘People’ in the sense of group of persons, is always used in the Plural number. But when the, word ‘People’ is used in the sense of a Nation, it, can be used both as Singular (a people) and Plural, as—‘The Peoples of India and China are on, friendly terms.’, Rule 5—Noun with Numeral Adjective, Some Nouns coming after Definite Numeral, Adjectives are always used in the Singular, Number. They are—Pair, dozen, score, gross,, stone, hundred, thousand, million, billion, etc., As—, Two pair of shoes (not two pairs of shoes);, four dozen pencils; three score and ten; five, thousand rupees, ten million people, etc., But if the Numeral Adjective is Indefinite, all, the Nouns given above will be used in the, Plural Number. As—, Dozens of people; thousands of workers;, millions of pounds; scores of houses; many, pairs of shoes; in millions, etc., Rule 6—Numeral Adjective + Hyphen + Noun, If a compound word is formed by joining a, Definite Numeral Adjective and a Noun (by a, hyphen), the Noun so used will always be in, the Singular Number. As—, 1. Here is a five-rupee note.
Page 45 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NOUNS | 37, Here you will see that a Definite Numeral, Adjective (five) is joined with a Noun (rupee), by a hyphen, and the Noun (rupee) is in, Singular Number. It will be wrong to say, five-rupees note., Similarly the following sentences are correct—, 1. Please lend me a ten-rupee note., 2. He gave me a hundred-rupee note., 3. This is included in our five-year plan., 4. He fell down from a ten-foot high wall., 5. A three-man enquiry committee has, been set up., 6. There was a twenty-foot deep ditch., 7. A five-judge bench will hear this case., , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative from those, given within the brackets in the following, sentences :, 1. The Indian (peasantry/peasantries) are, still backward., 2. Our cavalry (is/are) highly trained., 3. The (gentry / gentries) have already, arrived., 4. There is a large herd of (swine/swines)., 5. All the (people/peoples) were happy., 6. I have several (pair/pairs) of shoes., 7. There are three (thousand / thousands), workers in this factory., 8. (Thousand / thousands) of workers are, working in this factory., 9. I have four (pair/pairs) of shoes., 10. He is now three (scores/score) and ten., 11. (Scores / score) of houses have been, gutted in fire., 12. He is rolling in (million/millions)., 13. A (five-man/five-men) commission has, been set up., 14. He jumped into a (forty-foot/forty-feet ), deep well., 15. This is our eighth (five-year/five-years), plan., Hints—(1) peasantry; (2) are; (3) gentry; (4), swine; (5) people. (6) pairs; (7) thousand;, (8) thousands; (9) pair; (10) score; (11), scores; (12) millions; (13) five-man; (14), forty-foot; (15) five-year., , Rule 7—Noun + Preposition + the same Noun, repeated, If the same Noun is repeated before and after, a Preposition, the Noun is used in the Singular, Number each time. In such cases the verb is, also used in the Singular Number. As—, Ship after ship arrived at the port. Here, ships after ships will be wrong. Similarly the, following sentences are correct—, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , Mistake after mistake was committed., Chance after chance was lost., He begged from door to door., Wave upon wave rose in the sea., We can read meaning within meaning, in this poem., , Rule 8—Article + several Adjectives + Noun, If two or more than two Adjectives are, connected with and and the Article has been, used only before the first Adjective, the Noun, used after them will be in the Plural Number., But if the Article is used before each, Adjective, the Noun will be in the Singular, Number. As—, 1. Shakespeare was very popular in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries., 2. Shakespeare was very popular in the sixteenth and the seventeenth century., 3. Very heavy wigs were worn in the Elizabethan and Jacobean Ages., 4. Very heavy wigs were worn in the Elizabethan and the Jacobean Age., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He made attempt after attempts but, failed., 2. There is no difference from men to men., 3. He knocked from doors to doors for help., 4. There are circles within circles in this, painting., 5. I can read meanings within meaning in, what you say., 6. There is no absentee in the Fifth and the, Sixth classes., 7. There is no post-office in the first and, second lane.
Page 46 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 38 | L.W.C.E., 8. Many great scientists were born in the, eighteenth and nineteenth century., 9. There is no mistake in the fourth and the, fifth pages., 10. No berth is available in the first and last, coach., Hints—(1) attempt after attempt; (2) man to man;, (3) door to door; (4) circle within circle;, (5) meaning within meaning; (6) class; (7), lanes; (8) centuries; (9) page; (10) coaches., Rule 9—Numeral Adjective + Noun + Fraction, If a Numeral Adjective and a fraction (a half,, a quarter, three quarters, etc.) are to be, used with a Noun, the structure of the sentence will be as follows—, 1. The train is late by one hour and a half., 2. The train is late by two hours and a half., The following structure will be wrong—, 1. The train is late by one and a half hour., 2. The train is late by two and a half, hours., Under this Rule the correct structure is this—, Noun is used after the Numeral Adjective, and, the Number of the Noun is Singular or Plural, according to the Numeral Adjective (i. e. the, Noun is Singular with a / an / one, and Plural, with two, three, etc.) And after the Noun the, Fractions (and a half, and a quarter, and, three quarters, etc.) should be used. The, following are some more examples—, 1. I have one rupee and a half., 2. I have read five chapters and a half., 3. I have been waiting for five hours and a, quarter., 4. The distance is four kilometres and, three quarters., 5. Its weight is a kilo and a half., Expressions such as One and a half rupee;, five and a half chapters; five and a quarter, hours; four and three quarters kilometres;, one and a half kilo are wrong., Note—If a Numeral Adjective and a fraction are, joined by and and they are used in the, sense of multiplication, the Noun is placed, after them, and the Noun is always used in, the Plural Number. As—, 1. The amount will grow one and a half, times., , The amount will grow two and a half, times., In such cases One time and a half or two, times and a half are wrong., Rule 10—Adjectives used as Plural Nouns, Some Adjectives preceded by the are used as, Plural Nouns. As—The poor; the rich; the, sick; the down-trodden; the meak, etc., As—, 1. We should help the poor., 2. The rich should not be proud., 3. The meak are blessed., 4. The sick should be carefully looked, after., It is wrong to try to make these Adjectives, Plural by adding -s or -es to them. They are, already Plural in their sense. As—the poors,, the riches, the meaks, or the sicks. All these, are wrong expressions., Rule 11—Nouns/Pronouns of Common Gender, (Dual Gender), (a) The following Nouns are of Common, Gender, i.e., they can be used both as Masculine or Feminine Genders. Thus, they are of, Dual Gender. They are—, 2., , Child, baby, friend, student, teacher,, lecturer, professor, pupil, artist, author, reader,, servant, worker, poet, speaker, writer, typist,, engineer, lawyer, advocate, client, clerk,, conductor, musician, politician, minister,, leader, dealer, secretary, enemy, parent,, relation, cousin, orphan, neighbour, person,, president, monarch, statesman, publicman,, chairman, sportsman, spokesman, spokesperson, chairperson., As—, 1. She is my friend., 2. He is my friend., 3. My teacher is Miss Bose., 4. My teacher is Mr. Bose., 5. He is our Finance Minister., 6. She is our Finance Minister., Note—(1) Some Grammarians hold that Nouns of, Common Gender which have–man joined, with them should not be used with Feminine Gender Nouns. Such a use would, appear odd. As—
Page 47 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NOUNS | 39, She is a sportsman / chairman / spokesman/, publicman/statesman., In such cases –person has come to be used in, place of –man. As—, chairperson, spokesperson, sportsperson,, publicperson, statesperson, mediaperson, etc., (2) Sometimes Poetess and Authoress are, also used for Feminine Gender., (3) A typical difficulty arises when a Pronoun, is to be used with a Common Gender Noun in, the Singular Number. For example, which of, the following pronouns (his or her) is correct., 1. Every teacher should do his duty., or, Every teacher should do her duty., In all such cases Third Person, Masculine, Gender (his) should be used., 1. Every teacher should do his duty., 2. No student should waste his time., Some scholars hold that both genders connected with or (his or her) should be used., Every teacher should do his or her duty., But this can be desirable in legal language, only. In the normal routine case only Third, Person Masculine (He, His, Him) should be, used., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Apples sell at ten and a half rupees a kilo., 2. He reached late by one and a quarter, hours., 3. I have two and a quarter hours at my, disposal., 4. He covered twenty and a half kilometers, in one and a half hours., 5. At this rate of interest your money will, grow two times and a half., 6. My income has risen one and a half time., 7. My income has risen one time and a half., 8. The poors deserve all our sympathy., 9. The wounded was admitted in hospital., 10. The riches are not always merciless., 11. Every teacher should know her students., 12. She is a good lady teacher., , 13. He is my man-servant., 14. She is a lady doctor., 15. She is a renowned poetess., 16. Go to the Ladies common-room., 17. This is Ladies Training College., 18. No one should neglect its duty., 19. Neither of them has done her work., 20. She is a fearless spokeswoman., 21. Mrs. Gandhi was the chairwoman., 22. Elizabeth was a great monarchess., 23. She is my cousin sister., 24. My mother is my guardianess., Hints—(1) ten rupees and a half; (2) one hour and, a quarter; (3) two hours and a quarter; (4), twenty kilometres and a half... one hour, and a half; (5) two and a half times; (6), one and a half times; (7) one and a half, times; (8) the poor; (9) were; (10) the, rich; (11) his; (12) teacher, not lady, teacher; (13) servant; (14) doctor, not, lady doctor; (15) poet; (16) Women’s;, (17) Women’s Training College; (18) his;, (19) his; (20) spokesman or spokesperson; (21) chairman or chairperson;, (22) monarch; (23) cousin, not cousin, sister, (24) guardian., Rule 12—Nouns with one meaning in Singular, and another in Plural., Some Nouns have one meaning in the Singular Number and another and quite different, meaning in the Plural Number. They are—, Singular, (Normal Meaning), Abuse (misuse), Advice (counsel,, opinion), Air, Alphabet, Compass (limit), Colour, Custom, Effect (as noun), Force, , Plural, (Typical Meaning), Abuses (Bad habits and, customs), Advices (items of, information), Airs (arrogant show), Alphabets (languages), Compasses (a geometrical, instrument), Colours (flag), Customs (levies on goods, imported), Effects (household luggage), Forces (armies)
Page 48 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 40 | L.W.C.E., , Miscellaneous Revision Exercises, , Good, , Goods (luggage), , Iron, , Irons (chains, fetters), , Revision Exercise 1, , Manner, , Manners (behaviour), , Number, , Numbers (feet or rhythm in, poetry), , Choose the correct forms of the nouns, from those given in brackets in the following, sentences :, 1. He gave me two ten (-rupee/-rupees), notes., 2. Most men live to the age of three (score/, scores) and ten., 3. I like the (scenery/sceneries) of this, place., 4. My car costs me fifty (thousand/ thousands) rupees., 5. Our score in the first (inning/innings), was very encouraging., 6. Pray and give (thank/thanks) to God that, you have been saved., 7. There was a herd of (deer/deers) in the, wood., 8. Their (offspring/offsprings) are all sickly., 9. Whose (cattle/cattles) are these ?, 10. The child is suffering from (measel/, measels)., 11. Five (hundred/hundreds) years have, passed since then., 12. (Tiding/Tidings) came very late., 13. The (Jury/Juries) found him guilty., 14. (Dozen/Dozens) of men were injured., 15. I bought two (dozen/dozens) pencils., 16. He gave (alm/alms) to every beggar., Hints—(1) rupee; (2) score; (3) scenery; (4), thousand; (5) innings; (6) thanks; (7) deer;, (8) offspring; (9) cattle; (10) measels; (11), hundred; (12) tidings; (13) Jury; (14), dozens; (15) dozen; (16) alms., , Pain, , Pains (efforts), , Premise (supposition,, , Premises (site, situation), , Introduction), Physic (medicine), , Physics (a branch of, science), , Quarter (fourth part), , Quarters (small houses), , Return, , Returns (accounting), , Sand, , Sands (desert), , Water, , Waters (oceans), , Wood, , Woods (jungle), , Letter, , Letters (Literature,, scholarship), , Ground, , Grounds (reasons), , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative from those, given within brackets in each sentence :, 1. I love to walk in the fresh morning (air/, airs)., 2. I shall spare no (pain/pains) to give entire, satisfaction to you., 3. Please submit your income-tax (return/, returns) immediately., 4. This stool is made of (iron/irons)., 5. I shall shift all my household (effect/, effects) from here., 6. I have booked my (good/goods) by, passenger train., 7. He struck the ball with great (force /, forces)., 8. You have to pay your (custom/customs), duty., 9. He has gone to the (wood/woods) in, search of his lost cattle., 10. He has built a small temple in the (premises/premise) of his new house., Hints—(1) air; (2) pains; (3) returns; (4) iron; (5), effects; (6) goods; (7) force; (8) customs;, (9) woods; (10) premises., , Revision Exercise 2, Choose the correct forms of the verbs from, those given within brackets, keeping in view the, sense of the nouns which should be in agreement with the verbs :, 1. Where (is/are) the scissors ?, 2. The police (has/have) made no arrests., 3. Economics (is/are) taught by Dr. Jain., 4. The clergy (is/are) opposed to closing the, church today., 5. A huge crowd (has/have) assembled., 6. No news (has/have) come from my brother.
Page 49 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NOUNS | 41, 7. Sheep blindly (follow/follows) the leader., 8. The jury (has/have) not come to a unanimous verdict., 9. Measels (is/are) a bad disease., 10. No cattle (is/are) allowed to graze here., 11. My family (is/are) early risers., 12. Three dozen pencils (has/have) been, distributed., 13. The government (is/are) determined to, implement the plan., 14. The majority of workers (has/have) come, on duty., 15. The rich (is/are) not always happy., Hints—(1) are; (2) have; (3) is; (4) are; (5) has;, (6) has; (7) follow; (8) have; (9) are; (10), are; (11) are; (12) have; (13) are; (14), have; (15) are., , Revision Exercise 3, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I have bought a new spectacle., 2. Have you installed new machineries ?, 3. Please pay my regard to your father., 4. These paultry is mine., 5. You can select from these three pairs of, shoes., 6. So many pair of shoes are here before, you., 7. I have all these points at the ends of my, fingers., 8. He gets a monthly allowance of two, thousands rupees., 9. His hairs have turned grey., 10. You must follow my advices., 11. I have not yet brought my furnitures., 12. The news are not authentic., 13. He attended King George’s the Fifth, coronation ceremony., 14. The wages of sin are death., 15. His weekly earning is very poor., 16. This is my uncle’s, the engineer, office., 17. My pen’s colour is black., 18. This is a Ladies’College., 19. No man can enter the Women’s Hostel., 20. A three-men enquiry committee will look, into the matter., 21. No more informations are available., , 22., 23., 24., 25., , My father’s friend’s son is coming today., He is a father of mine., A kite’s wings are large., I have sent him my congratulation for his, success., 26. The mechanics of this instrument are not, difficult to understand., 27. There was a fifty-feet deep valley., 28. Trucks after trucks crossed the prohibited, line., 29. There is no light in the fifth and sixth, house., 30. The police has already taken search of, the fourth and the fifth rooms., 31. His score was one and a half centuries., 32. Houses after houses were looted by the, dacoits., 33. I can run for two mile and a half., 34. His profits have grown one and a half, time., 35. Mrs. Jacob is my lady-teacher., 36. This student has spoilt her paper., 37. Indian force is strong enough to face the, challenge., 38. Gandhi has left his foot-marks on the, sand of time., 39. Both his daughter-in-laws are beautiful., 40. There are 5 M. A. among the applicants., Hints—(1) pair of spectacles; (2) machinery; (3), regards; (4) are; (5) pair; (6) pairs; (7) at, my finger-ends; (8) thousand; (9) hair has, turned; (10) advice; (11) furniture; (12) is;, (13) King George the Fifth’s; (14) is;, (15) earnings are; (16) my uncle, the, engineer’s, (17) the colour of my pen; (18), Women’s College; (19) Women’s Hostel;, (20) three-man; (21) information is; (22), the son of my father’s friend; (23) my, father; (24) the wings of a kite; (25) congratulations; (26) is; (27) fifty-foot deep;, (28) truck after truck; (29) houses; (30), room; (31) one century and a half; (32), house after house; (33) two miles and a, half; (34) one and a half times; (35) teacher; (36) his; (37) forces are; (38) sands;, (39) daughters-in-law; (40) 5 M. A.’s.
Page 50 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 5, , Pronouns, , Forms of Pronouns, Personal Pronouns, There are three Persons of Personal Pronouns—, (i) First Person, (ii) Second Person, (iii) Third Person, All these three Persons have different forms, in different cases (Nominative, Objective and, Possessive). Every student must know these different forms very clearly, because without this, knowledge they cannot be used correctly. The, different forms are these—, (i) Forms of First Person (Both Masculine and, Feminine), Case, Nominative, Objective (Accusative), Possessive (Genitive), , Singular, I, Me, My, Mine, , Plural, We, Us, Our, Ours, , (ii) Forms of Second Person (Both Masculine, and Feminine), Case, Nominative, Objective (Accusative), Possessive (Genitive), , Singular, You, thou, You, thee, Your, yours, Thy, thine, , Plural, You, ye, You, Your, yours, , Note—Thou, thee, thy, thine and ye are no longer, in popular use., (iii) Forms of Third Person (in different Genders), Case, , Singular, Plural, MasFemi- Neuter, All, culine, nine, genders, He, She, It, They, Him, He r, It, Them, , Nominative, Objective, (Accusative), Possessive, His, (Genitive), , Her,, Hers, , Its, , Their,, Theirs, , (iv) Forms of Relative and Interrogative Pronouns, Relative Pronouns and Interrogative Pronouns, have the same forms—, Case, Nominative, Objective, (Accusative), Genitive, (Possessive), , Singular and, Singular and, Plural, Plural, Masculine and, Neuter, Feminine, Who, Which, Whom, Which, Whose, , Whose, of which, , Note—Relative Pronoun ‘That’ has the same form, in Singular and Plural Numbers and also, in the Nominative and Accusative cases. It, has no Genitive case., (v) Forms of Reflexive and Emphatic Pronouns, Pronoun, Reflexive and Emphatic Form, I, Myself, You, Yourself (in Singular), Yourselves (in Plural), He, Himself, She, Herself, It, Itself, We, Ourselves, They, Themselves, , }, , Rules of Pronoun, The following are the Rules of correct use of, Pronouns—, , Personal Pronoun, Rule 1—Number, Person and Gender, The first and basic rule of the use of Pronoun, is that it must have the same Number, Person, and Gender as the Number, Person and
Page 51 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRONOUNS | 43, Gender of the Noun for which it has been, used. As—, 1. He has done his work., 2. She has done her work., 3. You have done your work., 4. I have done my work., 5. We have done our work., 6. They have done their work., Rule 2—Nominative Pronoun, Nominative Pronouns are used as the Subject, of a Verb., (He, She, I, You, We, They are in the Nominative Form). As—, 1. He is a good boy., 2. She is going there., 3. They are coming., 4. You can go., Rule 3—Complement of the Verb ‘to be’, If a Verb ‘to be’ has a Pronoun for its complement, the Pronoun must be used in the, Nominative form. As—, 1. It is I (not me) who came yesterday., 2. It is he (not him) who will help you., 3. If I were she (not her), I wouldn’t do it., 4. It is they (not them) who saved us., Note—It should be remembered that in Exclamatory and Predicative use, Personal, Pronoun can be used in the Objective, form. As—, It is me ! It wasn’t him !, Rule 4—Objective Form, If a Personal Pronoun is the Object of a Verb, or a Preposition, it must be used in the, Objective form. (Me, Us, Him, Them, Her,, You are in the Objective Form). As—, 1. I know him (not he) well., 2. She comes to me (not I) for help., 3. Our teacher has asked us (not we) to, remain in the class., 4. I have told them (not they) to go away, from here., 5. He depends upon me (not I), 6. I go to them (not they) for guidance., , Rule 5—Pronouns of Different Persons, If Pronouns of different Persons are to be, used with the same Verb, they must be used, in the following order—, A. In Singular Number, Y ou (Second, Person) should come first, H e (Third, Person) should come next, and I (First, Person) should come last. This order is, indicative of refined culture and good, behaviour. In brief—, You + He + I, i.e., 2 + 3 + 1, B. In Plural Number—, We + You + They, i.e., 1 + 2 + 3, C. But if the sentence has a bad sense, or is, expressive of some error or fault, the, order should be thus—, I/We + You + He/They, i.e., 1 + 2 + 3, As—, (A) You and he and I are good friends., We and you and they can live together., You and he were class-mates., Ram and I lived in the same house., You and I can travel together., (B) We and you and they can work together., We and they were in the same class., (C) I and you and he have to accept our, fault., You and he will be punished., , Exercise, (A) Correct the following sentences :, 1. Ram has lost their books., 2. She loves his husband., 3. He has sent her sister to school., 4. They have passed his examination., 5. Us are students of this school., 6. Your can do your work., 7. It is me who have to go., 8. It is him who is to blame., 9. Please ask he to bring his book., 10. It is for he to take the responsibility., 11. I have told they to reach in time., 12. He depends upon they to help him., 13. If I were him, I wouldn’t accept the terms., 14. He did not accept she proposals., 15. Them are dependable people.
Page 52 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 44 | L.W.C.E., Hints—(1) his; (2) her; (3) his; (4) their; (5) We;, (6) You; (7) I; (8) he; (9) him; (10) him;, (11) them; (12) them; (13) he; (14) her;, (15) they., (B) Arrange the personal pronouns in the, following sentences in their proper order :, 1. I, you and he have been selected for, scholarship., 2. You, I and he will go together to the fair., 3. You, they and we should remain united., 4. All those boys, all of you and all of us, can make a good team., 5. He, you and I have been found guilty., 6. I, he and you must tender an apology for, the mistake., Hints—(1) You, he and I; (2) You, he and I; (3), We, you and they; (4) All of us, all of you, and all those boys; (5) I, you and he; (6) I,, you and he., Rule 6—Pronoun for a Collective Noun, With a Collective Noun the Pronoun used is, Singular or Plural according to the sense. In, the Singular Number we use It/Its and in Plural, They /Them. As—, 1. The fleet has sailed away on, its voyage., Singular, 2. The jury has given its verdict., 3. The crew is ready. It is boarding the ship within minutes., 4., The, jury are divided in their, , , opinion., , Plural, 5. The Government are ready to, , revise their proposals., , , , , , , Rule 7—Pronoun for more than two Nouns, When two or more Nouns are joined by and,, the Pronoun used for them is always Plural., As—, 1. Ram and Mohan are friends. They go to, their school together., 2. Hari and his friends have completed, their work., Rule 8—Pronoun for Each or Every + Noun, When two or more Nouns are joined by and,, and before each Noun there comes each or, every, the Pronoun used is always Singular., As—, 1. Each worker and each mason has come, on his work., 2. Each clerk and each typist has left his, seat., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences—, 1. The jury delivered their verdict unanimously., 2. The committee is one in their opinion in, this matter., 3. The Government is not divided in their, view in this matter., 4. The jury gave a majority decision after its, last meeting., 5. The crew tried to save itself by their lifeboats., 6. Ram and Shyam lost his way in the, wood., 7. All the students and their teacher neglected his work., 8. Each boy and each man received their, share in time., 9. Each of Ram, Mohan and Shyam has, done their duty., 10. Each of the girls will sing a song of their, choice., 11. Mohan and Sohan has each decided to go, to their village., 12. Every one of them has to sit in their own, seat., Hints—(1) its; (2) its; (3) its; (4) their; (5) themselves; (6) their; (7) their; (8) his; (9) his;, (10) her; (11) his; (12) his., Rule 9—Each, Either, Neither, They always take Singular Verb and Singular Possessive. As—, 1. Each of them is sure to get his chance., 2. Either of them is free to bring his book., 3. Neither of the workers has brought his, tools., Rule 10—Either and Neither, Either and Neither are used for Two things, only, not for more than two. As—, 1. You can choose either of these two (not, more than two) pens., 2. Neither of the two brothers was selected., Rule 11—Anyone and None, When more than two things are referred to,, we use anyone in place of either and none in, place of neither. As—
Page 53 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRONOUNS | 45, 1., , Anyone of these four boys can go with, me., 2. None of these ten applicants is qualified., Rule 12—Each other/One another, They are called Reciprocal Pronouns. Each, other is used for two things or persons, and, one another for more than two. As—, 1. The two brothers help each other., 2. All the five brothers help one another., 3. The two wheels rub against each other., Note—In the modern usage there is believed to be, little difference between Each other and, One another. Now, sometimes, Each, other is used for more than two, and One, another for only two. As—, 1. These three sisters really love each, other., 2. Let us all help each other., Rule 13—Both and All, Both is used for two, and All for more than, two. As—, 1. Both the pens are good. (i.e., only two, pens), 2. Both the men (i.e., two men) are idle., 3. All the pens (i.e., more than two) are, good., 4. All the men (more than two) are idle., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Each of the workers have to bring their, own tools., 2. Every one of them were given their uniform., 3. Either of the brothers have a right to, check their father’s account., 4. Neither of the sisters are like their mother., 5. Either of these five books are good, enough to serve your purpose., 6. Neither of these four horses can win the, prize., 7. Anyone of these two applicants can be, appointed., 8. None of these two students can pass their, qualifying test., , 9. These two friends will surely help one, another., 10. All these ten workers can consult each, other., 11. Both of the three brothers has taken his, share., 12. All of the two cows are black., Hints—(1) has, his; (2) was, his; (3) has, his; (4), is, her; (5) two, is; (6) two; (7) either; (8), Neither, his; (9) each other; (10) one, another; (11) two, have, their; (12) four or, All of the cows., Rule 14—Pronoun for ‘or’, ‘either ...... or’ /, ‘neither ...... nor’ + Noun, When two or more than two Nouns are joined, with or, either … or, neither … nor, the, Pronoun used for them is always Singular., 1. Ram or Hari has lost his book., 2. Either the lawyer or his clerk will be in, his office., 3. Neither Mohan nor Sohan has done his, work., Rule 15—Pronoun for or/nor + Singular and, Plural Nouns, When a Singular Noun and a Plural Noun are, joined by or / nor, the Pronoun used for them, is always Plural. As—, 1. Either the Principal or the teachers had, neglected their duty., 2. Neither the father nor his sons had kept, their promise., Rule 16—Pronouns for different Persons, When more than one Pronoun are of different, Persons, and only one Pronoun is later to be, used for them, there should be First Plural, for First + Third, again First Plural for First, + Second, and Second Person for Second +, Third. As—, 1. You and I have done our duty., 2. You and Hari have done your duty., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Either Ram or Mohan has left their bag., 2. Neither Sita nor Geeta has attended their, class., 3. Either the supervisor or his workers have, left his store-room unlocked.
Page 54 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 46 | L.W.C.E., 4. Neither the soldiers nor their captain, have left his post., 5. You and I have done my best., 6. You and he have tried his utmost., 7. We and you can play your role so well., 8. You and Rakesh can take his chance once, again., 9. Hari and I have done whatever I could., 10. I and my friend have spared no efforts on, his part., Hints—(1) his; (2) her; (3) their; (4) their; (5) our;, (6) your; (7) our; (8) your; (9) we; (10), our., Rule 17—Pronoun after than/as, A peculiar difficulty arises in the correct use, of Pronoun after than or as. The problem is, to decide whether the Pronoun to be used, after than or as should be in the Nominative, form or Objective/Accusative form. In this, connection it should be remembered that the, Pronoun used after than or as is the short, form of a whole clause. Thus, the full form of, ‘I am taller than he’ will be ‘I am taller, than he is’. Therefore, in order to decide, whether the Nominative or the Objective form, of the Pronoun should come after than or as,, we should mentally speak the whole clause, beginning with than or as, and as soon as we, do so, the correct form of the Pronoun will, come in our mind. As—, 1. I am stronger than he (is), 2. I am as strong as he (is)., 3. He loves you more than I (love you)., 4. I love you more than he (loves you)., 5. He gave you more marks than (he gave), me., 6. I shall give you as many books as (I shall, give) him., Note—In sentences containing the Verbs of, Incomplete Predication (suggesting the, idea of being, becoming or seeming),, Pronouns of Objective form can also be, used in place of Nominative form after, than or as. As—, He is taller than me., This form is also acceptable as correct., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He is as willing to go as me., 2. You are more intelligent than him., 3. They love their country more than him., 4. I can serve you better than him., 5. He gave you larger share than I., 6. I shall get as many chances as her., 7. They have as many cows as us., 8. I have as good a house as their., 9. Our chances are as bright as you., 10. We hope to be more successful than, them., Hints—(1) I; (2) he; (3) he; (4) he; (5) me; (6), she; (7) we; (8) they; (9) yours; (10) they., , Pronoun ‘It’/‘This’, Rule 18—Pronoun ‘It’, Pronoun It is used in the following, cases—, (a) For Inanimate things. As—, This is your house. It is a big house., (b) For small animals, birds and insects., As—, 1. There is a parrot. It is green., 2. I have a dog. It is very active., (c) For very little children—, The child has wetted its napkin., (d) For such statements as have already been, referred to earlier—, 1. He is giving a false statement; as he, knows it., 2. He deserved his demotion; as he knew, it., (e) For the imaginary subject of the verb, ‘to be’, while its real subject comes later., As—, 1. It is certain that he will come., 2. It is easy to find its solution., 3. It is doubtful whether he will succeed., (f) For laying emphasis on some Noun or, Pronoun which comes after it. As—, 1. It was you who first made the offer., 2. It was I who first pointed out the, mistake., 3. It was this place where we met first.
Page 55 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRONOUNS | 47, 4. It must be a foolish man who has, been cheated twice by the same man., 5. It is this kind of behaviour that, annoys everybody., (g) For an imaginary o r uncertain Nominative of an impersonal verb. As—, It rains. It thunders., It snows. It blows., (h) For referring to weather or time. As—, 1. It is a fine weather., 2. It is 9 O’Clock., 3. It is winter., 4. It is half past two., Rule 19—Pronoun ‘This’ or ‘It’, A difficulty often arises with regard to the use, of This or It in a sentence. It has been made, amply clear above that I t is only an, imaginary Nominative, while This is a real, Nominative, or gives some definite reference, or information about the real Nominative., This is used to give the name, introduction, or any other information about some one. It, is used only for weather, season, time or, some impersonal subject. This refers to a, person, thing, any specific information or, quality, or nearness / closeness. As—, 1. This is my brother., 2. This is a cow., 3. This is All India Radio., 4. This is my point of view., 5. This is 351557. (Telephone Number), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Take the cow to her shed., 2. My pen is a new one, yet this is not, smooth., 3. The dog has hurt his leg., 4. The child is crying in his cradle., 5. He has broken his promise, as he knows, this., 6. This is not difficult to know the real facts., 7. This is improbable that he should tell a, lie., 8. This is easy to win him over., 9. This was he who first broke the news., , 10. There is this college where I studied., 11. That is only a wise man who can give, you such an advice., 12. This rains and thunders every evening., 13. This is a very hot day., 14. This is 7 O’clock., 15. It is All India Radio giving you the news., 16. It is my house., 17. It is my offer to you., 18. It is to certify that he is in my class., Hints—(1) its; (2) it; (3) its; (4) its; (5) it; (6) It;, (7) It; (8) It; (9) It; (10) It; (11) It; (12) It;, (13) It; (14) It; (15) This; (16) This; (17), This; (18) This., , Relative Pronouns, The more popular Relative Pronouns are—, Who, Whom, Whose, Which, That, What., The following are the Rules of their correct, use—, Rule 20—Who, Who is used in the Nominative case only for, Persons, both in the Singular and Plural, Numbers. Who is not used for inanimate, things. For animals also who is not generally, used. Who is also used for People and Those., As—, 1. I know the man who came here yesterday., 2. He is the thief who was caught redhanded., 3. All the people who came here were, happy., 4. I know all those who were invited., Rule 21—Whom, Whom is used only for Persons in the, Objective / Accusative case both in Singular, and Plural Numbers. As—, 1. The man w h o m I met yesterday has, come., 2. The boy w h o m I gave the books has, secured first division., Rule 22—Which, Which is used for animals and inanimate, things. As—, 1. The pen which I purchased yesterday has, been lost.
Page 56 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 48 | L.W.C.E., 2., , The cow which stands there is very, gentle., 3. The house which has a high gate is mine., Note—In Prepositional Cases the Preposition is, always used before which. As—, 1. The post for which I applied is temporary., 2. I don’t remember the date on which he, was born., 3. This is the book about which I told you., 4. This is the last chance o n which I, depend., 5. The book of which the cover is torn is, not mine., Rule 23—Whose, Whose is used in Possessive Case both for, Persons and Animals. As—, 1. The boy whose father is the Principal is, my friend., 2. The girl whose eyes are blue is very, sweet., 3. Mohan whose brother came yesterday, has gone home., Note—Sometimes whose is used for inanimate, things also. As—, The sun whose rays give us light also give, us life., Rule 24—That, (A) That is used both for animate and inanimate things both in Singular and Plural, Numbers., That has no Possessive / Genitive Case, and therefore no Preposition can be used, before it. If it is very necessary to use a, Preposition, it can be placed at the end of, the sentence. In such a case the sentence, can be completed without ‘That’ also., As—, 1. I know the house that he lives in., or, I know the house λ he lives in., 2. I catch the point that you are hinting at., or, I catch the point λ you are hinting at., 3. I have not yet read the book that you, suggested to me., 4. I have lost the pen that you gave me., , (B) In the following cases the use of that is, preferred to that of who or which. As—, (i) After the Superlative Degree—, 1. Gandhi was the greatest man that, modern India produced., 2. He is the best speaker that I have ever, heard., (ii) After these words—all, same, any, none,, nothing, only, anything, anybody, nobody, little, somebody, no one—, 1. This is all the statement that he gave., 2. He is the same boy that came yesterday., 3. It is only the fools that talk that way., 4. It is not for nothing that I have been, labouring so hard., 5. There was not any that could be heard., 6. There was none that was not moved to, tears., (iii) After Interrogative Pronoun who/what—, 1. What is it that troubles you so much ?, 2. What is there that I cannot do ?, 3. Who am I that you should care for ?, (iv) After two Antecedents, one of which, stands for a Person and the other for an, animal or a thing. As—, 1. The rider and his horse that tried to, cross the river were drowned., 2. The driver and his bus that crossed the, lane struck against a tree., Rule 25—What, Relative Pronoun What is used for things, only. It is used without an Antecedent, and it, means that which. As—, 1. What cannot be cured must be endured., 2. What I told you is correct., 3. I know what you want to say., It would be wrong to use an Antecedent, before what. As—, The story what I read was good., This sentence is wrong because Antecedent ‘story’ has been used before ‘what’., Its correct form would be—, The story that I read was good.
Page 57 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRONOUNS | 49, Rule 26—‘But’ as a Relative Pronoun, Sometimes But is used as a Relative Pronoun, in which case it means who not/which, not. As—, 1. There is none but admires you., (but admires = who does not admire), 2. There is no problem but can be solved., (but can be solved = which cannot be, solved), 3. There is none but loves his country., (but loves = who does not love), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. The boy whom was lazy has failed., 2. The flowers who grow in our garden are, very beautiful., 3. Those whose live in glass houses should, not throw stones., 4. The men which have assembled in the, lawn are our partymen., 5. I who am my benefactor must help you in, time., 6. You are the person which are responsible, for this deed., 7. The hen who laid a golden egg was killed, by the greedy man., 8. The people which do not love their country are not respected., 9. Only those boys should be promoted, whom are intelligent., 10. The cycle of which I purchased is very, heavy., 11. I always buy the book which is the best in, the market., 12. Our sweetest songs are those which tell of, saddest thought., 13. All which he said was correct., 14. Nothing which is not true can impress me., 15. Only the ink which is blue is allowed., 16. None who are poor can afford it., 17. What was the answer which he gave ?, 18. Who was the man who came to see me ?, 19. What is the utility of the book which has, been damaged by white-ants ?, , 20. What is your opinion about the work, which I am doing ?, 21. That is the house which in I live., 22. You are my only friend I can depend., 23. I know the book you are looking., 24. This is the only attempt in that I have, failed., 25. This is the same question which was, asked last year., 26. There was not any who could be trusted., 27. Who are you who can scold me like this ?, 28. I know which you want from me., 29. That what is true is always true., 30. There is none but who trusts me., Hints—(1) who; (2) which; (3) who; (4) who; (5), your in place of my; (6) who; (7) which;, (8) who; (9) who; (10) which in place of, of which; (11) that; (12) that; (13) that;, (14) that; (15) that; (16) that; (17) that;, (18) that came; (19) that; (20) that; (21) in, which in place of which in; (22) depend, upon; (23) looking for; (24) that I have, failed in in place of in that I have failed;, (25) that; (26) that; (27) that can scold ....;, (28) what; (29) what in place of that, what; (30) but in place of but who., , Compound Relative Pronouns, Rule 27—Compound Relative Pronouns are—, Whoever, whoso, whosoever, whomsoever, whichever, whatever, whatsoever., All these Compound Pronouns are used without Antecedents, because the Antecedents are, contained within them. They are supposed to, be complete in themselves. As—, 1. You can do whatever (i.e., anything, which) you like., 2. You can take whichever (i.e., anything, which) you like., 3. Whoever/whosoever/whoso ( i . e., any, person w h o) comes here is most welcome., 4. I shall employ whomsoever (i.e., any, person whom) you recommend.
Page 58 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 50 | L.W.C.E., , Agreement of the Relative Pronoun, with its Antecedent, Rule 28—As we know, a Relative Pronoun agrees, with its Antecedent in Number a n d, Person. Therefore, it is supposed to, have the same Number and Person as, its Antecedent. The verb is also used, according to the same Number and, Person. As—, 1. A boy who is good is loved by all., 2. Boys who are good are loved by all., 3. You who are my friend must help me., 4. Those who are loyal are also honest., 5. We who are colleagues must help each, other., 6. Those who act like this can never be, successful., 7. The flowers which grow in spring are, very beautiful., 8. I who am your brother must warn you., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. You can go wherever place you like., 2. Whosoever man wishes to come can, come., 3. You can choose whichever thing you, prefer., 4. I shall go with whomsoever person you, suggest., 5. I who is your pupil must obey you., 6. You who is my pupil must obey me., 7. He who are your pupil must obey you., 8. The books which is old are useless., 9. Those who believes in God are trustworthy., 10. We who has lost our chance have to, suffer., Hints—(1) place not required; (2) man not, required; (3) thing not required;, (4), person not required; (5) who am; (6) who, are; (7) who is; (8) which are; (9) who, believe; (10) who have., , Omission of Relative Pronoun, Rule 29—The Relative Pronoun is omitted in the, following cases—, , (i) The Relative Pronoun ‘that’ can be, omitted in the Objective Case. The, sentence is correct in both cases, with or, without ‘that’. As—, 1. The picture that I saw yesterday was, good., or, The picture λ I saw yesterday was good., 2. The man that you interviewed yesterday, has come again., or, The man λ you interviewed yesterday has, come again., (ii) The Relative Pronoun can be omitted in, Prepositional Cases also. The sentence, is correct in both forms. As—, 1. That is the house that I lived in., or, That is the house λ I lived in., 2. That is the man that I talked to., or, That is the man λ I talked to., Note—In the above sentences λ shows the place, from where a Relative Pronoun has been, omitted., , Some other Pronouns and their uses, Rule 30—Such/As, As is always used after such, the same or as., As—, 1. His behaviour was such as was well, expected., 2. His problem was such as could not be, easily solved., 3. My difficulty is the same as yours., 4. This is as good as that., Rule 31—Who and Which as connectives, Sometimes who and which can be used as, connectives only. As—, 1. I met my friend, w h o gave me this, advice., (i.e., I met my friend and he gave me this, advice.), 2. I have bought a dictionary, which helps, me a lot., (i.e., I have bought a dictionary and it, helps me a lot).
Page 59 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRONOUNS | 51, Rule 32—Which in restricted sense, In the Restricted sense / choice which can be, used both for Persons and Things., 1. Which of them is your father., (Here choice is limited within ‘them’), 2. Which between these books is better,, this one or that., (Here again choice is limited within ‘this, one or that.’), Rule 33—The same ........ that/as, If in a certain sentence the same comes, before a Noun, the same Noun is suggested by, as or that in the following clause. But if in the, following clause, the verb is understood (i.e., not expressed), only as will be used, not that., As—, 1. This is the same book as/that I bought, last year., 2. He is the same man a s/that came this, morning., 3. This is the same watch as yours., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. The treatment given to me was such, which could not be expected., 2. This is as easy a problem which there, could be., 3. He is passing through the same situation, which I am passing through., 4. His expectation is the same which is, mine., 5. I met my teacher, and who directed me to, meet the principal., 6. Who of them is your elder brother?, 7. Who is your father, this gentleman or that, ?, 8. What book do you want, the old one or, the new ?, 9. Is it not the same car what we saw, yesterday ?, 10. The same problem which we faced last, time has come up again., Hints—(1) as; (2) as; (3) as/that; (4) as in place of, which is; (5) drop and; (6) which; (7), which; (8) which; (9) as/that; (10) that /as., , Rule 34—Who in the Objective Form, Strictly from grammatical point of view who, is used in the Nominative form, and whom in, the objective form. But nowadays, specially, in conversational language, who is being used, in the objective form in place of whom. Or,, otherwise, who or whom are both omitted, from their objective place. As—, 1. Who did you talk to ?, 2. Who did you help ?, 3. My brother, who you wanted to talk to, is, here., or, My brother λ you wanted to talk to is, here., 4. Here is my friend who you wanted to, meet., or, Here is my friend λ you wanted to meet., Note —In all these sentences who has been used in, place of whom. In such sentences who or, whom are both correct., Rule 35—Independent Possessives, Mine, ours, yours, theirs, his are called, Independent Possessives., No Noun is used after them. The sense of, Noun comes from the context., 1. This book is mine/yours., 2. These cows are ours/theirs., 3. This house is his., Rule 36—One, One’s, Oneself, One is an Indefinite Pronoun. It is used in its, own form in all the three cases. In Nominative, and Objective cases it is used as o n e, in, Possessive case it is one’s, and in Reflexive, form it is oneself. It is wrong to use Personal, Pronoun with it. As—, 1. One should mind one’s (not his) own, business., 2. One should avail oneself (not himself) of, every opportunity., 3. One cannot succeed unless one (not he), works hard., Rule 37—Reflexive Pronoun, Reflexive Pronouns are formed by the, addition of –self or –selves. They are—
Page 60 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 52 | L.W.C.E., Himself, herself, yourself, yourselves,, themselves, myself, ourselves, itself., (i) They cannot be used independently. The, related Noun or Pronoun must be used, with them. As—, 1. I can do it myself., or, I myself can do it., It is wrong to use it thus—Myself can do it., 2. He himself came to the office, 3. You can see it yourself., 4. We discovered the facts ourselves., 5. They themselves were there on the, scene., 6. No machine can move by itself., (ii) There are some Transitive verbs which, take some Reflexive Pronoun for their, object if there is no other object to, complete them. These verbs are—avail,, absent, revenge, enjoy. As—, 1. I availed myself of this opportunity., 2. I revenged myself upon him., 3. He absented himself from the class., 4. You must have enjoyed yourself during, the vacation., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. This house is mine house., 2. That book is yours book., 3. Mine office is there., 4. Yours father came yesterday., 5. All theirs cows have returned from the, wood., 6. One cannot bear his insult like this., 7. One should take care of his own interests., 8. One will never repent if he is honest., 9. I meself can do it., 10. Myself never knew the facts., 11. Himself is strong enough to defend himself., 12. Themselves were absent., 13. He could not avail of the great opportunity., 14. I must revenge upon my opponent., 15. He has again absented from duty., , Hints—(1) drop house; (2) drop book; (3) My;, (4) Your; (5) their; (6) one’s; (7) one’s; (8), One in place of he; (9) myself; (10) I, myself; (11) He himself is ....; (12) They, themselves; (13) avail himself; (14), revenge myself; (15) absented himself., , Interrogative Pronoun, Rule 38—Interrogative Pronouns are these—Who,, w h o m , whose, which, w h a t . The, following are the Rules of their use—, (i) What is used for inanimate things. As—, What is that ? What was there ?, What happened ? What had appeared, there ?, (ii) What is used for Persons also when the, question is about their Position or, Profession. As—, 1. What is your father ?, i.e., What is the post or profession of, your father ?, 2. What is he ?, 3. What are you ?, (iii) Who, whose, whom are used for Persons. Who is used in the Nominative, case, whom in the Objective case, and, whose in Possessive case. As—, 1. Who are you ?, 2. Who comes there ?, 3. Whose book is this ?, 4. Whom do you want to meet ?, Since whom is a little inconvenient to, use, who has come to be used in place of, whom in the objective case. As—, 1. Who have you invited ?, 2. Who do you want to meet ?, 3. Who are you speaking to ?, 4. Who did you find there ?, (iv) Which is used for Persons and things in, restricted choice. As—, 1. Which is your father ?, 2. Which pen is yours ?, 3. Which book do you like most ?, (v) Sometimes it becomes essential to use, some Preposition with which or what. In, such a situation the Preposition is placed
Page 61 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRONOUNS | 53, , 1., 2., 3., 4., , at the end of the sentence, not at the, beginning. As—, What is this table made of ?, Which house do you live in ?, What place are you going to ?, Which book are you looking for ?, , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Whom is your father ?, 2. Whose are you ?, 3. Whom comes there ?, 4. Whom house is that ?, 5. Whose have you invited to tea ?, 6. Of what is this toy made ?, 7. For whom are you waiting ?, 8. In which street do you have your house ?, 9. What car is yours ?, 10. At what are you aiming ?, Hints—(1) What;, (2) Who;, (3) Who;, (4) Whose;, (5) Who, Whom;, (6) Preposition of to be placed at the end, .... made of;, (7) Who/Whom ...... waiting for ?, (8) Which street ........ your house in ?, (9) Which; (10) What are ...... aiming at ?, , Revision Exercise : 1, Choose the appropriate form of the Pronoun from those given in brackets :, 1. (I/me) shall go with (himself/him)., 2. (Our/ours) is a long and sad tale., 3. My house is larger than (their/theirs)., 4. I met a brother of (him/his) in the market., 5. It is (they/them) who have done it., 6. This is a secret between you and (I/me)., 7. They praised his brother and (he/him)., 8. He has no pencil; can you lend him, (your/yours) ?, 9. Are these (your/you) books ? No, they are, (her/hers)., , 10., 11., 12., 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., , It is not (we/us) who are to blame., He is older than (me/I)., Let you and (she/her) be friends again., You are as good as (him/he)., There is enough room for you and (me/I)., Nobody but (he/him) was present., I know that it was (she/her)., You and (me/I) can do this work together., Each of the students gave (his/their) own, version of the incident., 19. I am not one of those who cannot keep, (my/their) word., 20. Every day and every night has (its/their), own importance., Hints—(1) I, him; (2) ours; (3) theirs; (4) his; (5), they; (6) me; (7) him; (8) yours; (9) your;, hers; (10) we; (11) I; (12) she; (13) he;, (14) me; (15) he; (16) she; (17) I; (18) his;, (19) their; (20) its., , Revision Exercise : 2, Fill in the blanks with appropriate interrogative pronoun :, 1. ........... are you doing ?, 2. ........... is yours, the pen or pencil ?, 3. ........... of them is your sister ?, 4. This is my book; .......... is that ?, 5. ......... did you send to hospital ?, 6. .......... is the chain made of ?, 7. ........... is this letter from ?, 8. .............. is she writing to ?, 9. ........... is he talking about ?, 10. ........... do you prefer, milk or tea ?, 11. ........... is this coat, mine or yours ?, 12. .......... is better, this one or that ?, Hints—(1) What; (2) What; (3) Which; (4), whose; (5) Who/Whom; (6) What; (7), Where; (8) Who; (9) What; (10) What;, (11) Whose; (12) Which., , Revision Exercise : 3, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Man is the only animal who can talk., 2. Neither of the three brothers have done, their work.
Page 62 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 54 | L.W.C.E., 3., , 9., 10., , They that are healthy have no need of a, doctor., Let you and I do this work., One should always remain loyal to his, country., The candidate, who is a graduate, he is, eligible for the post., He is one of those people who can sacrifice his all for the nation., My sister and myself are happy to accept, your invitation., He is as clever as her., He is a friend of our., , 11., 12., , I have nothing which would suit you., I and my friend will go together., , 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., , 13., 14., 15., , 16., 17., 18., 19., 20., 21., 22., 23., 24., 25., , They enjoyed during the holidays., Myself saw the robber., There are my books. I am giving the same, to you., You are stronger than him., He and myself are great friends., This is the best which we can do., It was me that gave you the information., The boy whom you spoke to in the market, is my cousin., They can do it themself., These pencils are for you and I., , Hints—(1) that; (2) None; (3) Those who; (4) me;, (5) one’s; (6) drop he; (7) their; (8) I; (9), she; (10) ours; (11) that; (12) My friend, and I; (13) who; (14) Which; (15) each, Show me the man whom did it., other; (16) themselves; (17) I myself; (18), them in place of the same; (19) he; (20) I;, Who is your father, this gentleman or that ?, (21) that; (22) I; (23) who; (24) themThe two friends like one another., selves; (25) me.
Page 63 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 6, Kinds of Adjectives, There are Ten kinds of Adjectives—, 1. Proper Adjectives—The Adjectives formed from Proper Nouns are called Proper Adjectives. As—, Indian coast, French wine, American culture, English language, Shakespearean plays., 2. Descriptive or Qualitative Adjectives—, The Adjectives which describe the merits or, demerits, shape and size, colour and form, good, qualities or bad ones, of a person or a thing are, called Qualitative Adjectives. As—, A great man, a beautiful girl, a brave boy, a, small toy, a white cow, cold water., 3. Quantitative Adjectives—The Adjectives, which express the quantity (not number) of a, thing are called Quantitative Adjectives., These Adjectives are always applied to uncountable Nouns in the Singular Number. The, Nouns which they qualify can never be in the, Plural Number., These Adjectives are—Much, little, n o ,, none, some, any, enough, sufficient, all, whole,, half, less, a good deal of, a lot of, plenty of, a, kilo/pound/ton/quintal, a litre/metre. As—, 1. This is all the milk in the cup., 2. There is enough sugar for the evening tea., 3. There is no bread in the cupboard., 4. There is one litre milk in the jug., 4. Numeral or Numerical Adjectives—, These Adjectives show Number. They are—, One/two/three, etc.; first/second/third, etc.; a,, an, many, few, some, several, a few, all, any, a, number of, a lot of, a heap of, plenty of., These Adjectives are always applied to, Countable things in both Singular and Plural, Numbers. Amongst these, those which refer to, , Adjectives, definite Numbers (as one / two / three. etc. or I,, II, III etc.) are called Definite Numeral Adjectives, and those which refer to Indefinite Number, (as many, several, few, etc.) are called Indefinite, Numeral Adjectives. As—, 1. He has four books., 2. He has one house., 3. He has many books., 4. He has several houses., 5. Five workers are there., 6. There are no workers., 7. All workers have gone., Note—The examples given above under, Rules No. 3 and 4 above will show that some, Adjectives are both Adjective of Quantity and, Adjective of Number. They are—all, some,, enough, no, none, more, any, plenty of, etc., They are common to both. They become, Adjective of Quantity or Adjective of Number, (Numeral Adjective) according to their use. If, they show quantity, they become Quantitative,, and if they show Number, they become Numeral, Adjectives. As—, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., , Quantitative, He has drunk all, the milk, He has drunk some, milk., He has no milk., He hasn’t drunk, any milk., He has a lot/plenty, of milk., He has enough, milk., He has spoilt most, of the milk., , 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., 7., , Numeral, He has read all the, books., He has read some, books., He has no books., He hasn’t read any, book., He has a lot/plenty, of books., He has enough, books., He has read most of, the books.
Page 64 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 56 | L.W.C.E., 5. Demonstrative Adjectives—The Adjectives which point to some Person or thing are, called Demonstrative Adjectives. They are of, two types—Definite Demonstratives and Indefinite Demonstratives. The more common Definite Demonstratives are these—, This, that (with Singular Noun), These, those (with Plural Noun), Any, Such, Some (with both Numbers, according to sense), Indefinite Demonstratives are these—Any,, some, such, other, any other, a certain, etc., Here it should be remembered that a Singular, Demonstrative should go with a Singular Noun,, and a Plural Demonstrative with a Plural Noun., Therefore, we cannot write this boys or these, boy., The Demonstratives which are common in, both Singular and Plural Numbers are these—, a certain book,, certain books, the other book,, the other books, such a boy,, such boys, any man,, any men, the same boy,, the same boys, 6. Distributive, Adjectives—Distributive, Adjectives are those that point to Persons or, Things Singly or Collectively. They are—each,, every, either, neither. As—, 1. Each boy will show his work., 2. Every man had gone in time., 3. You can take either road, this or that., 4. Neither road is safe at this hour., 5. You have to take this medicine every, four hours (i.e., every period of four, hours)., 6. Every four teams will give a demonstration turn by turn (i.e., in groups of four, teams)., 7. Interrogative Adjectives—Interrogative, Adjectives are those that ask Questions. As—, What, which, whose, etc. As—, 1. Which book do you want ?, 2. What book was that ?, 3. Whose book was that ?, 8. Possessive Adjectives—Possessive Adjectives show relationships. They are—My, Our,, , Your, thy, his, her, its, their. In Attributive, form they are used before the Nouns they qualify., As—My book/ books, Your book/ books, Our, house/ houses, its wings., But the Possessive Adjectives can be, Possessive Pronouns also. In that case they are, used Predicatively, i.e. after the Nouns they, qualify. As—, This is my book. (Possessive Adjective), This book is mine (Possessive Pronoun), In the same way mine, ours, yours, theirs,, hers are also Possessive Pronouns (not Possessive Adjectives)., 9. Emphasizing Adjectives—These Adjectives are used to lay emphasis on the Noun. They, are—own, very. As—, 1. I saw it with my own eyes., 2. This happened before my very eyes., 3. His own book was lost., 4. He came this very day., 10. Exclamatory Adjectives—What can be, used as Exclamatory Adjective also. As—, What joke that was !, What nonsense this is !, What a beautiful house you have !, , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. There is none bread on the counter., 2. We shall need 5 litres milk for the party., 3. Whole students are present on the field., 4. A good deal of passengers are waiting for, the train., 5. All the fourth books are in our course., 6. All fourth student will come forward., 7. I have no liking for this kinds of games., 8. None of these two alternatives is acceptable to me., 9. All the sides of the coin are rusty., 10. He can read with none of his eyes., 11. He has injured all his hands., 12. Each and every books has been damaged., 13. Each of this book is difficult for me., 14. We are all yours students., 15. This is mine house. Which is your ?, 16. He likes very this type of pen.
Page 65 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 57, 17. He fought in very my presence., 18. My son own can do it easily., 19. Which a beautiful girl this is !, 20. Which a fun was that !, Hints—(1) no; (2) 5 litre; (3) All; (4) ‘number of’, in place of ‘good deal of’; (5) four; (6), Every; (7) this kind or these kinds; (8), Neither; (9) Both; (10) neither; (11) both;, (12) book; (13) these books; (14) your;, (15) my; yours; (16) this very type; (17), my very presence; (18) own son; (19), What; (20) What., , Position of Adjectives, (a) There are two ways of using Adjectives—, (1) Attributive use, (2) Predicative use, In Attributive use Adjectives are placed, before the Nouns they qualify. As— He is a good, boy. In Predicative use Adjectives are placed, after the Nouns they qualify. As—The boy is, good., The following are the Rules of Attributive, and Predicative use of Adjectives—, 1. Proper and Qualitative Adjectives—, These Adjectives can be used in both Attributive, and Predicative ways. As—, 1. This is an Indian dish. (Attributive), 2. This dish is Indian. (Predicative), 3. This is a good book (Attributive), 4. This book is good. (Predicative), 2. But the following Adjectives are used only, Predicatively (not attributively)—, asleep, alive, ill, awake, afraid, ashamed,, alike, alone. As—, 1. The baby is asleep., (cannot say—He is an asleep baby), 2. The child is awake., (Not awake child), 3. He is afraid of you., 4. I am alone., 5. Their appearances are alike., (b) Adjective is used after Indefinite Pronoun, (something, nothing, anything, somebody, anybody, nobody, no one). As—, 1. He is somebody important., , 2. Tell me something interesting., 3. I have nothing new to say., 4. Is there anything new ?, (c) If several Adjectives qualify the same, Noun, it is better to use them after the, Noun, though their use before the Noun is, also not wrong. As—, A man, strong, young and brave., I love all things—good and useful,, colourful and beautiful., (d) When an Adjective is used for a title, it is, used after the Noun. As—Akbar the, Great; Alexander the Great, Louis the, Pious., (e) In some phrases the Adjective is used, after the Noun. As—, the body politic, heir apparent, the sum, total, chairman elect, a God incarnate,, Governor-General, from time immemorial., (f) Ordinal and Cardinal Numbers—If, Numerical Adjectives of both kinds, (Cardinal —one / two / three, etc. and, Ordinal —I / II / II, etc.) are to be used, before a Noun, the Ordinal numbers, should be used first and Cardinal numbers, later. I, II, III are read is First, Second,, Third, etc. As—, 1. I have read the first two chapters (not, two first chapters) of this book., 2. The first five poems of this book are in, our course. (Not five first), (g) If both Numeral and Possessive Adjectives are to be applied to a Noun, the, Numeral Adjective should be used before, the Possessive Adjective. As—, 1. All my brothers are well settled., (Not My all brothers), 2. Half my friends have already gone., (Not My half friends), (h) The, this, that are used after the Numeral, Adjective. As—, 1. All the books (Not the all books), 2. Both the books, (Not the both books), 3. All this is wrong. (Not this all), (i) For emphasis the Adjective is used after, the Noun. As—
Page 66 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 58 | L.W.C.E., Things eternal are more precious than, things temporal., (j) If several Adjectives qualify the same, Noun, they should be arranged in such a, way that the Adjectives suggesting the, basic qualities of the Noun concerned, should come nearest to it serially. As—, 1. A dirty, ugly old man. (Not old, dirty, ugly man), 2. A weak, hungry, green parrot., (k) Determiners/Determinatives—They are, the Adjectives that point to the Number, or Quantity of a Noun, or limit the, range of a thing by making a definite, suggestion towards it (as—this, that,, these, those, my, your, etc.) These determiners are always placed before the, Noun. As—, 1. There are five horses (Not horses five), 2. Here is a cup., 3. This is my cup., 4. I like this/that cup., 5. I don’t like these/those boys., (l) If an Article (a, an, or the) and an, Adjective are both to be used for a Noun,, the Adjective is placed after the Article., As—, 1. He is a good boy. (Not good a boy), 2. This is the best book. (Not best the, book), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. This is very beautiful a scene., 2. I bought colourful two sets of curtains., 3. He ashamed felt at his discourteous, behaviour., 4. I alone live in such a big house., 5. I found the whole awake family at midnight., 6. We found interesting nothing there., 7. Have you new anything to tell me about, this case ?, 8. The Great Akbar was the Emperor of, India., 9. Lord Krishna was an incarnate God., , 10. This custom has been coming down from, immemorial time., 11. The eldest prince is the apparent heir to, the throne., 12. He is among the three first position, holders., 13. The five last candidates could not be, interviewed today., 14. Our all friends are very sincere., 15. His all books have been stolen., 16. The both friends have come., 17. The all books are equally good., 18. A young, well-dressed and smart man is, waiting for you., 19. I bought tickets five for Bombay., 20. I always choose best the everything., Hints—(1) a very beautiful; (2) two sets of, colourful; (3) felt ashamed; (4) live alone;, (5) family awake; (6) nothing interesting;, (7) anything new; (8) Akbar the Great; (9), God incarnate (drop ‘an’); (10) time, immemorial; (11) heir apparent; (12) first, three; (13) last five; (14) All our; (15) All, his; (16) Both the; (17) All the; (18) welldressed and smart young man; (19) five, tickets; (20) everything the best., , Degrees of Adjectives, There are three Degrees of Adjectives—, 1. Positive Degree, 2. Comparative Degree, 3. Superlative Degree, In the Positive Degree some special quality of, a thing is pointed out, not the Degree of the, special quality. As—, Ram is a brave boy., In the Comparative Degree the second lower, or higher degree of the quality is suggested, and, in it there is a sense of comparison of the same, quality in two things. As—, Ram is braver than Shyam., In the Superlative Degree the third and, highest Degree of the quality is suggested, and in, it there is the sense of the highest Degree of the, same quality amongst at least three or more, things. As—, 1. Ram is the bravest of these five boys., 2. Ram is the bravest of all.
Page 67 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 59, Note—(1) Absolute Superlative—Sometimes, Superlatives formed by most are used in, such a way that they do not carry the sense, of the highest Degree of comparison; they, only lay emphasis on the quality concerned. They are called Absolute Superlatives. As—, 1. That was a most unfortunate event., 2. It was a most moving speech., , Formation of Comparative and, Superlative Degree Adjectives, Signs of Recognition, There are some signs of recognition of Comparative or Superlative Degrees. They are—, 1. Comparative Degree—, (a) Comparative Degree Adjectives have, generally - r, - er, - or at the end., (b) Superlative Degree—, Superlative Degree Adjectives have generally - st or - est at the end., (c) More is the sign of Comparative Degree, and Most of the Superlative Degree., The following are the ways of making Comparative or Superlative Degrees from the Positive Degree—, 1. Comparative Degree is formed by adding er and Superlative by adding -est to the Positive, Degree of Adjectives of one syllable and some of, more than one syllable also. As—, Positive, , Comparative, , Superlative, , Tall, Sweet, Young, Smart, Great, Small, , Taller, Sweeter, Younger, Smarter, Greater, Smaller, , Tallest, Sweetest, Youngest, Smartest, Greatest, Smallest, , 2. In Adjectives ending with e in the Positive, Degree, Comparative Degree is formed by adding, -r and Superlative by adding -st to the Positive, Degree. As—, Positive, , Comparative, , Superlative, , Brave, Fine, Large, Able, Noble, Wise, , Braver, Finer, Larger, Abler, Nobler, Wiser, , Bravest, Finest, Largest, Ablest, Noblest, Wisest, , Pure, White, Sane, , Purer, Whiter, Saner, , Purest, Whitest, Sanest, , 3. In Adjectives ending with y in the Positive, Degree and also having a Consonant before y, the, Comparative and Superlative Degrees are formed by first converting y into i, and then adding, -er for the Comparative and -est for the Superlative Degree. As—, Positive, Easy, Heavy, Happy, Merry, Wealthy, Healthy, Pretty, , Comparative, Easier, Heavier, Happier, Merrier, Wealthier, Healthier, Prettier, , Superlative, Easiest, Heaviest, Happiest, Merriest, Wealthiest, Healthiest, Prettiest, , 4. If an Adjective ends with y in the Positive, Degree, but has a Vowel (not a consonant) before, y , the y is not converted into i, and the, comparative and Superlative Degrees are formed, by adding - er and - est respectively. As—, Positive, Gay, Grey, , Comparative, Gayer, Greyer, , Superlative, Gayest, Greyest, , 5. In Adjectives ending with double consonants, or with one consonant preceded by two, Vowels, the Comparative and Superlative Degrees, are formed by adding - er or - est respectively, without doubling the last consonant. As—, Positive, Deep, Great, Thick, Small, Dull, , Comparative, Deeper, Greater, Thicker, Smaller, Duller, , Superlative, Deepest, Greatest, Thickest, Smallest, Dullest, , 6. When an Adjective of one syllable has one, consonant at the end, and this last consonant is, preceded by one short vowel, the last consonant, is doubled before adding - er or - est for making, Comparative or Superlative Degrees. As—, Positive, Hot, Big, Thin, Sad, Fat, Red, , Comparative, Hotter, Bigger, Thinner, Sadder, Fatter, Redder, , Superlative, Hottest, Biggest, Thinnest, Saddest, Fattest, Reddest
Page 68 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 60 | L.W.C.E., 7. Some Adjectives have more than two, syllables in their Positive Degree (including a few, of only two syllables also). The Comparative or, Superlative Degrees of such Adjectives are made, by using more or most before them. As—, Positive, , Comparative, , Superlative, , Beautiful, Courageous, , More beautiful, More, courageous, More learned, More splendid, More difficult, More, industrious, More proper, More, honourable, More honest, , Most beautiful, Most courageous, , Learned, Splendid, Difficult, Industrious, Proper, Honourable, Honest, , Most learned, Most splendid, Most difficult, Most industrious, Most proper, Most honourable, Most honest, , 8. Irregular Formation—The Comparative, or Superlative Degrees of some Adjectives are, irregular. They are not governed by any rules, and, their Comparative or Superlative Degrees are not, formed from their Positive Degrees. As—, Positive, , Comparative, , Superlative, , Good, Bad, Little, Much, Many, Late, Old, Far, Fore, In, Up, Out, , Better, Worse, Less/Lesser, More, More, Later/Latter, Older/Elder, Farther, Former, Inner, Upper, Outer, , Best, Worst, Least, Most, Most, Latest/last, Oldest/eldest, Farthest (for distance), Foremost, Inmost/innermost, Uppermost/upmost, Outermost, , Exercise, Give the Comparative a n d Superlative, Degrees of the following Adjectives :, (a) Easy, merry, healthy, wealthy, pretty., (b) Small, great, high, low, gay, fine, grey, slow,, fast, lazy, bright., (c) Sad, thin, red, fat, big., (d) Gracious, wonderful, respectable, remarkable, intelligent, loyal, prudent, impressive,, industrious, sorry., (e) Good, bad, little, much, many., , Correct Use of Adjectives, (A) Positive Degree, Rule 1—Comparison of Equality, When e q u a l i t y or similarity is shown, through comparison between two Persons,, Things or Qualities, we use the pattern—, as + Adjective + as, As—, 1. She is as beautiful as her sister., 2. Ram is as tall as Shyam., Rule 2—Comparison of Inequality, When inequality or dissimilarity through, comparison is shown between two Persons,, Things or Qualities, we follow the following, two patterns—, not as + Adjective + as, or, not so + Adjective + as, These comparisons are called Negative comparisons. As—, 1. She is not as beautiful as her sister., or, She is not so beautiful as her sister., 2. Ram is not as tall as Shyam., or, Ram is not so tall as Shyam., Note—If we wish to lay more emphasis on inequality, we can use quite before so. As—, 1. She is not quite so beautiful as her, sister., 2. Ram is not quite so tall as Shyam., Rule 3—Concealed Comparison, In some sentences comparison is not explicit, but concealed in its sense. In such sentences, we use—, not all that + Adjectives. As—, 1. He is not all that intelligent., (i.e. He is not as intelligent as he was, believed to be.), 2. Its price is not all that high., 3. The swimming pool is not all that deep., Rule 4—Comparison of Actions (Verbs), In Positive Degree two actions can be compared in the following ways—
Page 69 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 61, (i) By using Gerund. as—, 1. Writing is as easy as reading., 2. Walking is as difficult as running., (ii) By using Infinitive. as—, 1. It is not as easy to write as read., 2. It is as difficult to walk as run., In this construction it should be remembered, that the first Infinitive is used with to, and the, second without to., (iii) By using had better/had rather/had, sooner, as, 1. I had rather go than wait., 2. You had rather read than write., 3. You had better work than sit idle., 4. We had better sit there than stand, here., 5. They had sooner die than surrender., 6. They would sooner die than surrender., 7. They would as soon die as surrender., In this construction Infinitive is used twice,, and each time without to. This is the correct, pattern., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Sita is as taller as her sister., 2. This book is useful as the other one., 3. Ram is not more merciful as Shyam., 4. I was not so tired than my brother., 5. He is not very so industrious as your, servant., 6. You are not highly so tall as your friend., 7. He is not that all trustworthy., 8. His achievement was not all so great., 9. To drive is as difficult as swimming., 10. Public speaking requires as much courage as to dance., 11. It is as difficult to ride as driving., 12. They had better paid the penalty., 13. We would soon pay the money than, suffer this insult., 14. I would as soon as die as beg like you., 15. You had better vacated the house than, gone for litigation., , Hints—(1) as tall as; (2) as useful as; (3) so, merciful; or as merciful; (4) as my, brother; (5) quite so; (6) quite so tall; (7), not all that; (8) not all that; (9) driving;, (10) as dancing; (11) to drive; (12) pay;, (13) sooner; (14) as soon die; (15) vacate,, go., , (B) Comparative Degree, Rule 5—Comparison between two, Comparative Degree Adjective is used for, comparison between two Persons, Things or, Qualities, not for more than two. As—, 1. Ram is nobler than Mohan., 2. Which is the better between these two, pens ? (not better among these five, pens.), Rule 6—Use of than, The connective ‘than’ is used to show comparison for all Adjectives except those, Adjectives shown below under Rule 7. As—, 1. Ram is taller than Shyam., 2. This house is better than that., 3. Sita is more beautiful than Geeta., Rule 7—Use of to—, For all Adjectives of Latin origin, comparison, is shown by ‘to’ (not by ‘than’). T h e more, common Adjectives o f L a t i n origin are—, Superior, inferior, junior, senior, prior,, anterior, posterior. It may be remembered, that generally these Adjectives end with - or., By this sign they can be recognised. It may be, remembered that ‘to’ is used after Prefer /, Preferable also, though they are not of Latin, origin. As—, 1. He is junior/senior to me. (not than me), 2. This is superior/inferior to that. (not, than that), 3. His turn comes prior to mine. (not than, mine), 4. Milk is preferable to tea. (not than), Rule 8—Originally Comparative Degree, The above noted Adjectives of Latin origin, (Superior, inferior, junior, senior, prior,, anterior, posterior) are already of Comparative Degree. Therefore no attempt should be, made to make their comparative degree by, adding more / less or any other comparative
Page 70 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 62 | L.W.C.E., word. Therefore, it is wrong to use such, expressions as ‘more superior’ or ‘less superior’, ‘more preferable’ or ‘less preferable’, and so on. Also, as has been explained above,, ‘to’ is used with them, not ‘than’. As—, 1. He is junior to me. (Not more junior, than), 2. She is senior to her. (Not more senior, than), 3. Milk is preferable to tea. (Not better, preferable), Rule 9—Double Comparatives, Double comparatives should not be used., Therefore, the following expressions are, wrong—more cleverer; more better; more, stronger; less braver; greater higher, etc., The correct expressions would be—, 1. He is cleverer (not more cleverer) than, you., 2. An elephant is stronger (not more, stronger) than a horse., Rule 10—When two qualities, of the same person or thing are to be compared, the Comparative Degree formed by er should not be used. In their place comparative degree should be made by adding more, or less to the Adjective concerned. As—, 1. He is more brave than strong. (Not, braver than stronger), 2. Mohan is more good than wise (Not, better than wise), 3. He is more industrious than intelligent., (Not more industrious than more intelligent), Rule 11—Correct Comparisons, When two persons, things or qualities are to, be compared, care should be taken to see that, comparison is made between correct persons, or things. No wrong comparison should be, made. As—, My horse is better than Ram., This sentence is wrong because in this, sentence the comparison is wrong. The, sentence as it is would mean as if comparison, is made between ‘my horse’ and ‘Ram’. The, correct comparison would be between ‘my, horse’ and ‘Rams’s horse’ (not Ram, himself). Therefore, the correct form of the, above sentence would be—, , My horse is better than Ram’s. (i.e., Ram’s, horse), Similarly—, 1. The climate of Punjab is better than that, of Bihar. (Not than Bihar), 2. The markets of Delhi are larger than, those of (or than the markets of) Agra., (Not than Agra), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. This T.V. set is less inferior to your set., 2. His performance was superior than mine., 3. This cloth is much more superior to the, other one., 4. His turn comes priorer to yours., 5. Ram is more cleverer than Mohan., 6. You can do still more better work., 7. No man could have done it in less shorter, time., 8. Ram is more industrious than more, intelligent., 9. He is stronger than cleverer., 10. His writing is better than you., 11. The scenery of Kashmir is more beautiful, than Bihar., 12. The cows of Haryana are better than, Panjab., 13. Calcutta is larger than that of Bombay., 14. His house is bigger than her., 15. My school is nearer than their., Hints—(1) drop ‘less’; (2) t o mine; (3) drop, ‘more’; ( 4 ) prior; (5) drop‘more’; (6), drop ‘more’; (7) drop ‘less’; (8) drop, ‘more’ before ‘intelligent’; (9) ‘ m o r e, strong than clever’; (10) yours; (11) that, of Bihar; (12) those of Panjab; (13) drop, ‘that of’; (14) hers; (15) theirs., Rule 12—Proper Comparisons, There may be another error in correct comparison which should be avoided. When a, person or thing is to be compared with, another person or thing of the same class or, category, and if the comparison is to be, shown by a comparative Adjective followed, by ‘than’, the person or thing coming after, ‘than’ should have ‘any other’ / ‘all others’, or ‘else’ before it, otherwise the comparison
Page 71 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 63, would be wrong and the sentence will have no, meaning. For example, look at the following, sentence—, Ram is more intelligent than any other, student in the class., This sentence is correct. But if we delete the, word other from the sentence and write it as, follows—, Ram is more intelligent than any student in, the class., The sentence becomes wrong on account of, wrong comparison. This sentence would mean, as if Ram is not a student (may be a peon) and, he is being compared with the students of the, class. But when we say any other student, the, meaning becomes clear that Ram is himself a, student and he is being compared with other, students of the class., Similarly the following sentences are correct—, 1. This book is better than any other book, in the stock., 2. An elephant is stronger than all other, animals in the wood., 3. I respect you more than any one else in, the college., If we write these sentences as follows, (after removing any other/all other/anyone, else), they will all be wrong., 1. This book is better than any book in the, stock., 2. An elephant is stronger than all animals, in the wood., 3. I respect you more than anyone in the, college., Note—It may further be remembered in this, context that other is used with a Noun and, else with a Pronoun. As—any other teacher, any other pen, any other doctor;, anyother else, anyone else, everybody, else, etc., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Dara Singh was stronger than any man in, his youth., 2. He works harder than any student in his, class., 3. He is more learned than any teacher in the, college., , 4. I love you more than any boy in the class., 5. He is dearer to me than anyone in the, family., 6. He was in time while everyone was late., 7. I cannot accept you, though I can accept, anybody., 8. I cannot believe in your promises, though, I can believe in anybody else., Hints—(1) any other; (2) any other; (3) any other;, (4) any other; (5) anyone else; (6) everyone else; (7) anybody else; (8) else’s., Rule 13—Comparison of Number/Quantity, Another error is often committed in the comparisons of Number and Quantity. It should, be remembered that fewer is used for Number, and less for Quantity. Fewer is always, followed by Countable Plural Noun and less, by uncountable Singular Noun. But more, can be used both for Number and Quantity., As—, 1. I have fewer pens than pencils., 2. She gave me fewer books than magazines., 3. He eats less butter than sugar., 4. She bought less gold than silver., 5. There are more cows than goats., 6. There is more sugar than salt., Never use fewer in place of less, or less, in place of fewer. For example, the following, sentences are wrong—, 1. She bought fewer gold than silver., 2. I have less pens than pencils., Rule 14—Comparatively + Positive Degree, If an Adjective (or an Adverb) has Comparatively before it, the Adjective (or Adverb), should be used in the Positive Degree, not in, the Comparative Degree. As—, 1. This is comparatively easy (not easier)., 2. He is now comparatively well (not, better)., 3. This is comparatively difficult (not, more difficult)., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. There are less rooms in his house than in, mine., 2. He has read less books than I .
Page 72 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 64 | L.W.C.E., 3. Only a few milk would be sufficient., 4. Take this medicine with a few tea., 5. Very less guests have come yet., 6. I will have a little fewer sugar in my tea., 7. He is now comparatively better off., 8. Today he came comparatively earlier., 9. Your problem is comparatively easier., 10. He is comparatively a better man., Hints—(1) fewer; (2) fewer; (3) little; (4) little;, (5) few; (6) less; (7) well off; (8) early; (9), easy; (10) good., Rule 15—Parallel/ Gradual Increase or Decrease, (a) Some sentences are so constructed that its, Comparative Degree Adjective is split up, and used in the two Parts of the sentence as a, balance. In such sentences, Comparative, Degree should be used in both the parts, not, comparative in one part and Positive or, Superlative in the other. As—, 1. The higher a man rises, the humbler he, grows., We should not say—, The higher a man rises, the humble or, humblest he grows.), 2. The nobler a man is, the more respect, he gets., (b) In some sentences the same Comparative, Adjective is repeated one after the other., The form of such sentences is as follows—, 1. He is getting weaker and weaker., 2. He is working harder and harder., 3. The price-index is rising higher and, higher., Rule 16—Positive Degree+Comparative Degree, There are also some sentences in which both, the Comparative and Positive Degree Adjectives are used. In such sentences, the Positive, Degree Adjective should be used with as, ……as (not with one as only) and Comparative Degree Adjective with than. As—, 1. He runs as fast as, if not faster than you., 2. She is as good as, if not better than her, mother., 3. This hall is as large as, if not larger, than that., , 1., 2., 3., , In the above noted sentences if as is used, only once with the Positive Degree, Adjective, they would be wrong. For, example, the following sentences are, wrong—, He runs as fast, if not faster than you., She is as good, if not better than her, mother., This hall is as large, if not larger than, that., , Rule 17—Emphatic Comparatives, Emphatic Comparatives can be used in the, following three ways—, (a) By using much / far / by far / still before, the Comparative Degree (but not by using, very). As—, 1. This house is much larger than that., 2. This is far better than that., 3. This is by far more important than the, other., 4. This book is still better., or,, This book is better still., (b) By using rather., As—, 1. This book is rather cheaper., 2. This hall is rather better., (c) By using all the., As—, 1. This is all the better., 2. That was all the worse., 3. That was all the more disappointing., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. The harder a man labours, the best returns, he gets., 2. The more contented a man is, the happy, he feels., 3. The more you amass, the greediest you, grow., 4. The most you conceal, the more you, expose yourself., 5. The valley goes deep and deeper from, here.
Page 73 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 65, 6. The mountain peaks rise high and high, from this terrain., 7. He is sinking deeper and deepest into, debts., 8. He is as intelligent, if not more intelligent, than his father., 9. His position is as bad as, if not worst than, yours., 10. He is very better now., 11. This is all the good for me., 12. This cloth is very inferior., Hints—(1) better; (2) happier; (3) greedier; (4), more you conceal; (5) deeper and deeper;, (6) higher and higher; (7) deeper and, deeper; (8) as intelligent as; (9) worse;, (10) much better; (11) better; (12) much, inferior., , (C) Superlative Degree, Rule 18—The + Superlative, Article The must be used before a Superlative, Degree Adjective. As—, 1. He is the best student of the class., 2. This is the highest peak., 3. He is the most powerful man., The following sentences are wrong because, Article a (not the) or no article has been used, before the Superlative Adjective. As—, He is a best student., or, He is best student., Note—But if some Possessive Adjective (my,, our, your, his, her, their) or Possessive, Case (Noun + ’ s) has come before the, Superlative, we don’t use the Article the., As—, 1. He is my best friend., 2. He is our dearest child., 3. He is Ram’s best friend., Rule 19—Three or more Nouns, Superlative Adjective is used for comparison, amongst at least three or more things or, persons. As—, 1. She i s the best of the three sisters. (Not, best of the two sisters), 2. This is the cheapest of all ., (Not cheapest of both), , Rule 20—Superlative + of/ in, Preposition of or in is used to show comparison amongst three or more persons or, things. As—, 1. He is the richest of all men here., 2. This is the cheapest of all books., 3. This is the best building in the town., 4. He is the most intelligent boy in the, class., Remember that of is used with most of, the Superlative Adjectives, but with the, Superlatives showing place we use i n, instead of of. As—in the town or in the, class in the above noted sentences., Rule 21—Superlative + one of/among, When one of or a m o n g is used with a, Superlative, the noun coming after it must be, of Plural Number. As—, 1. Ram is one of the best boys in the class., 2. This is one of the cheapest books, available in the market., 3. He is the best among these boys., 4. This is the cheapest among these books., Rule 22—Superlative and other, We don’t use other with a Superlative Degree, Adjective. (It may be remembered that with a, Comparative Degree Adjective other is used, when the comparison is within the same class, or category, but it is not so with a Superlative, Adjective.) As—, 1. He is the strongest of all boys. (Not of all, other boys), 2. This is the best of all buildings. (Not of, all other buildings), Rule 23—One of………if not/Superlative, In some sentences Superlative is used twice, once with one of the and again with if not, the. In such sentences Plural Noun comes, after one of the + Superlative, and Singular, Noun after if not the + Superlative. As—, This is one of the best books, if not the best, book on Indian philosophy., The following are some more sentences—, 1. He is one of the greatest historians, if not, the greatest (historian) alive today.
Page 74 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 66 | L.W.C.E., 2. This is one of the highest peaks, if not, the highest (peak) of these mountains., 3. This is one of the largest halls, if not the, largest (hall) in the town., Note—In such sentences the Singular Noun, coming after if not the + Superlative is, often concealed., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He is noblest man I have ever met., 2. This is longest chapter in my book., 3. This is my the most favourite dish., 4. This is Mohan’s the highest ambition., 5. She is the tallest of the two sisters., 6. The best of the two will be given the, prize., 7. The best of both will be given a chance., 8. This is the most fashionable market of, the town., 9. He is the most scholarly of all other, teachers., 10. He is the ablest of any other candidates., 11. He is one of the greatest scientists if not, the great of this century., 12. Ram is one of the most mischievous, boys, if not the more mischievous in the, class., 13. You can choose the best of either of these, pens., 14. I will live in the bigger of all these, houses., 15. He reached the earliest of both., Hints—(1) the noblest; (2) the longest; (3) drop, ‘the’; (4) drop ‘the’; (5) of the three (or, more); (6) Three or more/all; (7) of all; (8), in the town; (9) drop ‘other’; (10) ‘all’ in, place of ‘any other’ (11) the greatest; (12), ‘most mischievous’ in place of ‘m o r e, mischievous. (13) ‘all’ in place of ‘either’; (14) the biggest; (15) ‘all’ in place of, ‘both’., Rule 24—Double Superlative, Double Superlatives should not be used. The, following sentences are w r o n g because, double superlatives have been used in them., , 1. He is the most brightest student., (Only brightest student should be, there.), 2. He is the most richest man., 3. This is the most worst job., Rule 25—Emphatic Superlative, In order to give additional emphasis to a, Superlative Adjective, we can use by far the /, much the / the very / out and out the. As—, 1. Bangalore is by far the most beautiful, city., 2. This is much the best school., 3. This is the very best school., 4. This is out and out the best school., Rule 26—Adjectives of the same degree, If the same Noun is qualified by two or more, than two Adjectives , all these Adjectives, must be of the same Degree. As—, 1. She is the best and most talented girl., (We can’t say best and talented or good, and most talented), 2. This is the deepest and longest valley., 3. I have the best and cheapest book., Rule 27—Non-gradable Adjectives, The undernoted Adjectives are already of the, Superlative Degree. They cannot be used as, Comparative Degree Adjectives, nor can the, emphasising expressions such as very /, extremely / highly / much can be used with, them. These Adjectives are—, Unique, perfect, matchless, excellent, ideal,, absolute, universal, impossible, entire,, whole, full, complete, round, extreme,, eternal, chief. Now see their use—, 1. He is an ideal leader., (We can’t say more ideal or most ideal), 2. This is a unique chance. (not, more unique or most unique), 3. This plan is perfect., 4. I have full sympathy with him., Note—However, these days full and perfect are, being used in Comparative and Superlative Degrees also. Now we can use full,, fuller, and fullest, or perfect, more perfect or most perfect. This use is coming, into vogue. As—
Page 75 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 67, I have the fullest sympathy with you., This is the more perfect/ most perfect, plan., 3. Please give me a fuller account of the, incident., Rule 28—Like best/like most, Both these uses are correct., 1. Which of these books do you like most ?, 2. Which of these books do you like best ?, 1., 2., , Some Other Typical Adjectives, Rule 29—Kind and sort, Kind and sort are of Singular Number. Therefore, this or that should be used with them,, not these or those., 1. I don’t like this/that kind of men., or, I don’t like men of this/that kind., 2. I don’t like this/that sort of men., or, I don’t like men of this/that sort., Note—These / those sort or these / those kind, are wrong expressions, though some, authors have started using them., Rule 30—Adjective/Adverb, Sometimes Adjectives are used with verbs, also, but in that case the Adjectives qualify, the subject of the verb. If, however, they, qualify the action (verb), they should be used, Adverbially. As—, 1. The flowers smell sweet (not sweetly), 2. He looked angry (not angrily), 3. The ship appeared suddenly (not sudden), 4. He looked coldly at us. (not cold), Rule 31—Adjective used as Nouns, Sometimes Adjectives are used as Nouns in, the following cases—, (a) Represent a class of people, Sometimes a particular class of people in, the Plural Number can be represented by, an Adjective preceded by the definite, Article The. As—, 1. The rich should not be proud. (i.e., rich people), 2. The poor should not be derided. (i.e., poor people), , 3. The humble are blessed., 4. The wicked always come to grief., (b) As a Singular Noun representing some, abstract quality., As—, 1. Keats was a poet of the beautiful., 2. The future is bright., (c) Adjectives actually becoming Nouns., (i) Proper Nouns—Canadians, Africans,, Asians, Italians., (ii) Denoting Persons—Juniors, seniors,, elders, nobles, inferiors, superiors,, criminals, savages, betters., (iii) In Plural Number only—sweets,, valuables, eatables., (d) In some phrases, for good, at best, black and white,, through thick and thin, for better/for, worse/worst, before long, in short,, from bad to worse, the long and short., 1. He has left India for good., 2. At best, we shall get marginal profit., 3. The agreement was made in black, and white., 4. We shall remain friends through, thick and thin., 5. We shall not part company for better, or for worse., 6. Nothing better can come., 7. Nothing worse can happen., 8. I am prepared for the worst., 9. I shall start a new business before, long., 10. In short, I have lost the chance., 11. His condition is getting from bad to, worse., 12. The long and short of the whole, matter is that the match had to be, cancelled., , Exercise, (a) Correct the following sentences :, 1. He is the most richest man in the town., 2. He is the least slowest worker., 3. He has committed the most worst crime.
Page 76 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 68 | L.W.C.E., 4., 5., 6., 7., 8., 9., 10., 11., 12., 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., 19., 20., , He is the noblest man by far in our, family., This is the much best book on the subject., She is the out and out most fashionable, lady., This is the best and easy of all exercises., She is the sweetest and noble girl., We live in the richest and fertile valley., He is the most ideal teacher., You will never get a very unique chance, like this., That was a most excellent opportunity., He found it most impossible to swim, across the flooded river., He has left the work more incomplete., It is difficult to deal with this kinds of, customers., These kind of books are not available, here., These sort of men are dangerous., She appears very sweetly in her red frock., I found her smilingly at the door., She looked coldly and indifferently., , Hints—(1) drop ‘most’; (2) drop ‘least’; (3) drop, ‘most’; (4) by far the noblest man; (5), much the best book; (6) out and out the, most fashionable; (7) easiest; (8) noblest;, (9) most fertile; (10) drop ‘most’; (11), drop ‘very’; (12) ‘an’ in place of ‘a most’;, (13) drop ‘most’; (14) drop ‘more’; (15), these; (16) kinds; (17) sorts; (18) sweet;, (19) smiling; (20) cold and indifferent., (b) Use the following Adjectives or Adjectival, phrases as Nouns—, Rich, poor, beautiful, junior, senior, elder,, sweet, valuable, good, better, best, long and short,, bad, worse, worst, black and white, thick and thin,, short, from bad to worse., We give below some typical Adjectives in the, use of which there is always some doubt and a, mistake is often committed. See their correct use, carefully—, Later and Latter, Later is the Comparative Degree of late,, while latter is antonym of former. Later gives, the sense of time, while latter expresses place or, position. As—, , 1. Ram came later than Hari., 2. This event is of a later date., 3. Ram and Shyam are brothers but the, latter is more cultured than the former., Former and Latter, When there is reference to only two persons, or things, we use former for the first and latter, for the second. But when the reference is for three, or more persons or things, we use first for the, first and last for the last. As—, 1. Ram and Shyam are brothers but the, former is very rich and the latter very, poor., 2. In a list of fifty candidates Ram’s name is, at the first place and Mohan’s at the last., First and Foremost, First is first merely in serial order without, any suggestion of more or less in importance,, while foremost means most important without, any reference to serial order. As—, 1. He was the first man to reach here., 2. Pt. Jawaharlal Nehru was the foremost, statesman of his time., Last and Latest, Last is the antonym of first, while latest is, the antonym of earliest. Therefore, last has the, sense of place in serial order, while latest has the, sense of Time. As—, 1. The last person in the queue is my friend., 2. What is the latest news about his condition ?, Nearest and Next, Nearest means nearest in distance, while next, means after this / that in serial order. As—, 1. Which is the nearest railway station, from here ?, 2. My seat was next from the door., Farther and Further, Farther means away in distance, while, further means ‘in addition to’. But further is, also used sometimes for distance. As—, 1. Lucknow is farther from Agra than, Kanpur., 2. There is nothing further to say., 3. Further he said that he was ill.
Page 77 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 69, Fewer, Less and Lesser, Fewer is used for number, less for quantity,, and lesser for less in importance. As—, 1. Fewer visitors came to see the Taj this, year., 2. Fewer candidates have applied for the, post this time., 3. There is less milk in the jar., 4. He has now less time., 5. Many lesser speakers also spoke from the, platform., 6. I have not read the lesser poets of the, Elizabethan Age., Note—If in a certain sentence there is a Definite, Numeral Adjective, followed by a Plural, Noun, we use less in place of fewer. As—, 1. I have ten rupees less at the moment., 2. There are two members less in the team., Elder and Eldest : Older and Oldest, Elder and Eldest are used for members of the, same family. Elder means senior in age and, eldest means senior-most in age. Older and oldest, are used for other people or things, in the same, sense of age. As—, 1. He is my elder brother., 2. My eldest brother is like my father., 3. I am older than my friend., 4. He is the oldest man in the village., 5. This is the oldest Church., Note— It may be remembered that older is, followed by than, while elder is followed, by to. As—, I am elder to my sister, while she is older, than her friend., , Exercise, (a) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with ‘later’ or ‘latter’ :, 1. ……on he said that he could not help me., 2. The majority accepted the ……proposal., 3. The ………half of the century produced, no great poet., 4. I can come at some ……date., 5. At a ……date, he was also promoted as, the chief engineer., Hints—(1) Later; (2) latter; (3) latter; (4) later;, (5) later., , (b) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with ‘former’ or ‘latter’ or ‘first’, or ‘foremost’, or ‘last’ :, 1. Ram and Shyam are both good students, but the………is more cultured than the…., 2. Johnson is our ………manager., 3. Ramu is so weak that he stands………in, the list., 4. Homer was the……great Greek poet.., 5. Wordsworth was the……romantic poet., Hints—(1) former, latter; (2) former; (3) last;, (4) first; (5) foremost., (c) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with ‘last’ or ‘latest’, ‘next’ or ‘nearest’,, ‘farther’ or ‘further’, ‘fewer’ or ‘less’ :, 1. The man who came ……could not get a, seat., 2. The……and concluding chapter is the, most important one., 3. The……news from the war front is very, disappointing., 4. This is the……issue of the magazine., 5. Bahadur Shah was the……King of the, Mugal dynasty., 6. Bombay Central is the……station from, our locality., 7. Roorki is ……from here than Delhi., 8. The……hospital from here is five kilometres away., 9. Turn to the left from the……crossing., 10. I shall give you a good book……time., 11. He could not speak any……., 12. He could not go any ……., 13. Ram’s house is……to mine., 14. No……argument is needed., 15. Please come without any …… delay., 16. Don’t go any……into the wood., 17. He has……friends than you., 18. This market is ……crowded., 19. His chances are……than mine., 20. There is……risk in this business., Hints—(1) last; (2) last; (3) latest; (4) latest; (5), last; (6) nearest; (7) farther; (8) nearest;, (9) next; (10) next; (11) further; (12), farther; (13) next; (14) further; (15) further; (16) farther; (17) fewer; (18) less;, (19) fewer; (20) less.
Page 78 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 70 | L.W.C.E., (d) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with ‘elder’ or ‘eldest’, ‘older’ or ‘oldest’ :, 1. My friend is …………than me., 2. My ………… brother is coming today., 3. Our ………… were highly respectable., 4. I have no ………… sister., 5. This is the ………… edition of this book., 6. This is our ……… house., 7. My ……… sister has two sons., 8. This is the ………… temple in the town., Hints—(1) older; (2) elder or eldest; (3) elders;, (4) elder; (5) oldest; (6) oldest; (7) elder, or eldest; (8) oldest., Some and Any, Some is used in Affirmative and Interrogative sentences for request or invitation., Any is used in Negative and Interrogative, sentences. As—, 1. I have some letters for you., (Since it is an affirmative sentence, we, cannot say ‘any letters for you’), 2. I do not have any letters for you., (Since it is a negative sentence, we, cannot say ‘some letters for you’.), 3. I want to read some more books., 4. I don’t want to read any more books., 5. Do you have some friends with you ?, 6. Do you not have any friend with you ?, 7. Will you please have some tea ?, 8. No, I will not have any., or, Yes, I will have some., Little, a little, the little, (a) Little means almost nil / nothing. It has a, negative sense. As—, 1. There is little hope of his success., (i.e. There is almost no hope of his, success.), 2. I have little time to waste., (b) A little means small in quantity., 1. There is a little money left., (i.e. small amount), 2. I have only a little sugar left., 3. We had only a little time to complete the, work., , (c) The little means not much but all that is, there., 1. He has wasted the little money he had., (i.e. not much, but all that he had.), 2. Make the best use of the little time you, have., Few, a few, the few, (a) ‘Few’ means ‘almost nil’. It has a negative, sense., 1. He has few chances of success., (i.e. almost no chances of success.), 2. He has few enemies., (b) A few means ‘small in number’., 1. I can give you a few books., 2. I have only a few friends., (c) ‘The few’ means ‘small in number’, but all, that are there., 1. I have lost the few books I had., (i.e. very few in number, but all those, that I had.), 2. Carefully read the few books you have., , Exercise, (a) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with some or any; little, a little, or the little :, 1. I don’t have ……… money in my pocket., 2. Can you lend me ……… money ?, 3. He could not lend me …… money., 4. I have not invited ……… of my friends., 5. Do you want to invite ……… of your, friends ?, 6. Do you have ……… time to help me ?, 7. No, I don’t have ……… time., 8. There is ……… hope of his recovery., 9. There is ……… milk left in the pot., 10. ……… milk he had has turned sour., 11. A poor man has ……… money to waste., 12. There is ……… work left to complete., 13. ……… work left yesterday has been, completed., 14. There is ……… time now left., Hints—(1) any; (2) some; (3) any; (4) any; (5), some; (6) some; (7) any; (8) little; (9) a, little; (10) The little; (11) little; (12) a, little; (13) The little; (14) little.
Page 79 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADJECTIVES | 71, (b) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with few, a few, or the few :, 1. There are ………… friends who remain, faithful in hard times., 2. He has only …… …… friends., 3. ……… friends he has are really faithful, to him., 4. A good man has …… …… enemies., 5. ………… passengers were injured in the, accident., 6. …… …… passengers injured in the, accident have been given first-aid., 7. ……… books would serve my purpose., 8. …… …… books I had have all gone out, of course., Hints—(1) few; (2) a few; (3) The few; (4) few;, (5) A few; (6) The few; (7) A few; (8) The, few., Each and Every, Each is used for two or more than two., Every is used for at least three or more., Every should not be used for two. As—, 1. Each of you must reach in time., 2. Each of the two brothers is highly, cultured. (not ‘every one of the two’), 3. Every one of them was ready to go., 4. I know every street of Calcutta., Either and Neither, Either means ‘one of the two’; Neither, means ‘neither this nor that of the two.’ Neither, is antonym of either. Neither / Either are not, used for more than two. As—, 1. You can take either side., 2. Either of the two brothers can come., 3. You should take neither side., 4. Neither of the two brothers is likely to, come., ‘Due to’ and ‘owing to’, ‘Due to’ means ‘caused by’. It is related with, the action of a verb. As—, 1. His demotion was due to his negligence, of duty., 2. He has risen so high due to his hard, labour., ‘Owing to’ is only a Prepositional phrase. It, only governs a Noun or a Nominal. It is generally, placed at the beginning of the sentence., , 1. Owing to his illness, he could not appear, at the examination., 2. Owing to heavy rain, the programme, was badly disturbed., Many a, It is used like a Singular Numeral Adjective,, though it is Plural in sense. It takes a Singular, N o u n and a Singular Verb after it. It means, many (one by one). As—, 1. Many a young man has laid down his, life for the country., 2. Many a great occasion has come in my, life., Verbal and Oral, Verbal means of or in words. It is opposite, of ‘written’. As—, 1. There is no verbal difference between the, two documents., 2. There is a striking verbal similarity, between the two poems., ‘Oral’ means by ‘mouth’, not in writing., 1. There will be an oral test., 2. He has failed in the oral examination., Note—Nowadays ‘Verbal’ is also used in the, sense of ‘Oral’ (by mouth)., 1. We have received a verbal message., ‘Common’ and ‘Mutual’, ‘Common’ means belonging to two or more, persons or things., 1. There is nothing common between them., 2. This is our common property., ‘Mutual’ means ‘between two’, ‘for each, other’., 1. There was mutual exchange of views, between them., 2. There was little mutual understanding, between them., , Exercise, (a) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with appropriate adjectives :, 1. ……… one of the villagers had to vacate, his house., 2. ……… of Ram, Shyam and Mohan was, fined for coming late., 3. …… of the two friends is answerable for, it.
Page 80 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 72 | L.W.C.E., 4. ………… of them is a hard worker., 5. ………… of the two candidates can be, selected., 6. ………… of the two candidates is fit for, appointment., 7. You may join ………… party., 8. He found ………… party acceptable., 9. The roof collapsed ………… heavy load., 10. ………… heavy load the roof collapsed., 11. ………… patriot has laid down his life., 12. ………… good student has failed this, year., 13. He did not come for his ………… test., 14. I cannot accept your ………… assurance., 15. We live in a ………… house., 16. This is a ………… Community Hall., 17. This will serve our ………… interests., 18. Let there be ………… give and take between friends., 19. We can share a ………… room., 20. We have no ………… friend., Hints—(1) Every; (2) Each; (3) Each; (4) Every, one; (5) Either; (6) Neither; (7) either; (8), neither; (9) due to; (10) Owing to; (11), Many a; (12) Many a; (13) oral; (14), verbal; (15) common; (16) common; (17), mutual; (18) mutual; (19) common; (20), common., , Revision Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Very little students are present in the class, today., 2. There is few milk in the pot., 3. He is junior than I., 4. This scheme is more preferable than the, old one., 5. This is the most saddest news., 6. Of these four persons he is more, intelligent., 7. Between these two books this is the best., 8. Read the chapter farther., 9. Do you have any farther scheme ?, , 10., 11., 12., 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., 19., 20., 21., 22., 23., 24., 25., 26., 27., 28., 29., 30., 31., 32., 33., 34., 35., 36., 37., 38., 39., 40., , He rose very high in his latter days., The later half of this book is better., This is the best and late discovery., My friend is elder to me., He is the most ideal student., My watch is more costly than you., The population of Kanpur is more than, Agra., She is the gentlest and beautiful girl., He has wasted the few money he had., The flowers smell so sweetly., These kind of persons should be avoided., Is he wiser than any man ?, He is the wisest of all other men present, here., He made the most unkindest remark., He has done a most unique work., I have no farther demand., The three first chapters of this book are in, our course., Ram is our mutual friend., He has the little hope of recovering his, money., He hasn’t done nothing., This sorts of houses do not meet our, requirements., A dog is more faithful than any animal., She is as beautiful if not more than her, sister., This is one of the good, if not the best, house available on rent here., Who is the richest between the two, brothers ?, He hasn’t some room to spare for my, studies., I have any books you need for your, studies., He has brought some sweet from the, market., We must all respect our elder., Tell the whole story in briefly., I have lost all money I had.
Page 81 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 7, Kinds of Adverbs, There are 9 kinds of Adverbs—, 1. Adverb of Time (showing ‘time’)—The, following are the more common Adverbs of, Time—, , Adverbs, 6. Adverb of Reason or Cause (showing, ‘reason’/‘cause’)—The following are the more, common Adverbs of Reason or cause—, Owing to, due to, consequently, hence,, therefore., , Now, then, before, after, since, ago, soon,, late, early, presently, instantly, immediately,, already, afterwards, never, when, whenever,, today, tomorrow, yesterday, ever., , 7. Adverb of Affirmation or Negation, (showing ‘yes’ or ‘no’)—The following are the, more common Adverbs of Affirmation or Negation—, , 2. Adverb of Place (showing ‘place’/, ‘Where’)—The following are the more common, Adverbs of Place—, , yes, no, not, certainly, certainly not, yea,, may, by all means., , Here, there, where, hence, thence, hither,, thither, in, out, within, without, above,, below, inside, outside, far, near, everywhere,, away, forward, backward., 3. Adverb of Number (showing ‘how often’/, ‘frequency’)—The following are the more, common Adverbs of Number—, How often, once, twice, thrice, often,, seldom, frequently, rarely, again, always,, firstly, secondly, thirdly, sometimes., 4. Adverb of Quantity/Degree (showing, ‘how much’) — The following are the more, common Adverbs of Quantity or Degree—, Too, almost, fully, very, enough, so,, altogether, no better, pretty well, any, quite,, rather, partly, wholly, as..as., 5. Adverb of Manner (showing ‘how’ or ‘in, what manner’)—The following are the more, common Adverbs of Manner—, Cheerfully, unwillingly, clearly, soundly,, strongly, bravely, hard, thus, so, cowardly,, slowly, quickly, actively, fast, nobly,, proudly, lovingly., , 8. Interrogative Adverb (for asking questions)—The following are the more common, Interrogative Adverbs—, Why, when, what, where, how, how many,, how long, how far, whence, whither, what,, wherefore., 9. Relative Adverb (showing ‘relationship’), —These Adverbs show ‘relationship’. In form, they are like Interrogative Adverbs. Like Relative, Adjcetives, they must have an Antecedent, and, the Adverb must refer to this Antecedent. If there, is no Antecedent before it, it would become, Interrogative Adverb, and not Relative Adverb., The more common Relative Adverbs are these—, What, when, where, why, how,whence,, whither, whatever, wherever., , Degrees of Comparison in, Adverbs, Some Adverbs, specially Adverbs of Manner, Degree and Time have three Degrees of, comparison like Adjectives. The three Degrees, are—, Positive Degree, Comparative Degree and, Superlative Degree.
Page 82 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 74 | L.W.C.E., Their Degrees are formed in the following, three ways., 1. The Adverbs of one syllable in their Positive, Degree become Comparative or Superlative by adding -er or -est respectively. As—, Positive, Late, Long, Short, Loud, Near, Soon, Hard, 2., , Comparative, Later, Longer, Shorter, Louder, Nearer, Sooner, Harder, , Superlative, Latest, Longest, Shortest, Loudest, Nearest, Soonest, Hardest, , The Adverbs which end with ly, become, Comparative or Superlative by using more, or most before them. As—, , Positive, Swiftly, Skilfully, Wisely, Intelligently, Regularly, Diligently, Slowly, Powerfully, , Comparative, more swiftly, more skilfully, more wisely, more, intelligently, more, regularly, more, diligently, more slowly, more, powerfully, , Superlative, most swiftly, most skilfully, most wisely, most, intelligently, most regularly, most diligently, most slowly, most, powerfully, , Note—But with early we use earlier or earliest., 3. But some Adverbs are there the Comparative or Superlative Degrees of which are, formed under no rules. They are called irregular Adverbs. As—, Positive, Much, Little, Bad, Well, Far, Forth, Late, , Comparative, more, less, worse, better, farther, further, later, , Superlative, most, least, worst, best, farthest, furthest, last, , Position of Adverbs, Rule 1—Position of Adverbs—, It is very important to know the correct place, or position at which an Adverb should be, used in a Sentence. If the Adverb is not, placed at the correct position in a sentence,, the meaning of the sentence would change, or, it may even become absurd or meaningless., For example, see the position of only in the, following sentence. You will see that the, meaning of the sentence changes with the, change of position of the Adverb only in it., (i) Only he can read., (i.e. no other person except he), (ii) He can only read., (i.e. he can only read, but can neither, write nor speak.), (iii) He can read only., (i.e. He can do nothing except reading), The following are the Rules of correct, position of an Adverb in a Sentence—, (a) Adverb of Manner—It is generally used, after the Verb, but if the verb has its object also,, the Adverb is used after the Object. As—, 1. He speaks softly., (Not, He softly speaks), 2. He drives cautiously., (Not, He cautiously drives), 3. He reads his book carefully., (Not, He reads carefully his book), 4. I visit him regularly., (Not, I regularly visit him), 5. She loves him heartily., (Not, She heartily loves him), (b) Adverbs or Adverb phrases of Time and, Place. They are also used after the Verb. As—, 1. He will return soon., (Not, He soon will return), 2. He goes there., (Not, He there goes), 3. I go home next week., (Not, I next week go home), 4. There were flowers everywhere., (Not, There were everywhere flowers)
Page 83 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADVERBS | 75, (c) If after the verb or its object two or more, than two Adverbs are to be used, they should be, placed in this order—adverb of manner, adverb, of place, adverb of time. As—, 1. He spoke impressively at the function, yesterday., 2. She wept bitterly at the playground last, evening., 3. He comes regularly at the stadium, every morning., 4. You should reach home by this evening., (d) Adverbs of frequency (e.g. always,, never, often, rarely, usually, generally, almost,, already, hardly, nearly, just, quite) They are, used between the Subject and Verb if the verb is, of one word only (as, goes, runs, play, etc.), but, if the verb has more than one word (as, is going,, has been working), the Adverb is placed after, the first word of the verb. As—, 1. I just saw him at the gate., 2. He has already finished his work., 3. He has rarely been coming to me., 4. He has frequently been absenting himself, from the class., 5. We usually go there., (e) All the Adverbs listed above (under d) are, placed after the Auxiliary Verbs (i.e. is, are, am,, was, were), but before other verbs. As—, 1. I am always ready., 2. He is often late., 3. We were never happy there., 4. He seldom comes here., 5. He generally travels by bus., 6. I frequently meet him in the market., (f) If some stress is to be laid on a verb, or if, a reply is to be given in a short form, all the, Adverbs (listed above under d) should be placed, before the Auxiliary Verbs or single verb be., As—, 1. “He has again forgotten to bring his, books.”, “Yes, he always does forget to bring his, books.”, 2. “Are you free this evening ?”, “Yes, I usually am free in the evenings.”, 3. “When does he go to Bombay ?”, “He already has gone to Bombay.”, , 4. “Do you travel by plane ?”, “Yes, I sometimes do.” (short form, answer), (g) The Adverb is placed before the Auxiliaries have to / used to. As—, 1. I often have to go by bus., 2. He always used to be kind to me., 3. He never has to go alone., (h) The Adverb is placed before the Adjective or another adverb which it modifies. As—, 1. His lecture was very interesting., 2. He is very highly qualified., 3. Do you drive so fast ?, 4. He is wonderfully intelligent., (i) Adverb enough is always placed after the, word it modifies. As—, 1. He was good enough to help me., 2. This house is large enough for our, purpose., 3. He is brave enough to face the situation., (j) Adverb only is placed just before the word, it modifies. As—, 1. He worked only for two hours yesterday., 2. I attempted only twice to climb to the, top., Note—But in spoken English only can be used, before the Verb. As—, 1. He only worked for two hours yesterday., 2. I only attempted twice to climb to the, top., (k) Negative Adverb ‘not’ is always placed, between the Auxiliary Verb and the Principal, Verb. As—, 1. He did not reach in time., 2. I shall not meet him., 3. He has not spoken a word., , Exercise I, Correct the position o f the Adverb i n the, following sentences :, 1. He only died a month ago., 2. He soon will finish his work., 3. He is enough rich to set up a new factory., 4. I almost have finished my course.
Page 84 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 76 | L.W.C.E., 5. The rain began to fall suddenly., 6. I have met often that man., 7. He explained clearly his point of view., 8. I go seldom after sunset., 9. He merely came to return my book., 10. He bore his losses patiently., 11. Ram is a lazy boy rather., 12. I never am late for school., 13. He does carefully all his work., 14. The mother heartily loves her daughter., 15. He has spoken not a word., Hints—(1) only a month; (2) will soon; (3) rich, enough; (4) have almost finished; (5), suddenly began to fall; (6) have often, met; (7) clearly explained; (8) seldom go;, (9) came merely to return; (10) patiently, bore; (11) rather a lazy; (12) never late;, (13) all his work carefully; (14) daughter, heartily; (15) has not spoken., , Exercise II, Insert the given Adverbs (or Adverb, Phrases) in their right position in the following, sentences :, 1. This is not bright (enough)., 2. You should behave like this (never)., 3. Will he be found (there, still) ?, 4. He goes to the market (seldom)., 5. I am late for the office (never)., 6. He is lecturing (tomorrow morning, at the, auditorium)., 7. I saw him going out (just)., 8. He was standing (at the gate, a little, while ago)., 9. I go to school on foot (usually)., 10. He is angry with me (rarely)., 11. Please meet me (this evening, in the, park)., 12. He invites me to tea (often)., 13. The plane has landed (just)., 14. We go to Church (regularly)., 15. I shall be meeting you (frequently)., Hints—(1) bright enough; (2) should never, behave; (3) found still there; (4) seldom, goes; (5) am never late; (6) lecturing at, , the auditorium tomorrow morning; (7), just saw; (8) standing at the gate a little, while ago; (9) usually go; (10) rarely, angry; (11) me in the park this evening;, (12) often invites me; (13) has just, landed; (14) regularly go; (15) shall, frequently be meeting., Rule 2— If an Adverb modifies (a) the whole, sentence or (b) if it is meant to give very, great stress, it is placed at the very, beginning of the sentence. As—, 1. Unfortunately a very serious accident, occurred., 2. Luckily no one was killed., 3. Out came the lion from the den and, stood before us., Rule 3—Double Negative, Double Negatives should not be used in a, sentence. Double Negatives give either Affirmative meaning or no meaning at all. Their, use is, therefore, wrong., 1. I cannot walk no further now., (There should be ‘any further’ is place, of ‘no further’.), 2. Nothing never happened., (There should be ‘ever’ in place of, ‘never’.), 3. I don’t want nothing., (There should be ‘anything’ in place of, ‘nothing’.), 4. He was not honest neither., (There should be ‘either’ in place of, ‘neither’), 5. I forbid you not to go there., (‘not’ should be removed from here, because ‘forbid’ is already negative.), , Exercise III, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., 6., , Correct the following sentences :, A great tragedy luckily has been averted., All the passengers were unfortunately, killed., We cannot bear it no longer., We could not find him nowhere., I don’t see no sense in it., Scarcely no one would believe in your, story.
Page 85 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADVERBS | 77, 7. I don’t have no one to go with me., 8. You are forbidden not to touch my books., 9. He cannot neither deny or accept it., 10. He is no longer in no need of it., Hints—(1) Luckily to come at the beginning of, the sentence; (2) Unfortu-nately to come, at the beginning; (3) any longer in place, of no longer; (4) anywhere in place of, nowhere; (5) any in place of no; (6), anyone in place of no one; (7) anyone in, place of no one; (8) drop not; (9) either, in place of neither; (10) any need in, place of no need., , Use of Some Typical Adverbs, 1. Too, ‘Too’ means more than enough. Therefore, too should not be used in place of very or much,, otherwise it would give absurd meaning. For, example, if we say. “I am too happy to hear of, your success”, it would mean that “I am happy to, the extent I should not have been.” Certainly this, cannot be the intention of the speaker. The correct, form of this sentence would be, “I am very happy, to hear of your success.” It should be remembered, that ‘too’ has a negative sense or the sense of, undesirability. Too should be used keeping in, mind this sense of its meaning and implication., For example, the following sentences are wrong—, 1. You are too kind to me., 2. She is too beautiful., 3. He is too intelligent., 4. You are too faithful to me., Against these the following sentences are, correct—, 1. The day is too hot., 2. The price is too high for me., 3. The house is too small for my family., 4. You are still too weak., 5. The weather is too cold., 6. It is too much for me to bear., , 2. Too + Infinitive, In some sentences an Infinitive is used after, too. In such sentences also the sense of too is, negative. In these sentences the use of too would, be correct if it is meant to be negative, but its use, would be wrong if it is meant to be affirmative., For example, see the following sentences—, , 1. He is too poor to buy a car., 2. He is too rich to buy a car., The first of these sentences is correct because, it means that—, “He is so poor that he cannot buy a car.” But, the second sentence is wrong because it would, mean “He is so rich that he cannot buy a car.” The, correct form of the second sentence would be, “He, is rich enough to buy a car.” The following, sentences are correct—, 1. He is too weak to run., 2. The river is too deep for me to cross., 3. The enemy is too strong to be overcome, easily., 4. The problem is too difficult for me to, solve., , 3. Very and Much, ‘Very’ is used with Present Participle, and, ‘much’ with Past Parti-ciple or Verb. As—, 1. It was very surprising., 2. The game was very exciting., 3. He was much surprised., 4. I was much shocked to hear the news., 5. He was much confused., 6. He talks much., 7. He drinks much., Note—But with some Past Participles the use of, very is correct. As—, 1. I was very pleased to hear the news., 2. He was very tired at the end of the, journey., , 4. Very and Much, There is one more difference in the use of, very and much. Very is used before the Positive, Degree of an Adjective or an Adverb, and much, before the Comparative Degree of an Adjective, or an Adverb. As—, 1. Ram’s house is much bigger than, Mohan’s., 2. Mohan is much more trustworthy than, Sohan., 3. Hari is much better placed than Rajesh., 4. Ram is very intelligent., 5. Mahesh is very poor.
Page 86 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 78 | L.W.C.E., Note—Under the above rule very much can also, be used (in place of much) in the Comparative Degree, but not in the Positive, Degree., , 5. Very and Much, Very and Much can both be used in the, Superlative Degree also but the rule is that Very, is used after the Article the, and much before the., As—, 1. He is much the best boy of the class., 2. Rakesh is much the richest man of the, town., 3. Cow is the very gentlest animal., 4. This is the very best book available here., , 6. Much and Very Much, Very much can be used with the Verb in, Affirmative sentences only, but in the Negative, sentences only much can be used. As—, 1. I love him very much., 2. I don’t love him much., (Wrong to say—“I don’t love him very, much”), , 7. Very much, Too much, Much too, and only too, All these four phrases have different meanings. ‘Very much’ means ‘completely’, ‘too, much’ and ‘much too’ mean ‘more than necessary or desirable’, only too means ‘much’. As—, 1. I am very much obliged to you., 2. His performance is very much disappointing., 3. It gives me too much pain., 4. It is much too painful., 5. I am only too glad to be here., , Exercise IV, Correct the use of Adverbs in the following sentences :, 1. She loves her only son too much., 2. My old servant is too faithful to me., 3. He is too gracious to help me., 4. He is too kind to forgive me., 5. My father is too generous to his servants., 6. She was very shocked to see the scene of, accident., , 7. I was very surprised to see him in this, condition., 8. The scene of accident was much, shocking., 9. She was much pleased to see her son’s, result card., 10. He felt much tired after the day’s hard, labour., 11. This book is very better than the other, one., 12. He appears to be much ambitious., 13. His achievement is really much creditable., 14. This is the much biggest house available, here., 15. This is very the best I could do for you., 16. We have given you the much largest, share of the profit., 17. You have now very the first chance of, purchasing this house., 18. I could not appreciate his efforts very, much., 19. This could not give me very much satisfaction., 20. This medicine has given me too much, relief., Hints—(1) ‘much’ in place of ‘too much’; (2), very faithful; (3) ‘gracious enough’ in, place of ‘too gracious’; (4) ‘kind enough’, in place of ‘too kind’; (5) ‘very generous’; (6) ‘much shocked’; (7) ‘much, surprised’; (8) ‘very shocking’; (9) ‘very, pleased’; (10) ‘very tired’; (11) ‘much, better’; (12) ‘very ambitious’; (13) ‘very, creditable’; (14) ‘much the biggest’; (15), ‘the very best’; (16) ‘much the largest’;, (17) ‘the very first’; (18) ‘much’ in place, of ‘very much’; (19) ‘much’ in place of, ‘very much’; (20) ‘much’ in place of ‘too, much.’, , 8. Too and Even, The difference between too and even is that, too is used only for empha-sis, while even is used, in the sense of ‘against or contrary to hope or, expectation.’ For example, a brother is normally, expected to help a brother, but if a brother does, not help, we shall say—
Page 87 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADVERBS | 79, ‘Even my brother did not help me.’, Similarly—, 1. He helped me and my friend too., 2. He is intelligent and industrious too., 3. Even my father did not support me., 4. I could not even recognize him., , 9. Little and A Little, Little and a little as Adverbs have the same, meaning as Adjectives. Little is negative in sense, meaning ‘almost nothing’ while a little means, ‘not much’. As—, 1. I little expected that he would pass., (i.e. There was almost no hope.), 2. I was a little disappointed., (i.e. The disappointment was not much.), , 10. Since and Ever Since, They are both Abverbs of time. Since means, from a certain point of time in the Past, while, ever since means from a certain point of time to, the Present. They are used with the Present, Perfect Tense, but in the Indirect Narration they, are used with Past Perfect Tense. As—, 1. I met him five years ago and have, remembered him ever since., 2. We were together in school days but we, have met only twice since., 3. He assured me that he had never done so, since., 4. We lived in Kashmir several years ago, but we have remembered those happy, days ever since., , Exercise, Fill in the blanks with correct alternatives, from those given in the brackets:, 1. I bought a pen and an inkpot …… (too,, even), 2. He lost …… his security. (too, even), 3. My brother came and with him his friend, …… . (too, even), 4. …… the best doctors failed to diagnose, his disease. (Too, Even), 5. He is …… displeased with me. (little, a, little), 6. I …… doubted his sincerity. (little, a, little), , 7., , There is still …… hope of his survival., (little, a little), 8. There is …… hope of his survival. (little,, a little), 9. There is …… I can do to help you. (little,, a little), 10. I came to Kanpur five years ago but I, have not been to my home-town …… ., (since, ever since), 11. I came to Kanpur five years ago but I, have been to my home-town only once, …… . (since, ever since), 12. I had injured my knee four years ago but, I have been feeling pain in it …… (since,, ever since), Hints—(1) too; (2) even; (3) too; (4) Even; (5) a, little; (6) little; (7) a little; (8) little; (9), little; (10) ever since; (11) since; (12) ever, since., , 11. Else …… but, Else is followed by but, not than., 1. None else but the Prime Minister will, inaugurate the Seminar., 2. I met none else but your father., 3. It is nothing else but arrogance., , 12. Seldom or never/Seldom if ever, The correct expressions are seldom or never, (not ever) and seldom if ever (not never)., 1. He seldom or never misbehaves with, anybody., 2. He seldom if ever drinks., , 13. Before and Ago, Both these are Adverbs of Time. Before is, used with Simple Past Tense or Present Perfect, Tense, while Ago is used with Simple Past Tense, only (not with Present Perfect Tense). As—, 1. I never before met such a rude man., 2. I have seen Jaipur before also., 3. I met him a month ago., 4. His father died a month ago., Note—Ago suggests Past Tense, therefore it, should not be used with any form of the, Present Tense. Therefore the following, sentences are wrong—, 1. I have arrived here only a little ago., 2. I have completed my work an hour ago.
Page 88 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 80 | L.W.C.E., , 14. Yet and Still, , Already is used in Affirmative sentences, and it means before this point of time. Yet is, used in Negative or Interrogative sentences, and, it means even now or not till now. As—, 1. I have already finished my work., 2. He has left for office already., 3. I have not yet finished my work., 4. He has not yet left for office., 5. Are you not yet ready ?, , 9. He has started a new business some time, ago., 10. He has left office only a minute ago., 11. I have not seen him for a long time but he, is yet my friend., 12. He has not still gone on duty., 13. I have yet given your share to you., 14. The child has yet gone to sleep., 15. He has not already reserved his berth., 16. She has not already shifted to her new, house., Hints—(1) ‘but’ in place of ‘except’; (2) ‘but’ in, place of ‘than’; (3) ‘but’ in place of, ‘except’; (4) seldom or never; (5) if ever;, (6) ‘before’ in place of ‘ago’; (7) ‘before’, in place of ‘ago’; (8) ‘before’ in place of, ‘ago’. (9) ‘before’ in place of ‘ago’; (10), ‘before’ in place of ‘ago’; (11) ‘still’ in, place of ‘yet’; (12) ‘yet’ in place of ‘still’;, (13) ‘already’ in place of ‘ y e t ’; (14), ‘already’ in place of ‘yet’; (15) ‘yet’ in, place of ‘already’; (16) ‘yet’ in place of, ‘already’., , 16. Yet/Already/So far/uptil now, , 17. Just, , All these are generally used with Present, Perfect Tense. As—, 1. He has not yet come., 2. I have already met him., 3. He has not met me so far., 4. He has not met me uptil now., , (a) Just means right now / not long before., Normally it is used with Present Perfect Tense., As—, 1. He has just arrived., 2. I have just finished my story., (b) Just can be used with simple past tense, also, and there it means only / barely. As—, 1. He just caught the train., 2. He just managed to escape., (c) Just has one more meaning suggesting, the sense of at this very moment / exactly. As—, 1. The clock has just struck two., 2. He has just gone out., 3. This is just what I wanted., , Yet means ‘till now’ and still means ‘even, now’. Generally yet is used at the e n d of a, sentence, and still after an auxiliary or before, single verbs., 1. He is still in service., 2. You are still a student., 3. I still love you., 4. He still needs my help., 5. He has not come yet., 6. He is sleeping yet., , 15. Yet and Already, , Exercise, Correct the use of adverbs in the following, sentences :, 1. None else except I will come to your help, in the end., 2. None else than my father appeared at the, scene., 3. It is nothing else except your pride that, spoilt the game., 4. He seldom or ever is true to his word., 5. He seldom if never comes to the alehouse., 6. I have met him two years ago., 7. I have been to Bombay several times ago, also., 8. I played tennis ago., , 18. Fairly/Rather, Both these are Adverbs of Quantity. The, difference between them is that fairly has the, sense of liking / appreciation, while rather has, the sense of disliking / disapproval. Therefore,, care should be taken not to use expressions in, which there may be mingling of liking and
Page 89 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADVERBS | 81, disliking. For example, the following expressions, are wrong—, (a) Fairly dull, fairly ugly, fairly bad, fairly, slow, fairly cunning, (b) rather intelligent, rather beautiful, rather, good, rather quick, rather honest, rather, gentle, In the expressions given above fairly should, be used in place of rather, and rather in place of, fairly., 1. The weather is fairly pleasant. (Not, rather pleasant), 2. The day is rather hot. (Not fairly hot), 3. The house is fairly comfortable., 4. The house is rather uncomfortable., , 19. No/Not, (a) ‘No’ is used like an Adjective before a, Noun—, 1. I have no pen., 2. There is no boy in the class., (b) Not is used after an auxiliary—, 1. He does not read., 2. He is not there., (c) After the under-noted verbs Not is used in, place of a Noun Clause. By this use the sentence, becomes short also., Hope, believe, think, expect, suppose, be, afraid, 1. Can you go there ? I am afraid not., 2. Will he pass ? I expect not., 3. Is he fair ? I suppose not., (d) Not is also used before an Infinitive or a, gerund., 1. I request you not to disturb me., 2. You are wrong in not inviting him., , 20. No/Not/None, (a) N o is also used before a Positive or, Comparative Degree Adjective or a Comparative Degree Adverb., 1. This is no good pen., 2. There is no better pen., 3. You can travel no faster by any means., (b) We should use not in place of no if the, Article a or an has been used before the Noun or, Adjective. As—, , 1. Not a tree or bush was there., 2. There was not a man in the hall., (c) We should use no (not not) before good, or different. As—, 1. This is no good abusing him., 2. This is no different from that., (d) We should use none before too + Adjective / Adverb or the + Comparative Adjective/, Adverb used in a sentence. As—, 1. His behaviour towards us was none too, good., 2. He is none the better in spite of my help., , Exercise, Insert correct alternatives from those given, in the brackets :, 1. The train has ……started., (just, lately), 2. The bell has……been rung., (immediately, just), 3. It is …… a good day., (fairly, rather), 4. His condition is …… worse today., (fairly, rather), 5. She can speak English …… well., (fairly, rather), 6. He is a …… intelligent boy., (fairly, rather), 7. It was …… foolish on his part to say so., (fairly, rather), 8. She is …… a silly kind of girl., (fairly, rather), 9. This bread is …… dry., (fairly, rather), 10. There is …… sound coming from the, room., (no, not), 11. This book is …… better than the other, one., (no, not), 12. Can you think of……better plan ?, (no, not), 13. …… a star was to be seen in the sky., (no, not), 14. The show was …… very impressive., (no, not), 15. …… a word was spoken by anybody., (no, not), 16. This is …… too good for you., (no, none, nothing)
Page 90 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 82 | L.W.C.E., 17. His health is …… too good for his age., (no, none, nothing), 18. There is …… a cleverer girl than Rita., (not, none, nothing), 19. There is …… the slightest truth in this, story., (no, none, not), 20. There is …… like that in this shop., (no, none, nothing), Hints—(1) just; (2) just; (3) fairly; (4) rather; (5), fairly; (6) fairly; (7) rather; (8) rather; (9), rather; (10) no; (11) no; (12) no; (13) Not;, (14) not; (15) Not; (16) none; (17) none;, (18) not; (19) not; (20) nothing., , 23. Most/Mostly, , 21. Hard/Hardly, , Fill in the blanks with the correct alternatives given in the brackets—, 1. She has eaten …… anything today., (hard, hardly), 2. He tried very …… but did not succeed., (hard, hardly), 3. They have been working …… all day., (hard, hardly), 4. He had …… alighted from the bus when, he was caught by the police., (hard, hardly), 5. We …… ever meet now. (hard, hardly), 6. His marriage takes place…… in October., (late, lately), 7. Have you received any letter from your, son …… ?, (late, lately), 8. I have not been to my village …… ., (late, lately), 9. I study till …… in the night. (late, lately), 10. The train is running an hour …… ., (late, lately), 11. The books in his library are …… novels., (most, mostly), 12. He helped me …… to get over my difficulties., (most, mostly), 13. The greatest scholars have been ……, men., (most, mostly), 14. The candidates are …… inexperienced., (most, mostly), 15. She loves her …… ., (most, mostly), , Normally Hard is an Adjective, but it can, also be used as an Adverb. As an Adverb it, means hard labour. It is used after the Verb., As—, 1. He worked hard (not hardly) for the, examination., 2. He tried hard (not hardly) to win the, prize., Hardly is an Adverb of Degree. It means, ‘very little’ / scarcely. It is used before a Single, verb or after the First auxiliary in a Compound, Verb. As—, 1. I have seen him only once and therefore I, hardly know what type of man he is., 2. He was so changed that I could hardly, recognize him., 3. It is a new medicine; it has hardly been, tried yet., Note—For emphasis ‘Hardly’ can be used at the, beginning of a sentence also. As—, Hardly had the train stopped when he, jumped out., , 22. Late/Lately, Late as Adverb means late in time. As—, 1. He comes late every day., 2. The theft was committed late at night., 3. He married late in life., Lately means ‘recently’. As—, 1. He has lately started a new business., 2. He has lately shifted to a new house., , Most as Adverb means ‘maximum’/ ‘greatest’. As—, 1. The man whom I like most is John., 2. The man who talks most is often hollow., Mostly means ‘largely’. As—, 1. The audience consisted mostly of, students., 2. The students were mostly inattentive., 3. His stock consists mostly of outdated, things., , Exercise
Page 91 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADVERBS | 83, Hints—(1) hardly; (2) hard; (3) hard; (4) hardly., (5) hardly; (6) late; (7) lately; (8) lately;, (9) late; (10) late; (11) mostly; (12) most;, (13) mostly; (14) mostly; (15) most., , Some Common Rules, 24. The Split Infinitive, An Infinitive, as we know, consists of to +, verb. Therefore no adverb should be placed, between to and the Verb. If we do so, we shall be, splitting the Infinitive. In Grammar it is called, split infinitive fault. For example, look at this, sentence—, “I request you to kindly grant me leave.” In, this sentence kindly has been placed between to, and grant. This is a grammatical fault. The correct, form of this sentence would be—‘I request you, kindly to grant me leave.’, Accordingly, the following sentences are, correct—, 1. I advise you to read the book carefully., 2. I instruct you to call the doctor immediately., 3. I direct you to reach the office punctually every day., , 25. Present Perfect and Adverb, In a sentence in the Present Tense, no, Adverb or Adverbial phrase suggestive of Past, Tense should be used. As such the following, sentences are wrong—, 1. I have arrived here yesterday., 2. I have joined my duties last month., 3. I have passed M. A. last year., The above noted sentences are in the Present, Perfect Tense, while the adverbs connected with, them are suggestive of Past Tense. Therefore, they, are all wrong. The correct form of these sentences would be as follows—, 1. I arrived here yesterday., 2. I joined my duties last month., 3. I passed M. A. last year., , 26. Introductory ‘There’, Some sentences begin with There. In these, sentences There, has no significance, nor is it an, Adverb of Place. In these sentences after There, comes an Intransitive verb or verb to be, and, after that comes the Subject. As—, 1. There is a book on the table., , 2., 3., 4., , There is a man in the room., There came a tiger from the wood., There is a function tomorrow., , 27. Adverb and Preposition, (a) Normally no Preposition is used before, an Adverb. Therefore no Preposition should be, used before such Adverbs as—Respectfully,, humbly, politely, kindly, slowly, etc. Therefore, the following sentences are wrong., 1. With respectfully I beg to submit., 2. With humbly I state., 3. With politely I reply as under., With should be removed from all these, sentences., (b) Sometimes some time-showing words,, such as morning, evening, day, night, month,, year, etc. have such qualifying words before them, as this, that, next, last, all, etc. In that case no, Preposition is used before them. As—, 1. He came last evening., 2. He left the next morning., 3. He worked all day., 4. He is coming this evening., 5. He did not go that day., (c) But if the time - showing words are used, without the qualifying words (this, that, next,, last, etc.), proper Preposition should be used, before them. As—, 1. I shall meet you in the evening., 2. I don’t sleep in the day., 3. I shall come on sunday., 4. Don’t come in the night., (d) Home is normally a Noun. But it is also, used as an Adverb of Place. In that case, neither a, Preposition nor a relative Adjective should be, used before it. As—, “I am going home.”, This sentence is correct. But we cannot say—, I am going to home. or I am going my home., The following sentences are correct—, 1. Now we should return home., 2. When do you go home ?, 3. I go home by bus.
Page 92 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 84 | L.W.C.E., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. You are instructed to not make a noise., 2. I warn you to regularly do your work., 3. I request you to kindly recommend my, application., 4. I have applied for this post last year., 5. You have come to the office only, yesterday., 6. He has received his Degree at the last, convocation., 7. With most respectfully I offer my, services to you., 8. On most humbly I bow to your grace., 9. There is a meeting in this evening., 10. He is returning in tomorrow night., 11. I have to go to home before sunset., 12. He did not return on that day., Hints—(1) not to make; (2) regularly to do; (3), kindly to recommend; (4) ‘applied’ in, place of ‘have applied’; (5) ‘came’ in, place of ‘have come’; (6) ‘received’ in, place of ‘has received’; (7) Most, respectfully; (8) Most humbly; (9) ‘this, evening’ without ‘in’; (10) ‘tomorrow, night’ without ‘ i n ’; (11) ‘go home’, without ‘to’; (12) ‘that day’ without ‘on’., , Revision Exercise I, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I hear that your mother has been much ill., 2. I have many often wished I could visit, America., 3. Is the message much urgent ?, 4. He could make not greater mistake than, that., 5. There is no the slightest sense in what he, says., 6. They arrived not too soon., 7. He is fairly unkind to his subordinates., 8. His performance is fairly unsatisfactory., 9. His performance is rather satisfactory., 10. Her birthday falls lately in November., 11. The mangoes are most unripe., , 12., 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., 19., 20., , The police officer looked hardly at me., There was hard light when we set out., We hard ever go together., He only retired last month., Please watch carefully his actions., I go at 10 O’clock to my office., I see him rarely these days., He rarely is seen these days., You have always been enough kind to, me., Hints—(1) very ill; (2) very often; (3) very, urgent; (4) no greater; (5) not the slightest;, (6) none too soon; (7) rather unkind; (8), rather unsatisfactory; (9) fairly satisfactory; (10) late in November; (11) mostly, unripe; (12) looked hard; (13) hardly light;, (14) hardly ever; (15) only last month;, (16) his actions carefully; (17) to my, office at 10 O’clock; (18) rarely see him;, (19) is rarely seen; (20) kind enough., , Revision Exercise II, Fill in the blanks with suitable adverbs, from those given in the brackets—, 1. This drink tastes …… . (bitter, bitterly), 2. They received us very …… at the airport., (warm, warmly), 3. His story does not sound …… ., (true, truly), 4. He has …… recovered from his illness., (hard, hardly), 5. …… he has started a new business., (late, lately), 6. Young men are …… careless., (most, mostly), 7. He is …… serious about his health., (most, mostly), 8. I find this exercise …… difficult., (fairly, rather), 9. His behaviour is …… too good., (no, none), 10. This medicine does me …… good., (no, not)
Page 93 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ADVERBS | 85, 11. The examination paper is …… too easy., (not, none), 12. She is not feeling …… today., (very well, much well), 13. She is feeling …… today., (very better, much better), 14. I …… feared this would happen., (rather, never), 15. A horse is …… like an elephant., (none, nothing), Hints—(1) bitter; (2) warmly; (3) true; (4) hardly;, (5) lately; (6) mostly; (7) most; (8) rather;, (9) none; (10) no; (11) none; (12) very, well; (13) much better; (14) rather; (15), nothing., , Revision Exercise III, (a) Write sentences of your own using the, following words or expressions preceded by, ‘rather’ or ‘fairly’—, Lazy, intelligent, too expensive, sooner, generous person, thoughtless person, beautiful, ugly, a, clever girl, a sensible girl., (b) Write sentences of your own using the, following words with ‘hard’ or ‘hardly’, ‘late’, or ‘lately’, ‘most’ or ‘mostly’—, Study, work, drink, believe, arrive, marriage,, new adventure, peasants, labour, indecent., (c) Use the following adverbs in sentences, of your own—, Sooner, none, often, enough, too, even, very, much, too much, much too, only too, since, ever, since, little, seldom, so far, uptil now, just.
Page 94 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 8, , Prepositions, , Preposition—This is made of two words—, Pre + position. Here Pre means before and position means placed. Hence Preposition is that, word or phrase which is placed before a Noun or, a Pronoun. A Preposition or a Prepositional, Phrase shows the relationship of that Noun or, Pronoun with some other word in the sentence., , Forms of Preposition, A Preposition has the following forms—, 1. Simple Prepositions—Prepositions of, one word are called Simple Prepositions. As—, In, of, to, at, by, for, from, off, on, out,, through, till, up, with, down., 2. Compound Prepositions—Prepositions, formed by adding a Prefix to a Noun, Adjective, or Adverb are called Compound Prepositions., Outwardly they look like one-word Prepositions,, but in fact they are compound words. As—, About, above, across, along, amidst, among,, amongst, around, before, behind, below,, beneath, beside, between, beyond, inside, outside, underneath, within, without., 3. Phrase Prepositions—Some Phrases also, serve as Single Prepositions. As—, According to, in consequence of, in course of, agreeably to, in favour of, along with, in front of, away from, in lieu of, because of, in order to, by dint of, in place of, by means of, in reference to, by reason of, in regard to, by virtue of, in spite of, by way of, instead of, conformably to, in the event of, for the sake of, , in accordance with, in addition to, in (on) behalf of, in case of, in comparison to, in compliance with, , on account of, owing to, with a view to, with an eye to, with reference to, with regard to, , 4. Participle Prepositions—Some Present, Participles are also used as Prepositions. As—, Concerning, considering, barring, during,, notwithstanding, pending, regarding, respecting,, touching., , Functional Types of Prepositions, As we have said above, Prepositions show, relationships. In different forms they show relationship of Place, Time, Cause, Result, Purpose,, Meeting or Parting. On this basis Prepositions, can be classified under the following groups—, (1), , (2), , (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), , Prepositions of Place, On, at, in, against, above, across, before,, behind, over, under, among, below, between, upon, etc., Prepositions of Time, After, before, at, on, by, behind, during, in,, for, since, through, till, until, with, within,, from, etc., Prepositions of Cause / Purpose, For, of, from, through, with, etc., Prepositions of Agency, By, in, with, without, at, through, with, etc., Prepositions of Manner, Like, with, by, Prepositions of Possession, Of, by, with, Prepositions of Measure / Rate / Value, At, by, for, to
Page 95 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 87, (8), , Prepositions of contrast / Concession, In spite of, notwithstanding, nevertheless, (9) Prepositions of Separation, From, of, off, (10) Prepositions of Relationship, With, together with, in company with, along, with, (11) Prepositions of support / Opposition, For, against, (12) Prepositions of Exception, But, except, barring, (13) Prepositions of Motive/ Inference/ Source/, Origin, From, of, (14) Prepositions of Direction, To, towards, into, up, down, above, on, Note—From the above classification it would, appear that no Preposition has a definite or, fixed sense of relationship. The same Preposition may express different ideas or, relationships. This depends upon their use, in different situations., , Use of Preposition, Generally Prepositions are used before their, objects., 1. The book is on the table., 2. He is in his office., 3. He is fond of tea., 4. She comes from Delhi., In the above sentences on, in, of, from are, Prepositions and they have all been used before, their objects (table, office, tea, Delhi). A Preposition may have two or more than two objects., The Preposition will be used before the first of all, these objects. As—, 1. The cattle graze in valleys and pastures., 2. She is very fond of grapes, apples and, oranges., But in the following conditions Preposition is, used after the Object—, (1) When the object is Relative Pronoun, ‘that’, the Preposition is placed at the end of the, sentence. As—, 1. This is the book that you asked for., 2. That is the car that you travelled by., 3. I know the man that you were talking to., , (2) Also when the object is some understood (hidden) Relative Pronoun, the Preposition, is placed at the end of the sentence. As—, 1. That is the house λ I lived in., (In this sentence Relative Pronoun ‘that’, or ‘which’ is understood at the point, marked λ), 2. That is the man (whom) I was speaking, of., 3. There is the book (that) you were, looking for., (3) When the object is an Interrogative Pronoun (who/whom/what/which), the Preposition, is placed at the end of the sentence. As—, 1. What are you looking at ?, 2. What are you thinking of ?, 3. Which of these houses do you live in ?, 4. Whom are you going with ?, (4) Sometimes for the sake of emphasis the, object is placed at the beginning of the sentence., In that case also the Preposition is placed at the, end of the sentence. As—, 1. Him I depend on., 2. This I insist on., 3. That you must speak out., (5) In the Passive Voice also the Preposition, is placed at the end of the sentence., 1. He can be relied upon., 2. Was the proposal agreed to ?, , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. This is the point on that I insist., 2. This is the post that for I have applied., 3. That is the goal after that he is running., 4. Of who are you thinking ?, 5. On which chair did you sit ?, 6. That is the thief after the police was, running., 7. In which house do you live ?, 8. Against whom are you complaining ?, 9. Of that I am really proud., 10. Of what do you accuse him ?, Hints—(1) that I insist on; (2) that I have applied, for; (3) that he is running after; (4) Who
Page 96 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 88 | L.W.C.E., are you thinking of ? (5) did you sit on ?, (6) the police was running after; (7) do, you live in; (8) Whom are you complaining against? (9) that I am really proud of;, (10) do you accuse him of., , Omission of Preposition, In some situations the Preposition is not, used. There either it is not required, or it is omitted., (1) No Preposition is required before the, object of a Transitive verb. As—, 1. I shall meet you again., (‘meet with you’ is wrong.), 2. They caught the thief., (‘caught to the thief’ is wrong.), 3. I read a book., (‘read of a book’ is wrong.), 4. We have done our work., (‘have done of our work’ is wrong.), (2) Before expressions of Place and Time no, Preposition (for, from, in, on) is used. As—, 1. I came here last week., (Not, ‘in last week’), 2. I am going abroad., (Not, ‘for abroad’), 3. Please wait a minute., (Not, ‘wait for a minute’), 4. She is waiting outside., (Not, ‘waiting on outside’), (3) When some expressions of Time (as, morning, evening, day, night, month, year, etc.), have some qualifying words as this, that, next,, every, last, all used before them, no Preposition, is needed before them. As—, 1. He went this morning., 2. He met me last evening., 3. He is coming again next Sunday., Note—But if these expressions of Time have no, qualifying words before them, they take, necessary Prepositions before them. As—, 1. He went in the morning., 2. He met me in the evening., 3. He is coming again on Sunday., (4) No Preposition is required before yesterday, today, tomorrow. As—, , 1. Please come tomorrow. (not ‘on tomorrow’), 2. He is returning today. (not ‘on today’), 3. He came yesterday also. (not ‘on yesterday’), (5) No Preposition is used before H o m e., As—, 1. I am going home. (not ‘to home’), 2. I go home every Sunday. (not ‘to home’), Note—But if there is a Possessive Adjective, before Home, or if Home is used in the, sense of House, we use appropriate Preposition before it., (6) If two Verbs are to be used in a sentence,, and both the verbs have to take different Prepositions, we must use appropriate Preposition, for each verb separately. As—, 1. I have been thinking about and waiting, for you since the morning., 2. He has been looking for and enquiring, after you for a long time., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences—, 1. I met to him yesterday., 2. I reached at the station a little late., 3. I can never forget to you., 4. He ran me., 5. Now I shall never speak him., 6. I met him in last month., 7. It was very cold in this morning., 8. I cannot wait for any longer., 9. He cannot go for a step further., 10. Please return my book on tomorrow., 11. He was absent on yesterday., 12. I go on a walk the morning., 13. I don’t read the night., 14. Now I must go back to home., 15. He is not home., Hints—(1) no ‘to’; (2) no ‘at’. (3) no ‘to’; (4) ‘to, me’ / ‘after me’; (5) ‘speak to him’; (6), no ‘in’; (7) no ‘in’; (8) no ‘for’; (9) no, ‘for’; (10) no ‘on’; (11) no ‘on’; (12) in, the morning; (13) in the night; (14) no, ‘to’; (15) not at home.
Page 97 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 89, , Wrong Use of Prepositions, There are some Verbs which take n o Preposition after them. They are—, attack, await, accompany, assist, request,, investigate, inform, obey, comprise, order,, reach, resemble, resist, violate., It is wrong to use any Preposition after the, above noted verbs, but this error is often committed., 1. America attacked on Iraq., (no ‘on’), 2. I await for your instructions. (no ‘for’), 3. I shall accompany with you. (no ‘with’), 4. I shall assist to you., (no ‘to’), 5. I request to you., (no ‘to’), 6. We shall investigate into the case., (no ‘into’), 7. I shall inform to you., (no ‘to’), 8. I shall obey to you., (no ‘to’), 9. The group comprises of ten boys., (no ‘of’), 10. I order to you., (no ‘to’), 11. I reached at the station., (no ‘at’), 12. He resembles to you., (no ‘to’), 13. He will resist to you., (no ‘to’), 14. He violated to the rule., (no ‘to’), , Some Typical Prepositions, In / Into, In is used to show the position of rest of a, thing within another thing, while into shows a, thing in motion, something moving inside something else., In = Position of rest, Into = Position of motion, As—, (a) 1. The table is in the room., 2. We shall sit in the hall., 3. There is a tiger in the cage., (b) 1. The ball fell into the well., 2. The thief broke into my room., 3. The tiger moves into the cave., , In / Within, ‘In’ expresses the time-range up to the last, point / moment of the given period, while within, expresses the limit before the last moment of the, given period. As—, , 1. He will return in (at the close of) a, week’s time., 2. He will return within (in less than /, before the close of) a week’s time., 3. You must finish the work in a month. (by, the close of a month), 4. You must finish the work within a month., (before the month closes), , In / At, ‘In’ points to a large area of Time or Place,, while ‘at’ refers to a small area or fixed point of, T i m e and Place. Therefore, we use ‘in’ for, countries, states and bigger cities, and ‘at’ for, villages and towns. Similarly, we use ‘in’ for, larger range of time, and at for a fixed point of, time. As—, 1. He lives at Agra., 2. He lives in Uttar Pradesh., 3. He will come at six O’clock., 4. He will come in the morning., 5. He lives in Bombay., 6. He lives at Hathras., , In / At, There is one more difference between ‘at’, and ‘in’. At refers to a stationary position, while, in refers to a state of motion. As—, 1. The train is in motion., 2. He stands at the top of the hill., 3. The work is in progress., 4. He is at home., , On / upon, ‘On’ refers to a state of rest or stationary, position, while ‘upon’ refers to a state of motion., As—, 1. The book is on the table., 2. He jumped upon the table., , Exercise, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with the correct preposition from those given in, brackets :, 1. The frog jumped……the well. (in / into), 2. There is no boy …… the class. (in / into), 3. There is no ink …… my pen. (in / into), 4. He rode straight……the arena. (in / into)
Page 98 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 90 | L.W.C.E., 5. He is sitting……the drawing room., (in / into), 6. He lives …… London., (in / at), 7. He lives …… Hathras …… Aligarh, District., (in / at), 8. You have a big house …… Bombay., (in / at), 9. You have a big house …… Salempur., (in / at), 10. He comes …… 4 O’clock., (in / at), 11. He comes …… the evening., (in / at), 12. Please close the office carefully ……, 8.30., (at / in), 13. Please close the office carefully …… the, afternoon., (in / at), 14. The work is well …… progress. (in / at), 15. The plane is already …… the air. (in / at), 16. He is already …… the top., (in / at), 17. Please sit …… the next chair., (on / upon), 18. The tiger jumped……the stag., (on / upon), 19. He is sitting …… the roof. (on / upon), 20. Please put the photo …… the stand., (on / upon), Hints—(1) into; (2) in; (3) in; (4) into; (5) in; (6), in; (7) at Hathras in Aligarh; (8) in; (9) at;, (10) at; (11) in; (12) at; (13) in; (14) in;, (15) in; (16) at; (17) on; (18) upon; (19), on; (20) on., , With / By, ‘With’ is used for Instrument (lifeless),, while by is used for living Person or Agent., As—, 1. The letter was written with a ball-pen., 2. The letter was written by Ram., 3. The branch of the tree was cut with an, axe., 4. The branch of the tree was cut by the, servant., , Between / Among, ‘Between’ is used for two persons, things or, ideas, while ‘among’ is used for more than two., As—, , 1. Divide this property between the two, brothers., 2. Divide this property among the three, brothers., 3. There is a passage between the two, lanes., 4. He passed the night among the aliens., , Till / To, Till is used for time, and to for place. As—, 1. He worked till 8 O’clock., 2. He came to the outer gate., , Since / From, ‘Since’ is used before a Noun or a phrase to, show a certain point of time. It is used in Perfect, tense only. From is also used to show a point of, time but it is used in non-perfect tense., Remember that both since and from show only a, point of time, not a period of time. We can say, since Friday, or since 1995, or since today, but, we cannot say since four days or from a week., As—, 1. I have been living in Canada since 1990., 2. I studied English from the age of six., 3. I shall start working from Friday., 4. He has been working very hard since, July., Note—For Period of time we use for. As—, 1. I have been living in Canada for five, years., 2. I worked in this office for six months., , Beside / Besides, ‘Beside’means by the side of, while ‘besides’, means in addition to. As—, 1. The Fort stands beside the river, Yamuna., 2. He came and stood beside me., 3. He has a scooter besides a car., 4. He has written two short stories besides a, novel., , Exercise, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with the correct preposition from those given in, brackets :, 1. The letter was carelessly typed …… my, secretary., (with / by)
Page 99 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 91, 2. The pit was dug …… spades …… two, labourers., (with / by), 3. He sharpened the pencil …… a blade., (with / by), 4. He turned pale …… fear., (with / by), 5. He faced the danger …… courage., (with / by), 6. The profits will be equally divided ……, the two partners., (between / among), 7. The profits will be equally divided ….., all the share holders. (between / among), 8. He had to work …… twelve and two in, the night., (between / among), 9. He found himself helpless …… the, strangers., (between / among), 10. You have to choose …… these two, courses only., (between / among), 11. Please wait for me …… 10 O’clock., (till / to), 12. He accompanied me……the station., (till / to), 13. He will remain at home …… you reach, there., (till / to), 14. He came with me …… the main road., (till / to), 15. He has been living in this house ……, 1990., (since / from), 16. I shall start attending the office ……, Monday., (since / from), 17. He has not seen me …… July., (since / from), 18. I started painting …… my childhood., (since / from), 19. There is a small cottage …… my farm., (beside / besides), 20. I know German …… English., (beside / besides), Hints—(1) by; (2) with spades by two labourers., (3) with; (4) with; (5) with; (6) between;, (7) among; (8) between; (9) among; (10), between; (11) till; (12) to; (13) till; (14), to; (15) since; (16) from; (17) since; (18), from; (19) beside; (20) besides., , Among / Amongst, Both these words have almost the same, meaning and usage, but among is more popularly, used. But there is one difference in their usage., Amongst must be used in those sentences in, which the word coming after it begins with a, Vowel. As—, He is very popular amongst us., He is very popular among the students., , On / At, Both these can show time. But on is used for, a fixed day or date, while at is used for hour., As—, 1. I shall come on Sunday., 2. I shall come on July 15., 3. I shall come at 5 p.m., , For / During, Both these show period of time, but the, difference between them is that for is used for an, indefinite period, while during is used for a, definite period. As—, 1. He has gone for a long time., 2. He is on leave for a month., (There is no reference to a definite, month), 3. He will be here during Christmas holidays., 4. He will stay with me during June., , Of / Off, ‘Of’ is a Preposition of joining, while off is a, Preposition of separation . As—, 1. A member of the family, page of a book,, student of a college, one of many, etc., 2. He is off duty today. (Not on duty), 3. He jumped off the roof., , Preposition + Gerund, There are certain Verbs and Adjectives after, which Infinitives are never used. In place of, Infinitives we use Preposition + Gerund (verb +, ing) after these words. We give below a list of, such Verbs and Adjectives along with the Prepositions which are used with them—
Page 100 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 92 | L.W.C.E., Abstain from, aim at, assist in, based on,, confident of, debar from, desirous of, desist, from, despair of, disqualified from, dissuade, from, excel in, excuse for, fortunate in, hinder, from, hopeful of, insist on, intend on, meditate, on, negligent in, passion for, perceive in,, persist in, prevent from, (to take) pride in,, prohibit from, proud of, refrain from, repent, of, succeed in, successful in, think of., See these sentences. They are all correct—, 1. He is confident of winning the prize., (‘confident to win the prize’ would be, wrong.), 2. He insists on going there., (‘ insists to go’ is wrong.), 3. I cannot think of displeasing him., (‘think to displease’ is wrong.), 4. He is fortunate in having a friend like, you., (‘fortunate to have’ is wrong.), Note—Nowadays Infinitives have also come to, be used after aim., 1. I aim to win the first prize., 2. He aims to rise to the top., , Exercise, (a) Fill in the blanks in the following sentences with the correct preposition from those, given in the brackets :, 1. He has the widest knowledge …… us all., (among / amongst), 2. He comes from …… us., (among / amongst), 3. He is the most brilliant boy …… them., (among / amongst), 4. The college opens …… 10 O’clock., (at / on), 5. He will not be here …… Sunday., (at / on), 6. Can you come……Sunday morning ……, 8.30 ?, (on / at), 7. He offers prayers …… dawn. (at / on), 8. He will be away …… about a month., (for / during), , 9. I will come again …… Diwali holidays., (for / during), 10. He fell ill …… examination days., (for / during), 11. He has left India …… ever., (for / during), 12. I shall not leave you alone …… your, illness., (for / during), 13. He is a teacher …… our school. (of / off), 14. He comes …… a good family. (of / off), 15. Your arguments are …… the point., (of / off), 16. He jumped …… the running train., (of / off), Hints—(1) amongst; (2) amongst; (3) among; (4), at; (5) on; (6) on sunday morning at 8.30;, (7) at; (8) for; (9) during; (10) during;, (11) for; (12) during; (13) of; (14) of; (15), off; (16) off., (b) Correct the following sentences :, 1. Can you assist me with completing my, home work ?, 2. He is hopeful to win the prize., 3. He succeeded to reach to the top position., 4. He persists to say so., 5. I cannot prevent you to go there., 6. He excels to paint., 7. You have no excuse to stay at home., 8. I did my best to dissuade him to drink., 9. He is disqualified to appear at the examination., 10. He is debarred to apply for the post., 11. You probibited him to enter here., 12. He is fortunate to get out unhurt., 13. You must refrain to drink so much., 14. I cannot think to live in these dirty, surroundings., 15. He is confident to pass in the first, attempt., Hints—(1) in completing; (2) of winning; (3) in, reaching; (4) in saying; (5) from going; (6), in painting; (7) for staying; (8) from, drinking; (9) from appearing; (10) from, applying; (11) from entering; (12) in, getting out; (13) from drinking; (14) of, living; (15) of passing.
Page 101 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 93, , The Same Words With Different, Prepositions, There are certain words with which different, Prepositions can be used, but their meaning, changes with the change of Prepositions. Different, Prepositions have come into usage with them., As—, I had the advantage of you., You gained an advantage over me., I waited upon him at his office., I waited for him yesterday., He prevailed upon me to agree., He prevailed over me in the dispute., No argument prevailed with him., You agree with me., You agree to my proposal., I commence by observing., I commence with the observation., You attended upon his leisure., You attended to his command., He was invested with the crown., All his money was invested in business., He is afflicted with fever., He was afflicted at your failure., I blush for her., I blush at her misconduct., What is the cause / reason / occasion /, ground of this delay ?, Is there any cause / reason / occasion /, ground for this delay ?, This is the subject of inquiry., This is a subject for inquiry., He is disqualified from competing., He is disqualified for the post., He is liable for damages., He is liable to a fine., I concur with you., I concur in your decision., The statesman deals with politics., The shopkeeper deals in stationery., He lent money at high interest., He lent money on safe security., , We are responsible to God., We are responsible for our actions., I charge my failure to / upon you., I charge you with my failure., His face is familiar to me., I am familiar with his face., Let us now proceed to business., Let us now proceed with the business., He is the slave / victim of his passions., He is a slave / victim to his passions., He is possessed of property., He is possessed with an idea., I differ with you on this issue., I differ from you in temperament., Compare a town with a city. (similar things), Compare anger to madness. (dissimilar, things), Many Hindus were converted to Buddhism., His sorrow was converted into joy., I am tired of sitting idle., I am tired with double duty., What is the use of discussing ?, There is no use in discussing., I have no use for this., He made war upon luxury., He made war with superstitions., This behaviour was not expected from you., It is not expected of us to solve this problem., He has done his duty by his parents., He has done his duty in this matter., You will think of me when I am not here., Think over / on my proposal carefully., He is destined for business., He is destined to misery., I am disappointed in you., He was disappointed of success., He demanded vengeance upon you., He demanded vengeance for your deed., God will provide for our needs., We must provide against the rainy day., Communicate with him on this issue., Communicate this to him.
Page 102 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 94 | L.W.C.E., I am not concerned in the business., I am much concerned at your losses., I except you from this responsibility., I take exception to your language., He parted from his family., He parted with his property., I am reconciled with my brother., I am reconciled to my fate., This discovery was credited to Newton., Newton was credited with this discovery., , Different Forms of Words followed, by Different Prepositions, I sympathise with you., I feel much sympathy for you., I solicited him for his help., I am solicitous of his help., He is descended from King Arthur., He is a descendant of King Arthur., I am regardful of his interests., I have regard for his interest., He is fond of colourful dresses., He has fondness for colourful dresses., Pursuant to my wishes., In pursuance of my wishes., According to your directions., In accordance with your directions., I am satisfied with your progress., I feel great satisfaction in / at your success., He is on leave preparatory to retirement., He has made all preparations for retirement., He is proud of his position., He takes pride in his position., I am hopeful of success., I hope for success., I am delighted with him., I take delight in him., I am ashamed of him., I feel shame at his conduct., I am going in search of him., I am going to search for him., I have a dislike to him., , I have a liking for him., I am sensible of pain., I am insensible to pain., He is equal to me., He is co-equal with me., He is qualified to compete., He is disqualified from competing., He encouraged me to go forward., He discouraged me from going forward., I have trust in you., I have distrust of you., This is contrary to that., This is contrasted with that., This is subsequent to his application., This is consequent upon his application., She is different from you., She is indifferent to you., He is neglectful of his studies., He is negligent in his studies., , Revision Exercise I, Fill in the blanks with appropriate prepositions :, 1. The river flows …… the bridge., 2. The work was done …… haste., 3. I am fond …… reading novels., 4. He died …… his country., 5. The house was destroyed …… fire., 6. What is that …… me ?, 7. He has not met me …… Sunday last., 8. I have known him …… a long time., 9. This is a matter …… little interest to me., 10. I am tired …… sitting idle., 11. I shall do it …… pleasure., 12. I sold it …… ten rupees., 13. It is five O’clock …… my watch., 14. Do not cry …… spilt milk., 15. The public are cautioned …… pickpockets., 16. The tiger was killed …… the hunter ……, the sword., 17. He does not go to office……10 O’clock.
Page 103 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 95, 18. He travelled ten miles …… two hours., 19. He started …… seven …… the morning., 20. He was born …… a small village ……, Rajasthan., Hints—(1) under; (2) in; (3) of; (4) for; (5) by; (6), to; (7) since; (8) for; (9) of; (10) of; (11), with; (12) for; (13) by; (14) over; (15), against; (16) by the hunter with the sword;, (17) before; (18) in; (19) at seven in the, morning; (20) at a small village in Rajasthan., , Revision Exercise II, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with appropriate prepositions :, 1. He quarrelled …… me …… nothing., 2. He readily complied …… my request., 3. He supplies the poor …… food., 4. He is always true …… me., 5. He is involved …… many difficulties., 6. I prefer milk …… tea., 7. I find no exception …… this rule., 8. One has to rely …… one’s own efforts., 9. I inquired …… the servant whether the, office was closed., 10. He insisted …… complaining against, you., 11. You have to conform …… the rules of, the hostel., 12. Smoking is injurious …… health., 13. He is innocent …… of the crime., 14. Do not indulge …… strong drinks., 15. I am very grateful …… you., 16. He is dependent …… his uncle., 17. He is deficient …… calculations., 18. He is indifferent even …… his children., 19. He is very proficient …… grammar., 20. Are you not ashamed …… your conduct?, 21. He is completely devoid …… the sense, of mercy., 22. He has a passion …… natural beauty., 23. I can never prove false …… you., 24. He comes …… a rich family., 25. Your views don’t accord …… mine., , Hints—(1) with me for nothing; (2) with; (3), with; (4) to; (5) in; (6) to; (7) to; (8) on;, (9) of; (10) on; (11) to ; (12) to; (13) of;, (14) in; (15) to; (16) on; (17) in; (18) to;, (19) in; (20) of; (21) of; (22) for; (23) to;, (24) of; (25) with., , Revision Exercise III, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with appropriate prepositions :, 1. Our path is beset …… difficulties., 2. Morning walk is beneficial …… health., 3. He is not eligible …… the post., 4. Foreigners are debarred …… appearing, at this test., 5. This rule is not applicable …… the present case., 6. Parents should not connive …… their, children’s follies., 7. Public men should not be sensitive ……, criticism., 8. He is addicted …… drinking., 9. Why are you so angry …… me ?, 10. His plans are adverse …… my career., 11. They scoffed …… my suggestion., 12. He has been reverted …… his former, post., 13. I shall restore the property …… its rightful owner., 14. He will impart the secret of his trade only, …… his son., 15. He could not prevail …… me to revise, my plans., 16. Do not confide your secrets …… anyone., 17. He is absolutely ignorant …… the whole, affair., 18. He is weak …… Chemistry., 19. He was rewarded for rescuing a child, …… danger., 20. Reward is the most important incentive, …… hard labour., 21. Industry and sincerity are indispensable, …… success., 22. He is too miserly to part …… his money., 23. I am sick …… the whole development., 24. The battle resulted …… the victory for, India., 25. One should be sure …… what one plans, to do.
Page 104 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 96 | L.W.C.E., Hints—(1) with; (2) to; (3) for; (4) from; (5) to;, (6) at; (7) to; (8) to; (9) with; (10) to; (11), at; (12) to; (13) to; (14) to; (15) upon; (16), to; (17) of; (18) in; (19) from; (20) to; (21), to; (22) with; (23) of; (24) in; (25) of., , Revision Exercise IV, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with appropriate prepositions :, 1. I shall act …… your advice., 2. My grandmother is equally affectionate, …… all., 3. He has great ambition …… fame., 4. He is highly ambitious …… fame., 5. He is not capable …… doing this work., 6. I have no confidence …… you., 7. He is fully confident …… his success., 8. He rose equal …… the occasion., 9. I take exception …… your language., 10. Every child is fond …… sweets., 11. He has no liking …… any sport., 12. Don’t be neglectful …… your dress., 13. I always find him negligent …… his, studies., 14. I am prepared …… the worst., 15. Have trust …… God and do your best., 16. He is wanting …… common sense, 17. I shall call …… you tomorrow., 18. I called …… your office yesterday., 19. I always count …… your advice., 20. He deals …… stationery., 21. His appeal for help met …… little, success., 22. He is averse …… my advice., 23. He has a knack …… good painting., 24. I refrained him …… acting in haste., 25. He is intent …… going to hill station., Hints—(1) according to; (2) to; (3) for; (4) of;, (5) of; (6) in; (7) of; (8) to; (9) to; (10), of; (11) for; (12) of; (13) in; (14) for;, (15) in; (16) in; (17) on; (18) at; (19), upon; (20) in; (21) with; (22) to; (23) of;, (24) from; (25) on., , Words Followed By Appropriate, Prepositions, We give below a list of some Nouns, Adjectives, Participles and Verbs which are followed, by some appropriate Prepositions. The use of, wrong prepositions after certain words is a very, common error with English writers and speakers., The student is advised to commit the given list to, memory and to consult it in case of any doubt or, difficulty. The list is adapted from J.C. Nesfield’s, “English Grammar” (Macmillan)., , (a) Nouns Followed By Prepositions, Abhorrence of ingratitude., Ability for or in some work., Abstinence from wine., Abundance of food., Access to a person or place., Accession to the throne., (In) accordance with rule., Accusation of theft., Acquaintance with a person or a thing. But make, the acquaintance of a person., Adherence to a plan or cause., Admission to a society of persons or class or, things., Admission into or to a place., Advance (progress) of learning., Advance (of a person) in knowledge., (To take) advantage of some one’s mistake., (To gain) an advantage over someone., (To have) the advantage of anyone., Affection for a person., Allegiance to a person., Alliance with a person or state., Allusion to something., Ambition for distinction., Amends for some fault., Antidote to some poison., Antidote against infection., Anxiety for anyone’s safety., Apology for some fault., Appetite for food., Application to books., Application for employment., Apprehension of danger.
Page 105 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 97, Approach to (step towards) anything., Aptitude for mathematics., Arrival at a place., Arrival in a country or large town., Arrival in London, Paris, etc., Aspiration after or for fame., Assent to an opinion., Assurance of help., Atonement for sin., Attachment to a person or thing., Attack on a person or place., Attendance on a person., Attendance at a place., Attention to study., Attraction to or towards a thing., Authority over a person., Authority on a subject., Authority for saying or doing., Aversion to or from a person or thing., Bar to success., Bargain with a person., Bargain for a thing., Battle with anyone., Beneficence to the poor., Benevolence towards the poor., Bias towards a thing., Blindness to one's own faults., Candidate for election., Capacity for mathematics., Care for his safety., Care of his books., Cause for anxiety., Cause of trouble., Caution against error., Certainty about a matter., Certificate of good conduct., Cessation from work., Charge of murder (Noun), Charge with murder. (Verb), Claim on or against someone., Cloak for vice., Comment on something said., Commerce with a country., Compact with a person., , Comparison to or with a person or thing., Compassion for a person., Compensation for a loss., Competition with a person., Competition for a thing., Complaint against a person., Complaint about a thing., Compliance with a request., Complicity in a crime., Concession to a demand., Concurrence with a person., Concurrence in a proposal., Condemnation to death., Condolence with a person., Confidence in a person., Conformity with anyone's views., Conformity to rule., Connection with a person or thing., Consciousness of guilt., Consideration for a person., Consideration of a thing., Contact with something., (A) contemporary of some person., Contempt for a person or thing., (A) contrast to a person or thing., (In) contrast with a person or thing., Contribution to a fund., Contribution towards some project., Control over a person or thing., Controversy with a person., Controversy on or about something., Conversation with a person., Conviction of guilt., Co-partner with a person., Co-partner in something., Copy from nature., Correspondence with a person., Correspondence to a thing., Craving for anything., Decision on some case., Delight in a person or thing., Deliverance from a danger., Dependence on a person or thing., Descent from ancestors.
Page 106 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 98 | L.W.C.E., Desire for wealth., Deviation from rule., Digression from a subject., Disagreement with a person., Discouragement of a person., (A) discouragement to a person., Disgrace to a person., Disgust at meanness., Dislike of or for a person or thing., Dissent from a proposal., Distaste for mathematics., Distrust of a person or thing., Dominion over sea and land., Doubt of or about a thing., Drawback to success., Duty to a person., Eagerness for distinction., Economy of time., Eminence in painting., Encroachment on one's rights., Endeavour after happiness., Endurance of pain., Engagement in a business., Engagement with a person., Engagement (to marry) to., Enmity for or with a person., Entrance into a place., Envy at (or of) another's success., Equality with a person., Escape from punishment., Esteem for a person., Estrangement from a person., Evasion of a rule., Exception to a rule., (Make) an exception of some person or thing., Excuse for a fault., Exemption from a penalty., Experience of a thing., Experience in doing something., Exposure to danger., Failure of a plan., Failure of a person in something., Faith in a person or thing., Familiarity with a person or thing., , Fine for an offence., Fitness for some position., Fondness for anything., Freedom from care., Freedom of action., (Has) a genius for mathematics., (Is) a genius in mathematics., Glance at a person or thing., Glance over a wide surface., Gratitude for a thing., Gratitude to a person., Greediness for a thing., Grief at an event., Grief for a person., Guarantee for or of a man's honesty., Guess at the truth., Harmony with anything., Hatred of or for a person., Hatred of a thing., Heir to some property., Heir of some person., Hindrance to anything., Hint at some reward., Hope of better luck. (Noun), Hope for better luck. (Verb), Hostility to a person or cause., Identity with a person or thing., Immersion in water., Impediment to progress., Imputation of guilt., Imputation against someone., Incentive to industry., Inclination for or to study, Independence of help., Indifference to heat or cold., Indulgence in wine., Indulgence to a person., Inference from facts., Infliction of punishment., Influence over or with a person., Influence on anyone's actions., Inkling of a secret., Inquiry into circumstances., Insight into a man's character.
Page 107 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 99, Instruction in music., Intercourse with a person., Interest in a subject., Interest (influence) with a person., Interference in or with a man's affairs., Interview with a person., Intimacy with a person., Intrusion into a man's house., Invitation to a dinner., Irruption into a country., Irruption by invaders., Jest at a man's bad luck., Joy in his good luck., Judge of a matter., Jurisdiction over a province., Jurisdiction in a lawsuit., Justification of or for crime., Key to a mystery., Laxity in morals., Lecture on a subject., Leisure for amusement., Leniency to prisoners., Liability to an illness., Libel on a person., Libel against his character., Likeness to a person or thing., Liking for a person or thing., Limit to a man's zeal., Longing for or after a thing., Look at a thing., Lust for money., Malice against a person., Margin for losses., Martyr for a certain cause., Match for a person., Menace to public health., Motive for action., Necessity for anything., Necessity of the case., Need for assistance., (In) need of assistance., Neglect of duty., Neglect in doing a thing., Nerve for riding., , Nomination of a person., Nomination to a post., Obedience to orders, parents, etc., Objection to a proposal., Obligation to a person., Obstruction to traffic., Offence against morality., (Take) offence at something done., Operation on a person or thing., Opportunity for action., Opposition to a person., Order for or against doing a thing., Outlook from a window., Outlook on the sea., Partiality for flatterers., Partnership in a thing., Partnership with a person., Passion for gambling., (At) peace with all men., Penance for some fault., Penetration into motives., Penitence for some fault., Perseverance in well-doing., Persistence in an attempt., Piety towards God., Pity for sufferers., Popularity with neighbours., Postscript to a letter., Power over a person., Precaution against infection., Preface to a book., Preference for one thing., Preference to or over another thing., Prejudice against a person., Preparation for action., Pretension to learning., Pretext for interference., Pride in his wealth. (Noun), Prides himself on his wealth. (Verb), Proficiency in mathematics., Profit to the seller., Progress in study., Proof of guilt. (Noun), Proof against temptation. (Adj.)
Page 108 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 100 | L.W.C.E., Proportion of three to one., Protest against proceedings, decision, etc., (In) Pursuance of an object., Qualification for office., Quarrel with another person., Quarrel between two persons., Question on a point., Ratio of one to five., Readiness at figures., Readiness in answering., Readiness for a journey., Reason for a thing., Reason against a thing., Recompense for labour., Reference to a person or thing., Reflections on a man's honesty., Regard for a man's feelings., (In or With) regard to that matter., Regret for something done., Relapse into idleness., Relation of one thing to another., Relation between two things., Relations with a person., Reliance on a man's word., Relish for food., Remedy for or against snakebite., Remonstrance with a person., Remonstrance against his conduct., Remorse for a crime., Repentance for sin., Reply to a letter., Reputation for honesty., Request for a thing., Resemblance to a person or thing., Resignation to fate., Resistance to injustice., Resolution into elements., Resolution on a matter., Respect for a man or his office., (In) respect of some quality., (With) respect (to) a matter., Responsibility to the law., Responsibility for action., Result of a proceeding., , Reverence for age., Revolt against authority., Rival in anything., Rival for a position., Rivalry with a person., Satire on or upon a person, book, etc., Satisfaction for some fault., Search for or after wealth., (In) search of wealth., Shame at or for his fault., Share of a thing., Share with a person., Sin against God., (A) slave to avarice., (The) slave of avarice., Slur on his character., Sneer at good men., Sorrow for his misfortunes., Specific for or against fever., Speculation in bank shares., Stain on one's character., Subjection to the laws., Submission to authority., Subscription to a fund., Subsistence on rice., Succession to an estate., Supplement to a book., Surety for a person., Suspicion of his intentions., Sympathy with or for the poor., Sympathy with a cause or with a person's views., Taste (experience) of hard work., Taste (liking) for hard work., Temperance in diet., Temptation to evil., Testimony to his character., Testimony against his character., Traitor to his country., Trespass against the law., Trust in his honesty., (In) unison with his character., (We have no) use for that., (What is the) use of that ?, (There is no) use in that.
Page 109 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 101, (At) variance with a person., (A) victim to oppression., (The) victim of oppression., Victory over his passions., Want of money., Warrant for his arrest., Witness of or to an event., Wonder at his rudeness., yearning for his home., Zeal for a cause., Zest for enjoyment., , (b) Adjectives and Participles followed, by Prepositions, Abandoned to his fate., Abounding in or with fish., Absorbed in study., Acceptable to a person., Accomplished in an art., Accountable to a person., Accountable for a thing., Accurate in his statistics., Accused of a crime., Accustomed to riding., Acquainted with a person or thing., Acquitted of a charge., Adapted to his tastes., Adapted for an occupation., Addicted to bad habits., Adequate to his wants., Affectionate to a person., Afflicted with rheumatism., Afraid of death., Agreeable to his wishes., Alarmed at a rumour., Alien to his character., Alienated from a friend., Alive to the consequences., Allied to a thing., Allied with a person or country., Amazed at anything., Ambitious of distinction., Angry at a thing., Angry with a person., Annoyed at a thing., , Annoyed with a person for saying or doing something., Answerable to a person., Answerable for his conduct., Anxious for his safety., Anxious about the result., Applicable to a case., Appropriate to an occasion., Ashamed of his dullness., Associated with a person., Associated in some business, Assured of the truth., Astonished at his rudeness., Averse to hard work., Aware of his intentions., Backward in mathematics., Based on sound principles., Bent on doing something., Beset with difficulties., Betrayed to the enemy., Betrayed into the enemy's hands., Blessed with good health., Blessed in his children., Blind to his own faults., Blind in one eye., Boastful of his wealth., Born of rich parents., Born in England., Bought of a person., Bound in honour., Bound by a contract., (Ship) bound for England., Busy with or at his lessons., Capable of improvement., Careful of his money., Careful about his dress., Cautious of giving advice., Certain of success., Characterised by a thing., Characteristic of a person., Charged to his account., Charged (loaded) with a bullet., Charged with (accused of) a crime., Clear of blame., Close to a person or thing.
Page 110 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 102 | L.W.C.E., Clothed in purple., Committed to a course of action., Common to several persons or things., Comparable to something else., Competent for certain work., Composed of a material., Concerned at or about some mishap., Concerned for a person's welfare., Concerned in some business., Condemned to death., Conducive to success., Confident of success., Congenial to one's tastes., Congratulated on his success., Conscious of a fault., Consistent with the facts., Conspicuous for honesty., Contemporary with a person or event., Contented with a little., Contrary to rule., Contrasted with something else., Conversant with persons or things., Convicted of a crime., Convinced of a fact., Correct in a statement., Coupled with something else., Covetous of other men's goods., Creditable to his judgment., Cured of a disease., Customary for a person., Deaf to entreaties., Defeated in battle., Defective in point of style., Deficient in energy., Delighted with success., Dependent on a person or thing., Deprived of some good thing., Deserving of praise., Designed for a purpose., Desirous of success., Despairing of success., Destined for the bad., Destitute of money., Determined on doing a thing., , Detrimental to health., Devoid of foundation., Different from something else., Diffident of success., Diligent in business., Disappointed of a thing not obtained., Disappointed in a thing obtained., Disappointed with a person or thing., Disgusted with a thing., Disgusted at or with a person., Dismayed at a result., Displeased with a person., Disqualified for a post., Disqualified from competing., Distinct from something else., Distracted with pain., Distrustful of a man's motives., Divested of office., Doubtful or dubious of success., Due to some cause., Dull of understanding., Eager for distinction., Eager in the pursuit of knowledge., Earnest in his endeavours., Easy of access., Educated in the law., Educated for the bar., Effective for a purpose., Eligible for employment., Eminent for his learning., Employed in gardening., Empty of its contents., Endeared to all men., Endowed with natural ability., Engaged to some person., Engaged in some business., Engraved on the memory., Enraged at something done., Entangled in a plot., Entitled to a hearing., Enveloped in mist., Envious of another's success., Equal to the occasion., Essential to happiness.
Page 111 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 103, Exclusive of certain items., Exempted or exempt from a fine., Exhausted with labour., Exonerated from blame., Exposed to danger., Expressive of his feelings., Faithful to a master., False of heart., False to his friends., Familiar with a language., Familiar (well known) to a person., Famous for his learning., Fascinated with or by a person or thing., Fatal to his prospects., Fatigued with travelling., Favourable to his prospects., Favourable for action., Fearful of consequences., Fertile in resources., Fit for a position., Flushed with victory., Foiled in an attempt., Fond of music., Foreign to the purpose., Founded on fact., Fraught with danger., Free from blame., Fruitless of results., Full of persons or things., Gifted with abilities., Glad of his assistance., Glad at a result., Good for nothing., Good at cricket., Grateful for past kindness., Greedy of or after or for riches., Guilty of theft., Healed of a disease., Heedless of consequences., Held in high esteem., Honest in his dealings., Honoured with your friendship., Hopeful of success., Horrified at the sight., , Hostile to my endeavours., Hungry after or for wealth., Hurtful to health., Identical with anything., Ignorant of English., Ill with fever., Imbued with confidence., Immaterial to the point., Immersed in water., Impatient of reproof., Impatient at an event., Impatient for results., Imperative on a person., Impertinent to his master., Implicated in a crime., Inclined to laziness., Inclusive of extras., Incumbent on a person., Indebted to a person., Indebted for some kindness., Indebted in a large sum., Independent of his parents., Indifferent to heat or cold., Indignant at something done., Indignant with a person., Indispensable to success., Indulgent to his children., Infatuated with a person., Infected with smallpox., Infested with rats., Inflicted on a person., Informed of a fact., Inherent in his disposition., Inimical to a person., Innocent of a charge., Insensible to shame., Inspired with hope., Intent on his studies., Interested in a person or thing., Intimate with a person., Introduced to a person., Introduced into a place., Invested with full powers., Invested in stocks and shares.
Page 112 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 104 | L.W.C.E., Involved in difficulties., Irrelevant to the question., Irrespective of consequences., Jealous of his reputation., Lame in one leg., Lavish of money., Lavish in his expenditure., Lax in his morals., Level with the ground., Liable to error., Liable for payment., Liberal of his advice., Limited to a certain area., Lost to all sense of shame., Loyal to the government., Mad with disappointment., Made for a teacher., Made of iron., Meet for a rich man., Mindful of his promise., Mistaken for a traveller., Mistaken in a belief., Moved to tears., Moved with pity., Moved at the sight., Moved by entreaties., Natural to a person., Necessary to happiness., Neglectful of his interests., Negligent of duty., Negligent in his work., Notorious for his misdeeds., Obedient to parents., Obligatory on a person., Obliged to a person., Obliged for some kindness., Obstinate in his resistance., Occupied with some work., Occupied in reading a book., Offended with a person., Offended at something done., Offensive to a person., Open to flattery., Opposed to facts., , Overcome with sorrow., Overwhelmed with grief., Painful to one's feelings., Parallel to or with anything., Partial to the youngest son., Patient to suffering., Peculiar to a person or thing., Polite in manners., Polite to strangers., Poor in spirit., Popular with schoolfellows., Popular for his pluck., Possessed of wealth., Possessed with a notion., Precious to a person., Pre-eminent above the rest., Pre-eminent in cleverness., Preferable to something else., Prejudicial to his interests., Preliminary to an inquiry., Prepared for the worst., (A) preventive of fever (noun), Previous to some event., Productive of wealth., Proficient in mathematics., Profitable to an investor., Profuse with his money., Profuse in his offers., Prone to idleness., Proper for or to the occasion., Proud of his position., Pursuant to an inquiry., Qualified for teaching music., Quick of understanding., Quick at mathematics., Radiant with smiles., Ready for action., Ready in his answers., Reconciled to a position., Reconciled with an opponent., Reduced to poverty., Regardless of conseqences., Related to a person., Relative to a question.
Page 113 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 105, Relevant to the point., Remiss in his duties., Remote from one's intentions., Repentant of his sin., Repugnant to his wishes., Repulsive to his feelings., Requisite to happiness., Requisite for a purpose., Resolved into its elements., Resolved on doing a thing., Respectful to or towards one's superiors., Responsible to a person., Responsible for his actions., Restricted in means, ability, etc., Restricted to certain persons., Revenged on a person for doing something., Rich in house property., Rid of trouble., Sacred to a man's memory., Sanguine of success., Satisfactory to a person., Satisfied with his income., Secure from harm., Secure against an attack., Sensible of kindness., Sensitive to blame., Serviceable to a person., Shocked at your behaviour., Shocking to everyone., Short of money., Silent about or on a subject., Similar to a person or thing., Skilful in doing a thing., Slow of speech., Slow in making up his mind., Slow at accounts., Solicitous for your safety., Sorry for someone., Sorry about an occurrence., Sparing of praise., Stained with crimes., Startled at a sight., Steeped in vice., Strange to a person., , Strange in appearance., Subject to authority., Subordinate to a person., Subsequent to another event., Sufficient for a purpose., Suitable to or for the occasion., Suited to the occasion., Suited for a post., Sure of success., Suspicious of his intentions., Sympathetic with sufferers., Tantamount to a falsehood., Temperate in his habits., Thankful for past favours., Tired of doing nothing., Tired with his exertions., Transported with joy., True to his convictions., Uneasy about consequences., Useful for a certain purpose., Vain of his appearance., Veiled in mystery., Versed in a subject., Vested in a person., Vexed with a person for doing something., Vexed at or about a thing., Victorious over difficulties., Void of meaning., Wanting in common sense., Wary of telling secrets., Weak of understanding., Weak in his head., Weary of doing nothing., Welcome to my house., Worthy of praise., Zealous for improvement., Zealous in a cause., , (c) Verbs Followed By Prepositions, Abide by a promise., Abound in or with fish., Absolve of or from a charge., Abstain from wine., Accede to a request., Accord with a thing.
Page 114 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 106 | L.W.C.E., Account for a fact., Accrue to a person., Accuse of some misdeed., Acquiesce in a decision., Acquit of blame., Adapt to circumstances., Adhere to a plan., Admit of an excuse., Admit to or into secret., Admonish of or for a fault., Agree to a proposal., Agree with a person., Aim at a mark., Alight from a carriage., Alight on the ground., Allot to a person., Allow of delay., Allude to a fact., Alternate with something else., Anchor off the shore., Answer to a person., Answer for conduct., Apologise to a person., Apologise for rudeness., Appeal to a person., Appeal for redress or help., Appeal against a sentence., Apply to a person for a thing., Appoint to a situation., Apprise of a fact., Approve of an action., Arbitrate between two persons., Argue with a person for or against a point., Arrive at a small place., Arrive in a country or a large city, e.g., Arrive in, London., Ascribe to a cause., Ask for a thing., Ask of or from a person., Aspire after or to worldly greatness., Assent to your terms., Associate with a person or thing., Assure a person of a fact., Atone for a fault., , Attain to a high place., Attend to a speaker., Attend on a person., Attribute to a cause., Avail oneself of an offer., Avenge oneself on a person., Bark at a person or thing., Bask in sunshine., Bear with someone's faults., Beat against the rocks (the waves)., Beat on one's head., Become of you (what will) ?, Beg pardon of a person., Beg a person to do a thing., Beg for something from someone., Begin with the first., Believe in one's honesty., Belong to a person., Bequeath a thing to a person., Bestow a thing on a person., Bethink oneself of something., Beware of the dog., Blame a person for something., Blush at an embarrassing remark., Blush for anyone who is at fault., Boast or brag of one's cleverness., Border on a place., Borrow of or from a person., Break into a house (thieves)., Break oneself of a habit., Break through restraint., Break bad news to a person., Break (sever relations) with a person., Bring a thing to light., Bring to one's notice., Brood over past grievances., Burst into tears., Buy a thing from person or shop., Calculate on success., Call on a person (visit him at his house or summon to do something)., Call to (shout to) a person., Call for (require) punishment., Canvass for votes.
Page 115 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 107, Care for (value, love, or attend upon) a person or, thing., Caution a person against danger., Cease from quarrelling., Challenge a person to combat., Charge a person with a crime., Charge payment to a person., Charge a person for goods supplied., Charge goods to a person's account., Cheat a person of his due., Clamour for higher wages., Clash with another (of colours)., Clear a person of blame., Cling to a person or thing., Close with (accept) an offer., Combat with difficulties., Come across (accidentally meet) anyone., Come into fashion., Come by (obtain) a thing., Come of (result from) something., Come to (amount to) forty., Commence with a thing., Comment on a matter., Communicate something to a person., Communicate with a person on a subject., Compare similars with similars—as one fruit with, another., Compare things dissimilar, by way of illustration, — as genius to a lightning flash., Compensate a person for his loss., Compete with a person for a prize., Complain of some annoyance to a person., Complain against a person., Comply with one's wishes., Conceal facts from anyone., Concur with a person., Concur in an opinion., Condemn a person to death for murder., Condole with a person., Conduce to happiness., Confer (Trans.) a thing on anyone., Confer (Intrans.) with a person about something., Confide (Trans.) a secret to anyone., Confide (Intrans.) in a person., Conform to (follow) a rule., , Conform with one's views., Confront a person with his accusers., Congratulate a person on his success., Connive at other men's misdeeds., Consent to some proposal., Consign to destruction., Consist of materials., Consist in (be comprising in), e.g., ‘Virtue consists in being uncomfortable.’, Consult with a person on or about some matter., Contend with or against a person., Contend for or about a thing., Contribute to a fund., Converge to a point., Converse with a person about a thing., Convict a person of a crime., Convince a person of a fact., Cope with a person or task., Correspond with a person (write)., Correspond to something (agree)., Count on a person or thing (rely on) e.g., I count, on you to see this done., Crave for or after happiness., Crow over a defeated rival., Cure a man of a disease., Cut a thing in or into pieces, Cut a thing in half., Dabble in politics., Dash against anything., Dash over anything., Dawn on a person., Deal well or ill by a person, Deal in (trade in) cloth, tea, spices, etc., Deal with a person (have dealings in trade etc.)., Deal with a subject (write or speak about it)., Debar from doing anything., Debit with a sum of money., Decide on something., Decide against something., Declare for something., Declare against something., Defend a person from harm., Defraud a person of his due., Deliberate on a matter., Delight in music.
Page 116 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 108 | L.W.C.E., Deliver from some evil., Demand a thing of a person., Depend on a person or thing., Deprive a person of a thing., Desist from an attempt., Despair of success., Deter a person from an action., Determine on doing something., Detract from one's reputation., Deviate from a certain course., Die of a disease., Die from some cause, as overwork., Die by violence., Differ with a porson on a subject., Differ from anything (to be unlike)., Digress from the point., Dip into a book., Disable one from doing something., Disagree with a person., Disapprove of anything., Dispense with a man's services., Dispose of (sell) property., Dispute with a person about anything., Dissent from an opinion., Dissuade from an action., Distinguish one thing from another., Distinguish between two things., Divert a person from a purpose., Divest one's mind of fear., Divide in half, into four parts., Dote upon a person or thing., Draw for money on a bank., Draw money from a bank., Dream of strange things., Drive at some point., Drop off a tree., Drop out of the ranks., Dwell on a subject., Eat into iron., Elicit from a person., Emerge from the forest., Encroach on one's authority., Endorse with a signature., Endow a hospital money., , Enjoin on a person., Enlarge on a subject., Enlist in the army., Enlist a person in some project., Enter upon a career., Enter into one’s plans., Entitle anyone to an estate., Entrust anyone with a thing., Entrust a thing to anyone., Err on the side of leniency., Escape from jail., Exact payment from a person., Excel in languages., Exchange one thing for another., Exchange with a person., Excuse (pardon) for something., Exempt a person from a rule., Exonerate a person from blame., Explain to a person., Exult in a victory over a rival., Fail in an attempt., Fail of a purpose., Fall among thieves., Fall in love with a person., Fall in with one's views., Fall into error., Fall on the enemy (attack)., Fall under someone's pleasure., Fall upon evil days., Fawn on a person., Feed (Intrans.) on grass., Feed (Trans) a cow with grass, or grass to a cow., Feel for a person in his trouble., Fight for the weak against the strong., Fight with or against a person., Fill with anything., Fire on or at the enemy., Fish for compliments., Flirt with a person., Fly at (attack) anyone., Fly into a rage., Free of or from anything., Furnish a person with a thing., Furnish a thing to a person.
Page 117 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 109, Gain on someone in a race., Get at (find out) the facts., Get away from (escape)., Get on with a person (live or work smoothly, with him)., Get out of debt., Get over (recover from) an illness., Get to a journey's end., Glance at an object., Glance over a letter., Glory in success., Grapple with difficulties., Grasp at (try to seize) something., Grieve at or for or about an event., Grieve for a person., Grow upon one = (a habit grows upon one)., Grumble at one's lot., Guard against a bad habit., Guess at something., Hanker after riches., Happen to a person., Heal of a disease., Hear of an event., Hesitate at nothing., Hide a thing from a person., Hinder one from doing something., Hinge on (depend on) some event., Hint at an intention., Hope for something., Hover over a nest., Hunt after or for anything., Identify one person or thing with another., Impart a thing to a person., Import goods into a country., Import things from a country., Impose on (deceive) a person., Impress an idea on a person., Impress a person with an idea., Impute blame to a person., Incite a person to some action., Infer one fact from another., Inflict punishment on a person., Inform a person of a thing., Inform against a person., Infuse an ingredient into some mixture., , Initiate a man into an office or society., Inquire into a matter., Inquire of a person about or concerning some, matter., Insist on a point., Inspire a man with courage., Instil a thing into the mind., Intercede with a superior for someone else., Interfere with a person in some matter., Intermingle one thing with another., Intersect with each other., Introduce a person to someone., Introduce into a place or society., Intrude on one's leisure., Intrude into one's house., Invest money in some project., Invest a person with authority., Invite a person to dinner., Involve a person in debt., Issue from some source., Issue in a result., Jar against an object., Jar on one's nerves., Jeer at a person., Jest at (make fun of) a person., Join in a game., Join one thing to another., Judge of something by something., Jump at (eagerly accept) an offer., Jump to a conclusion., Keep back (hold back) a secret., Keep (abstain) from wine., Keep off the grass., Keep to (adhere to) a point., Keep under (hold in subjection)., Keep up (prevent from sinking) prices., Knock one's head against a wall., Knock at a door., Know of (be aware of) a person., Labour under a misapprehension., Labour for the public good., Labour in a good cause., Labour at some task., Lament for the dead.
Page 118 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 110 | L.W.C.E., Languish for home., Lapse into disuse., Laugh at a person or thing., Laugh to scorn., Lay by (save money, etc.) for future needs., Lay down one's arms (surrender)., Lay facts before a person., Lead to Calcutta (a road)., Lean against a wall., Lean on a staff., Lean to a certain opinion., Level a city with the ground., Lie in one's power., Light on a person or object., Listen to complaints., Live for riches or fame., Live by honest labour., Live on a small income., Live within one's means., Long for anything., Look after (take care of) a person or business., Look at a person or thing., Look into (closely examine) a matter., Look for (search for) something lost., Look over (inspect one by one) an account., Look through (glance through) a book., Look to (be careful about) your movement., Look up a reference., Make away with (kill) a person., Make for (conduce to) happiness., Make for (proceed in the direction of) home, the, shore. etc., Make off (run away) with stolen goods., Make up (supply) deficiency., Make up (compensate), as ‘make up for lost time’;, ‘We must make it up to (compensate) him somehow.’, Make up (invent) a story., Make some meaning of a thing., Marry one person to another., Marvel at some sight or report., Match one thing with another., Meddle with other people's business., Meditate on some subject., Meet with a rebuff., , Merge into or with anything., Mourn for the dead., Murmur at or against anything., Muse upon the beauties of nature., Object to some proposal., Occur to one's mind., Offend against good taste., Officiate for someone in a post., Operate on a patient., Originate in a thing or place., Originate with a person., Overwhelm with kindness., Part with a person or thing., Partake of some food., Participate with a person in his gains., Pass away (die, come to an end)., Pass by someone's house., Pass from one thing into another., Pass for a clever man., Pass on (hand round, transfer), as ‘Read this and, pass it on.’, Pass over (make no remark upon) his subsequent, conduct., Pay (suffer) for one's folly., Perish by the sword., Perish with cold., Persevere in an effort., Persist in doing something., Pine for something lost., Play on or upon the guitar., Play (trick, joke, prank) on a person., Play (trifle with, treat lightly) with one's health., Plot against a man., Plunge into a river, work, etc., Point at a person., Point to some result., Ponder on or over a subject., Possess oneself of an estate., Pounce on or upon a person or thing., Pray to God for guidance., Prefer one thing to another., Prejudice anyone against some person or thing., Prepare for the worst., Prepare against disaster., Present anyone with a book.
Page 119 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PREPOSITIONS | 111, Preserve from harm., Preside at a meeting., Preside over a meeting., Prevail on (persuade) a person to do something., Prevail against or over an adversary., Prevail with a person (have more influence than, anything else)., Prevent from going., Prey upon one's health (or mind)., Pride oneself on a thing., Proceed with a business already begun., Proceed to a business not yet begun., Proceed from one point to another., Proceed against (prosecute) a person., Prohibit from doing something., Protect from harm., Protest against injustice., Provide for one's children., Provide against a rainy day., Provide oneself with something., Provoke one to anger., Pry into a secret., Punish anyone for a fault., Purge the mind of false notions., Quake with fear., Qualify oneself for a post., Quarrel with someone over or about something., Quote something from an author., Reason with a person about something., Rebel against authority., Reckon on (confidently expect) something., Reckon with (settle accounts with) a person., Recompense one for some service., Reconcile to a loss., Reconciled with an enemy., Recover from an illness., Refer to a subject., Reflect credit on a person., Reflect (Intrans.) on a man's conduct., Refrain from tears., Rejoice at the success of another., Rejoice in one's own success., Relieve one of a task., Rely on a person or thing., Remind a person of a thing., , Remonstrate with a person against some proceeding., Render (translate) into English., Repent of imprudence., Repose (Intrans.) on a bed., Repose confidence in a person., Reprimand a person for a fault., Require something of someone., Resolve on a course of action., Rest on a couch., (It) rests with a person to do, etc., Result from a cause., Result in a consequence., Retaliate on an enemy., Revenge myself of someone for some injury., Revolt against government., Reward a man with something for some services, done., Ride at anchor., Rob a person of something., Rule over a country., Run after (eagerly follow) new fashions., Run into debt., Run over (read rapidly) an account., Run through one's money., Save a person or thing from harm., Scoff at religion., Search for something lost., Search into (carefully examine) a matter., See about (consider) a matter., See into (investigate) a matter., See through (understand) his meaning., See to (attend to) a matter., Seek after or for happiness., Send for a doctor., Sentence a man to imprisonment (or death)., Set about (begin working at) a task., Set down (put in writting) your terms., Set forth (begin journey or expedition)., Set in, as ‘A reaction set in’, Set out (begin journey)., Set a person over (in charge of) a business., Set upon (attack) a traveller., Show a person over a house into a room., Shudder at cruelty.
Page 120 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 112 | L.W.C.E., Side with a person in a dispute., Smile at (deride) a person's threats., Smile on (favour) a person., Snatch at (try to seize) a thing., Speak of a subject (briefly)., Speak on a subject (at great length)., Speculate in shares., Speculate on a possible future., Stand against (resist) an enemy., Stand by (support) a friend., Stand on one's dignity., Stand up for (defend) something or someone., Stare at a person., Stare a person in the face., Start for Calcutta., Stick at nothing., Stick to his point., Stoop to meanness., Strike at (aim a blow at) someone., Strike for higher pay., Strike on a rock (of a ship)., Strike up (begin playing)., Struggle against difficulties., Subject a person to censure., Submit to authority., Subscribe to a fund or a doctrine., Subsist on scanty food., Succeed to a property., Succeed in an undertaking., Succumb to difficulties., Sue for peace., Supply a thing to a person., Supply a person with a thing., Surrender to the enemy., Sympathise with a person in his troubles., Take after (resemble) his father., Take a person for a spy., Take off (of an aeroplane leaving the ground)., Take to (acquire the habit of) gambling., Take upon oneself to do a thing., Talk of or about an event., Talk over (discuss) a matter, Talk to or with a person., , Tamper with statistics., Taste of salt., Tell of or about an event., Testify to a fact., Think of or about anything., Think over (consider) a matter., Threaten anyone with a lawsuit., Throw a stone at anyone., Tide over losses., Touch at Gibraltar (ships)., Touch upon (briefly allude to) a subject., Tower over everyone else., Trade with a country in oranges., Tremble with fear at a lion., Trespass against rules., Trespass on a person's time or land., Trifle with anyone's feelings., Triumph over obstacles., Trust in a person., Trust to someone's honesty., Trust someone with money. (Trans.), Turn verse into prose., Turn to a friend for help., Turn upon (hinge on) evidence., Upbraid a person with ingratitude., Urge a fact on one's attention., Venture upon an undertaking., Vie with another (person)., Vote for (in favour of) anything., Vote against a thing., Wait at table., Wait for a person or thing., Wait on (attend) a person., Warn a person of danger or consequences., Warn a person against a person or thing or doing., Wink at one's faults., Wish for anything., Work at mathematics., Work for small pay., Worm oneself into another man's confidence., Wrestle with an adversary., Yearn for affection., Yield to persuasion.
Page 121 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 9, , Conjunctions, , Conjunctions join two words or sentences., They have no other function except joining., Some Relative Adjectives, Relative Adverbs and, Prepositions also do the function of joining, but, they are not called conjunctions because besides, joining they perform the functions of Adjectives,, Adverbs and Prepositions also. Conjunctions only, join and perform no other function., The following are the Rules of their correct, use—, , Correlative Conjunctions, Rule 1— Correlative Conjunctions, Some conjunctions, called Correlative Conjunctions, are used in pairs only. Their use is, correct only in pairs, not otherwise. The more, popular pairs are these—, Either, Neither, Both, Though / Although, Whether, Not only, Lest, No sooner, Scarcely / hardly, As much, , or, nor, and, yet, or, but also, should, than, when, as, , As—, 1. I shall either read or write a story., 2. He is neither strong nor courageous., 3. Both Mohan and Ram have passed., 4. Though he is poor yet he is honest., 5. I will go whether he comes or not., 6. He will not only encourage you but also, help you., 7. Work hard lest you should fail., , 8., , No sooner had he reached the station, than the train started., 9. It was hardly / scarcely ten O’clock, when I called on him., 10. He is as much greedy as miserable., Rule 2—Position of Correlative Conjunctions, The above noted Correlative Conjunctions, are not only used in pairs but the position of, their use in a sentence is also governed by, some rules. The basic rule of their use is that, one part of the Pair is used in one part of the, sentence and the other part of the pair in the, other part of the sentence. Further, if the first, part of the pair is used before a Noun, the, second part should also be used before a, N o u n , not before a Verb, Adjective or, Adverb. Likewise, if the first part is used, before a Verb, Adjective or Adverb, the, second part should also be used accordingly., It is a very important rule. Errors are often, committed in their correct application., Sometimes even great authors commit errors, in their application. For example, see this, sentence—, “He gave me not only food but also, shelter.” In this sentence the use of not only, and but also is correct because in the first part, of the sentence not only is used before the, Noun food, and but also is used in the second, part of the sentence before the Noun shelter., The above sentence would be wrong if we, write it as follows—, “He not only gave me food but also, shelter.” The error in this sentence is that not, only is used before a V e r b and but also, before a Noun., , Exercise, Correct the use of connectives in the following sentences :, 1. He either is a fool or a knave.
Page 122 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 114 | L.W.C.E., 2., 3., 4., 5., , He neither knows English nor French., He can write both in Hindi and English., He is though old yet he is very active., I do not know he will whether help or, harm you., 6. He is my friend not only but also my, benefactor., 7. He drove very fast lest should miss the, train., 8. No sooner did I enter the room than saw I, a thief jumping out., 9. I had hardly opened my eyes when did he, break the news to me., 10. He is as much honest as is he industrious., Hints—(1) is either a fool or …… ; (2) neither, English nor French: (3) write in both, Hindi and English; (4) though old yet, very active; (5) whether he will help or, harm you; (6) not only my friend but also, …… ; (7) lest he should miss …… ; (8), than I saw a thief …… ; (9) when he, broke the news …… ; (10) as much, honest as industrious., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Either you help me otherwise I shall fail., 2. He had scarcely finished his work then he, was called away., 3. No sooner did I hear the bell when I set, out., 4. Start at once lest you may miss the train., 5. He is not only a coward but even a fool., 6. Neither you pay or return my goods., 7. You must come whether I write to you but, not., 8. I had hardly opened my eyes then I saw, him standing before me., 9. He had hardly heard the news then he, wept aloud., 10. No sooner had he reached the station, when the train started., 11. He was not only insulted and also deceived., 12. He is neither honest or industrious., 13. Either you return my books neither pay, their cost., 14. He is both a knave but a scoundrel., , 15. Although he labours very hard but he fails, every time., 16. Though he is not my friend but even then, I can trust him., Hints—(1) or I shall fail; (2) when he was called, away; (3) than I set out; (4) you should, miss the train; (5) but also a fool; (6) nor, return my goods; (7) or not; (8) when I, saw him …… ; (9) when he wept aloud;, (10) than the train started; (11) but also, deceived; (12) nor industrious; (13) or, pay their cost; (14) and a scoundrel; (15), yet he fails …… ; (16) yet I can trust, him., , Uses of Conjunctions, Rule 3—Either…… or / Neither …… nor, Either …… or and neither …… nor can be, used as Conjunctions and also as Pronouns, and Adjectives. As Pronouns and Adjectives, they are used only for two persons or things,, but as Conjunctions they can be used for two, or more than two. In other words, as Correlative Conjunctions they can be used for, two or more than two persons or things.As—, 1. Neither Ram nor his father, nor even his, friend could be of any help to me., 2. Neither power nor wealth, nor position, can hold back the march of law., 3. Either my father or my brother or my, uncle will help me in my hour of need., 4. Either Kanpur or Lucknow or Agra will, be good enough to settle down after, retirement., Rule 4—Not either …… or, After Not either we should use ‘or’ (not, ‘nor’)., 1. Your friend is not either reasonable or, fair. (‘nor fair’ is wrong.), 2. This book is not either exhaustive or, up-to-date. (‘nor up-to-date’ is wrong.), Rule 5—No / Not / Never …… or, If in a sentence there comes no / not / never,, and after them a full clause, the clause would, be connected by the conjunction or, not nor., As—, 1. He has no relation or friend who can, support him. (not ‘nor’), 2. He has not a relation or a friend who can, support him. (not ‘nor’)
Page 123 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , CONJUNCTIONS | 115, or, He does not have a relation or a friend, who can support him. (not ‘nor’), 3. I never lived there or even went there, before. (not ‘nor’), Rule 6—Until / Unless, Both these are negative conjunctions, therefore no negative expression (as not, never,, etc.) should be used with them, otherwise, there would be the fault of double negatives., Therefore, such expressions as ‘unless he, does not help’ or ‘until he does not come’, are wrong. Their correct forms would be, ‘unless he helps’ or ‘until he comes.’, Note—Here it should also be remembered that, until is a Conjunction of time , while, unless is a Conjunction of condition. They, should not be used in each other’s place., As—, 1. I shall wait until you come. (Showing, time), 2. I shall fail unless you help me. (Showing condition), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Either the answer given by you is right or, wrong., 2. Either he is a fool or a very cunning, person., 3. Either you nor your brother will have to, do it., 4. Neither your wealth or your influence, can save him now., 5. Neither he has worked nor slept since the, morning., 6. Neither the captain or his team turned up, in time., 7. Your argument neither is logical nor, acceptabe., 8. He is not either loyal nor faithful to me., 9. Your language is not either correct nor, fluent., 10. There was no tree nor bush that could, give him some shade., 11. There was not a man nor a woman that, survived the flood., 12. I never met him nor even heard of him, before., , 13. I shall not go unless I have finished my, work., 14. He did not reach the station unless the, train had left., 15. I cannot solve this problem until you help, me., 16. Unless you are not very careful you will, get into difficulties., 17. You will not succeed unless you are not, regular in your work., 18. He did not reach there unless I did not, show him the way., Hints—(1) is either right or wrong; (2) either a, fool or a very cunning person; (3) or your, brother; (4) nor your influence; (5), neither worked nor slept; (6) nor his team;, (7) is neither logical nor acceptable; (8) or, faithful; (9) or fluent; (10) or bush; (11) or, a woman; (12) or even heard of him; (13), until; (14) until; (15) unless; (16) Unless, you are very careful; (17) unless you are, regular; (18) until I showed him., Rule 7—Other / Rather …… than, After Other/rather and most of Comparative Degree Adjectives the conjunction, ‘than’ is used. As—, 1. I would rather go than stay at home., 2. I would rather have a car than a scooter., 3. I was helped by no other than the Principal himself., 4. He is stronger than you., 5. She is more beautiful than your sister., Rule 8—Whether / If, After whether/if we use the Conjunctions, ‘or not’ or ‘or no’. As—, 1. I do not know whether (or if) he has, gone or not., 2. I doubt whether he will help me or not., 3. Whether he will help me or not is doubtful., Note—, (i) If a Negative or an Interrogative sentence has to be made with doubt or, doubtful, we should use the conjunction, ‘that’ in place of whether / or. As—, 1. I do not doubt that he will help me., 2. Is it not doubtful that he will help you ?
Page 124 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 116 | L.W.C.E., (ii) Sometimes by mistake some people use, as to before whether. This is a mistake., For example, the use of as to in the, following sentences is wrong—, 1. I doubt as to whether he will help me or, not., 2. I do not know as to whether he is honest, or not., Rule 9—The reason is / the reason why, Some sentences begin with ‘The reason is’ or, ‘The reason why’. In such sentences the, clause coming after them should be connected, with the conjunction ‘that’, not with because,, due to or owing to. As—, 1. The reason why he failed is that he, did not study seriously., (Not ‘because he did not study’ or, due to / owing to he did not study’), 2. The reason is that he did not study, seriously. (Not, because, due to /, owing to’), Rule 10—Before, When ‘Before’ is used as a Conjunction, it, points to some future event or statement, but, future tense is not used with it, even if its, Principal clause is in the future tense. As—, 1. The sun will set before you reach. (Not, ‘before you will reach’), 2. He will retire before a month has passed., (Not, ‘will pass’ or ‘will have passed’), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He would rather starve to beg., 2. I would rather die then surrender before, you., 3. He should rather resign to enduring such, humiliation., 4. The seminar is going to be inaugurated, by no other to the Chairman himself., 5. There I saw no other except your father., 6. The agitators met none other to the Prime, Minister himself., 7. He was rescued by no other over the, Commandant himself., 8. He runs much faster to Mohan., 9. He would not accept anything other to, this., , 10. He would not accept any amount less to, this., 11. He lives in a house much bigger to yours., 12. He is more careful above you in all his, actions., 13. I am not sure whether he will come but, not., 14. You decide finally whether you accept, my offer nor not., 15. I am still undecided if I should accept, this offer whether not., 16. You should not doubt whether I am your, well-wisher., 17. Do you doubt whether I am your wellwisher ?, 18. I have no idea as to whether he is coming, or not., 19. The reason why he often comes late is, because there is no regular bus service, from his colony., 20. The reason of his failure is since he was, not serious about his studies., 21. The train cannot arrive before we will, reach., 22. He will not vacate the house before a, month will have passed., Hints—(1) than beg; (2) than surrender; (3) than, endure; (4) than the Chairman himself; (5), than your father; (6) none other than the, Prime Minister; (7) no other than the, Commandant; (8) much faster than, Mohan; (9) other than this; (10) less than, this; (11) much bigger than yours; (12), more careful than; (13) come or not; (14), or not; (15) accept this offer or not; (16), that I am your well-wisher; (17) that I, am your well-wisher; (18) whether he is, coming or not; no ‘as to’ ; (19) that there, is no regular bus service ; (20) that he, was not serious ; (21) before we reach ;, (22) before a month has passed., Rule 11—As if / As though, Both these are imaginary or conditional expressions.We should, therefore, use Past, Conditional Tense after them, not Present or, Future Tense. As—, 1. He behaved as if (or as though) he were, the king.
Page 125 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , CONJUNCTIONS | 117, 2., , He danced with joy as if (or as though) he, had won the first prize., 3. He helped me as though (or as if) he, were my son., Rule 12—Because / in order that, We use ‘because’ to show reason and ‘in, order that’ to show purpose. As—, 1. He failed because he did not work hard., 2. He worked hard in order that he may, secure first division., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He behaved with me as if he was my, boss., 2. I served him with all sincerity as if I am, his son., 3. He jumped into the well as though he is a, frog., 4. He was punished in order that he was, dishonest., 5. He served me because I should help him., 6. I came so early because I may meet you., Hints—(1) he were my boss; (2) I were his son;, (3) he were a frog; (4) punished because, he was dishonest; (5) in order that I should, help him; (6) so early in order that I may, meet you., Rule 13—Since (showing time), When ‘Since’ is used as a conjunction, we, should use the verb in the Present Perfect, Tense before it and in Past Indefinite Tense, after it. As—, 1. Many new developments have taken, place since I left home., 2. I have never seen him since his father, died., Rule 14—Or (showing alternative or choice), Conjunction ‘or’ is used to choose one of two, or more than two things. As—, 1. You can have apples or grapes., 2. You can go to Kanpur or Lucknow., 3. Go at once or you will be late., Rule 15—While, While is used in two senses—, (i) To show time or period of time., (ii) To suggest at the same time or along, with., , As—, 1. While I was in service, I never saw him., 2. While he lived with me, he laboured very, hard., 3. While there is life there is hope., 4. While the students slept, the maid, cooked the food., 5. While the boys sang, the girls danced., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences—, 1. Two years have passed since he has left, Kanpur., 2. Two hours have elapsed since he had, fallen asleep., 3. Three months have been over since the, result has been declared., 4. I have never visited Hyderabad since I, have closed my business there., 5. You can book a room and a suite in this, hotel., 6. You can go by train and bus from here., 7. Work hard and don’t join this course., 8. Are you his boss but his subordinate ?, 9. I never drank when I studied in England., 10. I had to keep awake when she slept., 11. I kept busy with my studies when they, played., 12. We stayed at home when it rained., Hints—(1) since he left Kanpur; (2) since he fell, asleep; (3) since the result was declared;, (4) since I closed my business there; (5) a, room or a suite; (6) by train or bus; (7) or, don’t join; (8) boss or his subordinate; (9), while I studied; (10) while she slept; (11), while they played; (12) while it rained., Rule 16—Because / For / Since, All these three words show cause or reason., The difference in their use is that because has, very great force in it, for has the least force,, and since comes between the two. As—, 1. I must go because my mother is ill., 2. He failed because he did not work hard., 3. He could not catch me up since he was, lazy., 4. He cannot be trusted for he takes everything casually.
Page 126 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 118 | L.W.C.E., Rule 17—That, Conjunction that is used in the following, forms—, (a) In Indirect Narration, As Conjunction ‘that’ is used only in, Indirect Narration, not in Direct Narration. As—, He said that he was ill., (Indirect Narration), It is wrong to write—, He said that “ I am ill.”, (Direct Narration), (b) ‘That’ as Conjunction is not used is, Interrogative, Imperative, Optative or, Exclamatory clauses, whether the whole, sentence is in the Direct or Indirect, Narration. The use of ‘that’ is wrong in, all the following sentences—, 1. He asked me that why I was late., 2. He asked me that “Why are you late?”, 3. He said to the servant that “Bring me, a glass of water.”, 4. He said that how beautiful was the, scene !, 5. He said that may God bless you !, (c) ‘That’ as Conjunction is not used in, clauses beginning with Interrogative, Pronouns (which, who, what, etc.) or, Interrogative Adverbs (where, why,, when, how, etc.). The use of ‘that’ in, all the following sentences is wrong—, 1. He asked that what the time was ?, 2. He asked that who he was ?, 3. I do not know that when he will, come?, 4. He does not know that where he is ?, Note—But if after the clauses beginning with, Interrogative Pronouns or Interrogative, Adverbs, there comes the Principal, clause , the Conjunction ‘that’ will be, used. As—, 1. I promise that when I come next I will, bring your book., In this sentence the use of that before when, is correct because after the clause beginning with, when, there comes the Principal clause “I will, bring your book.”, 2. I know that what he says is not true., , In this sentence also the use of that before, what is correct because after that comes the, Principal clause “…… is not true.”, (d) There are some Verbs (as, believe, think,, hope, presume, suppose, be afraid) the, that-clause coming after which has the, Conjunction that concealed or understood. As—, 1. I believe λ he is right. (That is understood at the mark λ), 2. I hope λ he is now well., 3. I am afraid λ he is wrong., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. The train was derailed for the track had, been damaged., 2. The child could not sleep because it was, very hot., 3. We did not go out for it was raining., 4. He was sad since he had suffered a great, loss., 5. He asked that why he was going there., 6. He asked me that whether I had seen the, thief running out., 7. I requested my friend that to lend me his, book for a day., 8. He said that, “I shall not go to office, today.”, 9. I hope that you are well and happy., 10. I believe that he will come., 11. I don’t think that he will return your book, now., 12. I am afraid that he is a cheat., 13. My idea is where he has hidden the, treasure is known to you., 14. I know what you have you will never, give to anyone., 15. He promises when he comes next he will, return your money., Hints—(1) because the track had been damaged;, (2) for it was very hot; (3) since it was, rainning; (4) because he had suffered; (5), Drop ‘that’; (6) Drop ‘that’; (7) Drop, ‘that’; (8) Drop ‘that’; (9) Drop ‘that’;, (10) Drop ‘that’; (11) Drop ‘that’; (12), Drop ‘that’; (13) that where he has hidden, ……; (14) that what you have ……; (15), that when he comes…….
Page 127 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , CONJUNCTIONS | 119, , Functional Conjunctions, Rule 18—Conjunctions of Comparison, The following Conjunctions show Comparison—, as …… as; not so/as ……as; than (with, Comparative Degree Adjective) As—, 1. This book is as good as that., 2. This book is not so (as) good as that., 3. This book is better than that., Rule 19—Conjunctions of Concession, They are—, Though, although, even i f , for a l l, no, matter, however, whatever, adjective /, adverb + as. As—, 1. Though he is poor, he is honest., 2. Even if he is selfish, I will help him., 3. For all they say about him, he is a good, man., 4. No matter what you say, I will go ahead., 5. However fast he may drive, he cannot, reach in time., 6. Whatever be the case, he will remain my, friend., 7. Simple as he is, he is not a fool., 8. Roughly as he behaves, he is not a cruel, man., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He can speak so fluently as she., 2. He is not so rich so your father., 3. She cannot walk as fast so you., 4. This house is certainly bigger as that., 5. Gentle so he is, he is not credulous., 6. Rich though he is, so he is not proud., 7. Fast so he drives, he is not careless., 8. Even if he is so powerful, as he will not, harm you., 9. Whatever be the matter, that we shall, settle it amicably., 10. For all they say about him, yet he is a, thorough gentleman., Hints—(1) as fluently as she; (2) so rich as your, father; (3) as fast as you; (4) bigger than, that; (5) gentle as he is; (6) drop ‘so’; (7), Fast as he drives; (8) drop ‘as’; (9) drop, ‘that’; (10) drop ‘yet’., , Rule 20—Conjunctions of Condition, The following are Conjunctions of condition—, If, unless, provided, provided that, in case,, supposing that., As—, 1. If you are honest, you will succeed., 2. Unless you are honest, you will not, succeed., 3. You will succeed provided you are, honest., 4. He will succeed provided that he deals, honestly., 5. I will go alone in case he doesn’t come., 6. Supposing that he is honest, he will, succeed., Rule 21—Conjunctions of Cause, The following Conjunctions show cause—, Because, since, as, f o r, that, considering, that, seeing that, now that, in that, in as, much as, noun + that, adjective + that., As—, 1. He failed because he did not study regularly., 2. Since it is raining, I cannot go., 3. As it is raining, I cannot go., 4. Considering that it was very cold, he, did not go for swimming., 5. We started late for the morning was very, cold., 6. I am glad that he has passed., 7. Seeing that the morning was very foggy,, we started late., 8. Now that you have come, I can take a, little rest., 9. He deserves praise in that he has secured, first position., 10. He must suffer in as much as he is so, lazy., 11. A fool that he is, he must suffer., 12. Foolish that his actions are, he must, suffer., , Exercise, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences:, 1. ……you are efficient, you will be promoted., 2. ……you are efficient, you will not be, promoted.
Page 128 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 120 | L.W.C.E., 3., , You will be promoted …… that you are, efficient., 4. …… that he is honest, he will be promoted., 5. I will do it alone …… he does not come, for my help., 6. …… that it was very dark, we did not, move out., 7. I was surprised……he behaved so rudely., 8. An honest man …… he is, he must be, respected., 9. Now …… your examination is over, you, must return home without any delay., 10. He was fined …… he had misbehaved, with his boss., Hints—(1) If; (2) Unless; (3) provided; (4), Provided / Supposing; (5) in case; (6), Considering; (7) that; (8) that; (9) that;, (10) because., Rule 22—Conjunctions of Time, The following are conjunctions of Time—, When, while, before, after, till, until, since,, as, as soon as., As—, 1. I will go when you come., 2. She cooks her food while the child sleeps., 3. I shall get up before the sun rises., 4. He retired to bed after the show was, over., 5. Wait for me till I return., 6. Don’t go home until I come., 7. I have known him since he was a child., 8. He woke up as the clock struck six., 9. He got up as soon as he saw me., 10. I shall meet you when you come next., Note—(1) If the Principal Clause is in the, Future Tense, the sub-ordinate clauses, beginning with Conjunctions of Time, should be used in the Simple Present or, Present Perfect Tense (not in Future, Tense). For example, see sentences No. 1,, 3, 10 above., (2) The clause following after is usually in, the Present Perfect Tense (not in Simple, Present). As—, He will return after the train has left., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. We shall shift to our new house before, the rains will begin., 2. He will not board the train until you will, reach there., 3. I shall get ready before the bell rang., 4. We shall go together when your summer, vacation began., 5. He closed the door as soon as his son, arrives., 6. I shall come to you after the office had, been closed., 7. He stopped writing as soon as the bell, rings., 8. We shall try again when the college will, open., 9. The train will start after it gives three, whistles., 10. He has been in contact with me since he, has been a college student., Hints—(1) before the rains begin; (2) until you, reach there; (3) before the bell rings; (4), when your summer vacation begins; (5) as, soon as his son arrived; (6) after the office, has been closed; (7) as soon as the bell, rang; (8) when the college opens; (9) after, it has given three whistles; (10) since he, was a college student., Rule 23—Use of Tense in Conditional Sentences, Conditional or Supposition sentences can be, written in three tenses—, (a) Simple Future Tense, 1. If you start early, you will reach in, time., 2. If you are honest, you will be respected., In these sentences the Principal Clause is in, Simple Future Tense, while the Subordinate, Conditional Clause is in Present Tense (not, in Future Tense). As—, If you will start early, you will reach in time., This sentence is wrong because the conditional clause beginning with If is in Future, Tense.
Page 129 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , CONJUNCTIONS | 121, (b) Simple Past Tense, 1. If he built two houses, he would give, you one., 2. If I secured first position, he would, give me a golden watch., 3. If you discovered the treasure, you, would get your share., Note—, (i) In these sentences Past Tense shows, Present or Future Tense., (c) Past Perfect Tense, 1. If I had built two houses, I would, have given you one., 2. If I had secured first position, he, would have given me a golden watch., 3. If you had discovered the treasure,, you would have got your share., Note—These sentences can also begin with ‘Had’, in place of ‘If’. As—, Had I discovered the treasure, I would have, got my share., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. If your conduct will be good, you will be, forgiven., 2. If you will be careless about your duties,, you will come to grief., 3. If you will be loyal to me, I shall stand, by you., 4. If I won a lottery, I will give half the, money to you., 5. If I built a market-complex, I will give, you a shop free of cost., 6. If you had dived to the bottom of the, ocean, you had collected many pearls., 7. Had I the wings of a dove, I will fly to, you., 8. Had I crossed the British Channel, I had, been a hero., 9. Had I been a graduate, I had got a good, job., 10. If I had known him before, I could have, learnt much from him., Hints—(1) If your conduct is good; (2) If you are, careless; (3) If you are loyal; (4) I would, give; (5) I would give; (6) you would have, , collected; (7) I would have flown; (8) I, would have been a hero; (9) I would have, got; (10) I would have learnt., , Revision Exercise I, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Though he was angry but he listened to, me patiently., 2. He stole for he badly needed money., 3. I did it since I was angry., 4. He both has time and money to spare., 5. Both it was cold and wet., 6. We either can have milk or tea., 7. He didn’t go and she didn’t go neither., 8. I didn’t go and either did she., 9. While I left the house I locked it carefully., 10. When the sun rose the fog dispersed., 11. Since it grew darker it became colder., 12. Tired he was he carried my luggage on, his head., 13. Some people waste food when others, haven’t enough to eat., 14. Either you help me otherwise I shall fail., 15. Work very hard lest you may fail., 16. You must come whether I write to you, but not., 17. When he came then I was in the bathroom., 18. Don’t come until you don’t hear from, me., 19. If you do your work honestly then, everyone will trust you., 20. Don’t count your chickens until they are, not hatched., Hints—(1) yet he listened ……; (2) because he, badly needed ……; (3) because I was, angry; (4) both time and money; (5) both, cold and wet; (6) either milk or tea; (7), didn’t go either; (8) neither did she; (9), when I left ……; (10) As the sun rose ;, (11) As it grew darker; (12) Tired as he, was / Tired though he was; (13) while, others haven’t; (14) drop ‘either’; (15) lest, you should fail; (16) or not; (17) drop, ‘then’; (18) until you hear from me; (19), drop ‘then’; (20) until they are hatched.
Page 130 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 122 | L.W.C.E., , Revision Exercise II, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Give every man thy ear, and few thy, tongue., 2. Many things have happened since I have, left school., 3. You may either take this book or that., 4. I would rather suffer to yield before you., 5. When there is life there is hope., 6. When it is true of some, it is not true of, all., 7. Let me know that whether you will do it, or not., 8. Tell me that where he lives., 9. Do like he does., 10. It is a week since the examinations begin., 11. I will go after he will come., 12. Not only she lost her purse but also her, ticket., 13. Neither his action was just nor unjust., 14. He is no other but my brother., 15. No other but your father can help you., 16. Until you are in the workshop, you cannot smoke., 17. Take care that you should fall., 18. He is rich and discontented., 19. Men must work because they may earn a, living., 20. Until you work hard, you will get no, success., Hints—(1) but few thy tongue; (2) since I left, school; (3) either this book or that; (4), than yield; (5) While there is life; (6), While it is true of some; (7) drop ‘that’;, (8) drop ‘that’; (9) as he does; (10) the, examinations began; (11) after he comes;, (12) not only her purse but also her ticket;, (13) neither just nor unjust; (14) no other, than; (15) No other than your father; (16), So long as you are; (17) lest you should, fall; (18) but discontented; (19) in order, that they may earn; (20) unless you work, hard., , Revision Exercise III, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences :, 1. Come …… you please., , 2., 3., 4., 5., , Tell me …… you have read., She writes slowly …… neatly., The jug will break …… you drop it., ……I were your friend, I would help, you., 6. …… the child was sleeping, she was, knitting., 7. I am …… tired that I cannot go., 8. Do you doubt …… she is a good lady ?, 9. I would rather resign …… bear this kind, of misconduct., 10. …… I only knew., 11. …… respected, he is not loved and liked., 12. He went away …… I came., 13. Take a lamp, …… the night is dark., 14. I shall do it …… you like it or not., 15. Be just …… fear not., Hints—(1) if/when; (2) what; (3) but; (4) if; (5), If; (6) While; (7) so; (8) that; (9) than; (10), If; (11) Though; (12) when/before; (13), for; (14) whether; (15) and., , Revision Exercise IV, Explain whether the following sentences, are correct or incorrect :, 1. He is as brave like you., 2. No sooner did I see the Principal when I, greeted him., 3. He explained that why he could not reply, in time., 4. Until you did not come, I had to wait., 5. I shall drown until you help me., 6. He got up early lest he should be late., 7. He had scarcely opened the eye when he, saw a stranger standing before him., 8. Explain to me that how you lost the book., 9. I am glad why he has passed., 10. He cannot read nor write., 11. You can sleep when I work., 12. Ram is honest but Mohan is dishonest., 13. I will go when the rain will stop., 14. He is so tired as he cannot go any farther., 15. You can stay with me as long you work, in Delhi.
Page 131 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 10, , Verbs, Kinds of Verbs, , Verbs can be divided into the following three, categories—, (1) Transitive Verbs, (2) Intransitive Verbs, (3) Auxiliary Verbs / Modal Verbs, , Transitive Verbs :, “A Verb is Transitive if the action does not, stop with the agent, but passes from the agent to, something else.”, (J. C. Nesfield), I read a book., In this sentence the sense is not complete with, ‘I read’ only, until it is known what I read. The, sense is complete only when we say “I read a, book”. The action, thus, passes on to the book. In, this way the Person or Thing with which the, action of the verb ends is called its Object. A, Transitive Verb must have its Object., , Intransitive Verbs :, “A Verb is Intransitive when the action stops, with the agent, and does not pass from the agent to, anything else.”, (Nesfield), I sleep., The sense of this sentence is complete. Its, action does not pass on to any other thing. Therefore it needs no object. An Intransitive Verb has, no object., , Auxiliary / Modal Verbs :, Auxiliary or Modal Verbs are also called, Helping Verbs because they help the Principal, verb., “An Auxiliary Verb is one which (a) helps, to form a tense or mood of some Principal Verb,, and (b) forgoes its own significance as a Principal, Verb for that purpose.”, (Nesfield), , As—, He has gone., In this sentence has is auxiliary verb and, gone Principal Verb. Here has has helped the, Principal Verb in making its Present Perfect, Tense, and in so doing it has lost its own identity, as a Principal verb., , Number of Auxiliary / Modal Verbs, Auxiliary or Modal Verbs are 27 in number., They are :, Is, was, were, am, are, will, would, shall,, should, do, does, did, can, could, may, might,, must, ought, has, have, had, need, dare, used, be,, been, being., These verbs (excluding be, been, being) are, also called Anomalous Verbs., , Transitive and Intransitive Verbs, Regarding Transitive and Intransitive verbs, it is necessary to remember that most verbs are, neither Transitive nor Intransitive in themselves. This distinction depends upon their use. A, Transitive verb can be used as an Intransitive, verb, and an Intransitive verb can be used as a, Transitive verb. Therefore Wren and Martin, observe :, “Most Verbs can be used both as Transitive, and as Intransitive Verbs. It is, therefore, better to, say that a Verb is used Transitively or, Intransitively rather than that it is Transitive or, Intransitive.”, Rule 1. Transitive and Intransitive Use, As we have said above, most verbs can be, used both as Transitive and Intransitive, verbs. As—
Page 132 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 124 | L.W.C.E., Transitive Use, , Intransitive Use, , 1. He speaks the truth., 2. I feel a severe pain in, my backbone., 3. He can drive any car., , 1. He speaks softly., 2. How does he feel, now ?, 3. He drives very cautiously., 4. The bell rings., 5. The bus stopped., 6. They fought bravely., , 4. Please ring the bell., 5. He stopped the bus., 6. They fought the, enemy back., 7. I read a book., 8. They drink country, liquor., 9. Change your clothes., 10. He invited you., , 7. I read slowly., 8. They never drink., 9. They will never, change., 10. I was not invited., , Exercise, Use the following Verbs both Transitively, and Intransitively :, Eat, drink, read, write, play, drop, hear, start,, break, drive, stop, love, hate, fight, smell, taste., Rule 2. Intransitive Verbs used as Transitive, Verbs, (i) When an Intransitive Verb is used in the, Causal / Causative sense ( i.e. in getting, or causing an action done), it becomes a, Transitive verb. As :, Transitive, 1. A bird flies., , Intransitive, 1. He flies a kite. (i.e. causes, a kite to fly.), 2. He drives very, 2. He drives the cattle away, cautiously., from the field. (i.e. causes, the cattle to run away.), 3. The sportsmen, 3. The captain marched the, marched in a line., sportsmen in a line. (i.e., caused them to march in a, line.), 4. The boat floated. 4. I floated the boat. (i.e., caused the boat to float.), , (ii) Some Intransitive Verbs become Transitive with the addition of a Preposition, with them. In that case the Preposition, becomes a part of the verb and cannot be, separated from it. As :, 1. I have carefully gone through (i.e. read), your representation., 2. Please look into (i.e. investigate) the, matter carefully., 3. He runs after (i.e. pursues) money at all, costs., , 4. All his friends laughed at (i.e derided), him., 5. I ask for (i.e. request) your kind favour., 6. There is none to look after (i.e. take, care of) him., Note—Somethimes an Intransitive verb becomes, Transitive with the addition of a Preposition before it. As :, 1. He will overcome all his difficulties., 2. The river is overflowing its banks., 3. He is bold enough to withstand the attack., , Exercise, Use the following Intransitive Verbs as, Transitive Verbs :, (i) Drown, sank, fell, dry, grow, burn, return,, shout., Use the following Intransitive Verbs as, Transitive Verbs by adding prepositions before, or after them—, (ii) come, cry, go, turn, run, look, stand,, draw, flow, laugh., Rule 3. Transitive Verbs used Intransitively, Some Transitive Verbs can be used as, Intransitive verbs under the following conditions :, (i) When a verb is used in such a wide sense, that the need of using its object is not, felt. As—, 1. Men eat to keep alive., 2. On the battlefield soldiers have to kill., (ii) When the Reflexive Pronoun of the verb, is kept concealed. As—, 1. He turned (himself) to the door and, bolted it., 2. Please keep (yourself) quiet., 3. He drew (himself) near her., 4. The bubble burst (itself)., (iii) Some Transitive Verbs can be used as, Intransitive verbs also. As—, Transitive, 1. He broke the glass., 2. He closes the shop at, 8 p.m., 3. He burns the dry, leaves., 4. He opens the office, at 10 a.m., , Intransitive, 1. The glass broke., 2. The market closes at, 8 p.m., 3. Dry leaves burn., 4. The office, 10 a.m., , opens at
Page 133 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 125, , Exercise, Use the following Transitive Verbs as, Intransitive Verbs :, Drink, learn, punish, sing, speak, reply, argue,, stop, turn, start, open, grow, strike, melt, freeze., Auxiliary / Modal Verbs : Their Functions, As we have said above, there are in all 2 7, Auxiliary / Modal verbs. They have the following, 6 functions :, 1. To form different Tense Forms, Different Tenses are formed with the help of, Auxiliary verbs. As—, 1. He is going., 2. He will go., 3. He has gone., 4. He must go., 5. He had already gone., 6. He does not go., 2. To make Interrogative sentences, Some Interrogative sentences are formed, with the help of Auxiliary Verbs. As—, 1. Is he going ?, 2. Has he gone ?, 3. Will he go ?, 4. Can he go ?, 5. Does he go ?, 6. Did he go ?, 7. Do you go ?, 3. To form Question-tags and Short Answers, Question–tags and short answers are also, formed with the help of Auxiliary verbs. As—, 1. He plays football, doesn’the ?, 2. He is a good man, isn’t he ?, 3. Are you going home ? Yes, I am / No, I, am not., 4. Do you like this book ? Yes, I do / No, I, don’t., 4. They are also used to show agreement or, disagreement with a certain statement. As—, 1. The weather is very fine. Yes, it is., 2. The day is very hot., Yes, it is., 3. He is a rich man., No, he isn’t., 4. He likes to read novels., Yes, he does /, No, he doesn’t., , 5., , 6., , Certain ideas are also expressed by using, them. As—, 1. He may come. (Possibility), 2. He can help you. (Ability), 3. He must come in time. (Obligatory), 4. He has to remain at home. (Obligatory), 5. I have got a good house. (Possession), 6. He does not know. (Negative), Negative Verbs are also formed with their, help. As—, 1. He does not go. (‘He goes not’ is wrong.), 2. He did not laugh. (‘He laughed not’ is, wrong.), , Uses of Auxiliary Verbs, Verbs “to be” : am, is, are, was, were, Rule 1. Is and am, Both these are Singular Verbs of the Present, Tense, but ‘is’ is used with the Third Person, and ‘am’ with the First Person. Therefore we, cannot use am with He or is with I. As—, 1. He / she is a student., 2. Ram is a lawyer., 3. I am a student., 4. I am a lawyer., Rule 2. As Intransitive Verbs without Predicate/ Complement, Structure—Subject + Verb ‘to be’, Such sentences show the existence of a person or thing. As—, 1. God is. = God exists., 2. Stars are. = Stars exist., Rule 3. As Intransitive Verbs with Predicate /, Complement, Structure—Subject + Verb ‘to be’ + Complement, In these sentences verb ‘to be’ (is, am, are,, was, were) must be followed by a Complement (Noun/Pronoun/Adjective/Adverb)., The sentence would be incomplete without, the complement. As—, 1. He is a gentleman. (Complement ‘Noun’), 2. You are a sportsman. (Complement, ‘Noun’), 3. This book is mine. (Complement ‘Pronoun’)
Page 134 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 126 | L.W.C.E., 4. The weather is fine. (Complement ‘Adjective’), 5. He was there. (Complement ‘Adverb’), 6. He is inside. (Complement ‘Adverb’), 7. They were happy. (Complement ‘Adjective’), Rule 4. Subject + Verb ‘to be’ + Infinitive, The structure of some sentences is as, follows—, Subject + is / am / was / were / are + Infinitive (Present or Perfect) As :, 1. He is to come tomorrow., 2. I am to leave tomorrow., 3. They are to assemble here., 4. They were to play a match here., 5. You are to see me tomorrow., 6. He was to have come only yesterday., Rule 5. It + is / was + adjective / infinitive /, gerund / clause, Some sentences have the structure as noted, above. As—, 1. It is easy to reach there., 2. It was to happen., 3. It is foolish talking like this., 4. It is good that he reached in time., Rule 6. Subject + Verb to be + Principal Verb +, ‘ing’, The continuous form of every tense is made, with the help of verb to be. As—, 1. He is reading., 2. He was reading., 3. He will be reading., 4. They are going., 5. They were going., 6. I am going., Rule 7. Passive Voice is also made with the help, of Verb to be. As—, 1. The servant was called., 2. The servant is being called., 3. He was invited., 4. They were invited., 5. I am invited., Rule 8. Subject + was / were + Perfect infinitive, Some sentences have the above structure., These sentences express the sense that a, , certain work was to have been completed in, the past, but this could not be done., 1. They were to have left yesterday but had, to postpone their departure for a week., 2. He was to have been promoted only last, year but that could not be done., Rule 9. Making of Interrogative sentences, Some Interrogative sentences are also made, with the help of Verbs to be. An Interrogative, sentence begins with a Verb to be and then, comes its Subject. As—, 1. Is he a good man ?, 2. Are you going ?, 3. Was he absent ?, 4. Am I a fool ?, 5. Were they invited ?, Rule 10. Were for supposition or impossible, desire, Some sentences begin with “were”. These, sentences express just imaginary or impossible wishes. These sentences have the following structure., Were + Subject + Complement / Predicate, As :, 1. Were I a king !, 2. Were I a bird !, 3. Were she young !, 4. Were I there !, Note— Such sentences are also correct in the, following structure :, If + Subject + Were + Complement /, Predicate, As :, 1. If I were a king !, 2. If I were a bird !, 3. If she were young !, 4. If I were there !, , Exercise, Make ten sentences on the pattern of each, of the following sentences :, 1. He is a teacher., 2. This house is mine., 3. He is to attend the meeting., 4. It is foolish waiting for him.
Page 135 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 127, 5. He was required to explain the case., 6. He was to have attended the meeting, yesterday., 7. He was to have been nominated a member, of the Commission last year., 8. Were I the President of India !, 9. If I were on the moon !, 10. Is he well attended ?, , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative :, 1. Has / have he already gone ?, 2. Are / am we fools ?, 3. The day was / were extremely hot., 4. They are / were to attend the meeting in, the afternoon., 5. He was / were to have met me here., 6. It is / were good that he called on you., 7. He be / was turned back., 8. He is / was to have left India only last, month., 9. I am / was to leave for home just now., 10. If I was / were a great scientist !, 11. Was / were she an Indian citizen !, 12. Ram or Shyam was / were expected to, help you., 13. Let him be /is permitted to bring his goods., 14. That were / was to be !, Hints—(1) Has; (2) Are; (3) was; (4) are; (5), was; (6) is; (7) was; (8) was; (9) am;, (10) were; (11) were; (12) was; (13) be;, (14) was., , Have = have / has / had, Rule 1. Formation of Perfect Tenses, The Perfect forms of all the Tenses (Present,, Past and Future) are made with the help of, has / have / had. These sentences have the, following structure :, Subject + have / has / had + Past Participle, As :, 1. I have finished my work., 2. He has gone., 3. They have finished their work., 4. He had gone to Kanpur by that time., 5. You had already taken your book., , Note—It should be remembered in this connection, that ‘have’ is used with I, you, We and, Third Person Plural in the Present, Tense, ‘has’ with Third Person Singular, in the Present Tense, and ‘had’ with all, Persons (First, Second, and Third) in the, Past Tense in both Singular and Plural, Numbers., Rule 2. Present Perfect + Expressions of Time, Care should be taken not to use any phrase or, expression suggestive of Past Tense while, writing a sentence in the Present Perfect, Tense., Some popular phrases expressive of Past, Tense are these :, Yesterday, last evening, / night / week /, month / year / summer / winter, the other, day, a little while ago, a moment / minute, ago, a few moments / minutes / days /, months / years / ago, etc., The use of such phrases / expressions with the, Present Perfect Tense would make a funny, mingling of the Present and Past Tenses,, which must be avoided. The only expression, that can be used with the Present Perfect, Tense is ‘just now.’, Therefore never make sentences such as, these :, 1. I have come yesterday., 2. I have passed M.A. last year., 3. He has left a few minutes ago., 4. He has met me last winter., The use of ‘expressions of time’ in all these, sentences is wrong. If these expressions have, to be used, the verb should be used in the, Simple Past Tense. As :, 1. I came yesterday., 2. I passed M.A. last year., 3. He left a few minutes ago., 4. He met me last winter., The use of ‘just now’ is correct. As :, 1. I have come just now., 2. He has left just now., Rule 3. Present Perfect + Adverbial/ Prepositional phrase, Some sentences of the Present Perfect Tense, are so constructed that with the help of an
Page 136 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 128 | L.W.C.E., Adverbial or a Prepositional phrase the Past, is connected with the Present. In other words,, they show an action that started in the Past, and continues to the Present moment. Some, popular Adverbial or Prepositional phrases, that show this continuity are these :, Since, for, yet, just, already, ever, never,, often, several times, today, lately, recently, so, far, until now, upto the present, this day /, week / month, etc., Their structure is like this :, Subject + have / has + Past Participle +, Adverbial / Prepositional phrase, As :, 1. I have not seen him since July., 2. I have lived in Canada for many years., 3. He has not yet come., 4. He has recently built a new house., Note—The following Adverbs of Time are always, used with the Present Perfect Tense, not, with the Simple Past Tense :, Already, yet, since, uptil now, so far, As :, 1. He has already gone home., ( Not, ‘already went home’), 2. You have not done any work so far., (Not, ‘did not do any work so far’), Rule 4. Perfect continuous Tense, The Perfect continuous form of every Tense, is also formed with the help of have / has /, had. Their structure is as follows :, Subject + have / has / had / will have / shall, have + been + Present Participle + Time, Phrase, As :, 1. I have been living in this house since, 1990., 2. He has been living in this house for many, years., 3. He had been living in this house for many, years before he built his own house., 4. He will have been living in this house for, five years by now., Rule 5. Past Perfect Tense, The sentences written in Past Perfect Tense, have two parts—one part written in the Past, , Tense, and the other part in the Past of the, Past Tense. That is, these sentences indicate, the occurrence of two actions at two points, of time in the Past. In these sentences one, action takes place in the near Past and the, other in the distant Past. The action that, occurs in the near Past is written in Simple, Past Tense and that occurring in distant past, is written in Past Perfect Tense. These two, parts of the sentence are joined with one of, the following Conjunctions—When, before,, after., As :, The train had left before I reached the, station., In this sentence the action of the ‘train leaving, the station’ is earlier in point of time and, therefore written in the Past Perfect Tense,, and the action of ‘my reaching the station’ is, later in point of time and therefore written in, Simple Past Tense., Similarly :, 1. The patient had died before the doctor, reached., 2. He had left Kanpur before I reached, there., 3. The fire had engulfed the house before, the fire-brigade arrived there., Note— Some sentences in the Past Perfect Tense, can also be constructed thus :, 1. He had already spent the whole money., 2. He had given the message much earlier., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I already finished my work., 2. He gone to Kanpur., 3. I have met my friend yesterday., 4. I have resigned from my post about a, month ago., 5. He not written to me for several months., 6. I served as a teacher for many years., 7. Ram already completed his work., 8. He has been working in this factory from, 1990., 9. He has been writing a novel since many, months.
Page 137 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 129, 10., , They have not been living together from, July last., 11. The police has arrested the militant before, the crowd gathered there., 12. The crowd dispersed before the police had, reached there., 13. I had reached the station after the train left., 14. The match finished before the rain started., 15. The clock had struck twelve after I reached, there., Hints—(1) have already finished; (2) has gone;, (3) met; (4) resigned; (5) has not written;, (6) have served; (7) has already completed; (8) since 1990; (9) for many, months; (10) since July; (11) had arrested;, (12) had dispersed…reached; (13) reached, the station…train had left; (14) had finished… started; (15) struck twelve…had, reached., Rule 6. Subject + have / has / had + Infinitive, or, Subject + have/has/had got + Infinitive, Some sentences are constructed as above., These sentences express the idea of necessity,, compulsion or obligation., As :, 1. He has to obey me. He has got to obey, me., 2. He has to borrow money. He has got to, borrow money., 3. He had to borrow money., 4. They will have to follow me., Note—The Negative of the above sentences is, formed thus :, (i) Subject + have/has/had + not + Infinitive, or, (ii) Subject + do / does / did + not have +, Infinitive, As :, 1. He has not to obey me., 2. He does not have to borrow money., 3. They do not have to follow me., 4. I do not have to follow you., , Rule 7. Causative use of ‘Have’ : Subject +, have + Object + Past Participle, In some sentences the subject does not act, himself : he gets the work done by others., Such sentences are constructed as below with, the help of have / has / had used causatively :, Subject + have / has / had + Object + Past, Participle, As :, 1. I had him punished for his fault., 2. He has a house built., 3. I have my essay corrected., 4. I shall have my letter typed., 5. They can have their furniture repaired., Note—In the above construction get / got can also, be used in place of have, has, had. As :, 1. I got him punished., 2. I shall get my essay corrected., 3. He gets his furniture repaired every, year., 4. I am getting my house whitewashed., Rule 8. ‘Have’ showing possession, Have / has / had are also used to show, ‘Possession’ in the following form :, Subject + have / has / had + Noun, Subject + have / has / had got + Noun, As :, 1. I have a book., 2. He has a pen., 3. They have a big house., 4. I had a good friend., 5. I will have a house very soon., 6. I have got a new book., 7. They had got many good chances., Note—(i) The use of got before have / has / had, increases emphasis., (ii) Such sentences also show relationship., As :, 1. A chair has four legs., 2. I have two brothers., 3. A cow has two horns., (iii) They also express the idea of take /, give / enjoy / experience., 1. I have my breakfast at 8 a.m., 2. He had his bath very early in the, morning.
Page 138 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 130 | L.W.C.E., 3. I have two years’ experience of, working in the field., 4. We had a good day., 5. I have some friends there., (iv) When ‘have’ means give / take / do, it, can be used in Present Continuous, Tense also. As :, 1. We are having a party today., 2. They are having very difficult times, these days., But we should not write such sentences :, 1. I am having a book., 2. She is having a small baby., 3. This book is having six chapters., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. You have get to carry out my orders., 2. You have to carried out my orders., 3. He had to changed his programme., 4. He does not had to change his programme., 5. He did not has to change his programme., 6. I had him reward for good work., 7. I can had you rewarded for good work., 8. He can has me transferred from here., 9. He can got me transferred from here., 10. I am getting my scooter paint blue., 11. He is having a son., 12. My house is having four rooms., 13. He was hading a meeting., 14. The cow have two horns., 15. He having many good friends., Hints—(1) got; (2) to carry; (3) to change; (4), have to change; (5) did not have; (6), rewarded; (7) can have; (8) can have; (9), can get; (10) painted blue; (11) has a son;, (12) has; (13) was having; (14) has; (15), has., Rule 9. Negative Sentences with ‘Have’, Negative sentences with have / has / had can, be framed in the following two patterns :, (i) Subject + have / has / had + no + Noun, or, Subject + have / has / had + not any + Noun, , As :, 1. I have no house., 2. He has no house., 3. You had no house., 4. I have not (haven’t) any house., 5. He has not (hasn’t) any house., 6. They had not (hadn’t) any house., (ii) Subject + do / does / did + not + have +, Noun, As :, 1. I do not have any pen., 2. He does not / did not have any pen., 3. They do not / did not have any friend., Note—Remember that after do not / does not /, did not we always use ‘have’ (not has or, had) whether the subject is Singular or, Plural, or of any Person., Rule 10. Interrogative sentences with ‘Have’, Interrogative sentences are formed in two, ways with the help of have / has / had :, (i) Have / has / had + Subject + remaining, words, As :, 1. Have you (got) a pen ?, 2. Has he (got) a pen ?, 3. Had they (got) a house ?, (ii) Do / does / did + Subject + have + remaining words, As :, 1. Do I have a big house ?, 2. Does he have a big house ?, 3. Do they have no house ?, 4. Did you have a big house there ?, Note—As we have said above, we always use, ‘have’ (not has or had) after do / does /, did with every kind of subject., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I have no any friend., 2. I don’t have no friend., 3. He don’t have any friend., 4. He doesn’t has any friend., 5. Have you no any house ?
Page 139 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 131, 6. Have I a house ?, 7. Have you get a new scooter ?, 8. Did he had a new scooter ?, 9. Do he has a new scooter ?, 10. Does he have no any new scooter ?, 11. He will not has any prize ?, 12. Will he not got any prize ?, Hints—(1) drop ‘any’; (2) ‘any’ in place of ‘no’;, (3) doesn’t have; (4) doesn’t have; (5), drop ‘any’; (6) got a house; (7) got; (8), Did he have; (9) Does he have; (10) drop, ‘no’; (11) have; (12) get., Rule 11. Past Perfect + Infinitive, There are some verbs which, if used in Past, Perfect Tense, would indicate incompletion, of action. These verbs express hope, wish,, desire, imagination. They are :, Wish, hope, want, expect, intend, suppose,, think., Also remember that an Infinitive is used after, the Past Perfect form of these Verbs., As :, 1. I had expected to find him here., (But could not find him here.), 2. She had hoped to pass in the first division., 3. I had wished to buy a new car., Note—In place of simple Infinitives can also be, used Perfect Infinitives :, As :, 1. I had expected to have found him here., 2. She had hoped to have passed in the first, division., 3. I had wished to have bought a new car., Rule 12. Have had, has had, had had, will have, had, Sometimes have had, has had or had had are, used together. First time they are used as, Auxiliary Verbs and second time as Finite, Verbs. As :, 1. I have had my breakfast., 2. She has had her breakfast., 3. She had had her breakfast very early., 4. He will have had his breakfast by now., , Rule 13. Sometimes Had is also used to express, condition, wish or imagination., As :, 1. Had I been a king !, 2. Had I seen the Olympic games !, 3. Had I won a lottery !, 4. He behaved as if he had been my master., Rule 14. Has been + Noun / Noun with Preposition, These sentences show that some action, started in the Past and also ended in the, Past, and is not continuing in the Present., As :, 1. I have been a Professor., (i.e. I am not a Professor now.), 2. I have been to England., (i.e. I am not there now.), 3. He has been a sportsman., Rule 15. Go = Lose, Sometimes ‘Go’ is used in the sense of, ‘Lose’. In that case we should write is gone /, was gone or is lost / was lost, but not has /, had gone or lost., As :, 1. My suitcase is lost / is gone., 2. My suitcase was lost / was gone in the, train., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I had expected to meeting you at the club., 2. We had supposed getting a house easily., 3. You had intended to starting a new business., 4. I had supposed to have find him at the, club., 5. You had hoped to have win the prize., 6. You have have your chance., 7. She had have her dinner late in the night., 8. I will had my turn by now., 9. Have I secured first position in the merit, list !, 10. Have he one more friend like you !, 11. She has being a film-heroine., 12. I have be a member of this club., 13. My purse has gone., 14. My chance had lost.
Page 140 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 132 | L.W.C.E., Hints—(1) to meet; (2) to get; (3) to start; (4) to, have found; (5) to have won; (6) have had;, (7) had had; (8) will have had; (9) Had I, secured; (10) Had he; (11) has been; (12), have been; (13) is gone; (14) was lost., , May / Might, Rule 1. May, May expresses two ideas :, 1. To give or take permission, 2. To express Possibility / Probability or, Doubt, For taking permission : May + Subject +, Verb in the Present Tense, As :, 1. May I come in, sir ?, 2. May I sit on this chair ?, For giving Permission/expressing Possibility, or Doubt., Subject + may + Verb in the Present Tense, 1. You may come in. (Permission), 2. You may sit on this chair. (Permission), 3. It may rain. (Possibility), 4. He may be late. (Doubt), Note—We can also use can in place of May for, giving or taking permission., Rule 2. Might, Might is the Past Tense of May. It is used to, express very little possibility or much, doubt. In May there is normal possibility or, doubt, but in Might the possibility is very, little or doubt very much. Its structure is :, Subject + might + Verb in the Present, Tense, As :, 1. It might rain. (very little possibility), 2. He might come today., 3. He might pass., 4. He might change his mind., Rule 3. Might in Interrogative Sentences, Might shows more courtesy than May. This, courtesy goes to the extent of doubt and, hesitation. Such sentences are always written, in Interrogative form and begin with Might., Their structure is :, , Might + Subject + Verb + Object / Other, words, As :, 1. Might I use your pen, please ?, 2. Might I borrow your pen for an hour ?, 3. Might I go now ?, Note—Might can be used to show more courtesy, in giving permission also., As :, You might go now., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. May we played here, uncle ?, 2. Yes, you may be played., 3. He may be come by the next train., 4. You may win the prize, though the, chances are very few., 5. Might I sat by your side ?, 6. Might I be stay with you for a night ?, 7. Yes, you might stayed., 8. He will may change his route., Hints—(1) play; (2) may play; (3) may come; (4), might win; (5) Might I sit; (6) Might I, stay; (7) stay; (8) drop ‘will’., Rule 4. May for Purposem or Wish, May is used to express purpose or wish also:, As :, 1. May you live long ! (Wish), 2. May God help you ! (Wish), 3. I came so early that I may find you at, home. (Purpose), 4. Workhard so that you may pass., (Purpose), Rule 5. May + Perfect Infinitive, In some sentences May is used with Perfect, Infinitive or Past Participle. These sentences, express the idea that there was much possibility of an action being completed in the, past, but whether the action was really, completed or not is not known. The structure, of such sentences is this :, Subject + may + Perfect Infinitive (‘to’ of, the Infinitive remaining concealed), or, Subject + may + have + Past Participle
Page 141 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 133, As :, 1. He may have submitted his application., 2. He may have given him some help., Rule 6. Might + Perfect Infinitive, These sentences show that there was much, possibility of an action to have been completed in the past, but it could not be. Their, structure is :, Subject + might + Perfect Infinitive, or, Subject + might + have + Past Participle, As :, 1. The robber might have killed him., (He escaped being killed.), 2. He might have robbed me., 3. The thief might have escaped from the, police custody., Rule 7. Might in Indirect Narration, While converting a sentence from Direct into, Indirect Narration, May is changed into Might, if the Reporting Verb is in the Past Tense., As :, He said, “My father may come today.”, He said that his father might come that day., Rule 8. Might for Dissatisfaction or Reproach, Might is also used to express the sense of, dissatisfaction or reproach towards a person, for not doing his work satisfactorily or to his, full capacity. As :, 1. You might pay a little more attention to, your studies., 2. You might come a little earlier., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. The roof may have fallen., 2. There may have been a serious accident., 3. Might he live long !, 4. He might prove a good friend., 5. He said that the college may be closed for, two days., 6. I replied that his suspicion may be true., 7. You may be a little more serious in your, studies., 8. You may reply a little more politely., , Hints—(1) might; (2) might; (3) May; (4) may;, (5) might; (6) might; (7) might; (8) might., , Can / Could, Rule 1. Can /Could for Power, Ability or Capacity, Can / Could express someone’s Power,, Ability or Capacity. The structure of such, sentences is this :, (i) Subject + Can + Verb in the Present, Tense, As :, 1. He can read., 2. You can play., 3. She can sing., (ii) Negative Sentences will be formed thus :, 1. He cannot / can’t read., 2. You cannot / can’t play., 3. She cannot / can’t sing., (iii) Subject + could + Verb in the Present, Tense, Could is the Past Tense of Can. It expresses, the idea that someone had the power, ability, or capacity in the past. As :, 1. He could read., 2. You could play., 3. She could sing., (iv) Negative Form :, 1. He could not / couldn’t read., 2. You could not / couldn’t play., 3. She could not / couldn’t sing., Rule 2. Can / Cannot, Can or cannot expresses the idea of a possibility being or not being there., 1. It can rain today. It cannot / can’t rain, today., 2. He can win the prize. He cannot win the, prize., 3. He can lose the game. He cannot lose, the game., Rule 3. Can / Could, Can/Could are also used for taking or giving, permission like May / Might. In American, English can / could are more popular. As :, 1. Can I go now ?, 2. Yes, you can go. No, you cannot go.
Page 142 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 134 | L.W.C.E., Rule 4. Can’t expresses the sense of negation, Subject + can have + Past Participle, (no) :, As :, 1. You can’t meet her., 1. He can have reached by now., 2. You cannot / can’t enter the premises., (“He may have reached by now” has, Rule 5. Can / Could for forming Interrogative, also the same meaning.), sentences, 2. He can have heard the news., Can/Could are also used for making Interro3. He can have sold the horse., gative sentences. Their structure is :, Can /Could + Subject + Verb in the Present Rule 8. Could + have + Past Participle / Perfect, Infinitive, Tense, Sentences, of this structure show that someone, 1. Can you help me ?, or, something, had the power or ability to do a, 2. Can a horse swim ?, certain work, but still he could not do it. As :, 3. Can he speak French ?, 1. He could have passed the examination., Could is used for extreme courtesy., (But he could not.), 1. Could you lend me your pen ?, 2. You could have reached in time., 2. Could you give me a lift by your car ?, (But could not.), Rule 6. Can / Could in Indirect speech, 3. He could have avoided the accident., Can becomes Could in Indirect Narration, Rule 9. Can in the Negative sense, when the Reporting Verb is in Past Tense., Can is used in Negative (as cannot) or InterAs :, rogative, sentences, but May is used in Affir1. He asked me, “Can you help me ? (Direct), mative sentences only., He asked me if I could help him. (Indirect), 1. Can he come ? (‘May he come ?’ is, 2. He said, “I cannot go there.”, (Direct), wrong.), He said that he could not go there. (Indirect), 2. No, he cannot come. (‘may not come’ is, , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative from the, bold letters :, 1. Can you read ? No, I couldn’t / can’t., 2. Can this happen ? Yes / no, it can., 3. Can this happen ? No, it can / can’t., 4. Can you lift / lifted this box ?, 5. Could you lift / lifted this box ?, 6. He said that he can / could carry the, luggage., 7. He said, “I cannot / could not reach in, time.”, Hints—(1) Can’t; (2) Yes; (3) can’t; (4) lift; (5), lift; (6) could; (7) cannot., Rule 7. Can have + Past Participle, This structure expresses the idea of possibility or uncertainty about an action to have, been done in the Past. Can have has the same, sense as may have. Its structure is :, , 3., 4., 5., , wrong.), He may come., Can this happen ?, No, this cannot happen., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He can have leave the office by now., 2. He can have reach Kanpur this morning., 3. He could be passed the test easily., 4. His life have been saved., 5. He may not solve this problem., 6. May he cross the river ?, 7. May you challenge a tiger ?, 8. No, he may not cross the river., Hints—(1) left; (2) reached; (3) could have, passed; (4) could have been saved; (5), cannot; (6) Can he cross; (7) Can you, challenge; (8) cannot cross.
Page 143 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 135, , Shall / Should, Will / Would, Rule 1. I / We + shall, For Ordinary Future Tense shall is used with, First Person Pronoun (I / We). As :, 1. I shall do it., 2. We shall do it., 3. I shall go to office., 4. We shall go by bus., Note—But these days the use of ‘will’ with all, persons is becoming popular., Rule 2. You / Third Person + will, Second and Third Persons (you/h e/they), take ‘will’ to express Ordinary Future, Tense., As :, 1. You will go tomorrow., 2. They will not do it., Rule 3. Shall with Second / Third Persons, Second and Third Persons take shall to, express command, promise and threat in the, Future Tense. As :, 1. He shall not do it again., 2. You shall get your share., 3. He shall be punished for his misbehaviour., Note—These days ‘will’ is being used in place of, ‘shall’ in such sentences also., Rule 4. Shall with Second and Third Persons, for Permission, ‘Shall’ is used with Second and Third Persons to obtain Permission., 1. Shall I lock the gate ?, (i.e. Do I have your permission to lock, the gate ?), 2. Shall I bring my father tomorrow ?, (i.e. Do I have your permission to bring, my father tomorrow ?), 3. Shall he be allowed to go ?, (i.e. Will he have your permission to go?), Rule 5. Use of Will, Will is used in the following cases also :, (1) With First Person (I / We) to express, determination :, , 1. I will keep my promise., 2. I will never be late now., 3. We will fight to the end., (2) To express possibility or probability :, 1. He will need a bigger house., 2. He will not reach in time., 3. That will be my letter., 4. You will get through., (3) For invitation, request or favour :, 1. Will you have tea with me ?, 2. Will you lend me your pen for a, minute ?, 3. Will you not support me ?, Note—In the above sentences in place of ‘Will’, we can also use would, woudn’t, or would, you mind. As :, 1. Would you have tea with me ?, 2. Wouldn’t / won’t you have tea with me ?, 3. Would you mind having tea with me ?, Remember that ‘would’ shows more courtesy., (4) To indicate some characteristic habit :, 1. He will only talk about his sons., 2. He will play upon his guitar till midnight., , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative :, 1. We will / shall go tomorrow., 2. They shall / will do it willingly., 3. He will / shall obey me., 4. He will / shall have to obey me., 5. I shall / will have to obey him., 6. He shall / will not disobey me any longer, now., 7. I will / shall have my pound of flesh., 8. He will / shall not be allowed to remain, here now., 9. Will/shall he attend the office tomorrow?, 10. Shall / will I see you tomorrow ?, 11. I shall / will do my best for you., 12. Will / would you mind going on a picnic, with us., Hints—(1) shall; (2) will; (3) will; (4) shall; (5), will; (6) shall; (7) will; (8) shall; (9) Will;, (10) Shall; (11) will; (12) Would.
Page 144 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 136 | L.W.C.E., Rule 6. Will have + Past Participle, Will have + Past Participle express possibility or likelihood of an action having taken, place in the Past. As :, 1. The train will have crossed Allahabad., 2. He will have left the office by now., Rule 7. Would have + Past Participle, Would have + Past Participle express the, idea of a work that could not be completed in, the Past. As :, 1. If he had worked a little harder, he would, have secured first division., 2. Had he come a few days earlier, he would, have seen his mother., Rule 8. ‘Would’ also expresses the idea that a, certain action occurred occasionally in, the Past. As :, 1. He would often spend his evenings in the, club., 2. He would often go for swimming., Rule 9. Would rather / Would sooner, These phrases express Preference., 1. I would rather remain at home., 2. I would rather break than bend., 3. I would sooner give up my claim., Rule 10. ‘Should’ expresses the sense of Duty,, goodwill, and desirability or propriety, of some thought or action. As :, 1. We should be kind to the animals., 2. You should serve your parents., 3. You should not come late., 4. He should be more reasonable., Rule 11. ‘Should’ also expresses the sense of, Advice or Opinion. As :, 1. You should regularly go for the morning, walk., 2. You should not read in dim light., Rule 12. Will / Would / Should, They express the sense of guess, assumption, or probability. As :, 1. She should be in class IV., 2. She would be around sixteen years of, age., 3. I see a boy coming. He will / would /, should be my class-mate., , Rule 13. Should have + Past Participle, Should have + Past Participle express, the sense that some person or thing, could not complete its allotted task in the, Past. As :, 1. They should have built their own, house., 2. He should have completed his work, before going home., 3. The tree should have borne fruit by, now., Rule 14. Should sometimes expresses the sense of, ‘If’. As :, 1. Should you come in time, I would, give you a prize., 2. Should I seek his help, he would, certainly help me., , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative :, 1. The match will / would have been over, by now., 2. The match will / would have been over, by now if it had not rained., 3. He will / would have been the manager, of the factory if he had not offended the, chairman., 4. He will / would often be found sitting all, alone on the sea-shore., 5. I will / would rather resign than bear this, insult., 6. I will / would sooner vacate this house, than quarrel with the landlord., 7. We would / should be more considerate, to the poor and needy., 8. She should / would be major next year., 9. Would / should you apply next time, I, would consider your claim., 10. He would / should have taken more, interest in his business., Hints—(1) will; (2) would; (3) would; (4) would;, (5) would; (6) would; (7) should; (8), should; (9) Should; (10) should., Rule 15. Shall/Will changed into should / would, in Indirect Narration, While converting a sentence from Direct to, Indirect Narration, ‘shall’ becomes ‘should’, and ‘will’ becomes ‘would’.
Page 145 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 137, 1., , He said, “I shall do it willingly.”(Direct), He said that he should do it willingly., (Indirect), 2. You said, “You will not go there.”, (Direct), You said that you would not go there., (Indirect), Rule 16. Shall / Should, Will / Would help in, making Interrogative sentences. Their, structure is :, Shall / Should / Will / Would + Subject +, Verb in the Present Tense, As :, 1. Shall we go now ?, 2. Shall I be allowed to go now ?, 3. Will he come today ?, 4. Would you now go ?, Rule 17. Would like / Should like, ‘Should like’ is used with First Person (I /, W e ) and ‘would like’ with Second and, Third Persons. Their structure is :, Subject + would like/should like + Infinitive, As :, 1. I should like to know your future plan., 2. He would like to know your future plan., Note—(i) In colloquial and American English, ‘would like’ can be used in place of, ‘should like’., (ii) There are some other expressions also, which are used like would like / should, like :, Would / should care / prefer / be glad / be, inclined, As :, 1. I should prefer to travel by bus., 2. He would be glad to meet you., 3. I should be inclined to go with you., Rule 18. Shall / Will = Going to, In some sentences ‘going to’ can be used in, place of shall / will for Future Tense. But it, should be remembered that ‘going to’ is used, to express the sense of ‘immediate Future’, only (not ‘distant Future’). As :, , 1. He will travel by car., Or, He is going to travel by car., 2. I shall have my dinner at the Imperial, Hotel., Or, I am going to have my dinner at the, Imperial Hotel., Rule 19. Would after wish, If ‘would’ is used after ‘wish’, it expresses, strong desire. As :, 1. I wish you would not refuse me., 2. I wish you would study science., Note—After ‘wish’ we do not use ‘will’., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He said that he shall not start a new business., 2. He asked, “What will you do if you fail, in business ?”, 3. Will we start now ?, 4. Shall he be able to do it ?, 5. He will like to know how you will proceed in the matter., 6. I will like to reach there by the earliest, available train., 7. We will prefer to have tea than a cold, drink., 8. I shall be glad to have the pleasure of, your company., 9. I really wish you will accept my proposal., 10. I shall be going to purchase a new car., 11. He will not be going to believe you., 12. We wish they will be friendly with us., Hints—(1) ‘would’ in place of ‘shall’; (2) What, would you do; (3) Shall; (4) Will or, Would; (5) would like to know; (6), would like to reach; (7) would prefer; (8), should be glad; (9) you would accept;, (10) am going to purchase; (11) is not, going to believe; (12) would be friendly.
Page 146 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 138 | L.W.C.E., , Must / Ought, Rule 1. Must / Ought express compulsion or, necessity. As :, 1. You must come to office at 10 O’clock., 2. You ought to come to office at 10, O’clock., Note—Remember that after ought the Infinitive, comes with ‘to’, but after m u s t the, Infinitive is used without ‘to’., Rule 2. Must not / Mustn’t Or Ought not /, Oughtn’t, They convey the sense of Negative compulsion or Prohibition (i.e. emphatic ‘no’ or, restraint), 1. You mustn’t jump out from a moving, train., 2. You oughtn’t to jump out from a moving, train., Rule 3. Must / Ought, They express the sense of Assumption or, Likelihood. As :, 1. This book must be very popular., 2. This book ought to be very popular., Rule 4. Must / Ought, They also express the sense of Duty and, Obligation. As :, 1. We must love our country., 2. We ought to love our country., 3. We must / ought to be kind to the poor., Rule 5. Must / Ought, They also convey the sense of Advice or, warning., 1. You must drive cautiously., 2. You ought to drive cautiously., 3. You must avoid strong drinks., 4. You ought to avoid strong drinks., Rule 6. Must have + Past Participle, This structure conveys the idea that a certain, action must have been completed in the Past., As :, 1. He laboured very hard. He must have, secured first division., 2. He started very early. He must have, caught the train., , Rule 7. Must be / Must have been also convey, the sense of certainty. As :, 1. He talkes very proudly. He must be an, arrogant person., 2. He spoke very fluently. He must have, been an orator., Rule 8. Ought to have, This expression conveys the sense that a, certain action ought to have been completed, in the Past, but it could not be. As :, 1. He ought to have appeared at the, examination., 2. He ought to have told the whole truth., 3. He ought to have come out in your, support., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He must to meet me this evening., 2. He ought meet me this evening., 3. This problem must to have been solved, like this., 4. This problem ought have been solved, like this., 5. You must not to act in a hurry., 6. You ought not act in a hurry., 7. He ought have reached well in time., 8. I ought have done it much earlier., 9. He ought not to have fight in the street., 10. We ought not to have encourage him so, much., Hints— (1) drop “to” before ‘meet’; (2) ought to, meet; (3) must have been solved; (4), ought to have been solved; (5) must not, act; (6) ought not to act; (7) ought to have, reached; (8) ought to have done; (9), fought; (10) encouraged., , Need / Needn’t, Rule 1. Need denoting ‘Necessity’, When Need is used in the simple sense of, necessity, it is used as an ordinary verb; i.e. in, the Present tense, third person, singular it, is needs, and in the Past Tense, it is needed., As :, 1. I need a pen., 2. You / they need a pen.
Page 147 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 139, 3. He needs a pen., 4. I / you / he / they needed a pen., 5. I don’t need a pen., 6. She doesn’t need a pen., Rule 2. Need in Negative Sentences, In Negative sentences wherein need is, followed by a Negative word (not, never,, none) or a Semi-Negative word (scarcely,, hardly), we use need (not needs) even with, Third Person, Singular in the Present, Tense. And after that comes the Infinitive, without ‘to’. As :, 1. He need not fear me., 2. He need never fear me., 3. He need hardly take my help., 4. He need scarcely demand any more help., Rule 3. Need in Interrogative Sentences, In Interrogative sentences beginning with, Need also we use only need (not needs) even, with Third person, Singular. And then we, use Infinitive without ‘to’. As :, 1. Need he go there ?, 2. Need he try again ?, Rule 4. Need in ‘Do’ Interrogatives, In Interrogative sentences beginning with Do, / does / did, we use the Infinitive with ‘to’., As :, 1. Do I need to go with him ?, 2. Does he need to go with you ?, 3. Did you need to behave like this ?, Rule 5. Needn’t, Needn’t expresses the sense of not binding., We use needn’t both with the Singular and, Plural. As :, 1. You needn’t work so hard., 2. He needn’t go there., 3. They needn’t go there., Rule 6. Needn’t have + Past Participle, This construction means that an action completed in the past was either not necessary or, not proper. As :, 1. He needn’t have gone there., (unnecessary), 2. He needn’t have behaved like this., (improper), , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative :, 1. I need / am need a good house., 2. I am need / in need of a good house., 3. He doesn’t need / needs your help., 4. He need / needs not go so early., 5. Ram need / needs not apply again., 6. He need / needs hardly any more, medicine now., 7. Need / needs he meet you there ?, 8. Does he need meet / to meet you there ?, 9. Did he need to quarrel / quarrel over, such a petty matter ?, 10. He needn’t to wait / wait so long., 11. She needn’t have sell / sold her car., 12. Your father needn’t to have / have, worried so much about you., Hints—(1) need; (2) in need; (3) need; (4) need;, (5) need; (6) need; (7) Need; (8) to meet;, (9) to quarrel; (10) wait; (11) sold; (12), have., , Dare / Daren’t, Rule 1. Dare denoting ‘Challenge’, When Dare is used in the sense of challenge,, we use it as an ordinary verb. That is, it is, used according to the Number and Person of, the subject in the Present Tense as either, dare or dares. The Infinitive is used with, ‘to’. As :, 1. He dares me to climb to the peak., 2. I dare you to compete with me., 3. They dare me to move this boulder., Rule 2. ‘Dare’ in Negative Sentences, In Negative sentences when dare is followed, by a Negative word (not, never, none) or, Semi-Negative word (hardly, scarcely), we, use dare (not dares) even with T h i r d, Person, Singular in the Present Tense. Also,, the Infinitive is used without ‘to’. As :, 1. He dare not fight with me., 2. I dare not stand before you., 3. They dare not question my integrity., 4. He dare hardly speak before me.
Page 148 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 140 | L.W.C.E., Rule 3. ‘Dare’ in Interrogative Sentences, In Interrogative sentences beginning with, Dare, we use dare (not dares) even with, Third Person, Singular in the P r e s e n t, Tense. Also, the Infinitive coming after it is, used without ‘to’. As :, 1. Dare he speak before you ?, 2. Dare he repeat the mistake ?, Rule 4. ‘Dare’ in ‘Do’ Interrogatives, In Interrogative sentences beginning with, Do / Does / Did, the Infinitive is used with, ‘to’. As :, 1. Does he dare to challenge you ?, 2. Did he dare to argue with you ?, 3. Do I dare to stand before him ?, Rule 5. Daren’t, In Negative sentences both with Singular, and Plural subjects we use daren’t (not, daresn’t). As :, 1. He daren’t come before me., 2. I daren’t go there alone., Rule 6. Daren’t have + Past Participle, This construction means that an action completed in the Past was either not necessary or, not proper. As :, 1. He daren’t have gone alone in the deep, wood., 2. You daren’t have challenged him like, this., , Exercise, Choose the correct alternative :, 1. He dare / dares me to swim across the, river., 2. I dare / dares you to swim across the, river with me., 3. He dare / dares not accept my challenge., 4. She dare / dares not speak before me., 5. He dare hardly speak / to speak before, me., 6. I dare not disobey / to disobey him., 7. Dare he speak / to speak before me ?, 8. Dare / dares he wrestle with me ?, 9. Does he dare wrestle / to wrestle with, me ?, 10. He daren’t / daresn’t challenge me., , 11. We daren’t / not dare act against his, will., 12. Did he dare to neglect / neglect you ?, Hints—(1) dares; (2) dare; (3) dare; (4) dare; (5), speak; (6) disobey; (7) speak; (8) Dare;, (9) to wrestle; (10) daren’t; (11) daren’t;, (12) to neglect., , Used to, Rule 1. Used to carries the sense that an action, was done either continually or habitually., 1. He used to work on daily wages., 2. He used to quarrel with his neighbour., 3. He used to play football in his school, days., Rule 2. Negative and Interrogative of ‘Used to’, Negative and Interrogative sentences with, used to are formed as given below :, 1. He used not to live in this house., 2. Used he to live in this house ?, Rule 3. Subject + Verb ‘to be’ + used to +, Noun / Gerund, These sentences express the idea of being, habituated to a certain matter or action. As :, 1. He is used to hard life., 2. I am used to reading till late in the night., 3. They are used to travelling in crowded, buses., Rule 4. Do + use to, In colloquial and spoken English we make, Negative or Interrogative sentences with do, / does / did followed by use to (not used to)., As :, 1. He did not use to live in this house., 2. Did he use to live in this house ?, , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. We use / used to work here together., 2. He use / used to be so kind to me., 3. He used not / did not used to wear white, khadi., 4. He used to sit / sit on the last bench., 5. I used / am used to an easy-going life., 6. He is used to read / to reading till late in, the night.
Page 149 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 141, 7. He did not use / used to drive his own car., 8. Did he use / used to go every day by bus ?, Hints—(1) used; (2) used; (3) used not; (4) to sit;, (5) am used; (6) to reading; (7) did not use;, (8) Did he use., , Two Auxiliaries and Principal Verb, Rule 1. Two Auxiliaries + Principal Verb, Sometimes two Auxliary Verbs can be used, with One Principal Verb only. But this is, possible only when the same form of the, Principal Verb may be used with both the, Auxiliaries. As :, 1. He neither can nor will help you., 2. He did not and should not tell a lie., The use of Auxiliaries and the Principal Verb, is correct in both these sentences. In the first, sentence the Auxiliaries are can and will and, with them the use of the same form of the, Principal Verb help is grammatically correct., In the second sentence the Auxiliaries are did, and should both of which would take the, same form of the Principal Verb tell., But if the Auxiliaries in the sentence are such, as would need different forms of the Principal, Verb, the same form of the Principal Verb, would not serve the purpose. In that case,, different forms of the Principal Verb with, each Auxiliary will be needed. As :, 1. He neither has helped nor will help you., 2. He has not told and should not tell a lie., In the first sentence there are two Auxiliary, Verbs—has and will. They will take two, different forms of the Principal Verb : Has, will take ‘helped’ and will ‘help’. Therefore, the Principal Verb will be used separately in, the proper form with each helping Verb. In, the same way, in the second sentence has will, take ‘told’ and should ‘tell’ separately with, each Auxiliary Verb., We cannot write the above sentences as, below :, 1. He neither has nor will help you., 2. He has not and should not tell a lie., Such errors are common and should be avoided., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. He can write and will write a long essay., 2. He should tell and will tell you a good, story., 3. He has not and will not place all the facts, before you., 4. He cannot and has not done any good to, anybody., 5. He dare not and has not gone alone to the, wood., 6. We should not and have never quarrelled, over our property., 7. We did not and have never told a lie., 8. We have never and will never hide, anything from you., Hints—(1) can and will write; (2) should and will, tell; (3) has not placed; (4) cannot do; (5), dare not go; (6) should not quarrel; (7) did, not tell; (8) have never hidden., , Position of Subject, Verb, Object and, Complement, Rule 1. Subject + Tr. Verb + Object, Simple Affirmative sentence has the following structure :, 1. He killed a snake., 2. She loves her home., Rule 2. Subject + Tr. Verb + Object (Indirect), + Object (Direct), There are some verbs which may take two, objects. One of these objects is generally, living ( a n i m a t e ) and the second is, inanimate. The animate object is called, Indirect Object and the Inanimate object is, called Direct object. As :, 1. He gave me a book., I n this sentence m e (animate) is Indirect, Object and b o o k (inanimate) is Direct, Object. In such sentences Indirect Object is, used first and Direct Object at the second, place., In some cases b o t h the objects may be, Inanimate. The question would then arise, which of the two inanimate objects is Direct, object and which is Indirect object. In this, regard it should be remembered that the object
Page 150 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 142 | L.W.C.E., with which we may use ‘to’ or ‘for’ within, the sentence would be Indirect Object, and, that with which ‘to’ or ‘for’ may not be used, is Direct Object. As :, 1. He has given his car a new look., 2. We have given your village a new approach road., In the first of these two sentences we can use, ‘to’ before the object his car, but we cannot, use ‘to’ or ‘f o r’ before the second object, look. In the same way, we can use ‘to’ before, village in the second sentence, but not before, road. Therefore in these two sentences car, and village are Indirect objects, and look and, road are Direct objects., Now the question is whether Direct object, should be used first or the Indirect one in such, cases. The general rule, as we have said, above, is that Indirect object comes first and, the Direct object later. But over and above, this rule two more points should be kept in, mind :, (1) The object to which we want to give more, importance should be used first. With the, change of emphasis, the sense of the whole, sentence also changes a little. Look at the, following sentence :, ‘He gave me a book.’, In this sentence the emphasis has been laid on, me because it has been used as the first, object. The sentence, therefore, means that he, gave the book to me alone and to none else., But if we write the same sentence thus :, ‘He gave a book to me.’, Now the emphasis has been changed from me, to book. The sentence now means that he, gave me only a book and nothing else., (2) Another point to be kept in mind is that between the two objects, the one which is, smaller (in fewer words) is used first, and, the bigger one (in more words) is used later., As :, ‘He gave sweets to every member of the, family.’, Here ‘sweets’ is the smaller object and therefore used first, and every member of the, family, being the bigger object (in number of, words), is used later (although it is Indirect, object)., , Rule 3. Subject + Tr. Verb + Object + Complement, Remember that complement is used after the, object. As :, I nominate you member of the committee., Here you is object and member is complement., Rule 4. Causative Verbs (make / get / have), Causative Verbs are those in which the Subject itself does not act, but causes something, or someone else to act on its behalf. The, structure of these sentences is as follows :, Subject + Make / get / have + Object +, remaining part, 1. He made him run away., 2. I got him dismissed., 3. He had the orders passed., Rule 5. Verb + Preposition / Adverb + Noun, There are some sentences in which the Verb, is used along with some Preposition / Adverb, (up / on / off / in / down / out / away). At the, same time the Verb also has a Noun or a, Pronoun for its object. Now the question is, whether the Preposition / Adverb is to be used, earlier or the object. For this the general rule, is that if the object is small (of one word, only), it should be used before the Preposition, / Adverb, but if the object contains more, words, it should be used after the Preposition, / Adverb. As :, 1. Turn him out., (Object before the Preposition), 2. Bring him in., (Object before the Preposition), 3. I’ll see you off., (Object before the Preposition), 4. Take your coat off., (Object before the Preposition), 5. Put your shirt on., (Object before the Preposition), 6. Turn out the dirty beggarly man., (Object after the Preposition), 7. Bring in my very dear friend., (Object after the Preposition), 8. Put on your blue sport shirt., (Object after the Preposition)
Page 151 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , VERBS | 143, , Question-Tags / Tail Questions, Question–tags or Tail Questions are often, used in conversational or Colloquial language., Question–tags are often placed after some statement, request, proposal or command. They are, always in Question form. As :, 1. You love me, don’t you ?, 2. Let us now play, shall we ?, 3. You don’t love me, do you ?, 4. Don’t go there, will you ?, The following are the rules for framing, Question-tags :, Rule 1. With Positive statement / request we add, Negative Question-tag and with Negative, statement or request we add Positive, Question-tag., Positive → Negative, Negative → Positive, As :, 1. He is a good man, isn’t he ?, 2. He is not a good man, is he ?, 3. He doesn’t work hard, does he ?, 4. He works hard, doesn’t he ?, Note—Semi-negative words As : few, little,, hardly, scarcely, rarely, seldom, etc. are, also believed to be Negative and therefore, we use Positive Question–tags after them., As :, 1. He rarely comes here, does he ?, 2. Few people are interested in this, scheme, are they ?, Rule 2. The subject of a Question–tag is always, a Pronoun (not a Noun)., The rules for this are :, (a) When the subject of the statement is, None / anyone / someone / every one /, everybody / anybody / nobody, the, subject of the Question–tag would be ‘he, / they.’ As :, 1. No one will come, will he / will they ?, 2. Any one can come, can’t he / can’t, they?, (b) When the subject of the Statement is All, of us / some of us / none of us / one of, us / most of us, the subject of the, question–tag would be ‘we.’ As :, 1. All of us will go, shall we not ?, 2. None of us has done it, have we ?, , (c) When the subject of the statement is All, of you / some of you / none of you / one, of you / most of you, the subject of the, Question–tag would be ‘you.’ As :, 1. All of you can do it, can’t you ?, 2. None of you can do it, can you ?, (d) When the subject of the statement is All, of them / some of them / none of them /, one of them / most of them, the subject, of the question–tag would be, ‘they’. As :, 1. All of them were present, weren’t, they ?, 2. None of them were present, were, they ?, (e) When the subject of the statement is, Nothing / something / everything /, anything, the subject of the Question–tag, would be ‘It’. As :, 1. Everything is lost, isn’t it ?, 2. Nothing is lost, is it ?, (f) If the subject of the statement is I am,, and the statement is affirmative, the, subject of the Question–tag would be, aren’t I (not, ‘am not I’), but if the, statement is Negative, we use ‘am I ?’, As :, 1. I am only a student, aren’t I ?, 2. I am not a student, am I ?, (g) When the statement has this pattern :, There + Auxiliary Verb + Subject, the, Question–tag would have ‘Verb + there’, (not Verb + Pronoun). As :, 1. There is no good college, is there ?, ( Not, Is it there ?), 2. There is a good college, is not there ?, ( Not, Is it not there ?), (h) When the statement has need / needs, the, Question–tag would have d o n ’ t /, doesn’t, and with used to, we use didn’t., As :, 1. I need a book, don’t I ?, 2. He needs a book, doesn’t he ?, 3. He used to live here, didn’t he ?, (i) For positive request / command, we use, will you / won’t you ? in the Question–, tag, but for negative request / command,, we use only will you ? As :, 1. Ring the bell, will you ? Or won’t you ?, 2. Don’t ring the bell, will you ?
Page 152 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 144 | L.W.C.E., (j) If the statement begins with Let, it may, have two meanings, and with them two, different types of Question–tags are, added :, (i) If the statement suggests Proposal, or Suggestion, the Question–tag, will have Shall we ?, 1. Let us now go for dinner, shall we ?, 2. Let us form a society, shall we ?, (ii) If the statement suggests Permission, the Question–tag will have will, you ? As :, 1. Let them read here, will you ?, 2. Let her take the book, will you ?, , Exercise, Add Question-tags to the following statements :, 1. They love and admire you., 2. I have not seen Calcutta., 3. He does not know English., 4. He can speak French., 5. Few people know him., 6. No one will like your attitude., 7. Every one is most welcome here., 8. All of us should play a game., 9. Nothing could be saved., 10. I am a soldier., 11. There is no Railway station here., 12. Call the peon., , Revision Exercise —1, Correct the following sentences :, I think it shall rain tonight., Will I buy a television ?, Shall you be able to visit us tomorrow ?, I shouldn’t have done this if I was you ?, If I was the President of India, I would, make English a compulsory subject., 6. He needs not have shouted at me., 7. He dares not go against the wishes of his, master., 8. He needs not to pay the next instalment., 9. The earth moves round the sun, isn’t it ?, 10. You will be going home in the summer,, will you ?, 11. Why you are so sad ?, 12. Take your old shoes off ?, 1., 2., 3., 4., 5., , 13., 14., 15., 16., 17., 18., 19., 20., , Does he dare offend you ?, He never smiles nor ever will., He has never been true nor will ever be true, to me., He has not and never can dismiss my case., He will often talk of his school days., I wish he will come for my rescue., He said that he will not wait any longer., Little did I know that he will deceive me., , Revision Exercise —2, Choose the correct alternative :, 1. I believe I (should, can, may) be able to go., 2. He (shall, will, dare) not return your book, until he is compelled., 3. You (should, would, ought) to be punctual., 4. I wish you (will, would, should) be, successful., 5. (Shall, will, would) you please help me ?, 6. (Shall, will, may) I help you ?, 7. You (should, ought, must) return my book, at once., 8. He (need, dare, would) not ask for any, promotion., 9. (Shall, might, could) you show me the way, to the station ?, 10. I (would, used, ought) to be a teacher but, now I have taken to business., 11. I (will, shall, am) to address a meeting in, the afternoon., 12. I wish he (should, would, may) not betray, me., 13. He (is, was, has) to carry out my orders., 14. (Doesn’t, oughtn’t, hasn’t) he served you, so faithfully ?, 15. I am your true follower, (amn’t, aren’t,, isn’t) I ?, 16. There is no news, but he (may, would,, should) come., 17. (Should, would, may) you have one more, cup ?, 18. He said that he (is, was, will) in great, trouble., 19. (May, might, would) I borrow your pen for, a minute ?, 20. You (needn’t, couldn’t, haven’t) wait for, her any longer.
Page 153 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 11, , Non-Finite Verbs, , Kind of Non-Finite Verbs, Non-Finite Verbs are of three kinds :, 1. The Infinitive, 2. The Gerund, 3. The Participle, All these Non-Finite Verbs are Independent, verbs. They are called independent because they, are not governed by the Number and Person of, the Subject like other verbs. They are independent of the subject., Let us consider the rules governing the NonFinite Verbs one by one., , (1) The Infinitive, , pleted. But there are some Verbs after which, Infinitives are used without ‘to’., Infinitive without ‘to’ : The following are, the rules of the use of Infinitives without ‘to’ :, Rule 1—The Infinitive is used without ‘to’ after, these Verbs—hear, see, feel, make, let,, bid, watch, behold, know, notice,, observe, need not, dare not. As—, 1. He bade me go., 2. We shall watch him dance., 3. Let him sing., 4. Make him work., 5. Behold / see / observe him play., Note—, (i) If ‘dare’ and ‘need’ sentences have do/, does/did used within them, the Infinitive, is used with ‘to’. Also affirmative sentences with ‘need’ and ‘dare’ take the Infinitive with ‘to’, As—, 1. Does he dare to challenge you ?, 2. Does he need to challenge you ?, 3. He dares me to cross the river., 4. He needs to go at once., (ii) If the verbs listed above under Rule 1 are, used Passively, they will take the Infinitive with ‘to’. As—, , Kinds of Infinitive—Infinitives are of two, kinds :, 1. T h e Noun-Infinitive—Noun-Infinitive is, also called Simple Infinitive. It is used like a, Noun. Therefore it is also called Verb–Noun. It, performs all the Functions of a Noun., 2. The Gerundial Infinitive—Gerundial, Infinitive is also called Qualifying Infinitive. It, performs the Functions of an Adjective or an, Adverb., Tense-Forms of the Infinitive—The Infinitive has the following Forms according to Tense, or Time :, Tense/Time, Form, Active Voice, Passive Voice, Present, Simple, To do, To be done, Continuous, To be doing, Past, Perfect, To have done, To have been done, Perfect Continuous, To have been doing, There is no Future form of the Infinitive., 1. He was made to do it., Infinitive with or without ‘To’, 2. He was known to have hidden the treasure., Most of the Infinitives have ‘to’ before them., 3. He was bidden to go., This is the sign to recognize them, as—to go, to, eat, to drink, to be loved, to have been com4. He was seen to be crossing the river.
Page 154 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 146 | L.W.C.E., Rule 2—The Infinitives coming after these verbs, also do not take ‘to’ before them—shall,, will, should, would, do, did, may,, might, must, can, could. As—, 1. He could do it., 2. We shall try., 3. You would laugh., 4. He can play., Rule 3—Infinitives do not take ‘to’ after these, expressions a l s o —had better, had, rather, would sooner, would rather,, sooner than, rather than, had sooner., As—, 1. He had better resign., 2. He would rather withdraw., 3. I would sooner resign than serve in, these conditions., 4. I would study rather than waste my, time., Rule 4—‘To’ is not used with the Infinitive after, the conjunction ‘than’. As—, He is better able to write than speak., Rule 5—‘To’ is not used with the Infinitive after, the Preposition ‘but’, provided that but, has ‘do’ Verb before it. As—, 1. She can do nothing but weep., 2. We did nothing but play., Rule 6—If Have / has / had have a Noun or a, Pronoun after them, the Infinitive coming thereafter will not have ‘to’ with it., As—, 1. I will have you remember me., 2. He had him know his fault., 3. He will have me forget my insult., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. You need not to pity him., 2. Behold him to dance on the stage., 3. Do you dare refuse me ?, 4. He dares me swim against the flow of the, river., 5. I watched him to cross the road., 6. He was bidden keep quiet., , 7., , I would sooner to yield before my father, than to oppose him., 8. He would rather to give up his claim., 9. He can do nothing but to abuse, shamelessly., 10. She is better able to sing than to dance., 11. I would have you to keep your promise., 12. You had better to apologize to your, master., Hints—(1) drop “to”; (2) drop “to”; (3) to refuse;, (4) to swim; (5) drop “to”; (6) to keep; (7), drop “to” before “yield” and “oppose”;, (8) drop “to”; (9) drop “to”; (10) drop, “to” before dance; (11) drop “to”; (12), drop “to” before “apologize.”, , Uses of Noun-Infinitives, Noun-Infinitives have the following uses :, 1. As the Subject of a Verb, To err is human., To find fault is easy., To earn is not so difficult as to spend (is, difficult), To live honourably is not easy., 2. As the Object of a Verb., He loves to read novels., I want to go., He likes to play chess., He desires to settle down here., 3. As the Object of a Preposition, He has no choice but to go., The show is about to start., The enemy is about to surrender., I want nothing but to be free., 4. As the Complement of a Verb, My only ambition is to be a doctor., His habit is to sleep in the afternoon., The old custom was to sacrifice a goat., His dream is to have a huge factory., 5. As an Objective Complement, I saw him dance., I bid you go., I will have you accept your fault.
Page 155 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NON-FINITE VERBS | 147, , Functions of the Gerundial Infinitive, Gerundial Infinitives have the following functions—, 1. To qualify a Noun, There is no book to read., I have no time to waste., He is not a man to be respected., I have a horse to sell., 2. To qualify an Adjective, This book is good to read., Mangoes are sweet to eat., I am eager to go., The weather is pleasant to enjoy., 3. To qualify a Verb (to express a purpose), He came to seek my permission., We earn to live comfortably., We work to make a living., He went to meet his friend., 4. To qualify a sentence, To tell the truth, I am very tired., He was, so to speak, pierced to the heart., , Exercise, (A) Use the following Infinitives as directed :, 1. “To write” as the subject and object of a, verb, 2. “To love” as the subject and object of a, verb., 3. “To fight” as the object of a preposition., 4. “To obey” as the object of a preposition., 5. “To walk” as the complement of a verb., 6. “To preach” as the complement of a verb., (B) Use the following Verbs as Gerundial, Infinitives—, Serve, conquer, bathe, taste, work, study,, admit, tell, travel, arrive., , Other Uses of Infinitives, Rule 1—How + Infinitive, If an Infinitive is used as the object of the, following verbs, how is used before the, Infinitive. These verbs are :, know, see, learn, observe, forget, discover,, decide, teach, show, wonder, ask, enquire,, explain, tell. As—, , 1., 2., 3., 4., , Please tell me how to reach there., I wonder how to account for it., Please show me how to close it., I can’t decide how to get out of the fray., , Rule 2—Verb + Infinitive, Some Verbs when joined with an Infinitive, show the occurrence of an action. They also, carry the sense of sudden occurrence of the, action concerned. These Verbs are : happen,, seem, chance, appear. As—, 1. I happened to see a snake., 2. He seemed to have forgotten me., 3. I chanced to meet him in the market., 4. He appeared to recognize me., Rule 3—Noun / Adjective + Infinitive, In some sentences an Infinitive is used after a, Noun or an Adjective. This Infinitive qualifies the Noun or the Adjective concerned., As—, 1. The problem is easy to solve., 2. He has a horse to sell., 3. I have a house to furnish., 4. He is hard to please., 5. These mangoes are sweet to eat., Note—In such sentences the Infinitive is used, only in Active Voice, not in Passive, Voice. Therefore we cannot write the, following sentences:, 1. The problem is easy to be solved., 2. He has a horse to be sold., 3. I have a house to be furnished., 4. He is hard to be pleased., 5. These mangoes are sweet to be eaten., Rule 4—Noun / Infinitive + Preposition, In some sentences an Infinitive comes after, the Noun and at the end of the sentence, comes a Preposition. In such sentences the, Noun functions as the agent or instrument to a, purpose. As—, 1. I have no pen to write with., 2. There is a chair to sit on., 3. I have a house to live in., 4. There is no friend to talk to.
Page 156 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 148 | L.W.C.E., Rule 5—Verb + Object + Infinitive, There are some Transitive Verbs which take, an Object after them, and after the object an, Infinitive. These verbs are :, Allow, permit, order, advise, tell, request,, force, invite, remind. As—, 1. He allowed me to go., 2. He forced me to resign., 3. I advise you to go., 4. You remind him to come., Rule 6—There are some Verbs and some Adjectives after which only an Infinitive is, used, not a Gerund (verb + ‘ing’). These, Verbs are—Agree, desire, hope, expect,, want, wish, promise, refuse, dare,, decide, fail, glad, happy, eager,, anxious, easy, hard, able, ready. As—, 1. I am ready to go. (Not, ‘ready to going’, or ‘ready for going’), 2. He expects to pass. (Not, ‘to passing’), 3. He promised / refused to come. (Not,, ‘to coming’), 4. I shall be glad to allow your request., (Not, ‘to allowing’), Rule 7—Subject + Verb + Infinitive / Gerund, There are s o m e Verbs after which either, Infinitve or Gerund (verb + ‘ing’) can be, used. But then their meanings change., ‘Verb + Gerund’ show that an action is, being done in the normal course, while Verb, + Infinitive show that an action is being done, under some special situation or on a, particular occasion. These Verbs are : like,, dislike, stop, begin. As—, 1. I like dancing., 2. I like to dance on such occasions., 3. He began writing., 4. He began to write., 5. He has stopped going there., 6. He has stopped to go there., Rule 8—Infinitive of Purpose / Result, Some Infinitives come after the Verb and, they carry the sense of some special purpose, or result. As—, 1. He went to Agra to see the Taj., 2. He came to return my books., 3. He failed to win the prize., 4. He came to repent sincerely., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Could you tell me to explain the point ?, 2. I really wonder to express my gratitude to, you., 3. Do you know to drive a car ?, 4. This exercise is not easy to be done., 5. I have an essay to be written., 6. He has a growing family to be maintained., 7. I have no debt to be paid., 8. The river is very deep to be crossed., 9. She has no colours to paint., 10. There is no blackboard to write., 11. She has no friend to go., 12. I invite to come this evening., 13. He ordered to make the payment at once., 14. I request to help me., 15. Don’t fail in reaching in time., 16. He is eager for meeting you., 17. I am really glad to be meeting you., 18. He hopes of passing in the first division., 19. You cannot force to accept your terms., 20. I again advise to be serious about your, studies., Hints—(1) how to explain; (2) how to express; (3), how to drive; (4) easy to do; (5) to write;, (6) to maintain; (7) to pay; (8) to cross; (9), to paint with; (10) to write on; (11) to go, to; (12) invite you to come; (13) ordered, me to make; (14) request you to help; (15), to reach; (16) to meet; (17) to meet; (18) to, pass; (19) force me to accept; (20) advise, you to be serious., , (2) The Gerund, Its Form, “A Gerund is that form of the verb which, ends in “ing” and has the force of a Noun and a, Verb.”, (Wren and Martin), It would appear from the above definition that, a Gerund is formed by adding ‘ing’ to a Verb,, and it performs the functions of both Noun and, Verb. The sign of recognizing a Gerund is that it, is always a ‘Verb + ing’, as—running , walking,, driving, reading, writing, etc.
Page 157 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NON-FINITE VERBS | 149, Note—It may be remembered in this connection, that in form the Present Participle is also, Verb + ing. But the functions of Gerund, and Present Participle are quite different., The function of Gerund is Verb + Noun,, while that of Present Participle is Verb +, Adjective., Gerund = Verb + Noun (Verbal Noun), Participle = Verb + Adjective (Verbal, Adjective), Its Different Forms, Tense, Active Voice Passive Voice, Present or Loving, Being loved, Continuous, Perfect, Having loved Having been loved, Gerund and Noun-Infinitive, As we have said above the function of Gerund, is Verb + Noun. The function of Noun Infinitive, is also Verb + Noun. Therefore in most sentences, either Gerund or Noun Infinitive can be used, without any change in meaning., Teaching is easy. (Gerund), To teach is easy. (Infinitive), To see is to believe. (Infinive), Seeing is believing. (Gerund), Functions of Gerund, Like Infinitive, Gerund also performs the, following functions of the Noun :, 1. As the Subject of a Verb, 1. Walking is good for health., 2. Seeing is believing., 3. Fishing is popular in coastal areas., 2. As the object of a Verb, 1. Stop shouting., 2. I hate telling lies., 3. He loves hunting., 4. He likes sitting idle., 3. As the object of a Preposition, 1. He is fond of reading novels., 2. I was tired of waiting., 3. I believe in working hard., 4. I am against fighting., , 4. As the Complement of a Verb, 1. What I hate is telling lies, 2. His habit was reading till late in the, night., 3. What I detest most is sitting idle., 4. His weakness is drinking., 5. As case in Apposition, 1. It is no use running after shadows., 2. It is useless talking to him., 3. It was foolish of him weeping alone., 4. It was so sweet of her trusting me., 6. Absolute use, Hunting being hateful to him, we did, not carry our guns., Drinking being his weakness, we did, not take him with us., Rules of the Use of Gerund, The following are the Rules of the use of, Gerund :, Rule 1—Gerund and Possessive Case, The Noun or Pronoun coming before Gerund, must be used in Possessive case. As—, 1. I am sorry for my being late., (not “for me / I being late”), 2. I am glad at your reaching here in time., (not “at you reaching”), 3. Please excuse me for my coming late., (not “me / I coming late”), 4. Nobody can prevent my going there. (not, “me going there”), Note—(i) If the Noun coming before Gerund is a, lifeless thing, it should not be used in the, Possessive case. As—, 1. There is a chance of the milk turning, sour. (not “milk’s turning”), 2. There is danger of the roof falling in, rains. (not “roof’s falling”), (ii) In the same way, Possessive case should, not be made of Plural Nouns ending in –, s, or of Demonstrative Pronouns (this /, that / these / those)., Rule 2—There are some Verbs after which only, Gerund should be used (not Infinitive)., These Verbs are :
Page 158 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 150 | L.W.C.E., Feel, mind, avoid, consider, enjoy, excuse,, finish, miss, can’t help, look forward, to, give up, go on, it is n o good, it is no use., As—, 1. I avoid going there. (not “avoid to go”), 2. I can’t help rejecting your application., (not “can’t help to reject”), 3. We just missed catching the train. (not, “missed to catch”), 4. Would you mind leaving me alone. (not, “mind to leave”), Rule 3—Compound Nouns as Gerunds, The following compound Nouns have Verb +, ing as one part of their form. This Verb + ing, part is called its Gerund. As—, Walking-stick, writing-table, frying-pan,, hunting-whip, sitting-room, inking-pad,, etc., This is because the ‘ing’ part is not separable, from the complete word, and therefore it cannot be a qualifying Adjective., Rule 4—Compound Gerunds, Sometimes Gerunds can be formed by using, Past Participle form of the Verb after Having, or Being. They are called Compoud Gerunds. As—, 1. He is fond of being praised., 2. He is afraid of being punished., 3. We hear of his having won a reward., 4. He is guilty of having deceived a friend., Rule 5—Gerunds as Ordinary Nouns, Sometimes Gerunds can be used as pure, ordinary Nouns. They have ‘The before, them and ‘of’ after them., 1. Now there remains only the signing of, the treaty., 2. From here we can watch the setting of, the sun., 3. Let us now begin the singing of the, hymns., 4. This is no time for the playing of cards., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I am sorry for me failing in my duty., 2. I can never pardon you for you deceiving, me., , 3. You cannot force me withdrawing my, claim., 4. There is risk of the train’s being late., 5. There is likelihood of a storm’s coming in, the evening., 6. We look forward to meet you again soon., 7. It is no use to cry over your loss now., 8. Don’t give up to try again., 9. The writing this book was not easy., 10. Coming of the storm was forecast., Hints—(1) my failing; (2) your deceiving; (3) my, withdrawing; (4) train being; (5) storm, coming; (6) to meeting; (7) crying; (8), trying; (9) the writing of ; (10) the coming, of., , (3) The Participle, Definition—“A participle is that form of the, verb which partakes of the nature both of a verb, and of an adjective.”, (Wren and Martin), Thus a Participle performs the functions both, of the Verb and the Adjective. Therefore it is also, called Verbal Adjective., Kinds of Participle—, Participles are of three kinds—, 1. Present Participle (Verb × ‘ing’), e.g. running, dancing, singing, crying, etc., 2. Past Participle (third form of the verb, usually ending in—ed, –d, –t, –en, –n), e.g. tired, learned, burnt, broken, hurt, etc., 3. Perfect Participle (having + Past Participle), e.g. having done, having completed,, having seen, etc., Forms of Participles—Participles have the, following forms—, Active Voice, Passive Voice, Present : loving, Present : being loved, Perfect : having loved Past : loved, Perfect : having been, loved, Uses of the Participle, Since the Participle performs the same functions as the Adjective, it can be used in three, ways like the Adjective—
Page 159 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NON-FINITE VERBS | 151, 1. Attributive Use :, 1. He jumped off a running train., 2. The river has flowing water., 3. The tired horse could run no farther., 4. The wounded soldier was carried to, the camp., 2. Predicative Use :, 1. I had to keep waiting., 2. He felt completely exhausted., 3. He came running., 4. He seems much worried., 3. Absolute Use (with a noun or pronoun, going before), 1. The day being hot, we did not go out., 2. Time permitting, I will surely come., 3. God willing, we shall win the match., 4. The sun having set, nothing could be, seen., Note—Under the Absolute use, the part containing the Participle is quite independent of, the main part., , Rules of correct use of Participles, Rule 1—Unattached Participle, Since the Participle performs the same function as the Adjective, it must have a Noun or, a Pronoun before it, which it must qualify., Without this Noun or Pronoun the Participle, will have no function to perform. Such a, participle is called unattached Participle,, which is a serious error in Grammar. Look at, the following sentences—, 1. Being a rainy day, the college remained, closed., 2. Being a cold morning, I did not go for a, walk., The use of the Participle ‘Being’ in both the, sentences above is wrong because there is no, Noun or Pronoun used before it, which it may, qualify. This error can be corrected by using a, Noun or a Pronoun (real or imaginary) before, ‘Being’. Thus the above sentences can be corrected as below :, 1. It being a rainy day, the college remained, closed. (‘being’ has ‘It’ before it.), or, , The day being rainy, the college remained closed. (‘being’ has ‘day’ before it.), 2. It being a cold morning, I did not go for, a walk. (‘being’ has ‘It’ before it.), or, The morning being cold, I did not go for, a walk. (‘being’ has ‘morning’ before it.), Rule 2—Wrongly Attached Participle, There is another serious error generally committed in the use of Participle. The sen-tence, containing a Participle has two parts—one, part containing the Participle, and the, second main part. In such a case, if the part, containing the Participle has no Subject, the, Subject of the main part will be considered, to be the subject of the Participle part / phrase, also., From this point begins the problem. If the, subject of the Participle phrase and that of the, main part is the same common person or, thing, no difficulty arises, because that would, be the common subject of both the parts. The, difficulty arises when the subjects of the two, parts are different, and the subject of the, Participle part has not been given., In such a case, a little slip or carelessness can, entirely change the sense of the whole, sentence and make it absurd and ridiculous., For example, look at the following sentence—, ‘Going to school, a dog bit Ram.’, Now this sentence has two parts—one, Participle part (‘Going to school’), and the other,, main part (‘a dog bit Ram’). Now since the, Participle part has no subject, the subject of, the main part (i.e. dog) will be considered the, subject of the Participle part also. This would, mean as if the ‘dog’ was going to school and, it bit Ram. This becomes ridiculous. This error, can be corrected by changing the construction, of the main part in such a way that its Subject, may become a common Subject with the, Participle part. This can be done by changing, the Voice (from Active to Passive) of the main, part. The sentence would then become—, Going to school, Ram was bitten by a dog., Now Ram becomes the common subject of, both the parts, and the sentence is correct., If you don’t want to change the sentence like, this, the second way is to convert the Participle phrase into a whole clause thus :
Page 160 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 152 | L.W.C.E., While Ram was going to school, a dog bit, him., Take another sentence :, Jumping from behind the bush, Ram was, attacked by a tiger., In this sentence, Ram (the subject of the main, part) becomes the common subject of the, Participle part also. That would mean as if, Ram jumped from behind the bush and was, attacked by a tiger. This error can be corrected, by changing the main part from Passive to, Active Voice. The sentence would then be :, Jumping from behind the bush, a tiger, attacked Ram., The sentence is now corrrect., Similarly see the following sentences which, are all correct—, 1. Walking along the footpath, he was hit, with a stone., 2. Being tired of night-long journey, he, could do no work., 3. Insulted by his demotion, he resigned, from service., 4. Having finished my work, I returned, home early., 5. Having been injured, he stopped fighting., Both the parts of the above noted sentences, have a common subject., , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. Being a fine day, we went on a picnic, party., 2. Being Sunday, I am not going to office, today., 3. Having failed in the first attempt, no, further attempt was made by him., 4. Having no guide with us, the history of, the Taj could not be known., 5. Sleeping in his room, a thief hit him on, the head., 6. Reading in my room, a snake was seen, under my table., 7. Ploughing his field, some old coins were, found., 8. Returning from the market, my cycle was, lost., , 9., , Tired of the day-long labour, no more, work could be done., 10. Driving my car, the way was lost., Hints—(1) It being a fine day; (2) It being, Sunday; (3) he made no further attempt;, (4) we could not know the history of the, Taj; (5) he was hit by a thief on the head;, (6) I saw a snake under my table; (7) he, found some old coins; (8) I lost my cycle;, (9) I could do no more work; (10) I lost, my way., Rule 3—Past Participles used as pure Adjectives, There are some Past Participles which are, used as pure Adjectives, not as the Past, Participle form of Verbs. They are—Drunken, molten, bounden, c l o v e n , graven,, stricken, shrunken, sunken, shorn., They can qualify only a Noun, as—a drunken, driver, molten lava, bounden duty, cloven, foot, graven image, stricken heart, shrunken, face, sunken ship, shorn sheep., The normal Past Participle forms of the above, noted Past Participles are these :, Drunk, melted, bound, clove, graved,, struck, shrunk, sunk, sheared., Rule 4—Past Participle and Passive Voice, Most Past Participles are used in Passive, Voice. Therefore they are used after the Noun., As—, 1. Remember the lessons taught by him., 2. I live in the house built by you., 3. Where is the book written by you ?, 4. I shall never forget the favour shown to, me., Note—But there are some Past Participles which, can be used both as Verbs and Adjectives. They are—Torn, written, born, broken, fallen, given, spoken, stolen. As—, 1. Here is the broken window., 2. Where is the window broken by the, thief., 3. I want a written statement., 4. This is the letter written by me., Rule 5—Present Participle and Active Voice, Present Participles are mostly used in Active, Voice before the Noun. As—
Page 161 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NON-FINITE VERBS | 153, 1. This is our reading room., 2. There is no drinking water., 3. Hawk is a hunting bird., 4. Don’t get down a running bus., Rule 6—Participles used as Prepositions, Some Participles are used as Prepositions and, they depend on the main part of the sentence., As—, 1. Referring to your letter, I have to say, that........, 2. Regarding my qualifications, I would, submit that....., Rule 7—Participles of Time, Some Participles suggest time. The sense of, time becomes more clear when the Participle, phrase is converted into a clause. As—, 1. Going to school, I dropped my pen, somewhere. (i.e. while I was going to, school.), 2. Having finished my work, I returned, from my office. (i.e. After I had finished, my work.), Rule 8—Participles of Reason / Cause, 1. Being tired, I could not go any farther., (i.e. Because I was tired.), 2. Having been satisfied, I did not take any, further action. (i.e. Because I had been, satisfied.), , Rule 9—Participles of Condition., 1. Turning to the left, you will see the, Railway station. (i.e. If you turn to the, left.), 2. Conditions remaining the same, there, will be no problem in organizing the, function. (i.e. If conditions remain the, same.), Rule 10—Participles of Concession / Contrast, 1. Believing what you say, I will still look, into the matter myself. (i.e. Even though I, believe what you say.), 2. Living from hand to mouth, he yet, maintains his self-respect. (i.e. Though he, lives from hand to mouth.), , Exercise, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I am not duty bounden to go., 2. He was stricken on the head., 3. A goat has clove feet., 4. He was picked up dead drunken., 5. Here is a spun wheel., 6. This is my written book., 7. We live in your built house., 8. This is our ground playing., Hints—(1) duty bound; (2) was struck; (3) cloven, feet; (4) dead drunk; (5) spinning wheel;, (6) the book written by me; (7) in the, house built by you; (8) playing ground.
Page 162 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 12, , Time and Tense, , Distinction Between Time and Tense, In order to understand this chapter, it is, necessary first to understand the meanings of, Time and Tense and the distinction between the, two. Time is used in the ordinary sense as we, know it in life. Time has three dimensions—the, Present Time, the Past Time, and the Future Time., But Tense is a grammatical term, showing the, grammatical forms of the Verb. Thus Time points, to the meaning of the Verb, and Tense to the, form of the Verb. There are three broad divisions, of Tense—the Present Tense, the Past Tense, and, the Future Tense. Each Tense is further divided, into four sub-divisions—1. Simple, 2. Continuous, (Progressive), 3. Perfect, 4. Perfect Continuous. In, this way Time has three divisions, while Tense, has twelve divisions., It may further be pointed out that One Tense, may show more than one dimension of Time., For example, Simple Present Tense may show, Present Time, Past Time and Future Time. Likewise, Simple Past Tense can also show Present, Time, Past Time and Future Time., For example, see the following Question and, its Answer :, Q. How does Ram earn his living ?, Ans. He runs a shop., The above Answer is in Simple Present, Tense, but in its sense it shows Past, Present and, Future Time, because he had the shop in the past;, he has it in the present, and he will keep it in, future too. In other words this sentence is in, Simple Present Tense but in Past, Present, and, Future Time., Now see this sentence—, “I go to Bombay tomorrow morning.”, This sentence is in Simple Present Tense, but, in sense it shows Future Time., Now see the following sentences written in, Simple Past Tense. All these sentences are in Past, , Tense, but in sense the first sentence is in Past, Time, the second in Present Time, the third in, Future Time. As—, 1. I sent a message to my brother yesterday., (Past Tense and Past time), 2. If I sent a message to my brother just now,, he would receive it tomorrow. (Past Tense, and Present time), 3. If I sent a message to my brother tomorrow, he would receive it on Sunday morning. (Past Tense and Future time), Therefore a student must clearly understand, the distinction between Present Tense and Present, Time, Past Tense and Past Time, and Future Tense, and Future Time., Let us now study in detail the Tenses and, Time Sense., , Three Forms of Verbs, Present, Past and Past Participle Forms of, Some Difficult Verbs, Each Verb has Three Forms :, I Form or Present Tense., II Form or Past Tense., III Form or Past Participle., Since no sentence can be formed without, using a Verb in a certain form, we give below a, list of the I, II, and III Forms of some typical, Verbs in the use of which an error is often, committed :, , Group I, I Form, Present Tense, Arise, Bear, Bear, Beat, Beget, , II Form, Past Tense, arose, bore, bore, beat, begot, , III Form, Past Participle, arisen, born, borne, beaten, begot
Page 163 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIME AND TENSE | 155, I Form, Present Tense, Bid, Bite, Bind, Blow, Break, Burn, Chide, Choose, Creep, Deal, Dwell, Draw, Drink, Drive, Eat, Fall, Feel, Fly, Forbear, Forget, Forsake, Freeze, Get, Give, Go, Grow, Hang, Hide, Kneel, Know, Laugh, Lie, Mean, Ride, Rise, See, Shake, Show, Shrink, Sink, Sow, Slay, Sleep, , II Form, Past Tense, bade, bit, bound, blew, broke, burnt, chid, chose, crept, dealt, dwelt, drew, drank, drove, ate, fell, felt, flew, for bore, forgot, forsook, froze, got, gave, went, grew, hanged, hid, knelt, knew, laughed, lay, meant, rode, rose, saw, shook, showed, shrank, sank, sowed, slew, slept, , III Form, Past Participle, bidden, bitten, bound, blown, broken, burnt, chid, chosen, crept, dealt, dwelt, drawn, drunk, driven, eaten, fallen, felt, flown, forborne, forgotten, forsaken, frozen, got, given, gone, grown, hanged, hidden, knelt, known, laughed, lain, meant, ridden, risen, seen, shaken, shown, shrunk, sunk, sown, slain, slept, , I Form, Present Tense, Slide, Smell, Smite, Speak, Spoil, Steal, Stride, Strike, Strive, Swear, Sweep, Take, Teach, Tear, Throw, Tread, Wear, Weave, Weep, Write, , II Form, Past Tense, slid, smelt, smote, spoke, spoilt, stole, strode, struck, strove, swore, swept, took, taught, tore, threw, trod, wore, wove, wept, wrote, , III Form, Past Participle, slid, smelt, smitten, spoken, spoilt, stolen, stridden, struck, striven, sworn, swept, taken, taught, torn, thrown, trodden, worn, woven, wept, written, , Group II, Abide, Awake, Build, Become, Begin, Behold, Bend, Cling, Come, Dig, Feed, Fight, Find, Fling, Grind, Hold, Lend, Lead, Ring, Run, Read, , abode, awoke, built, became, began, beheld, bent, clung, came, dug, fed, fought, found, flung, ground, held, lent, led, rang, ran, read, , abode, awoke, built, become, begun, beheld, bent, clung, come, dug, fed, fought, found, flung, ground, held, lent, led, rung, run, read
Page 164 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 156 | L.W.C.E., I Form, Present Tense, Shine, Sing, Spin, Spring, Stand, Stick, Sting, String, Swim, Win, Wind, Wring, , II Form, Past Tense, shone, sang, spun, sprang, stood, stuck, stung, strung, swam, won, wound, wrung, , III Form, Past Participle, shone, sung, spun, sprung, stood, stuck, stung, strung, swam, won, wound, wrung, , Group III, The following Verbs remain the same in all the, three forms :, Bet, bet, bet, Burst, burst, burst, Cast, cast, cast, Cut, cut, cut, Cost, cost, cost, Hit, hit, hit, Hurt, hurt, hurt, Let, let, let, Put, put, put, Read, Read, Read, Rid, rid, rid, Set, set, set, Shed, shed, shed, shut, shut, shut, Split, split, split, Spread, spread, spread, Thrust, thrust, thrust, , Structure of Sentences According to, Tenses, As we have said above, there are Three, Tenses, and each tense is further divisible into, four sub-divisions. Thus there are in all twelve, divisions, and each division has its own grammatical structure. We are giving below examples of, all these twelve structures along with their Rules., Note—In the Rules given below, V1 stands, for the First Form (Present Tense) of the Verb, V2, for the Second Form (Past Tense) and V3 for the, Third Form (Past Participle) of the Verb., , 1. PRESENT TENSE, Read the following sentences carefully—, 1. PRESENT INDEFINITE TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I read my book., He loves his school., You help the poor., They love their country., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I do not read my book., He does not love his school., You do not help the poor., They do not love their country., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Do I read my book ?, Does he love his school ?, Do you help the poor ?, Where does he go ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Do I not read my book ?, Does he not love his school ?, Do you not help the poor ?, Where does he not go ?, , Rules, Rule 1—In Affirmative sentences I, We, You,, They and Plural Nouns take the verb in, the First Form. But He, She, It and, Singular Nouns take the Verb in the, First Form with s / es., [See (i)], Structure :, I / We / You / They / Plural Nouns + V1, He / She / It / Singular Nouns + V1 + s / es, Rule 2—In Negative sentences I, We, You, They,, and Plural Nouns take donot + Verb in, the First Form. But He, She, It and, Singular Nouns take does not + Verb, in the First Form., [See (ii)], Structure :, I / We / You /They/Plural Nouns + do not + V1, He / She / It / Singular Nouns + does not + V1
Page 165 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIME AND TENSE | 157, Rule 3—Interrogative Sentences have two structures :, (i) Those that begin with Do Verb (do,, does, did). After the Do Verb comes the, subject and thereafter Verb in the First, Form., (ii) Those that begin with Interrogative, Adverb (What, Where, Why, When,, W h o , etc.). After the Adverb there, follows the same structure as given, above., [See (iii)], , Structure :, I + am + V1 x ‘ing’, We/You/They/Plural Nouns + are + V1 x ‘ing’, He / She / It / Singular Nouns + is + V1 x ‘ing’, Rule 2—In Negative Sentences not is added after, is, am, are in the above noted structures., [See (ii)], Structure :, I + am + not + V1x ‘ing’, We / You / They / Plural Nouns + are + not +, V1x ‘ing’, He / She / It / Singular Nouns + is + not + V1 x, ‘ing’, , Structure :, (i) Do Verb + Subject + V1, (ii) Adverb + Do Verb + Subject + V 1, Rule 4—In the Interrogative Negative Sentences both the structures are the same as, under Rule 3 above except that in them, not is added after the subject. [See (iv)], 2., , PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE, (i), , Affirmative Sentences—, I am reading my book., He is going to school., They are playing football., You are going., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I am not reading my book., He is not going to school., You are not going., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Am I reading my book ?, Is he going to school ?, Are you going ?, Where are you going ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Am I not reading my book ?, Is he not going to school ?, Are you not going ?, Where are you not going ?, , Rules, Rule 1—In Affirmative Sentences I takes am +, V1x ‘ing’, You, We, They and Plural, Nouns take are + V1x ‘ing’, and He, She,, It and Singular Nouns take is + V1 x, ‘ing’., [See (i)], , Rule 3—Interrogative sentences begin with the, Auxiliary Verb Is / Am / Are. Adverbial, Interrogatives are used even before the, Auxiliaries., [See (iii)], Structure :, Am + I + V1 x ‘ing’, Are + We / You / They + V 1 x ‘ing’, Is + he / she / it + V 1 x ‘ing’, Rule 4—Interrogative Negative Sentences follow the same structures as given under, Rule 3 above except that not is used, before the Principal Verb., [See iv], Structure :, Am + I + not + V1 x ‘ing’, Are + We / You / They + not + V1 x ‘ing’, Is + he / she / it + not + V1 x ‘ing’, 3., , PRESENT PERFECT TENSE, (i), , Affirmative Sentences—, I have read my book., You have finished your work., He has gone to Calcutta., They have left Agra., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I have not read my book., You have not finished your work., He has not gone to Calcutta., They have not left Agra.
Page 166 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 158 | L.W.C.E., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Have I read my book ?, Have you finished your work ?, Has he gone to Calcutta ?, Have they left Agra ?, Where have they gone ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Have I not read my book ?, Have you not finished your work ?, Has he not gone to Calcutta ?, Have they not left Agra ?, What have they not done ?, , Rules, Rule 1—In Affirmative sentences I, We, You,, They, and Plural Nouns take have +, third form of the Verb. He, She, It and, Singular Nouns take has + third form, of the Verb., [See (i)], Structure :, I / We / You / They + have + V3, He / She / it + has + V 3, Rule 2—In Negative sentences we use not after, has or have in the above structures., [See (ii)], Structure :, I / We / You / They + have + not + V3, He / She / it + has + not + V3, Rule 3—Interrogative sentences begin with the, Auxiliary Have or H a s, after which, comes the Subject and then Verb in the, Third Form. Interrogative Adverbs, if, any, are used even before Have or Has., [See (iii)], Structure :, Have / Has + Subject + V3, Interrogative Adverb + have/has+Subject + V3, Rule 4—In Interrogative Negative sentences not, is used before the Verb., [See (iv)], Structure :, Have / Has + Subject + not + V3, Interrogative Adverb + have / has + Subject +, not + V 3, , 4. PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS, TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I have been working for four hours., He has been sleeping since 6 O’clock., You have been living here since July., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I have not been working for four hours., He has not been sleeping since 6 O’clock., You have not been living here since, July., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Have I been working for four hours ?, Has he been sleeping since 6 O’clock ?, Why has the child been weeping for two, hours ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Have I not been working for four hours ?, Has he not been sleeping since 6 O’, clock?, Why have you not been reading since the, morning ?, , Rules, Rule 1—Perfect Continuous Tense expresses period of time. If the period of time is definite (i.e. the starting point of time is, known), we use since, as since July, since, 4 O’clock, since Monday, since 1964,, etc. But if the period of time is not, definite (i.e. the starting point of time is, not known), we use for, as for some, time, for five hours, for fifteen years,, etc., Rule 2—In Affirmative Sentences I, We, You,, They, and Plural Nouns take have been, followed by the Verb in the First Form, X ‘ing’. He, She, It and Singular Nouns, take has been followed by the Verb in the, First Form X ‘ing’., [See (i)], Structure :, Subject + have/has been + V1x ‘ing’ + Time, Rule 3—In Negative Sentences we use not after, have or has in the above structure., [See (ii)]
Page 167 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIME AND TENSE | 159, Structure :, , Structure :, , Subject + have not been / has not been + V1 x, ‘ing’ + Time, Rule 4—In Interrogative Sentences we use Have /, Has at the beginning of the Sentence,, followed by the Subject and then comes, been and then Verb in the First Form X, ‘ing’, and then Time., [See (iii)], Structure :, Have / Has + Subject + been + V1 x ‘ing’ +, Time, Rule 5—In Interrogative Negative sentences we, use not before been., [See (iv)], Structure :, Have / Has + Subject + not + been + V 1x ‘ing’, + Time., , 2. PAST TENSE, Read the following sentences carefully—, 5. PAST INDEFINITE TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I helped my friend., You loved your school., He wrote a book., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I did not help my friend., You did not love your school., He did not write a book., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Did I help my friend ?, Did you love your school ?, Did you write a book ?, Where did you go ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Did I not help my friend ?, Did you not love your school ?, Where did you not go ?, , Subject + V2, , Rule 2—In Negative sentences we use did not, followed by the Verb in the First Form, with every Subject., [See (ii)], Structure :, , Subject + did not + V 1, , Rule 3—In Interrogative Sentences we begin the, sentence with D i d , and then use the, Subject and after that Verb in the First, Form., [See (iii)], Structure :, , Did + Subject + V1, , Rule 4—In Interrogative Negative sentences not, is used before the main verb. [See (iv)], Structure :, , Did + Subject + not + V1, , 6. PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE, (i), , Affirmative Sentences—, I was reading my book., He was going to school., They were playing football., You were going., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I was not reading my book., He was not going to school., You were not going., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Was I reading my book ?, Was he going to school ?, Were you going ?, Where were you going ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Was I not reading my book ?, Was he not going to school ?, Were you not going ?, Where were you not going ?, , Rules, , Rules, , Rule 1—In Affirmative Sentences we use the, Second Form of the Verb with every, Subject of any Person or any Number., [See (i)], , Rule 1—In Affirmative sentences I, He, She, It, and Singular Nouns take was + V 1x, ‘ing’. You, We, They and Plural Nouns, take were + V1x ‘ing’., [See (i)]
Page 168 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 160 | L.W.C.E., Structure :, I/He/She/It/Singular Noun + was + V1x ‘ing’, You/We/They/Plural Nouns+were + V1x ‘ing’, Rule 2—In Negative Sentences not is used after, was or were., [See (ii)], Structure :, Subject + was / were + not + V1x ‘ing’, Rule 3—In Interrogative sentences the Auxiliary, Verb was or Were is used at the, beginning of the sentence. Interrogative, Adverb, if required, is used even before, was or were., [See (iii)], Structure :, Was / Were + Subject + V 1x ‘ing’., Interrogative Adverb + was / were + Subject +, V1x ‘ing’., Rule 4—In Interrogative Negative Sentences not, is used before the main verb. [See (iv)], Structure :, Was / Were + Subject + not + V1x ‘ing’, , (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Had I not taken my dinner before the sun, set ?, Had he not gone before you reached, there ?, Had the patient not died before the doctor reached ?, Why had you not gone before he came ?, , Rules, Rule 1—In sentences of Past Perfect Tense there, is usually an expression of Time, a s, before, after, already, long ago, etc. The, verb used is in the form of had + verb in, the Third Form with every subject of, any Person or Number., [See (i)], Structure :, , Subject + had + V3, , Rule 2— Past Perfect Tense is usually used in, Complex sentences. The Subordi-nate, clause i s connected with the Principal, clause with before or after., Rule 3—In sentences in which before is used, the, Principal clause requires the verb as had, + V3 (Past Perfect) and the Subordinate, clause requires only V 2 (Past Indefinite, Tense)., [See (i & ii)], Structure :, , 7. PAST PERFECT TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, He had left India before independence., He had already gone., I had taken my dinner before sunset., Subject + had + V3 + before + Subject + V2, He had gone before you reached there., (Sub. ord. Clause), The patient had died before the doctor (Principal Clause), reached., Rule 4—In sentences in which after is used, the, Mohan came after Ram had left., Principal clause requires only Past, (ii) Negative Sentences—, Indefinite Verb (V2) and Subordinate, Clause Past Perfect Verb (had + V3)., I did not take my dinner after the sun had, set., [See (ii)], He had not gone before you reached Structure :, there., The patient had not died before the docSubject + V2 + after+ Subject + had + V3, tor reached., (Principal Clause), (Subordinate Clause), (iii) Interrogative Sentences : AffirmaRule 5— In Negative sentences formed under, tive—, Rule 1 above not is used after had; in, Did I take my dinner after the sun had, sentences formed under Rule 3 above, set ?, not is used in the Principal Clause after, Had he gone before you reached there ?, had ; and in sentences formed under, Had the patient died before the doctor, Rule 4 above, the Past Indefinite Verb, reached ?, (V 2) in the Principal Clause is conWhy had you gone before he came ?, verted into did not + V1., [See (ii)]
Page 169 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIME AND TENSE | 161, Structure :, (1) Subject + had + not + V3, (3) Subject + had + not + V3 + before +, Subject + V2, (4) Subject + did not + V1 + after + Subject +, had + V3, Rule 6—In Interrogative sentences formed under, Rules (1) and (3) above, had is shifted to, the beginning of the sentence (keeping, the remaining structure unchanged). In, sentences formed under Rule (4) above,, Sub-ject + V2 are converted into Did +, Subject + V1., [See (iii)], Structure :, (1) Had + Subject + V3, (3) Had + Subject + V3 + before + Subject +, V2, (4) Did + Subject + V1 + after + Subject + had, + V3, Rule 7—In Interrogative Negative sentences not, is used before the main Verb in each, form., [See (iv)], Structure :, (1) Had + Subject + not + V 3, (3) Had + Subject + not + V3 + before +, Subject + V2, (4) Did + Subject + not + V1 + after +, Subject + had + V3, 8. PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I had been working for four hours., He had been sleeping since 6 O’clock., We had been living in Delhi since 1950., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I had not been working for four hours., He had not been sleeping since 6, O’clock., We had not been living in Delhi since, 1960., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Had he been working for four hours ?, , Had he been sleeping since 6 O’clock ?, Had we been living in Delhi since, 1980?, Why had the child been weeping for, two hours ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Had I not been working for four hours ?, Had he not been sleeping since 6, O’clock ?, Had we not been living in Delhi since, 1980 ?, Why had you not been reading since the, morning ?, , Rules, Rule 1—Sentences of Past Perfect Continuous, Tense also carry the sense of Time. For, definite starting point of time we use, since, and for indefinite point of time we, use for (as under Past Perfect Tense, above)., Rule 2— In Affirmative Sentences we use the, Verb in the form of had been + Verb in, the First Form x ‘ing’ with every subject, of any Person or any number., [See (i)], Structure :, Subject + had been + V1x ‘ing’ + Time phrase, Rule 3— In Negative Sentences we use not, between had and been., [See (ii)], Structure :, Subject + had not been + V 1x ‘ing’ + Time, Rule 4—In Interrogative sentences we begin the, sentence with Had, or with Interrogative Adverb used even before Had., [See (iii)], Structure :, Had + Subject + been + V1 x ‘ing’ + Time, phrase, Interrogative Adverb + Had + Subject + been, x ‘ing’ + Time, Rule 5—In Interrogative Negative sentences we, use not before b e e n in the structure, under Rule 4 above., [See (iv)], Structure :, Had + Subject + not + been + V1x ‘ing’ + Time
Page 170 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 162 | L.W.C.E., , 3. FUTURE TENSE, Read the following sentences carefully—, 9. FUTURE INDEFINITE TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I shall help you., He will come today., You will do your work., They will go to Kanpur., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I shall not help you., He will not come today., You will not do your work., They will not go to Kanpur., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Shall I help you ?, Will he come today ?, Will you do your work ?, Will they go to Kanpur ?, Where will they go ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Shall I not help you ?, Will he not come today ?, Will you not do your work ?, Will they not go to Kanpur ?, Where will they not go ?, , Rules, Rule 1—In Affirmative sentences I and We take, shall followed by Verb in the First Form,, and He, You, They and every Noun take, will followed by Verb in the first Form., [See (i)], Structure :, I / We + Shall + V1, He / You / They / any Noun + will + V1, Rule 2—In Negative sentences we use not after, shall or will in the structure under Rule 1, above., [See (ii)], Structure :, I / We + shall + not + V1, He / You / They / any Noun + will + not + V1, , Rule 3—In Interrogative sentences we begin the, sentence with shall or will, or with Interrogative Adverb used even before Shall /, Will., [See (iii)], Structure :, Shall / will + Subject + V1, Interrogative Adverb+shall/will + Subject+V1, Rule 4—In Interrogative Negative sentences we, use not before the main verb in the, structure under Rule 3 above. [See (iv)], Structure :, Interrogative Adverb / shall / will + Subject +, not + V 1, Rule 5—Sometimes for the sake of emphasis we, use will with I / We, and shall with He /, You / They / any Noun., 10. FUTURE CONTINUOUS TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I shall be helping you., You will be going to Kanpur., He will be coming today., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I shall not be helping you., You will not be going to Kanpur., He will not be coming today., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Shall I be helping you ?, Will you be going to Kanpur ?, Will he be coming today ?, Where will you be going ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative, Shall I not be helping you ?, Will you not be going to Kanpur ?, Will he not be coming today ?, Where will you not be going ?, , Rules, Rule 1—In Affirmative sentences I / We take, shall be followed by Verb in the First, Form X ‘ing’, and You / He / They / any, Noun take will be followed by Verb in, the First Form X ‘ing’., [See (i)]
Page 171 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIME AND TENSE | 163, Structure :, I / We + shall be + V1x ‘ing’., You/He/They/any Noun + will be + V1x ‘ing’., Rule 2—In Negative sentences we use not after, shall / will., [See (ii)], Structure :, I / We + shall + not + be + V1 x ‘ing’., You / He / They / any Noun + will + not + be, + V1 x ‘ing’., Rule 3—In Interrogative sentences we use Shall, / Will at the beginning of the sentence or, Interrogative Adverb even before shall, / will., [See (iii)], Structure :, Interrogative Adverb / Shall / Will + subject +, be + V1x ‘ing’., Rule 4—In Interrogative Negative sentences we, use not before be in the structure under, Rule 3 above., [See (iv)], Structure :, Shall / Will + Subject + not + be + V1x ‘ing’, Rule 5—For emphasis we use will with I / We, and shall with You / He / They / every, Noun., 11. FUTURE PERFECT TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I shall have finished my work., You will have gone before he comes., He will have reached the station before, the train leaves., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I shall not have finished my work., You will not have gone before he comes., He will not have reached the station, before the train leaves., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Shall I have finished my work ?, Will you have gone before he comes ?, Will he have reached the station before, the train leaves ?, Why will he have gone before you, reach?, , (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Shall I not have finished my work ?, Will you not have gone before he, comes?, Will he not have reached the station, before the train leaves ?, Why will he not have gone before you, reach ?, , Rules, Rule 1—In Affirmative sentences I / We take, shall have, and You / He / They / every, Noun take will have, followed by the, verb in the Third Form., [See (i)], Structure :, I / We + shall have + V3, You / He / They / Noun + will have + V3, Rule 2—In Negative sentences we use not after, shall / will., [See (ii)], Structure :, Subject + shall not have / will not have + V3, Rule 3—The Interrogative sentence begins with, Will or Shall. Interrogative Adverb, if, any, is used even before will / shall., [See (iii)], Structure :, Shall / Will + Subject + have + V3, Rule 4—Interrogative Negative sentences take, not before have., [See (iv)], Structure :, Shall / Will + Subject + not have + V3, 12. FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS, TENSE, (i) Affirmative Sentences—, I shall have been reading for four hours., He will have been living in Delhi since, 1980., You will have been waiting for him for, two hours., (ii) Negative Sentences—, I shall not have been reading for four, hours.
Page 172 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 164 | L.W.C.E., He will not have been living in Delhi, since 1980., You will not have been waiting for him, for two hours., (iii) Interrogative Sentences : Affirmative—, Shall I have been reading for four hours?, Will he have been living in Delhi since, 1980 ?, Why will he have been waking for four, hours ?, (iv) Interrogative Sentences : Negative—, Shall I not have been reading for four, hours ?, Will he not have been living in Delhi, since 1980 ?, Why will he not have been waiting for, us since morning ?, , Rules, Rule 1—These sentences always use some phrase, of Time. For a definite starting point of, time we use since, and for an indefinite, starting point we use for., Rule 2—In Affirmative sentences I / We take, shall have been, and You / He / They /, any Noun take will have been, followed, by Verb in the First Form x ‘ing’., [See (i)], Structure :, I / We + shall have been + V1x ‘ing’, You / He / They / any Noun + will have been, + V1x ‘ing’., Rule 3—In Negative sentences not is used after, shall / will., [See (ii)], Structure :, Subject + shall not have been / will not have, been + V1 + ‘ing’, Rule 4—Interrogative sentences begin with shall, / will, or with Interrogative Adverb, if, required, even before shall / will., [See (iii)], Structure :, Shall / Will + Subject + have been + V1x ‘ing’, Interrogative Adverb + shall / will + Subject +, have been + V1x ‘ing’, , Rule 5—In Interrogative Negative sentences we, use not before have in the structure under, Rule 4 above., [See (iv)], Structure :, Shall / Will + Subject + not + have been + V1x, ‘ing’., , Uses of the Tenses, (i) Simple Present Tense, The Simple Present Tense is used in the, following situations—, 1. To express some universal Truth or Principle. These sentences carry the sense of Past,, Present and Future Time. As—, 1. The sun rises in the east., 2. The earth moves round the sun., 3. The moon appears in the night., 4. The rose smells sweet., 5. Water freezes at – 4°C., 2. To express some Permanent Activity or, Nature. They indicate Past, Present and Future, Time. As—, 1. Birds lay their eggs in their nests., 2. Fish live in water., 3. She is always cheerful., 4. I regularly go for a walk., 3. To express some habitual action or some, repeated action. As—, 1. I love children., 2. She uses heavy cosmetics., 3. He reads till late in the night., 4. He does not talk much., 4. To express some Programme, Function or, Decision fixed for Future. It indicates Future, Time. As—, 1. Our examinations begin tomorrow., 2. We play a friendly match next Sunday., 3. I go to Bombay tomorrow morning., 4. Deepawali falls next month., 5. To express some historical truth, vivid, description, live commentary or broadcasting., As—, 1. Now Shivaji escapes from the Fort of, Agra.
Page 173 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIMES AND TENSE | 165, 2., , India gets Independence on the 15th of, August, 1947., 3. In the course of the exciting car rally a, car falls into the valley., 4. Now Kapil Deo strikes a sixer., 5. The Prime Minister hoists the national, flag., 6. Clauses of time or condition are also expressed in Simple Present Tense. As—, 1. If you work hard, you will pass., 2. You will be appointed if you apply., 3. Please wait until I come., 4. The train will leave before you reach., 7. The following Verbs are mostly used in, the Simple Present Tense. They should not be, used in Present Continuous Tense. These Verbs, are :, 1. Verbs of perception .........., see, hear, smell, notice, recognize., 2. Verbs of appearing .........., appear, look, seem., 3. Verbs of emotion ……….., want, wish, desire, feel, like, love,, hate, hope, refuse, prefer., 4. Verbs of thinking ………., think, suppose, believe, agree,, consider, trust, remember, forget, know, understand, imagine,, mean, mind., 5. Verbs of “having” ......…., have, own, possess, belong to,, contain, consist of, be (in the, active voice), , (ii) Present Continuous Tense, Present Continuous Tense is used in the, following situations—, 1. To express an action going on at the time, of speaking. As—, 1. He is reading his book., 2. The baby is sleeping., 3. The teacher is teaching., 4. The birds are flying., 2. To indicate a certain programme or a, decision scheduled to take place in near future. It, carries the sense of Future Time. As—, , 1. We are playing a match tomorrow., 2. I am leaving for Calcutta this evening., 3. My father is coming today., 4. I am going to the cinema tonight., 3. To express some possibility or determination. As—, 1. I am going to buy a car., 2. She is going to give a performance., 3. He is going to boat in the lake., 4. You are going to lose in this bargain., , (iii) Present Perfect Tense, Present Perfect Tense is used in the following situations—, 1. To indicate an action that has just been, completed and has, therefore, ceased to have its, connection with the present time. As—, 1. He has just closed the shop., 2. I have just come from Delhi., 3. You have finished your work., 4. She has gone with her father., 2. It is also used to indicate an action that, started some time in the past and continuing up to, the present moment. As—, 1. I have lived in Bombay for five years., 2. She has been ill since last week., 3. I have not met him for a long time., 4. They have not come here for many, months., 3. To indicate past actions of which time is, not given and not definite. As—, 1. He has never come here., 2. He has been a famous actor., 3. I have read Shakespeare., 4. He has been to America., 4. The following Adverbs or Adverbial, phrases can be used with the Present Perfect, Tense—just, ever, never, often, so far, till now,, already, for, since, today, this morning, this, week, etc. As—, 1. He has never come till now., 2. I have just arrived., 3. He has not seen me so far., 5. Adverbs or Adverbial phrases of Past, time (yesterday, last year, some time ago, etc.), cannot be used with the Present Perfect Tense., The following sentences are wrong :
Page 174 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 166 | L.W.C.E., 1. He has come yesterday., 2. He has passed M. A. last year., Such sentences should be written in Simple, Past Tense. As—, 1. He came yesterday., 2. He passed M. A. last year., , (iv) Present Perfect Continuous Tense, The Present Perfect Continuous Tense is, used to express the actions that began some time, in the past and are still continuing. As—, 1. He has been studying since 6 O’clock., 2. It has been raining since morning., 3. He has been working in this factory for, many years., 4. I have been living in this house since, 1990., , (v) Simple Past Tense, Simple Past Tense is used in the following, cases—, 1. To express actions that ended in the past,, and carry the sense of Past Time. As—, 1. I wrote a letter yesterday, 2. She came to me this morning., 3. I studied in this college., 4. I met him in the market., 2. This tense also expresses past habits or, style of working. As—, 1. He used to wear white trousers., 2. He never went to bed before midnight., 3. He never told a lie., 4. He often came on foot., Note—In such sentences Adverbs of Frequency, are often used., , (vi) Past Continuous Tense, Past Continuous Tense is used in the, following cases—, 1. The Past Continuous Tense indicates an, action going on till some time in the past. These, sentences may or may not use some phrase of, time. As—, 1. We were watching the T.V. this evening., 2. They were playing football., 3. I was teaching them Shakespeare., 4. I was sleeping at that time., , 2. This Tense also expresses some persistent, h a b i t s in the past. Adverbs of Frequency, (always, often, continually, etc.) are often used, with this Tense. As—, 1. He was often grumbling., 2. He was always complaining., 3. She was continually harassing her husband., , (vii) Past Perfect Tense, Past Perfect Tense is used in the following, situations—, 1. To express an action already completed, before a certain point of time in the past. As—, 1. He had built his house before 1980., 2. He had resigned from his post before, joining here., 3. Cholera had broken out in Africa fifteen, years earlier also., 4. He had already decided to settle down, in America., 2. If reference is to two activities completed, in the past, one activity having been completed, earlier than the other, the one completed earlier, will require Past Perfect Tense, and the later one, Simple Past Tense. As—, 1. The doctor arrived after the patient had, died., 2. The patient had died before the doctor, arrived., 3. He reached the station after the train had, left., 4. He had gone to bed before you reached, there., Note—(i) The Conjunctions used to connect the, Principal and Sub-ordinate clauses in such, sentences are before or after., (ii) If two actions are completed almost at, the same time in the past, the Simple Past, Tense is used for both. As—, 1. He closed the door and went to bed., 2. The servant came and gave me a glass of, water., , (viii) Past Perfect Continuous Tense, The Past Perfect Continuous Tense is used, to express an action started before a certain point, of time in the past and continuing to the present, moment. As—
Page 175 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIME AND TENSE | 167, 1., 2., 3., 4., , It had been raining for two hours., He had been teaching at this school for, ten years., He had been playing cricket in England, for five years., I had been practising law for a number, of years., , (ix) Simple Future Tense, Simple Future Tense is used to convey the, following sense—, 1. To indicate an action scheduled to take, place in future. As—, 1. I shall go to office tomorrow., 2. We shall have holiday tomorrow., 3. He will come on Monday., 4. You will get your chance next time., Note—To express strong will, determination,, warning or order / command, I / We take, will + Verb, and You / He / They take, shall + Verb. As—, 1. I will not act against my conscience., 2. We will not accept our defeat., 3. You shall not be late., 4. He shall not be allowed to go., 2. Some Interrogative sentences begin with, Shall I / Shall we, which convey the sense of, advice / suggestion / request / proposal, and they, express Present time. As—, 1. Shall I draw the curtain ?, 2. Shall we now go ?, 3. Shall I prepare tea for you ?, 4. Shall we start the match now ?, 3. Sometimes Simple Future Tense is used to, convey universal truth or habit. These sentences, express all the three times—Past, Present and, Future. As—, 1. Sin will be sin., 2. Roses will bloom in spring., 3. A drunkard will drink., , (x) Future Continuous Tense, Future Continuous Tense is used to convey, the following ideas :, 1. To convey the sense that a certain activity, will continue for some time in future. As—, , 1. We shall be playing the match at this, time., 2. I shall be staying with my brother., 3. We shall be travelling by train., 2. These sentences also convey the sense of, future planning or intention. As—, 1. I shall be meeting the Prime Minister on, Tuesday., 2. We shall be attending a conference at, Delhi next week., , (xi) Future Perfect Tense, 1. Future Perfect Tense is used to convey, the sense of completion of an action by a certain, point of time in future. As—, 1. I shall have reached Calcutta by this, time tomorrow., 2. We shall have completed our project by, the end of the next month., The Future Perfect Tense also conveys the, sense of likelihood or probability. It refers to an, action in the past. As—, 1. You will have met my brother at, Calcutta., 2. You will have seen the Taj., 3. He will have been at your residence., , (xii) Future Perfect Continuous Tense, The Future Perfect Continuous Tense indicates the continuance of some action for a long, time in future. As—, 1. He will have been building his house., 2. I shall have been preparing for my, examination., , Exercise 1, Correct the following sentences :, 1. I had been married in 1990., 2. She finished her work when I met her., 3. They had gone to Calcutta last night., 4. Who had invented the gramophone ?, 5. The fair had been over ten days ago., 6. He had come to my room while I was, reading., 7. I saw her when I had been passing yesterday., 8. He was ill for a week when the doctor was, sent for.
Page 176 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 168 | L.W.C.E., 9. The rain had ceased yesterday., 10. I have written my application yesterday., 11. The lion had been caged last night., 12. I understood what you say., 13. I lived for twenty years in Bombay., 14. He had come only yesterday., 15. Examinations have been held next month., Hints—(1) was married; (2) had finished; (3), went to Calcutta; (4) invented; (5) was, over; (6) came into my room; (7) was, passing; (8) had been ill; (9) ceased, yesterday; (10) wrote my application;, (11) was caged; (12) understand; (13) have, lived; (14) came; (15) will be held/are, going to be held., , Exercise 2, Choose the correct verb form from those, given in brackets :, 1. He (has, is having) a house in Bombay., 3. The earth (moves, moved) round the sun., 3. We (saw, have seen) the Prime Minister, yesterday., 4. I shall meet you when he (comes, will, come) back., 5. It started raining while we (played, were, playing) football., 6. Can I have some milk before I (go, am, going) to bed ?, 7. He (fell, had fallen) asleep while he was, driving., 8. I am sure I (met, had met) him at the, station yesterday., 9. He (is living, has been living) in this house, for ten years., 10. He thanked me for what I (have done, had, done) for him., 11. She (is, will be) twenty next birthday., 12. We (have been working, are working) in, this factory for five years., 13. She (is wanting, wants) to be a doctor., 14. If you (start, started) at once, you will reach, there by this evening., 15. He (went, had gone) out five minutes ago., Hints—(1) has; (2) moves; (3) saw; (4) comes; (5), were playing; (6) go; (7) had fallen; (8), met; (9) has been living; (10) had done;, (11) will be; (12) have been working; (13), wants; (14) start; (15) went., , Exercise 3, Choose the correct alternative form of the, verb given in brackets :, 1. He (wants, is wanting) to talk to you., 2. You (bought, had bought) a new scooter, last week., 3. I (have just cleaned, just cleaned) my, shoes., 4. She (has done, did) a lot of work today., 5. I shall return your book when I (will come,, come) next time., 6. She (has been, is) ill for over a week., 7. I know all about this book because I (read,, have read) it twice., 8. I (didn’t see, have not seen) him since we, met a year ago., 9. I (smell, am smelling) something burning., 10. My father (arrives, will have arrived), tomorrow morning., 11. We (finished, have finished) our lunch half, an hour ago., 12. Did you think you (have seen, had seen), him sometime earlier also ?, 13. The train (has left, will have left) before we, reach the station., 14. He jumped off the train while it (ran, was, running, had been running)., 15. He rarely (comes, is coming) these days., Hints—(1) wants; (2) bought; (3) have just, cleaned; (4) has done; (5) come; (6) has, been; (7) have read; (8) have not seen; (9), smell; (10) arrives; (11) finished; (12) had, seen; (13) will have left; (14) was running;, (15) comes., , Exercise 4, Fill in the blanks with the correct form of, the verb given against each sentence :, 1. It is years since I . . . . . . . him. (see), 2. Of late he. . . . . . . me. (not meet), 3. In a fit of rage she . . . . . . . up the letters., (tear), 4. The old man . . . . . . . by a mad dog. (bite), 5. A better day for this function could not……, . (choose), 6. The cart . . . . . . . in the mud. (stick)
Page 177 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TIME AND TENSE | 169, 7. She had . . . . . . . all through the winter., (work), 8. I wish I . . . . . . . him. (know), 9. If only I . . . . . . . her. (know), 10. I . . . . . . . him a week ago. (see), 11. He . . . . . . . here for more than five years., (work), 12. Take your raincoat in case it . . . . . . . ., (rain), 13. I . . . . . . . to my office tomorrow. (go), 14. He often . . . . . . . late. (reach), 15. My sister . . . . . . . twenty on the, Deepawali day. (will be), Hints—(1) saw; (2) has not met; (3) tore up; (4), was bitten; (5) have been chosen; (6) was, stuck; (7) had been working; (8) knew; (9), knew; (10) saw; (11) has worked; (12), rains; (13) go; (14) reaches; (15) would be., , Exercise 5, Correct the following sentences :, 1. It is high time you resolve your differences., 2. He retired to bed before we reached there., 3. I know him for many years., 4. I am having a car., 5. He left for America next week., 6. I will return as soon as he came., 7. She is reading since the morning., 8. I wish I know him., 9. I met him before he came to the town., 10. You won’t pass until you will work hard., 11. I write an essay this time., 12. It is time we will begin the work., 13. Don’t get down the bus until it will stop., 14. He lives in Calcutta now., 15. I am going to office every day by bus., 16. He is teaching at this school since 1985., 17. He is having his breakfast at 8 a. m., 18. He has passed M. A. last year., 19. He already does his work., 20. Who has discovered the force of gravitation?, Hints—(1) resolved; (2) had retired; (3) have, known; (4) have; (5) leaves; (6) he comes;, , (7) has been reading; (8) knew; (9) had, met; (10) work hard; (11) am writing; (12), began the work; (13) stops; (14) is living;, (15) go; (16) has been teaching; (17) has, his breakfast; (18) passed; (19) has already, done; (20) discovered., , Tenses and Time, Normally Present Tense, Past Tense and, Future Tense indicate Present Time Past Time,, and Future Time. But in some typical sentences, and their implied sense some Tenses express more, dimensions of Time than the main time for which, they stand. We have already discussed in detail, the relationship between Time and Tense in the, earlier part of this chapter. Now we give, hereunder a brief chart of the relationship between, Time and Tense., , 1. Simple Present Tense, Simple Present Tense expressses the following dimensions of Time—, (i) All Inclusive Time—Past, Present and, Future Time. As—, (a) Sentences of Eternal Truth, 1. The sun shines during the day., 2. Birds fly., 3. Cows are animals., 4. A week has seven days., (b) Sentences of Permanent Nature, 1. Men wear clothes., 2. She never comes late., 3. Sugar is sweet., 4. Trees are useful., (c) Sentences Showing Long Habits, 1. He knows swimming., 2. She loves her children., 3. I read in the morning., 4. He is always merciful., (ii) Future Time, (a) Sentences of Programme and Planning, 1. I go to Calcutta tomorrow., 2. My brother returns from America next, week., 3. The marriage takes place on Monday next., 4. So we meet tomorrow.
Page 178 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 170 | L.W.C.E., (b) Sentences of Time and Condition, 1. I shall help you if you come., 2. He will miss the train if he doesn’t start at, once., 3. He will wait for you until you reach., 4. He will not awake until the sun rises., (iii) Past Time, Sentences of Historical Truth, 1. Now Napoleon advances towards, England., 2. Octavius Caesar succeeds Julius Caesar., 3. Now America drops atom bombs on, Japan., 4. Finally Hitler commits suicide., , 2. Present Continuous Tense, Present continuous Tense expresses Future, time also. As—, (a) Sentences of Programme and Planning, 1. We are leaving for U. K. next month., 2. They are playing a friendly match this, Sunday., 3. They are shortly opening a new branch., 4. They are returning tomorrow morning., (b) Sentences of Probability and Intention, 1. We are soon building a new house., 2. It is going to rain., 3. They are not going to buy a car so soon., 4. He is unnecessarily inviting trouble for, himself., , 3. Simple Past Tense, Simple Past Tense expresses the following, dimensions of Time—, (i) Present Time, (a) Sentences of Request, 1. Could you lend me your pen for a minute?, 2. Would you do it for me ?, 3. Might I expect some help from you ?, , (b) Sentences of Advice or Suggestion, 1. You had better leave me alone., 2. I would rather go alone., 3. I would sooner resign than work under, these conditions., (c) Sentences of “It is time + Verb in the Past, Tense”, 1. It is time we returned home., 2. It is high time you had given up this habit., (ii) Future Time, Sentences having would/could in Indirect, Narration, 1. He said that he would not stay., 2. He said that he could not reach there., Present/Future Time, (a) If-clause for Simple Past Tense, 1. If he worked regularly, he would be, successful., 2. If he applied in time, he would be called, for interview., (b) Sentences of “wish” (Impossible wish), 1. I wish I were a Prince. (Present Time), 2. I wish I were there. (Present Time), 3. If I were a King. (Present Time), , 4. Simple Future Tense, (i) Present Time, Interrogative Sentences of request/advice/, suggestion, 1. Shall I bring a cup of tea for you ?, 2. Shall I lock the front gate ?, 3. Shall we now go ?, (ii) All-inclusive Time—Past, Present and, Future, 1. Servants will be servants., 2. Kings will be kings., 3. The poor will always be there., 4. If I were a King !, , 5. Future Perfect Tense, (i) Past Time, 1. You will have met him there., 2. She will have reached home.
Page 179 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 13 Active and Passive Voice, Some sentences can be written in two forms, —in Active Voice or in Passive Voice. These, sentences can be converted from the Active Voice, to the Passive Voice and from the Passive Voice, to the Active Voice. As—, Active : I read a book., Passive : A book is read by me., There are definite Rules for conversion from, the Active Voice to the Passive Voice. But before, discussing these Rules, it is essential to know, some basic concepts., , Conditions under which Conversion, into the Passive Voice is not possible, 1. The sentences in which the main verb is, Intransitive cannot be converted into the Passive, Voice. Only those sentences which have a Transitive Verb can be converted into the Passive Voice., For example, look at the following sentences—, 1. I read., 2. We go., 3. They laugh., These sentences cannot be converted into, the Passive Voice because the Verbs used in them, are Intransitive., 2. The sentences of Future continuous Tense, cannot be converted into the Passive Voice., 3. No Perfect Continuous Tense of any, Tense can be converted into the Passive Voice., , Rules for Conversion from the Active, to the Passive Voice, Rule 1—Interchange of Subject and Object, While changing from the Active to the, Passive Voice, the Subject is made the, Object, and the object becomes the, Subject in the Passive Voice. Also, by is, used before the Subject when it is made, , the Object in the Passive form. Sometimes by is kept understood or implied, also. As—, Active : Ram loves Shyam., Passive : Shyam is loved by Ram., Rule 2—While interchanging the Subject and, Object in the Passive Voice, the Articles, Adjectives and Adjective Phrases, connected with each are also carried over, with them. They are not separated either, from the Subject or the Object. As—, Active : All the children heard an, interesting story., Passive : An interesting story was heard, by all the children., Rule 3—When the Pronouns are transferred from, the place of Object in the Active Voice, to the place of Subject in the Passive, Voice, their form is changed as follows—, I in place of Me, We in place of Us, He in place of Him, She in place of Her, They in place of Them, Note—No change is made in the use of You or It, or any Noun., Active : Ram loves her., Passive : She is loved by Ram., Active : Mohan hates them., Passive : They are hated by Mohan., Rule 4—When the Pronouns are transferred from, the place of Subject in the Active Voice, to the place of Object in the Passive, Voice, their form is changed as follows—, By me in place of I, By us in place of We, By him in place of He
Page 180 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 172 | L.W.C.E., By her in place of She, By them in place of They, Note—There is no change in You, It or any, Noun, but by is added before them., Active : We love the child., Passive : The child is loved by us., Active : I see a bird., Passive : A bird is seen by me., Active : You write a letter., Passive : A letter is written by you., , Rules for Change in Verbs, Rule 5—The following changes are made in the, Verb—, (i) The main Verb is used in the Third (Past, Participle) Form., (ii) An appropriate Verb ‘to be’ (is, are, am,, was, were, be, been, being) is used, before the Third Form of the main Verb, according to the Number and Person of, the Subject and Tense of the Verb., The different forms of the Verb ‘to be’ used, with the Verb Love, for illustration, are given in, the following Table—, , Structure of the Verb :, Am / Is / Are + V 3 (Third Form of the Verb), (ii) Continuous :, Active : He is writing a letter., Passive : A letter is being written by him., Active : They are reading books., Passive : Books are being read by them., Active : Ram is helping me., Passive : I am being helped by Ram., The Structure of the Verb in this Tense is :, is/ am/ are + being + III form of the Verb., (iii) Perfect :, Active : Ram has written a letter., Passive : A letter has been written by, Ram., Active : Mohan has read many books., Passive : Many books have been read by, Mohan., Active : He has helped me., Passive : I have been helped by him., The Structure of the Verb in this Tense is :, Has/ have + been + III form of the Verb., , Verb ‘to be’ + Love in Passive Voice, Tense, Present, , Past, Future, , Indefinite, am loved, is loved, are loved, was loved, were loved, will be loved, shall be loved, , Continuous, am being loved, is being loved, are being loved, was being loved, were being loved, ×, ×, , Examples, A. Present Tense, (i), , Indefinite :, Active : He reads a book., Passive : A book is read by him., Active : Ram writes letters., Passive : Letters are written by Ram., Active : Ram follows me., Passive : I am followed by Ram., You will see from the Table above that am,, is, or are have been used before the Third Form of, the main Verb according to the Number and, Person of the Subject., , Perfect, have been loved, has been loved, have been loved, had been loved, had been loved, will have been loved, shall have been loved, , Perfect, No Passive Voice, No Passive Voice, No Passive Voice, No Passive Voice, No Passive Voice, No Passive Voice, No Passive Voice, , B. Past Tense, (i) Simple Past Tense / Indefinite Past Tense :, Active : Ram wrote a letter., Passive : A letter was written by Ram., Active : Ram read many books., Passive : Many books were read by Ram., Active : He helped me., Passive : I was helped by him., The Structure of the Verb in this Tense is :, Was/ were + III form of the Verb., (ii) Past Continuous :, Active : Ram was writing a letter.
Page 181 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE | 173, Passive : A letter was being written by, Ram., Active : Hari was reading a book., Passive : A book was being read by Hari., Active : Ram was helping me., Passive : I was being helped by Ram., The Structure of the Verb in this Tense is :, Was/ were + being + III form of the Verb., (iii) Past Perfect :, Active : Ram had written a letter., Passive : A letter had been written by, Ram., Active : Ram had read many books., Passive : Many books had been read by, Ram., Active : Ram had helped me., Passive : I had been helped by Ram., The Structure of the Verb in this Tense is :, Had + been + III form of the Verb., , C. Future Tense, (i) Future Indefinite :, Active : Ram will write a letter., Passive : A letter will be written by Ram., Active : Ram will read books., Passive : Books will be read by Ram., Active : Ram will help me., Passive : I shall be helped by Ram., The Structure of the Verb in this Tense is :, Will/ shall + be + III form of the Verb., (ii) Future Perfect Tense :, Active : Ram will have written a letter., Passive : A letter will have been written, by Ram., Active : Ram will have read many, books., Passive : Many books will have been read, by Ram., Active : Ram will have helped me., Passive : I shall have been helped by, Ram., The Structure of the Verb in this Tense is :, Will/ shall + have been + III form of the, Verb., , Note—In Present Perfect Continuous, Past Perfect, Continuous and Future Continuous and, Future Perfect Continuous Tense there can, be no conversion from the Active to the, Passive Voice., Rule 6—In sentences in which auxiliary Verbs, can / could / may / might / should /, would are used with Finite Verbs, the, auxiliaries are retained as they are, and, they are followed by be + Third Form, of the Verb. Structure of the Verb in the, Passive Voice is :, Auxiliary Verb (unchanged) + be + V3 As—, Active : They can help you., Passive : You can be helped by them., Active : She should help Sita., Passive : Sita should be helped by her., Rule 7—In some sentences Verb ‘to be’ (am, is,, are, was, were) is followed by has /, have / had, which are followed by an, Infinitive (to + Verb). While converting,, such sentences into the Passive Voice,, Verb ‘to be’ and has / have / had are, retained in the form appropriate to the, subject, after which are used to be +, Verb in the Third Form., The Structure of the Verb would be :, Verb ‘to be + to be + V3, Has / have or had + to be + V3 As—, Active : I am to help him., Passive : He is to be helped by me., Active : She has to help me., Passive : I have to be helped by her., Active : He was to bring you here., Passive : You were to be brought here by, him., Rule 8—Sometimes an Intransitive Verb joined, with a Preposition does the work of a, Transitive Verb. Sentences using this, type of Verb are converted into the, Passive Voice according to the normals, Rules, keeping in mind that the Preposition must be retained with the Verb., As—, Active : She looks after him., Passive : He is looked after by her., Active : They laughed at him., Passive : He was laughed at by them.
Page 182 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 174 | L.W.C.E., Rule 9—Some sentences have two objects—, (i) Direct (or Inanimate) object, (ii) Indirect, (or Animate) object. As—, ‘She teaches me grammar.’, Here ‘grammar’ is Direct Object and ‘me’ is, Indirect Object., While converting such sentences into the, Passive Voice, the Indirect (or animate), object should be used as the Subject., As—, Active : She teaches me Hindi., Passive : I am taught Hindi by her., Active : They gave you a prize., Passive : You were given a prize by them., Active : I shall give you necessary help., Passive : You will be given necessary, help by me., Note—Sometimes, however, Direct (or Inanimate) Object can also be used as the Subject in the Passive Voice. As—, Active : He teaches me Hindi., Passive : I am taught Hindi by him., Or, Hindi is taught to me by him., Rule 10— Some sentences containing double, objects begin with Let in the Active, Voice. In Passive Voice also these, sentences begin with Let, and the Direct, (Inanimate) object is used as the Subject., Also, be should be used before the Third, Form of the Verb. As—, Active : Let him bring a glass of water., Passive : Let a glass of water be brought, by him., , Conversion of Imperative Sentences, into Passive Voice, Rule 11—If the Imperative sentence carries the, sense of order or command, its Passive, Voice should begin with Let, and be, should be used before the Third Form, of the Verb. As—, Active : Bring the pen., Passive : Let the pen be brought., Active : Shut the door., Passive : Let the door be shut., , Active : Show the papers., Passive : Let the papers be shown., Rule 12—If the Imperative sentence carries the, sense of request or advice, should be, must be used before the Third Form of, the Verb. These sentences do not begin, with Let. As—, Active : Help the poor., Passive : The poor should be helped., Active : Feed the child., Passive : The child should be fed., Active : Love your country., Passive : Your country should be loved., Note—In Passive Voice expressions such as, Please, Kindly, etc. are left out., Rule 13—If the Imperative sentence is Negative,, the Passive Voice should have Let not in, place of Do not. Also, after the Subject, be + Third Form of the Verb should be, used. As—, Active : Do not read a bad novel., Passive : Let not a bad novel be read by, you., Active : Do not beat the child., Passive : Let not the child be beaten., Active : Do not defend the thief., Passive : Let not the thief be defended., Rule 14—Conversion of Negative Sentences, into Passive Voice, Negative Sentences are converted into the, Passive Voice just like the Affirmative sentences. Not is retained at its normal position,, i.e. after the first auxiliary Verb. As—, Active : The boy did not kill the cat., Passive : The cat was not killed by the, boy., Active : The baby was not hitting a toy., Passive : A toy was not being hit by the, baby., Active : This boy cannot lift the box., Passive : The box cannot be lifted by this, boy., Rule 15—Conversion o f Interrogative Sentences into Passive Voice, If the Interrogative sentence begins with a, Helping Verb (do, does, did, is, was, were,
Page 183 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE | 175, are, am, has, have, had), the Passive Voice, also begins with the Helping Verb, but the, form of the helping Verb changes according, to the new Subject in the Passive Voice., Note—(i) Has, have, had take been before the, Third Form of the Verb., (ii) Interrogative sentences beginning with, an Interrogative Pronoun / Adverb, (Who, What, Whom, etc.) begin in the, Passive Voice with by whom or By /, with what. As—, Active : Does he help Ram ?, Passive : Is Ram helped by him ?, Active : Has he killed the dog ?, Passive : Has the dog been killed by him ?, Active : Who has deceived you ?, Passive : By whom have you been deceived ?, Active : What pleased you so much ?, Passive : With what were you pleased so, much ?, , Some Other Structures, Rule 16—Usually by is used before the Object in, the Passive Voice. But there are some, Verbs on account of which some other, Prepositions are used before the Object, in place of by. As—, (i) ‘at’ is used after : Surprised, astonished,, shocked, alarmed, disappointed, displeased, distressed, (ii) ‘to’ is used after : Known and obliged, (iii) ‘With’ is used after : Pleased, satisfied,, disgusted, impressed, (iv) ‘in’ is used after : Interested, consisted,, contained, Active : Her behaviour disappointed me., Passive : I was disappointed at her behaviour., Active : His condition alarmed me., Passive : I was alarmed at his condition., Active : I know his sister., Passive : His sister is known to me., Active : Your honesty has pleased me., Passive : I have been pleased with your, honesty., Active : This job interests me., Passive : I am interested in this job., Active : Your talk displeases me., Passive : I am displeased at your talk., , Rule 17—Some sentences begin with ‘There’,, followed by Verb + Subject + Infinitive. No change is made in such sentences in the Passive voice except that the, Simple Present Infinitive is changed into, the Past Infinitive (to be + Past Participle). The rest of the sentence remains, unchanged. As—, Active : There is no milk to waste., Passive : There is no milk to be wasted., Active : There is no time to waste., Passive : There is no time to be wasted., Rule 18—In some sentences Infinitive without, ‘to’ is used. As—, Active : I made him run away., Passive : He was made to run away., In sentences of this pattern normal Rules are, applied for conversion into the Passive Voice,, with one more provision that Infinitive with, ‘to’ is used in place of Infinitive without, ‘to’. The structure of the main Verb would, be—, to ‘be’ + Past Participle, Here are some more sentences of this pattern—, Active : We saw him jump the ditch., Passive : He was seen to jump the ditch., Active : He let me go., Passive : I was let go., Note—It may be noted here that ‘to’ is not used, after ‘let’ even in the Passive Voice., Rule 19— In some sentences that + a N o u n, clause is used after the Principal clause,, and this Noun clause is the Object of the, Transitive Verb in the Principal clause., Some special care has to be taken in, converting such sentences into the Passive Voice. In such sentences no Passive, Voice is made of the Principal clause,, only its sense is expressed in some way., Then the Noun clause is changed into the, Passive Voice according to normal Rules., In such sentences we don’t usually use, by + object. As—, Active : We know that he is a great scholar., Passive : He is known to be a great scholar.
Page 184 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 176 | L.W.C.E., : It is believed that he is absolutely honest., Passive : He is believed to be absolutely, honest., Note—The Verbs after which a Noun clause can, be used as the object are these—, Know, say, believe, think, consider, find,, claim, report, hold, etc., Rule 20— Sometimes in the sentences of the, above pattern, the Noun clause is already, in the Passive Voice. As—, ‘He wants that he should be recognized as a, great scholar.’, In converting such sentences into the Passive, Voice, the Principal clause is retained, unchanged. The that + Subject + Verb of the, Noun clause are removed. After the Verb of, the Principal clause we should use to be +, Third Form of the Verb of the Noun clause., As—, Active : He wants that he should be, recognized as a great scholar., Passive : He wants to be recognized as a, great scholar., Active : He desires that he should be, respected by all., Passive : He desires to be respected by all., Active, , Exercise 1, Change the following sentences into Passive, Voice :, 1. He killed a serpent., 2. I can pardon you this time., 3. He does not like music., 4. A dog was chasing a cat., 5. She was writing a letter., 6. She will forgive him., 7. I know my friend very well., 8. He has given up all his bad habits., 9. The President will give him a medal., 10. We should love our country., 11. He can never discover the fact., 12. He may appoint you., 13. You have done your duty., 14. Bring a glass of water., 15. Never tell a lie., , Exercise 2, Change the following sentences from Active, into Passive Voice :, 1. They are singing a song., 2. He will have written a poem., 3. Does she love flowers ?, 4. Do you know him ?, 5. Does he ever read a book ?, 6. Fear God., 7. Forgive the innocent., 8. I am to help him., 9. They are to support me., 10. Has he written a play ?, 11. Have they closed the factory ?, 12. I am going to build a house., 13. Open the main gate., 14. I shall have finished my book., 15. He has given up smoking., , Exercise 3, Change the following sentences into Passive, Voice :, 1. He kept me waiting., 2. The man is crossing the river., 3. He told me to leave the room., 4. The Principal is watching you very carefully., 5. You promised me a present., 6. We saw the storm approaching., 7. The nurse looks after the patients., 8. Don’t look down upon the poor., 9. She brought up the orphan child., 10. He gave me a new book., 11. I showed him the best house., 12. Do you know him ?, 13. There is no money to spare., 14. We saw him fight with a sword., 15. They let the prisoner go., 16. People know that he is a cheat., 17. They believe that he is dead., 18. He claims that he is the real successer., 19. The old man wants that he should be, loved and respected., 20. Every poor man wants that he should be, helped.
Page 185 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 14 Direct and Indirect Narration, SOME GENERAL TERMS, , Rules for Connectives, , We can report the words of a speaker in two, ways—(i) Direct Reporting or Direct Narration,, (ii) Indirect Reporting or Indirect Narration., Direct Narration—It is the method in which, the actual words of the speaker are reported within, inverted commas. As—, Ram said, “I am going.”, Mohan says, “He is my friend.”, Indirect Narration— It is the method in, which the substance or idea of the speaker’s words, is reported without using his actual words., The sentences given above in Direct Narration would be converted into Indirect Narration,, thus—, Ram said that he was going., Mohan says that he is his friend., Reporting Speech—The part of the whole, sentence outside the Inverted Commas in Direct, Narration is called the Reporting Speech, and the, Verb used in this part is called the Reporting, Verb., Reported Speech— The part of the whole, sentence in which the actual words of the speaker, are written within the Inverted Commas is called, the Reported Speech, and the Verb used in this, part is called the Reported Verb., , The whole sentence in the Direct Narration, form consists of two parts. The first part is, outside the Inverted commas which is called, Reporting Speech, and the second part is within, the Inverted commas which is called Reported, Speech. When the whole sentence is required to, be changed from Direct into Indirect narration,, the two parts of the sentence are joined by some, connectives. There are some Rules for using the, correct connectives. The following are these, Rules—, (1) Assertive Sentences— If the Reported, speech is in the form of an assertive sentence, the, connective used to join it with the Reporting, speech is ‘that’—, As—, Direct : He said, “He is going home.”, Indirect : He said that he was going home., (2) Interrogative Sentences—If the Reported, speech is in the form of an Interrogative sentence, it can be connected in two ways according, to the structure of the Interrogative sentence., (a) If the Interrogative sentence begins with an, Interrogative Adverb (Where, What,, When, How, Why, etc.) or with an Interrogative Adjective / Pronoun (Who, Whose,, Whom, Which, What, etc.), no connective, is required to join it. It is a serious mistake, to use that to connect such a sentence. As—, Direct : He said, “Where are you going?”, Indirect : He asked (me) where I was, going., ( Not, that where I was going), Direct : He said, “Who is your friend ?”, Indirect : He asked me who my friend, was., ( Not, that who my friend was), , Rules for Changing Direct Narration into, Indirect Narration, The Rules for changing the Direct Narration, into Indirect Narration may be divided into four, groups—, 1. Rules for Connectives, 2. Rules for Change of Tenses, 3. Rules for Change of Persons, 4. Other Rules for Miscellaneous Changes.
Page 186 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 178 | L.W.C.E., (b) If the Interrogative sentence begins with an, Auxiliary Verb, the connective whether or, if is used to join it (not, that whether or that, if)., Direct : He said, “Is he a doctor ?”, Indirect : He asked whether (or if) he was, a doctor., (Not, that whether (or if) he was, a doctor), Direct : I said, “Do you smoke ?”, Indirect : I asked whether (or if) you smoked., (Not, that whether (or if) you, smoked), (3) Imperative Sentences—If the Reported, speech is in the form of an Imperative sentence, (indicating command or request), no connective, is needed but the main Verb of the Imperative, sentence is converted into an Infinitive. As—, Direct : He said, “Please give me a glass, of water.”, Indirect : He requested to give him a glass, of water., Direct : He said to the servant, “Close, the door.”, Indirect : He asked the servant to close the, door., (4) Exclamatory Sentences—If the Reported, sentence is in the form of an Exclamatory sentence (indicating surprise, fear, contempt or, wish), it is changed into an Assertive sentence in, the Indirect Narration form, and connective ‘that’, is used to join it with the Reporting sentence., As—, Direct : He said, “May you live long ! ”, Indirect : He wished that you may live, long., Direct : He said, “What a horrible scene, !”, Indirect : He observed that it was a horrible scene., , Rules for Change of Tenses, Rule 1—It should first be remembered that no, change is ever made in the Tense of the, Reporting Verb. But, of course, without, changing the Tense, the verb can be, changed according to the sense of the, , Reported speech. For example, in place, of say or said, we can use tell or told, or, we can use replied, remarked, asked,, observed, declared, etc. according to the, sense. But in no case there should be a, change in the Tense of the Reporting, Verb., Rule 2—If the Reporting Verb is in the Present, or Future Tense, no change is made in, the Tense of the Reported Verb. But, of, course, the form of the Auxiliary Verb, will change according to the change in, Person of the Subject in the Indirect, Narration form. For example, am can be, changed into is or are; or do and have, can be changed into does or has, but no, change can be made in the Tense in the, process of this change. As—, Direct : He says, “I am not feeling well, today.”, Indirect : He says that he is not feeling, well today., Direct : He will say to me, “You are not, kind to me.”, Indirect : He will tell me that I am not, kind to him., , Solved Examples, Direct, Indirect, Direct, , Indirect, , Direct, , Indirect, , Direct, , Indirect, , : I often say to my friends, “You, are all very dear to me.”, : I often tell my friends that they, are all very dear to me., : You say to your father, “My teacher is very kind and sympathetic.”, : You tell your father that your, teacher is very kind and sympathetic., : I will go and say to my father, “I, am not satisfied with the job that, you have found for me.”, : I will go and tell my father that I, am not satisfied with the job that, he has found for me., : Mohan will go to Delhi to tell, his uncle, “Are you not finding, some job for me ? ”, : Mohan will go to Delhi to ask, his uncle whether he is not, finding some job for him.
Page 187 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DIRECT AND INDIRECT NARRATION | 179, : I shall say to my father, “Please, let me participate in the marriage of my friend.”, Indirect : I shall request my father to let, me participate in the marriage of, my friend., Direct : I say to my father whenever I, meet him, “I do not want to, marry at such an early age.”, Indirect : I tell my father whenever I meet, him that I do not want to marry, at such an early age., Direct : Mohan will say to his servant,, “You are the greatest dunce that, I have ever seen in my life.”, Indirect : Mohan will tell his servant that, he is the greatest dunce that he, has ever seen in his life., Rule 3—If the Reporting Verb is in the Past, Tense, the Tense of the Reported Verb, is changed according to the following, Rules—, (I) (a) Present Indefinite is changed into Past, Indefinite Tense. As—, Direct : He said, “I am unwell.”, Indirect : He said that he was unwell., (b) Present Continuous is changed into Past, Continuous Tense. As—, Direct : He said, “My father is reading, his book.”, Indirect : He said that his father was reading his book., (c) Present Perfect is changed into Past, Perfect Tense. As—, Direct : He said, “I have passed the examination.”, Indirect : He said that he had passed the, examination., (d) Present Perfect Continuous is changed, into Past Perfect Continuous Tense. As—, Direct : Mohan said, “I have been working hard since July.”, Indirect : Mohan said that he had been, working hard since July., (II) (a) Ordinarily no change is made in the Past, Indefinite Tense, but sometimes it is, changed into Past Perfect Tense. As—, Direct, , : Ram said, “He visited Delhi last, year.”, Indirect : Ram said that he visited Delhi, last year., Direct : He said, “The horse died last, night.”, Indirect : He said that the horse had died, last night., (b) Past Continuous is changed into Past, Perfect Continuous Tense., As—, Direct : He said, “My brother was working in this factory.”, Indirect : He said that his brother had, been working in that factory., (c) No change is made in Past Perfect and, Past Perfect Continuous Tense., As—, Direct : He said, “I had finished my, work long ago.”, Indirect : He said that he had finished his, work long ago., Direct : Ram said, “I had been doing that, work for several years.”, Indirect : Ram said that he had been doing, that work for several years., Rule 4—Will and shall of the Future Tense are, changed into Would and Should. As—, Direct : He said, “I shall definitely do, this work.”, Indirect : He said that he would definitely, do that work., Direct : He said, “Ram will go to the, market.”, Indirect : He said that Ram would go to, the market., Direct, , Rule 5—May is changed into might and can into, could. As—, Direct : He said, “I can do this work.”, Indirect : He said that he could do that, work., Direct : The teacher said, “He may be, allowed to go.”, Indirect : The teacher said that he might, be allowed to go.
Page 188 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 180 | L.W.C.E., Rule 6—There is no change in Must. As—, Direct : He said, “I must go at once.”, Indirect : He said that he must go at once., Rule 7—If the Reported speech refers to some, universal truth or habitual action, no, change is made in the Tense of the, Reported Verb, even if the Reporting, Verb is in the Past Tense. As—, Direct : The teacher said in the class,, “The sun rises in the east.”, Indirect : The teacher said in the class that, the sun rises in the east., Direct : He said, “Man lives by bread.”, Indirect : He said that man lives by bread., , : My friend said, “I am going to, write a letter to my father.”, Indirect : My friend said that he was going to write a letter to his father., Direct : He said, “I have been successful, in my work.”, Indirect : He said that he had been successful in his work., Direct : He said, “Ram’s dog has killed, my hen.”, Indirect : He said that Ram’s dog had, killed his hen., Direct : He said, “I do not believe in the, orthodox principles of Hinduism.”, Direct, , Chart of Changes in Tenses, Tense of the Reporting, Original Tense of the Reported Changed Tense of the Reported, Verb, Verb, Verb, Present Tense or Future Tense, No Change, No Change, Past Tense, Present Indefinite, Past Indefinite, Present Continuous, Past Continuous, Present Perfect, Past Perfect, Present Perfect Continuous, Past Perfect Continuous, Generally no change‚ but, Past Indefinite, sometimes changed into, Past Perfect Tense, Past Tense, , Past Tense, , Past Continuous, , Past Perfect Continuous, , Past Perfect, Or, Past Perfect Continuous, , No Change, , Will or shall, Can or may, Must, Universal Truth, , Would or should, Could or might, No Change, No Change, , Solved Examples, Note the changes made in the Tense of the, Reported Verb in the following examples—, Direct : The Station Master said, “This, train is going to Punjab.”, Indirect : The Station Master said that that, train was going to Punjab., Direct : “I cannot believe you ?” said the, merchant in anger., Indirect : The merchant said in anger that, he could not believe him., , Indirect : He said that he did not believe, in the orthodox principles of, Hinduism., Direct : Ganesh said, “I have been suffering from this disease for six, months.”, Indirect : Ganesh said that he had been, suffering from that disease for, six months., Direct : He said, “My servant has been, working in the field since this, morning.”
Page 189 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DIRECT AND INDIRECT NARRATION | 181, Indirect : He said that his servant had, been working in the field since, that morning., Direct : Mohan said, “I reached the station before the arrival of the, train.”, Indirect : Mohan said that he had reached, the station before the arrival of, the train., Direct : She said in the court, “My husband had been leading an immoral life for several years before I, was married to him.”, Indirect : She said in the court that her, husband had been leading an, immoral life for several years, before she was married to him., Direct : He said, “The students were, learning their lessons in the, class.”, Indirect : He said that the students had, been learning their lessons in the, class., Direct : “One of the servants had stolen, my watch,” said Sohan., Indirect : Sohan said that one of the servants had stolen his watch., Direct : He said, “I had made all arrangements for the reception of the, President before his arrival at, Agra.”, Indirect : He said that he had made all, arrangements for the reception, of the President before his arrival at Agra., Direct : Mohan said, “I was doing my, work when Ram came to me.”, Indirect : Mohan said that he had been, doing his work when Ram came, to him., , Rules for Change in Persons, All Pronouns (I, we, you, he, she, they) used, in the Reported speech are changed according to, the following Rules—, Rule 1—Every First Person Pronoun used in the, Reported speech is changed according to, the Person of the Subject of the Reporting speech., , Direct : He said, “I am doing my work.”, Indirect : He said that he was doing his, work., Direct : You said, “I am going to Delhi, to meet my uncle.”, Indirect : You said that You were going to, Delhi to meet your uncle., Direct : I said, “I am reading my book.”, Indirect : I said that I was reading my, book., Rule 2—Every Second Person Pronoun in the, Reported speech is changed according to, the Object / Predicate of the Reporting, Verb., Direct : Ramesh said to him, “You are, not doing your work seriously.”, Indirect : Ramesh told him that he was, not doing his work seriously., Direct : Mohan said to you, “You are not, doing your work seriously.”, Indirect : Mohan told you that you were, not doing your work seriously., Direct : Ramesh said to me, “You are, not doing your work seriously.”, Indirect : Ramesh told me that I was not, doing my work seriously., Rule 3—Third Person Pronoun remains unchanged., , Formula, All First Persons, , Changed according to the, Subject of the Reporting, Verb, All Second Persons Changed according to the, Object or Predicate of the, Reporting Verb, Third Persons, No Change, , Solved Examples, : He said, “I have completed my, work with my own hard labour.”, Indirect : He said that he had completed, his work with his own hard, labour., Direct : You said to your friend, “I am, going to Delhi today.”, Indirect : You told your friend that you, were going to Delhi that day., Direct
Page 190 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 182 | L.W.C.E., Direct, , Indirect, Direct, , Indirect, , Direct, , Indirect, Direct, , Indirect, , Direct, , Indirect, , Direct, Indirect, Direct, , Indirect, , : My teacher said to me, “You, will fail if you do not work, hard.”, : My teacher warned me that I, would fail if I did not work hard., : The watchman said to you, “You, cannot pass through this lane at, this time of the night.”, : The watchman told you that you, could not pass through that lane, at that time of the night., : My father said to him, “You, seem to be proud of your strength.”, : My father told him that he seemed to be proud of his strength., : “I cannot give you a single pice,”, said my father to the street-beggar, “because you are strong, enough to earn your livelihood.”, : My father told the street-beggar, that he could not give him a single pice, because he was strong, enough to earn his own livelihood., : I said to my father, “I cannot go, to school today because I am not, feeling well.”, : I told my father that I could not, go to school that day because I, was not feeling well., : Mohan said to him, “Your brother is a good sportsman.”, : Mohan told him that his brother, was a good sportsman., : Mahesh said to Ram, “I have, lost your purse on account of my, carelessness.”, : Mahesh told Ram that he had lost, his (Ram’s) purse on account of, his (Mahesh’s) carelessness., , Miscellaneous Changes, (i) Some typical words used in the Reported, speech are changed as listed below—, Words, Changed Form, Now, Then, This or these, That or those, , Hither, Thither, Here, There, Hence, Thence, Thus, So, Come, Go, Today, That day, Tomorrow, Next day, Yesterday, The previous day, Last night, The previous night, Ago, Before, Direct : He said, “I will do this work, now.”, Indirect : He said that he would do that, work then., Direct : He said, “I came to this village, long ago.”, Indirect : He said that he had gone to that, village long before., , Exercise, Change the following sentences from Direct, into Indirect Narration :, 1. He said, “I cannot help you at present because I am myself in difficulty.”, 2. Mohan said, “We shall go to see the Taj in, the moonlit night.”, 3. My father said to us, “We should study together and get a good division in the examination.”, 4. The servant said, “He met Ramesh when he, was coming from the market after delivering the letter.”, 5. Ram said, “He met his father last Sunday.”, 6. The watchman cried, “The thieves have, broken into the house and stolen away all, the property.”, 7. Ramesh said, “I was having my dinner, when the peon called upon me.”, 8. Mohan said, “I have been studying very, regularly since July.”, 9. My friend said, “He had been running a, shop in Bombay before coming to U.P.”, 10. My mother will say, “You cannot go, anywhere at this hour of the night.”, 11. My father says, “A good student should not, waste his time in idleness.”
Page 191 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DIRECT AND INDIRECT NARRATION | 183, 12. Ramesh said, “I am not taking the examination because I am not very confident about, my studies.”, 13. My friend will say to you, “I have never, seen a more intelligent person than, Ramesh.”, 14. The teacher said, “The earth moves round, the sun.”, 15. Lord Christ said, “Man is mortal.”, 16. He said, “I am so confident of myself that I, can take the work independently.”, 17. Ram said, “The matter shall be decided, here and now.”, 18. Mohan says, “I shall go tomorrow.”, 19. My friend says, “My father is not at home, and therefore I cannot go out.”, 20. His letter says, “I herewith offer you the, appointment.”, , (2) Interrogative Sentences, Interrogative Sentences can begin in two, ways—, (i) With Auxiliary or Helping Verb such as—, Is, are, am, was, were, has, have, had, will,, shall, do, did, does, can, could., (ii) With Interrogative Adjective/Pronoun or, Interrogative Adverb such as—, Who, whom, whose, which, what, when,, where, why, how., , Rules, Rule 1—We can make a change in the Reporting, Verb according to the sense, but without, making any change in its Tense. For, example, in place of said, we can use, asked, enquired, demanded, etc., Rule 2—Connective ‘that’ is not used to join any, kind of Interrogative sentence., Rule 3—If the Interrogative sentence begins with, an Auxiliary or Helping Verb in t h e, Direct Narration, i t begins with If or, Whether in the Indirect Narration., Rule 4—If the Interrogative sentence begins with, an Interrogative Adverb / Adjective /, Pronoun in the Direct Narration, it will, begin with the same Interrogative, Adverb / Adjective Pronoun in the, Indirect Narration also. No connective is, , needed to join it with the Reporting, speech. This is a very important Rule and, must be very carefully observed., Rule 5—The Interrogative sentence is changed, into an Assertive sentence in the Indirect, Narration. In order to change an Interrogative sentence into an Assertive one, the, Subject is used before the Verb, and the, Mark of Interrogation should be removed., Rule 6—The Auxiliary do or does of the Reported speech is removed, and in their place, the Past Indefinite Tense of the main, Verb is used. As—, Direct : He said to Ram, “Do you know, his name ?”, Indirect : He asked Ram whether he knew, his name., Direct : Ram said to him, “Does Suresh, go to school ?”, Indirect : Ram asked him whether Suresh, went to school., Rule 7—The Auxiliary did of the Reported, speech is removed and the Past Perfect, form of the main Verb is used. As—, Direct : I said to him, “Did you go to, school yesterday ?”, Indirect : I asked him whether he had gone, to school the previous day., Rule 8—If the Reported speech has do not or, does not, in the Indirect Narration, it will, have did not + First Form of the Verb., As—, Direct : He said to Ram, “Do you not, know me ?”, Indirect : He asked Ram whether he did, not know him., Direct : Mohan said, “Does not Ramesh, tell a lie ?”, Indirect : Mohan asked whether Ramesh, did not tell a lie., Rule 9—If the Reported speech has did not, in, the Direct Narration, it will have had, not + Past Perfect Form of the Verb in, the Indirect Narration. As—, Direct : I said to him, “Did you not promise to come ?”, Indirect : I asked him whether he had not, promised to come.
Page 192 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 184 | L.W.C.E., Rule 10—The Rules for change in Pronouns are, the same as applicable in Assertive sentences., , Solved Examples, Direct : He said, “What is your name ?”, Indirect : He asked (him) what his name, was., Direct : Ram said to Mohan, “Where do, you live ?”, Indirect : Ram asked Mohan where he, lived., Direct : Keshav said to his wife, “Which, of these sarees do you like, most?”, Indirect : Keshav asked his wife which of, those sarees she liked most., Direct : The teacher said, “Who is the, author of this book ?”, Indirect : The teacher asked (the boys), who the author of that book was., Direct : He said, “Are you going to, Delhi?”, Indirect : He asked (him) whether (if) he, was going to Delhi., Direct : Mohan said to his friend, “Can, you help me in unloading my, cart ?”, Indirect : Mohan asked his friend if he, could help him in unloading his, cart., Direct : Ramesh said to the Station, Master, “Has the train left ?”, Indirect : Ramesh asked the Station, Master whether (if) the train had, left., Direct : Mohan said to his friend, “Are, you in a position to help me, now?”, Indirect : Mohan asked his friend whether, he was in a position to help him, then., Direct : My father said to me, “Why are, you so eager to go to picture, today ?”, Indirect : My father asked me why I was, so eager to go to picture that, day., , : The teacher said to the student,, “How can you prove that the, earth is round ?”, Indirect : The teacher asked the student, how he could prove that the, earth is round., Direct, , Exercise, Change the following sentences from Direct, into Indirect Narration :, 1. Ram said, “Are these mangoes sweet ?”, 2. He said, “Were you present at the scene of, accident ?”, 3. He said to me, “Why do you want to go, home ?”, 4. Ramesh said to him, “How do you do ?”, 5. He said, “Am I responsible for your failure?”, 6. Ram said, “Who does not know that he is a, thief ?”, 7. He said, “How can I help you in these, circumstances ?”, 8. My father said to me, “What have you done, with all the money I gave you ?”, 9. The teacher said, “Who has prepared this, chapter thoroughly ?”, 10. My friend said to the Station Master,, “When does the Punjab Mail reach Agra ?”, 11. He said, “Why did you enter my house, without taking my permission ?”, 12. He said, “Can I be of any service to you ?”, 13. Ram said, “Could I get another chance to, try my luck ?”, 14. Ram said, “Had I not warned you long ago, that the work is difficult ?”, 15. Mohan said, “What have you been searching for all these hours ?”, , (3) Imperative Sentences, The sentences which carry the sense of order,, request, wish, advice, etc. are called Imperative, sentences. These sentences often begin with, Finite Verb. As—, Go away; Work hard; Bring a glass of water,, etc., Sometimes these sentences also begin with—, Let, Please, Kindly and such other polite expressions. As—
Page 193 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DIRECT AND INDIRECT NARRATION | 185, Please help me; Kindly leave the seat; Let, him come., , Direct, , Rules, Rule 1—The Reporting Verb can appropriately, be changed according to the sense, but, without making any change in its Tense., For example, in place of ‘said’, we can, use requested, asked, ordered, advised,, suggested, proposed, forbade, etc., Rule 2—The Reported Verb is changed into an, Infinitive (to + Verb). No other change, is made in the Verb. As—, Direct : The teacher said to the students,, “Work very hard.”, Indirect : The teacher advised the students, to work very hard., Direct : Ram said to his servant, “Bring a, glass of water.”, Indirect : Ram ordered his servant to bring, a glass of water., Rule 3—If the Reported speech begins with Do, not, we remove Do, and the main Verb is, changed into an Infinitive. As—, Direct : My father said to me, “Don’t go, there.”, Indirect : My father advised me not to go, there., Rule 4—The Rules for change in Tense and Pronouns are the same as discussed under, Assertive sentences., Rule 5—Some Imperative sentences carry the, sense of prohibition. In such sentences, forbid or forbade can be used. As—, Direct : My father said, “Don’t play in, the sun.”, Indirect : My fahter forbade me to play in, the sun., , Indirect, , Solved Examples, , Indirect, , : Ram’s father said to him, “Do, not be impatient about the result, of your examination.”, Indirect : Ram’s father advised him not to, be impatient about the result of, his examination., Direct : He said, “Please do not enter my, room without my permission.”, Indirect : He requested (them) not to enter, his room without his permission., Direct, , Direct, , Indirect, , Direct, , Indirect, , Direct, Indirect, Direct, Indirect, Direct, Indirect, Direct, Indirect, Direct, , : The captain said to the soldier,, “Go to the batallion office and, come back within half an hour.”, : The captain ordered the soldier, to go to the batallion office and, (to) come back within half an, hour., : The doctor said to the patient,, “Do not smoke so long as you, are under my treatment.”, : The doctor instructed the patient, not to smoke so long as he was, under his treatment., : The teacher said to Mohan, “Improve your handwriting if you, want to pass.”, : The teacher advised Mohan to, improve his handwriting if he, wanted to pass., : He said, “Save me from this, calamity.”, : He appealed (to them) to save, him from that calamity., : Ram said, “Please come with, me.”, : Ram requested (him) to go with, him., : The teacher said, “Always speak, the truth.”, : The teacher advised (the students) always to speak thetruth., : He said to his friends, “Let us, go on a picnic.”, : He proposed to his friends to go, on a picnic., : I said to my father, “Please let, me go to Delhi.”, : I requested my father to let me, go to Delhi., , Exercise, Change the following sentences from, Direct into Indirect Narration :, 1. Ram said to him, “Please be quiet.”, 2. The teacher said to the student, “Do not talk, nonsense.”, 3. My father said to me, “Work very hard lest, you should lose your division.”
Page 194 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 186 | L.W.C.E., 4. Mohan said to the servant, “Bring a hot cup, of tea.”, 5. Ram said to me, “Welcome home.”, 6. He said, “Let the sweets be distributed, among the children.”, 7. He said to me, “Please lend me your fountain-pen.”, 8. My fahter said to me, “Speak the truth and, be noble.”, 9. He said, “Let us go for the morning walk.”, 10. He said, “Please do not disturb me in my, studies.”, , ( 4) Exclamatory Sentences, The sentences which carry the sense of sudden, joy, sorrow, wonder, disappointment are called, Exclamatory sentences. These sentences generally, begin with such exclamatory words as—Alas, Oh,, Hurrah, Bravo, How, What a, etc., , Rules, Rule 1—In place of the Reporting Verb ‘said’, some other Verbs as exclaimed, wished,, prayed are used according to the sense., Rule 2—Connective ‘that’ is used., Rule 3—After the Reporting Verb, we use such, expressions as joyfully, sorrowfully,, with sorrow, with joy, in astonishment,, etc. according to the sense., Rule 4—Exclamatory sentence is changed into, Assertive sentence., Rule 5—The Rules for change of Tense and, Pronoun are the same as used in Assertive sentences., Rule 6—If the Exclamatory sentence in the Direct, Narration is incomplete, it is made a, complete sentence in the Indirect, Narration by adding appropriate Subject, and Verb., , Solved Examples, Direct :, Indirect :, Direct, , :, , Indirect :, , He said, “Alas ! I am ruined.”, He cried with grief that he was, ruined., The Captain said, “Bravo ! We, have won the match.”, The Captain exclaimed with joy, that they had won the match., , Direct :, Indirect :, Direct, , :, , Indirect :, Direct, , :, , Indirect :, , He said, “O, what a chance !”, He exclaimed that it was a fine, chance., His mother said, “May you live, long !”, His mother wished (prayed) that, he might live long., He said, “What a piece of work, is man !”, He exclaimed that man is a, strange piece of work., , Exercise, Change the following sentences from Direct, into Indirect Narration :, 1. Ram said, “Alas ! I am ruined.”, 2. Mohan said, “Alas ! My friend has drowned.”, 3. Mohan said, “Bravo! We have got the, shield.”, 4. He said, “How happy I am !”, 5. My mother said, “May Heaven bless you !”, 6. The poor man said, “May Heaven hear my, prayers !”, 7. Ram said, “Good Heavens ! What a sight it, was !”, 8. Mohan said, “O ! You have come !”, 9. He said, “Could I see my mother at this, hour !”, 10. Ram said, “O, could I help him !”, , (5) Question-Tags, Question-Tags can be added to two types of, sentences—Interrogative sentences and Imperative, sentences. We shall consider them separately., , (I) Interrogative Question-Tags, The following Rules apply in changing the, Question–Tags connected with the Reported, speech from Direct into Indirect Narration—, Rule 1— While changing into Indirect Narration,, the Assertive sentence is left out., Rule 2— The Question-Tag is changed into Indirect Narration under normal Rules, but, the Question–Tag (which is generally an, incomplete sentence) is made a complete, sentence. As—
Page 195 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DIRECT AND INDIRECT NARRATION | 187, Direct, , : He said, “You are a good sportsman, aren’t you ?”, Indirect : He asked whether I was a good, sportsman., Direct : I said, “Ram has secured first, division, hasn’t he ?”, Indirect : I asked whether Ram had secured first division., , (II) Imperative Question-Tag, The Imperative Question–Tags are changed, into Indirect Narration under the following Rules–, Rule 1—In the Indirect Narration the Question–, Tag is left out., Rule 2—Only the Imperative sentence is converted into Indirect form under normal Rules, discussed earlier in this chapter. The, Reporting Verb is changed into told,, asked, requested, etc., and the main Verb, is changed into an Infinitive. As—, Direct : He said to me, “Bring me a cup, of tea, will you ?”, Indirect : He requested me to bring him a, cup of tea., Direct : He said, “Go away from here,, will you ?”, Indirect : He asked me to go away form, there., , (6) Sentences beginning with ‘Let’, Sentences beginning with ‘Let’ express the, sense of order, wish, proposal, imagining, condition, etc. They are converted into Indirect, Narration according to their sense. The Reporting, Verb is changed into ordered, requested, proposed, wished, supposed, etc. according to the, sense. In all such sentences ‘Let’ is removed and, connective ‘that’ is used. Other changes are made, according to normal Rules. Some typical points, are given below—, , Let : Order, Sometimes Let suggests order. In such, sentences orderd, asked, or directed are used for, the Reporting Verb. In place of L e t we use, should. As—, Direct : The Principal said, “Let no student stand here.”, Indirect : The Principal ordered that no, student should stand there., , Let : Proposal, Sometimes Let suggests Proposal. In these, sentences the following Rules apply—, (i) Proposed or suggested is used for Reporting Verb., (ii) Connective that is used., (iii) Let is removed, and ‘should’ is used in, its place., (iv) The Objective case coming after ‘Let’, is changed into Nominative case. As—, Direct : The Captain said, “Let us play a, friendly match.”, Indirect : The Captain proposed that we, should play a friendly match., , Let : Wish, Sometimes ‘Let’ suggests wish or desire. In, these sentences the following Rules apply—, (i) Requested, wished or desired are used, for Reporting Verb., (ii) Connective that is used., (iii) Should is used in place of Let., (iv) The Objective case coming after Let is, changed into Nominative Case. As—, Direct : The boy said, “Let me go out to, play.”, Indirect : The boy wished that he should, go out to play., Direct : The man said, “Let me have the, first choice.”, Indirect : The man wished that he should, have the first choice., , Some General Observations, (1) In order to maintain continuity of thought,, different sentences in a paragraph are connected, with such expressions as the following—, He continued, He further said, He also, said, Continuing he said, etc., (2) As we have stated above, the Interrogative and Imperative sentences in the Reported, speech are changed into Assertive sentences. For, doing so, the subject is used before the Verb., As—, Direct : He asked, “Where are you going?”, Indirect : He asked where he was going.
Page 196 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 188 | L.W.C.E., : He said, “Hurrah ! We have won, the match.”, Indirect : He exclaimed joyfully that they, had won the match., Direct : He said, “Alas ! he is dead.”, Indirect : He mournfully exclaimed that he, was dead., (3) The sense of Oh, Alas, Hurrah, Bravo,, etc. used in Exclamatory sentences is expressed by, such expressions as the following—, He said sorrowfully or joyfully or cheerfully, or surprisingly or mournfully etc., (4) When words like Sir, your Honour, your, Majesty, Please, Kindly, etc. are used in the, Reported speech, their sense is expressed by using, the following expressions with the Reporting, Verb, and these words are dropped—, He said respectfully or politely or humbly or, gently or reverently etc. As—, Direct : The student said to the teacher,, “Sir, mark me present.”, Indirect : The student respectfully requested the teacher to mark him present., (5) In the same way, the sense of G o o d, Morning, Good Evening, etc. is expressed by, such expressions as ‘He greeted him’., (6) When words like Yes, No, Certainly, Not, at all, Never, etc. are used in the Reported speech,, their sense is expressed by such expressions as—, “He replied in the affirmative or negative.”, Direct : Ram asked him, “Will you go to, Delhi ?” He replied, “No”., Indirect : Ram asked him whether he, would go to Delhi. He replied in, the negative., (7) When some person or thing is addressed, to in the Reported speech, or when some special, Adjective is used for a thing or person, those, words of address or admiration are shifted from, there and expressed with the Reporting Verb., As—, Direct : The speaker said, “Ladies and, Gentlemen, it is my proud privilege to talk to you this afternoon.”, Indirect : Addressing the audience he said, that it was his proud privilege to, talk to them that afternoon., Direct, , : The teacher said, “Where are, you going, Ramesh ?”, Indirect : Calling Ramesh the teacher, asked him where he was going., Direct : The policeman said, “I will put, you behind the bars, you, wicked.”, Indirect : Calling him wicked the policeman said to him that he would, put him behind the bars., Direct : He said, “Give unto me the light, of truth, Reverend Father.”, Indirect : Calling him Reverend Father he, implored him to give unto him, the light of truth., (8) When ‘May’ is used in the sense of, request or prayer in the Reported speech, it is, shifted from there and its sense is expressed by, such words as ‘He prayed ……’ along with the, Reporting Verb. As—, Direct : He said, “May you live long !”, Indirect : He prayed for a long life to him., (9) The student can exercise his own, discretion too and use certain words from his own, side in order to make the sense clear in the, Indirect Narration., Direct, , Solved Examples, (I), , : A fawn one day said to his, mother, “Mother, you are, bigger than a dog and swifter, and better-minded, and you, have horns to defend yourself:, how is it that you are so afraid, of the hounds ?” She smiled, and said, “All this, my child, I, know fully well. But no sooner do I hear a dog bark than, somehow or other my heels, take me off as fast as they can, carry me.”, Indirect : A fawn one day said to her, mother that she was bigger, than a dog, and swifter and, better-minded, and she had, horns to defend herself : how, was it, then, he asked, that she, was so afraid of the hounds., At that she smiled and answered to her child that she, Direct
Page 197 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DIRECT AND INDIRECT NARRATION | 189, , (II), , Direct, , :, , Indirect :, , (III), , Direct, , :, , Indirect :, , (IV), , Direct, , :, , Indirect :, , (V), , Direct, , :, , Indirect :, , knew all that fully well; but, no sooner did she hear a dog, bark than somehow or other,, her heels took her off as fast, as they could carry her., But the sea-god cried, “Do not, be afraid, noble prince; I have, taken pity on you and will, help you.”, But the sea-god told the noble, prince not to be afraid, and, assured him that he had taken, pity on him (the prince) and, would help him., “Curse it !” exclaimed the driver, “Who could have foreseen such ill-luck ? But for, the accident we should have, caught the train easily.”, The driver exclaimed with a, curse that nobody could have, foreseen such ill-luck, and, said that but for that accident, they would have caught the, train easily., Once a rich man said to his, poor brother, “Why do you, not enter the service of the, king, so that you may relieve, yourself from the baseness of, labour ?”, Once a rich man asked his, poor brother why he did not, enter the service of the king,, so that he might relieve himself from the baseness of, labour., Finding no remedy she said to, herself, “It is better to die than, to live in such misery as I am, compelled to suffer from a, husband who treats me and, has always treated me so unkindly.”, Finding no remedy she said to, herself that it was better to die, than to live in such misery as, she was compelled to suffer, from a husband who treated, her and had always treated her, so unkindly., , : Pt. Nehru said, “Ladies and, gentlemen, the whole society, is responsible for the prevalence of corruption in the, country.”, Indirect : Addressing the audience Pt., Nehru said that the whole, society was responsible for, the prevalence of corruption, in the country., (VII) Direct : He said, “Please daddy, let me, attend the marriage party of, my friend.”, Indirect : He requested his daddy to permit him to attend the marriage, party of his friend., (VIII) Direct : He said to me, “Are you not, going to school today?” I said,, “No.”, Indirect : He asked me whether (if) I, was not going to school that, day. I answered that I was not., (IX) Direct : He said, “I am not going to, help you, you fool.”, Indirect : Calling him a fool he said that, he was not going to help him., (X), Direct : “Let us see him today”, said, Ram., Indirect : Ram suggested (proposed) that, they should see him that day., (VI), , Direct, , Revision Exercise 1, Change the following sentences into Indirect, Narration :, 1. Ram said to Mohan, “I can tell you what, strikes me as the most useful medicine in, the world.” “Can you, Ram ? I should like, to hear of it ? What is it used for ?” asked, Mohan., 2. “This beautiful girl, ”said he,“ is one whom, I have decided to marry.”, 3. “Can you tell me the address of Mr., Somprakash ?” said the stranger to me, “I, have to see him in connection with some, important business.”, 4. He said to me, “Is it the suit you put on last, night ?” “No”, I said, “that was a different, one.”
Page 198 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 190 | L.W.C.E., 5. “Can you tell me the name of your father ?”, said the teacher to the boy, “I want to see, him before Sunday.”, 6. Mohan said, “It is a pleasant time when the, sun is setting and the birds are returning to, their nests. I want to go for a walk.”, 7. He said, “Father ! take pity. The purse has, been stolen by the servant and not by me.”, 8. The lawyer said, “My profession is one that, needs strenuous work and serious study.”, 9. “And you are the most naughty boy of the, class,” said the teacher, “I shall turn you, out of the class.”, 10. The doctor said, “Do not take butter while, you are under my treatment, otherwise the, disease is likely to be aggravated.”, 11. Churchill said, “Believe in conciliatory, politics but keep the powder dry.”, 12. The violent man said, “What violence have, I done ? What anger have I been guilty of, ?” Then the other laughed and to said to, him, “Why should we speak ? You have, given us sufficient proof of your violent, temper.”, 13. “Your drawing room is excellently decorated,” said the visitor : “Where did you find, the artist who painted these pictures ?”, 14. The sailor said, “We were all frightened, when the ship started tilting towards the, right. After a few seconds the enginechamber was flooded and the ship ultimately sank to the bottom.”, 15. The old woman said, “I have surprised, many people by saying that I am seventyfive years old, because I do not look so old, on account of my good health.”, 16. “I shall persuade my friend to give up, smoking, ” said Ramesh to the doctor. “He, should recover otherwise his family will, starve.”, 17. He cried to them in agony, “Row back at, any risk ! I cannot bear to leave her behind, to be drowned.”, 18. And he said, “I will arise and go to my, father, and will say unto him : Father, I, have sinned against heaven and before thee, and am no more worthy to be called thy, son. Make me as one of thy hired servants.”, , 19. All her maidens watching said, “She must, weep, or she will die.”, 20. “I am sorry indeed”, replied the king, “that, my vessel is already chosen; and I cannot, therefore sail with the son of the man who, served my father.”, 21. “The person who caused me this injury was, wearing a black suit,” said the injured, person returning to consciousness, “I can, recognise him if he is brought before me.”, 22. He said, “Let him do whatever he can; I am, not afraid of him.”, 23. Mohan said to his brother, “Do not go to, the river today. It is in flood and you may, drown.”, 24. “And the game was excellently played by, them,” said Sohan : “they lost only 4, wickets for 150 runs.”, 25. The lawyer said, “What could I do if the, Magistrate himself was a fool ? But why, should you worry about his judgment. Let, us prefer an appeal to the High Court.”, 26. My friend said, “M/s Pannalal Manikchand, are a very honest firm. You can safely deal, with them.”, 27. The teacher said entering the classroom,, “Why? What is the matter ? The attendance, is so thin.” The boys replied, “Sir, most of, our friends have gone to visit the exhibition.”, 28. The money-lender said, “Why should I wait, for a week ? Didn’t you promise to pay me, today ? I cannot budge an inch without, realising the whole amount from you.”, 29. He said, “I will help you whenever you, need my help but you will have to work at, the same time.”, 30. The holyman said, “Do not be impatient, about the result. Leave it to God. You have, done your duty, that’s all.”, 31. He said, “My father was groaning with pain, when the doctor came. But his medicine, was so effective that pain disappeared in, five minutes.”, 32. He said to me, “Your brother has secured, first class in B.A. What have you thought, about his further studies ?”
Page 199 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DIRECT AND INDIRECT NARRATION | 191, 33. My neighbour said, “Last night the dacoits, raided my house. They searched the entire, house and took away the ornaments with, them. Didn’t you hear the gun-shots ?”, 34. The servant said, “Sir, somebody has come, to meet you. He is waiting outside.”, 35. He said, “It was raining heavily when I left, my house. But I was saved by my overcoat.”, 36. When the water started boiling, the lid of, the kettle was flung aside by the force of, steam, and James Watt said, “Oh ! Steam is, very powerful. I can work wonders with its, help.”, , Revision Exercise (Advanced) 2, Change the following sentences from Direct, into Indirect Nar-ration :, 1. “Why did you not come to school yesterday, ?” asked the teacher. “My mother is very, ill, sir, and my father has gone to Calcutta”,, replied Govind. “Is there no one else to, look after your mother”, enquired the, teacher. Govind said there was none and, prayed, “Please excuse me for being absent, yesterday and grant me leave for today and, tomorrow.”, 2. The master said to the servant, “What have, you done with the money I gave you yesterday ?” “I have spent it all, sir, but I will not, ask for any today,” replied the servant. “Is, that the way to talk to your boss?” enquired, the master. The servant was sorry and said, with folded hands, “Please, forgive my, rudeness.”, , 3. Kali, the youngest of them began to sob and, moan. “What shall I do ?” she cried, “So, young to die ! I have not yet seen life.”, “Peace, child, ” said Sita, the eldest among, them. “wailing will not help us. Let us seek, aid from the gods, they will surely hear us.”, 4. The teacher said to Hari, “Bring your book, and stand near me.” Hari was a little, nervous and replied. “Sir, I bring my book, to school everyday but I have forgotten to, bring it today.” At this the teacher was, angry and said, “Why are you not looking, into the book of your friend, then ? Are you, not ashamed of yourself ?”, 5. “I saw your father and he was looking very, ill,” I said. “Yes”, Sita replied, “that is just, what worries me.” “But why worry”, I said,, “why not consult a physician ?” She kept, quiet for a while and then said, “Alas ! We, are too poor for that.”, 6. Ram : “Please come and tell me something.”, Shyam : “What do you want me to tell, you?”, Ram : “There is not anything special, for I, only want to know how many children were, born in Calcutta yesterday ?”, 7. “What are you doing here ?” said the Tiger, to the Hare. “I am looking at my grandfather’s going,” replied the Hare. “Where is, it ?” asked the Tiger. The Hare said, “It is, there under the tree. Have a good look at it,, but please don’t kill me.”, 8. “Pardon me, dear master,” said Ariel, “I, will obey your commands.” “Do so,” said, his master, “and I will set you free.”
Page 200 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 15, , Analysis, , Some General Observation, Some Basic Concepts, Clause—, “A group of words that forms part of a, sentence, and has a Subject and a Predicate of its, own, is called a Clause.” (Wren), Clauses are of Three kinds :, 1. Principal Clause, 2. Subordinate Clause, 3. Co-ordinate Cluase, Principal Clause—Principal Clause is the, main clause of the whole sentence., Subordinate Clause—“A Subordinate, Clause is a component part of some other clause,, in which it does the work (without possessing the, form) of a Noun, Adjective or Adverb”. (Nesfield), Co-ordinate Clause—“A Co-ordinate clause, is not a component part of any other clause but, forms a complete grammatical whole by itself.”, (Nesfield), Simple Sentence—A simple sentence is one, which has only one Finite Verb, and may have a, Subject and a Predicate., Or, “A Simple Sentence is one which has only, one Finite verb.” (Wren), Complex Sentence—A complex sentence is, one that contains one Main Clause (Principal, clause) and one or more Subordinate clauses.”, (Wren), Compound Sentence—“A Compound Sentence is one made up of two or more Co-ordinate, clauses.”, It may or may not have a subordinate clause., , Clause Analysis, Clause Analysis means analysing or breaking, up of a complex or compound sentence into its, , Principal, Co-ordinate and Subordinate clauses, and pointing out their mutual grammatical relationships., How to break up a sentence into its Clauses—, While breaking up a complex / compound, sentence into its clauses, it should be remembered, that it will have as many clauses as it has Finite, Verbs. It should be kept in mind that only the, Finite Verbs, and not Gerunds, Infinitives, or, Participles make the clauses., How to find the Principal Clause—, The first step in clause Analysis is to find out, the Principal Clause. The question is how to, distinguish a Principal clause from its co-ordinate, or Subordinate clauses. In this connection it, should be remembered that a sub-ordinate clause, always begins with a subordinating conjunction., Likewise, a Co-ordinate clause begins with a coordinating conjunction. Therefore a clause which, begins neither with a subordinating nor a coordinating conjunction is the Principal Clause., The following are the Subordinating conjunctions, with which a subordinate clause may begin—, When, where, which, what, how, who,, whom, whose, whether, if, provided, provided, that, notwithstanding, as, as if, as though, as, much as, as far as, as soon as, as long as, so, long as, according as, after, before, because,, since, until, unless, for, in that, than that, now, that, though, so that, in order that, so much so, that., A Principal clause will not begin with any of, the above listed conjunctions—, For example—, I met the man who came yesterday., In this sentence there are two clauses :, One, ‘I met the man’, and the second, ‘who, came yesterday’. Now, this second clause begins
Page 201 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ANALYSIS | 193, with the Subordinating conjunction who; therefore, this is the Subordinate Clause. The first clause, does not begin with any Subordinating conjunction and is, therefore, the Principal Clause., , Analysis of Complex Sentences, As we have stated above, a complex sentence, has a Principal clause and one or more Subordinate clauses., Subordinate Clauses are of three kinds—, 1. Subordinate Noun Clause, 2. Subordinate Adjective Clause, 3. Subordinate Adverb Clause, , (I) Subordinate Noun Clause, Subordinate Noun Clause does the work of a, Noun—, A Noun Clause has the following Five functions—, (i) The Subject of a verb, (ii) The Object of a Transitive verb, (iii) The Object of a Preposition, (iv) The Complement to a verb of incomplete predication., (v) Case in apposition to a noun., (I) Noun Clause as the Subject of a verb—, (a) Where he lives is not known to me., “Where he lives” is the subject of the, Verb ‘is’., (b) That you should tell a lie surprises me., “That you should tell a lie” is the subject, of the Verb ‘surprises’., In the same way :, (c) How he reached there is a mystery., (d) When I shall return is uncertain., (e) Whether he will help you is not sure., (II) Noun Clause as the Object of a Transitive, verb—, (a) He told me that he was going to Calcutta., “that he was going to Calcutta” is the, object of the Verb ‘told’., (b) I do not know where he lives., “where he lives” is the object of the Verb, ‘know’., (c) I spend what I earn., (d) I do not know which book you want., (e) He replied that he did not go there., , (III) Noun Clause as the Object of a Preposition—, (a) Give full attention to what I say., “what I say” is the object of the Preposition ‘to’., (b) My success in future depends upon how, you help me in this case., “how you help me in this case” is the, object of the Preposition ‘upon’., (c) This book will sell for what it is worth., (d) I can find no meaning in what you have, said., (e) I have no complaint except that I have, a headache., (IV) Noun Clause as a Complement to a, Verb—, (a) This is what I told you., “what I told you” is the complement to, the Verb ‘is’., (b) My great fear is that he may drown., “that he may drown” is the complement to the Verb ‘is’., (c) Life is how we live it., (d) My question was whether you could do, this work., (e) This is where I lived last year., (V) Noun Clause as Case in Apposition to a, Noun—, (a) The rumour that he committed the, murder has come true., “that he committed the murder” is case, in apposition to the noun ‘rumour’., (b) The report that the enemy is coming is, wrong., “that the enemy is coming” is case in, apposition to the noun ‘report’., (c) Your suspicion that the servant has, stolen the watch is baseless., (d) His hope that he would be selected for, the post has been belied., (e) His ambition that he may become the, President of India is illfounded., How to recognize a Noun Clause—, Noun Clause often begins with the following, three connectives—
Page 202 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 194 | L.W.C.E., (I) Conjunction “That”, A clause beginning with that and coming, immediately after a Transitive Verb is a Noun, clause. As—, He said that he was not guilty., (II) A clause beginning with any Relative or, Interrogative Adverb is a Noun clause, provided, that the Adverb so used does not have its antecedent. As—, I want to know where he lives., Or, I do not know why he came last night., (III) A clause beginning with any Relative or, Interrogative Pronoun is a Noun clause, provided that the Pronoun so used does not have its, antecedent. As—, I want to know who has done this., , Exercise, Pick out the Noun Clauses in the following, sentences and point out their functions—, 1. It is not known whether the school is, closed today., 2. How the horse received such a grievous, injury is difficult to tell., 3. What you have done today will bring, disgrace to you., 4. I know that my son is innocent., 5. Mohan can tell you where your friend has, gone., 6. That the sun is hot is known to, everybody., 7. It is evident from his conduct that he is, not prepared to compromise., 8. I believe that you are the only successful, student in the whole class., 9. I knew that the thief had escaped., 10. Even a fool can tell that an elephant is, bigger than a bull., 11. I am prepared to face whatever calamity, falls on me., 12. Perceiving what an error he had, committed, he yielded., 13. A man’s salary depends upon what post, he holds., 14. My ring is made of what we call gold., , 15. Except that he is annoyed very soon, he is, an excellent man., 16. Your verision of the case that Ram, committed the theft is wrong., 17. His argument that an absconder is always, a thief, is untenable., 18. The news that I have passed in the first, divison has given great pleasure to my, mother., 19. This is what I never expected., 20. I wanted to know whether you can help, me in this work., 21. Tell me how you found out the solution, of this problem., 22. Which is the biggest city in the world is, not known to many people., 23. ‘That Christ is the embodiment of God on, earth’ is the belief of an orthodox Christian., 24. Whatever you learn is forgotten without, practice., 25. I cannot rely on what you say., , (II) Subordinate Adjective Clause, “An Adjective Clause is one which does the, work of an Adjective in relation to some other, clause.”, (Nesfield), An Adjective Clause is the clause which, qualifies a Noun or a Pronoun in some other, clause in the sentence., (1) An Adjective clause begins with a Relative Pronoun or a Relative Adverb, provided the, Pronoun or Adverb has its Antecedent immediately before it. As—, (a) This is the boy who stole my fountainpen., “who stole my fountainpen” is an, Adjective Clause because it begins with, the Relative Pronoun ‘who’ and its Antecedent ‘boy’ has been used immediately, before it., (b) I want to know the time when the train, arrives here., “when the train arrives here” is an, Adjective Clause because it begins with, the Relative Adverb ‘when’ and its Antecedent ‘time’ comes immediately before, it.
Page 203 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ANALYSIS | 195, (c) Do you know the place where he lives ?, (d) Tell me the reason why you have dismissed me., (e) He is the man whom I admire most., (f) This is the serpent that is most poisonous., (g) He is the man whose house caught fire, last night., (2) Sometimes the Relative Pronoun or the, Relative Adverb with which the Adjective clause, begins, remains understood. In such a case, the, Relative Pronoun / Adverb should be mentally, added from your side before attempting the, analysis. As—, (a) He is the man λ I know very well., In this sentence ‘whom’ is understood at, the point marked thus λ . Therefore ‘I, know very well’ is an Adjective clause., (b) Return the book λ I gave you., ‘that’ is understood., (c) Here is the servant λ I engaged yesterday., In this sentence ‘whom’ is understood., (d) He is the man λ I called here yesterday., ‘whom’ is understood., (3) Sometimes ‘but’ is used as a Relative, Pronoun, which is negative in meaning. In such a, case the clause beginning with ‘but’ is an, Adjective clause. As—, (a) There was not a soldier but fought, bravely to the end., In this sentence ‘but’ means ‘who did, not’, and therefore but ‘fought bravely’ is, an Adjective clause., (b) There is no man but loves his country., Here ‘but’ means “who does not.”, (c) There is no crime but can be detected., Here ‘but’ means ‘that cannot be’., (4) Sometimes ‘than’ is used as a Preposition before a Relative Pronoun. In such a case, the, clause beginning with ‘than’ is a Relative Pronoun. As—, (a) We are all followers of the principles of, Mahatma Gandhi than whom India has, produced no nobler saint., In this sentence ‘than whom’ means ‘in, whose comparison’, therefore the clause, , beginning with ‘than’ is an Adjective, clause., (b) It was a blow than which no crueler, could be struck., In this sentence ‘than which’ means ‘in, comparison to which’, therefore the, clause begining with ‘than’ is an Adjective clause., , Exercise, Pick out the Adjective clauses in the following sentences and point out the Noun or Pronoun, which they qualify—, 1. The ring I lost was very costly., 2. Tell me the time when you want me to go, there., 3. Do you know the spot where gold is, hidden ?, 4. He who reads without understanding is, sure to fail., 5. He does best who begins best., 6. All that glitters is not gold., 7. He that is poor need fear no theft., 8. We are such stuff as dreams are made of., 9. There was not a soldier in the squad but, could hit the target., 10. All the milk we use comes from villages., 11. God helps those who help themselves., 12. The hour I chose to meet my friend was, odd., 13. The time when the sun sets is very pleasant., 14. He is the boy who stole my pen., 15. There is not a man in India but adores, Mahatma Gandhi., 16. The woman I married turned unfaithful., 17. The gods we adore write their names on, our faces., 18. I have seen the place where Mahatma, Gandhi was born., 19. Those whom God loves die young., 20. Those who live in glass houses should not, throw stones at others., , (III) Subordinate Adverb Clause, “An Adverb Clause is one which does the, work of an adverb to some Verb, Adjective, or, Adverb in some other clause.”, (Nesfield)
Page 204 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 196 | L.W.C.E., Like an Adverb it qualifies some verb, Adjective or Adverb in another clause. The following, are its Adverbial functions—, (i) Adverb Clause of Time, (ii) Adverb Clause of Place, (iii) Adverb Clause of Purpose, (iv) Adverb Clause of Cause or Reason, (v) Adverb Clause of Condition, (vi) Adverb Clause of Result, (vii) Adverb Clause of Comparison, (viii) Adverb Clause of Supposition., (I) Adverb Clause of Time—Adverb Clause, of Time shows time and begins with Adverbs of, time like ‘When’, ‘Whenever’, ‘While’, ‘After’,, ‘Before’, ‘Since’, ‘As’, etc., (a) I shall go with you when you return, from Kanpur., “when you return from Kanpur” is, Adverb Clause of Time because it shows, time., (b) I shall come whenever you need my, help., (c) Do not disturb while the patient is sleeping., (d) He reached here after the clock had, struck ten., (e) Take rest before you are tired., (f) I have not been well since I returned, from America., (g) Apply the brakes as I give you the, signal., (h) No sooner did I enter the room than the, thief bolted away., (II) Adverb Clause of Place—Adverb Clause, of Place points to place and begins with Adverbs, of place like ‘Where’, ‘Wherever’, ‘Whence’,, ‘Whither’, etc., (a) You should stand where you are., “where you are” is Adverb Clause of, Place because it points to place., (b) I shall purchase the book wherever it, may be found., (c) Return at once whence you came., (d) The wind bloweth whither it listeth., , (III) Adverb Clause of Purpose—points to, some purpose and begins with that, so that, lest,, etc., (a) He worked very hard that he may pass., “that he may pass” is Adverb Clause of, Purpose because it shows purpose., (b) Go quickly lest you should miss the, train., (c) Forgive so that you may be forgiven., (IV) Adverb Clause of Cause or Reason—, points to c a u s e or reason and begins with, because, since, as, for, that, etc., (a) I must take rest because I am tired., “because I am tired” is Adverb Clause of, Reason., (b) Since you are so clever, I cannot trust, you., (c) As I am indisposed, I cannot attend the, college today., (d) I am glad that you have come in time., (V) Adverb Clause of Condition—shows, condition and begins with If, Whether, Unless,, Provided, On condition, etc. As—, (i) (a) I shall go if you come in time., “if you come in time” is Adverb Clause of, Condition., (b) I shall not help you unless you promise, to work very hard., (c) You must go whether you receive my, reply or not., (d) I can forgive you on condition that you, do not repeat the crime., (ii) Sometimes Adverb Clause of condition has, the connective ‘If’ understood. As—, (a) Had I not seen it with my own eys, I, would not have believed it., Here “Had I not” means “If I had not”, (b) Were he more honest, he would have, been happier., Here “Were he” means “If he were”., (iii) If the Relative Pronoun or the Relative, Adverb does not have its Antecedent before, it, the clause beginning with it can be an, Adverb Clause of Condition. As—, (a) I shall go whatever happens., (b) We cannot reach before sunset whichever train we catch., (c) However you try, you cannot deceive, me.
Page 205 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ANALYSIS | 197, (VI) Adverb Clause of Result points to some, result and often begins with ‘that’, preceded by, ‘so’ or ‘such’. It can also begin with ‘therefore’., As—, (a) He worked so hard that he secured first, division., “that he secured first divison” is Adverb, Clause of Result., (b) He is so saintly that everybody respects, him., (c) He worked hard so he passed., (d) He worked i n such a defective manner, that he failed to get success., (e) I worked hard, therefore I passed., (ii) Sometimes the connective ‘that’ may be, understood also., He is so tired, λ he cannot stand. In this, sentence ‘that’ is understood., (VII) Adverb Clause of Comparison—, There are two kinds of Adverb Clause of comparison., (i) Adverb Clause of Comparison of Degree., (ii) Adverb Clause of Comparison of Manner., (1) Adverb Clause o f Comparison of Degree—It shows comparison of state or situation, and often begins with the Subordinating conjunction ‘than’ or Relative Adverb ‘as’. As—, (a) He is not so foolish as his father thinks., “as his father thinks” is Adverb Clause, of Comparison of degree., (b) Her heart is as pure as her face is beautiful., (c) Your health is better than it was before., (ii) In Adverb Clause of Comparison the Verb, often remains understood., As—, (a) I am a better swimmer than you (are)., Here Verb ‘are’ is understood., (b) You have visited a larger number of, foreign countries than I (have)., (2) Adverb Clause of Comparison of Manner—It shows comparison of manner, and often, begins with the Relative Adverb ‘as’., (a) As you earn so you must spend., “as you earn” is Adverb Clause of, Comparison of manner., (b) He did as he pleased., , (VIII) Adverb Clause o f Supposition—It, points to some supposition and often begins with, the Subordinating conjunction ‘Though’,, ‘Although’ or ‘Even if’. As—, (a) Although he was tired, he finished the, work before sunset., “Although he was tired” is Adverb, Clause of Supposition., (b) Though he is poor, he is honest., (c) Do not be depressed, even if you fail., , Exercise, Pick out the Adverb clause in each of the, following sentences and tell which kind of Adverb, clause it is and which word in the Principal it, modifies—, 1. He is honest, though he is poor., 2. Do in Rome as the Romans do., 3. The doctor was as kind as I thought., 4. Your handwritting is so beautiful that, everyone should admire it., 5. A glutton lives that he may eat., 6. The thief was caught on the road as he was, running away with the purse., 7. I reached the station after the train had, steamed off., 8. I will keep awake while you sleep., 9. Wash your hands before you take your, meals., 10. I have been ill since I left Simla., 11. He failed as I could not help him., 12. I will give you money whenever you need., 13. I must meet my friend wherever I may, find him., 14. The wind bloweth whither it listeth., 15. It is better to reign in hell than to serve in, heaven., 16. If you do not strike while the iron is hot,, you cannot mould it., 17. He promised to pay Rs. 100/-in cash, lest, he should lose the bargain., 18. He ran very fast that he might catch the, train., 19. Women are more sentimental than they are, wise., 20. Since the man was very cruel, his wife, refused to go with him., 21. I am glad that you have come in time.
Page 206 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 198 | L.W.C.E., 22. Some people talk as though they were very, honest., 23. Enmity with a wise man is better than, friendship with a fool., 24. He is stronger than he looks., 25. Have you gone mad that you stare at me in, such a manner ?, 26. The thief, while he was passing through, the gallery, was seen by the servant of the, house., 27. Strike the iron while it is hot., 28. The cuckoo comes when the winter is, over., 29. I love you as much as your father., 30. The moon is cool though it shines., 31. The farmer works all day that he may earn, his bread., 32. He looks quite healthy considering that he, is above seventy., 33. Men fear death as children fear to go in the, dark., 34. Had there been no sun, it would have been, dark all over the world., 35. As soon as you get the clue, give the, signal to me., 36. If my uncle comes today, I shall leave for, Calcutta with him., 37. He is so weak, he can hardly speak., 38. I know more about my brother than you, know about him., 39. The souls of holy men go to heaven, whence they do not return., 40. I do it because I cannot help doing so., , Analysis of Compound Sentences, A Compound Sentence is one which has one, Principal Clause and one or more Co-ordinate, Clauses to the Principal Clause. It may or may not, have Subordinate Clauses., (I) Co-ordinate Clause often begins with, Conjunction ‘And’ or ‘But’ As—, (a) I went to the market and purchased a, book., “and purchased a book” is Co-ordinate, Clause., (b) He went to Delhi yesterday and met the, President there., (c) I offered to help him but he declined., , (d) I put several questions to him but he, failed to answer any of them., (II) Sometimes co-ordinating connective remains understood. In that case the comma (,) or, Semi-Colon (;) does the work of connective conjunction. Sometimes even the Verb also remains, understood. As—, (a) His life is simple; his thoughts sublime., (b) Action is life, idleness death., (c) Beauty is truth, truth beauty., (d) Prosperity finds friends, adversity tries, them., (III) Sometimes a co-ordinate clause may, begin with a subordinating connective. As—, (a) I shall meet you tomorrow, when we, shall finalise the plan., In this sentence ‘when’ means ‘and then’., Therefore the clause beginn-ing with, when is a co-ordinate clause., (b) We went to the aerodrome, where we, bade him adieu., Here “where” means “and there”., (c) I found a purse, which I brought home., Here “which” means “and which”., (IV) Sometimes Compound sentences are, written in their contracted form, and only one, Verb is used for both the Verbs. As—, (a) He is rich but unhappy., In the above sentence ‘but unhappy’ is the, contracted form of “but he is unhappy”., Therefore this is a co-ordinate clause., (b) Either you must pay or your father., Here “or your father” means “or your, father must pay”., (c) Neither my father nor I can help you., This sentence would mean “Neither my, father can help you nor can I help you”., (d) All the soldiers as well as the commander were killed on the battle-field., This sentence means “All the soldiers, were killed on the battle-field as well as, the commander was killed on the battlefield”., (V) Sometimes a co-ordinate clause may, begin with some Subordinating conjunctions like, either……or; neither……nor; else, otherwise,, etc. As—, (a) Either work hard or give up your studies.
Page 207 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ANALYSIS | 199, (b) Neither you nor your father will get any, help., (c) Act according to my advice otherwise, you will repent., (d) Behave properly, else I shall report, against you., , Solved Examples, Analyse the following sentences :, 1. I have a generous friend, who gave me more, monetary help than his financial condition, would have allowed., (a) I have a generous friend ………………, (Principal Clause), (b) Who gave me more monetary help ……, (Subordinate Adjective Clause, qualifying “friend” in Clause A.), (c) Than his financial condition would have, allowed ………… (Subordinate Adverb, Clause of Comparison), The whole sentence is complex., 2. We, who are fortunate enough to live in this, enlightened century, hardly realise how our, ancestors suffered from their belief in the, existence of mysterious and molevolent, beings., (a) We … hardly realise. (Principal Clause), (b) Who are fortunate enough to live in this, enlightened century, ……… (Subordinate, Adjective Clause, qualifying “We” in, Clause A.), (c) How our ancestors suffered from their, belief in the existence of mysterious and, malevolent beings ……… (Noun Clause,, Object to the Verb ‘realise’ in Clause A.), The whole sentence is complex., 3.A mere scholar who knows nothing but, books, must be ignorant even of them., (a) A mere scholar ……… must be ignorant, even of them. (Principal Clause), (b) Who knows nothing but books ………, (Adjective Clause, Subordinate to Clause, A, qualifying “scholar” in Clause A.), The whole sentence is complex., 4. Breathes there the man with soul so dead who, never to himself hath said, “This is my own,, my native land !”, , (a) Breathes there the man with soul so dead, ……… (Principal Clause), (b) Who never to himself hath said ………, (Adjective Clause, Subordinate to Clause, A, qualifying ‘man’ in Clause A.), (c) “This is my own my native land” ………, (Noun Clause, Subordinate to Clause B,, Object to the Verb ‘hath said’.), The whole sentence is complex., 5. He that holds fast the golden mean,, And lives contentedly between, The little and the great,, Feels not the wants that pinch the poor,, Nor plagues that haunt the rich man’s door,, Embittering all his state., (a) He ……… feels not the wants. (Principal, Clause), (b) that holds fast the golden mean ……, (Adjective Clause, qualifying ‘he’ in, Clause A.), (c) and lives contentedly between the little, and the great. (Co-ordinate to Clause B.), (d) that pinch the poor ……… (Adjective, Clause, qualifying ‘wants’ in Clause A.), (e) Nor (feels) plauges ……… (Co-ordinae, Clause to A.), (f) that haunts the rich man’s doors, embittering all his state…… (Adjective Clause,, Subordinate to Clause E, qualifying, “Plagues” in Clause E.), The whole sentence is compound., , Exercise (General), Analyse the following sentences :, 1. My heart leaps up when I behold the, rainbow in the sky., 2. He is the greastest literary artist the world, has ever produced., 3. It is a common plea of the coward that, success depends mainly upon luck., 4. If the human arteries do not work properly,, the body gets sick and a doctor has to be, called in., 5. When the old man had gone, God called, Abraham and asked him where the stranger, was.
Page 208 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 200 | L.W.C.E., 6. That Ahimsa is the highest duty of man is, the teaching of Jainism., 7. A man who wants to control his animal, passions can easily do so if he controls his, palate., 8. Milton said that he did not educate his, daughters because one tongue was enough, for a woman., 9. If we could only get a detached view of the, continued efforts of mankind, we would be, amazed and profoundly moved., 10. Indian culture has lived and flourished and, will continue to do so because of the, mighty creation of Vyas., 11. When I am ill, I am far more interested in, what the doctor hears through the, stethoscope in the flutterings of my heart., 12. I hope it will give comfort to great numbers, who are passing through the world of, obscurity, when I inform them how easily, distinction may be obtained., 13. All who have meant good work with their, whole heart, have done good work,, although they may die before they have the, time to sign it., 14. Whatever luxuries a bachelor may be, surrounded with, he will always find his, happiness incomplete unless he has a wife, and children who may share and enhance, his pleasure., 15. History says that Socrates, when he was, given the cup of hemlock, continued to talk, to the friends who were standing around, him, as he drank it., 16. If you put the end of an iron in the fire and, hold it there, you do something more than, heat that end, for you heat the whole of it, up to the end that you hold in your hand., 17. The valley, which is called the Vale of, Kashmir, is so charming that it has a worldwide fame., 18. The rich man was much pleased that on, account of the honesty of the owner of the, hut, he got back his bag which contained a, hundred coins of gold., 19. In olden times the cruel custom was in, vogue that men, women and even children, were sold as sheep and goats and they were, , 20., , 21., , 22., , 23., , 24., , 25., , 26., , 27., , 28., , 29., , 30., , called the slaves of the person who bought, them., The history of mankind is a long story of, bloody wars and its most prominent figures, are those who conquered other countries or, defended their own against foreign, invasions., It is this line of argument that was extended, to us when we were called upon to maim, and kill, to wound and destroy people, against whom we have no ill-will., Those who want to perform national, service or to have gleam of real religious, life must lead a celebate life renouncing all, the pleasures of the world., The man who can play most heartily when, he has the chance of playing, is generally, the man who can work most heartily when, he must work., Should you be so unfortunate as to suppose, that you are a genius and that things will, come to you, it would be well to undeceive, yourself as soon as it is possible., We have seen how the government is, taking care of our railways, roads and ships, so that they can act as better carriers for the, nation and add to the economic prosperity, of the people., We cannot have peace until all the nations, deal with each other in a spirit of equality, and friendliness until we develop a new, conception of integrated social life., Even in ordinary affairs we know that, people do not know who rules or why and, how he rules; and yet they know that there, is a power that certainly rules., A gentleman who was fashionably dressed, was strolling, with a goldheaded cane in his, hand, when he was hailed by a miserable, looking lame man who was apparently in, needy circumstances., If we recollect that we live among men, who are imperfect by nature, we should not, be in such a fear when we find our friend’s, failings., Each generation is inclined to think that it, is wiser than all those that have gone, before, and in some respects the claim can, be made good.
Page 209 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Synthesis, , 16, Synthesis of Sentences—, “Synthesis is the opposite of Analysis and, means the combination of a number of simple, sentences into one new sentence—Simple, Compound or Complex.”, (Wren), Synthesis has mainly three forms—, 1. Combining of two or more Simple sentences into a single Simple Sentence., 2. Combining of two or more simple sentences into a single Complex Sentence., 3. Combining of two or more simple sentences into a single Compound Sentence., , Combining of Two or More Simple, Sentences into a Single, Simple Sentence, The following are the six ways of combining, two or more Simple sentences into a single Simple, Sentence—, 1. By using a Participle., 2. By using a Noun or a Phrase in Apposition, 3. By using a Preposition with a Noun or, Gerund, 4. By using a Nominative Absolute, 5. By using an Infinitive, 6. By using an Adverb or Adverbial Phrase., We give below the details of each way—, (1) By using a Participle—, Separate : He saw a lion. He fled away., Combined : Seeing a lion he fled away., Separate : He jumped up. He ran away., Combined : Jumping up he ran away., Separate : He was tired of reading. He, retired to bed., Combined : Tired (Being tired) of reading, he retired to bed., , : Turn to the left. You will, reach the hospital., Combined : Turning to the left you will, reach the hospital., Separate : He sat on the sofa. He took, his pen. He wrote a letter., Combined : Sitting on the sofa and taking, his pen, he wrote a letter., Separate, , Exercise, Combine the following groups of sentences, into a new Simple Sentence by using Participles :, 1. He drew his sword. He wounded his, enemy., 2. He took off his clothes. He plunged into the, river., 3. He opened his purse. He produced a five, rupee-note. He purchased the ticket., 4. He drew his revolver. He loaded it quickly., He fired at the dacoit., 5. I saw two pretty girls. They were playing, with a ball., 6. I was returning home. I saw a milk-man., He was milking his cow., 7. The thief saw the policeman. He made, good his escape., 8. He decided to pass the examination. He, studied day and night., (2) By using a Noun or a Phrase in Apposition—, Separate : Shakespeare died in 1616. He, was the greatest English poet, and dramatist., Combined : Shakespeare, the greatest, English poet and dramatist,, died in 1616.
Page 210 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 202 | L.W.C.E., Separate, , Combined, , Separate, , Combined, , Separate, Combined, Separate, Combined, , : Agra was once the capital of, the Mughal Empire. It is now, a very backward city., : Agra, once the capital of the, Mughal Empire, is now a very, backward city., : Subhashchandra Bose was, killed in a plane-crash. He, was one of the greatest, fighters for India’s freedom., : Subhashchandra Bose, one of, the greatest fighters for, India’s freedom, was killed in, a plane-crash., : I love Mohan very much. He, is my friend., : I love my friend Mohan very, much., : I saw the famous wrestler. His, name was Dara Singh., : I saw the famous wrestler,, Dara Singh., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, Simple Sentence by using a Noun or a Noun, phrase—, 1. His father died. He was a man of eighty., 2. Columbus discovered America. He was a, famous sailor., 3. Everyone knows Dr. Radhakrishanan. He, was a great philosopher., 4. Gama died at Lahore at the age of eighty., He was a world champion., 5. London is one of the biggest cities in the, world. It is the capital of Great Britain., Great Britain is a great country., 6. Nalanda was once the biggest centre of, learning. It is now a heap of ruins., 7. Twice I have been to Delhi. It is the capital, of India., 8. Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru was a famous, lawyer. He studied at Agra College. Agra, College is the oldest institution., (3) By using a Noun or a Gerund with a Preposition—, Separate : We reached the station. The, train had left by that time., , Combined : The train had left before our, reaching the station., Or, Before our reaching the, station, the train had left., Separate : The Magistrate examined the, statement. He found it full of, gross errors., Combined : On examining the statement,, the Magistrate found it full of, gross errors., Separate : The servant swept the room., He found a rupee. The rupee, was lying in the corner., Combined : While sweeping the room, the, servant found a rupee lying in, the corner., Separate : He saw an advertisement in, the paper. He applied for the, post. It was the post of an, Accountant., Combined : On seeing an advertisement, for the post of an Accountant,, he applied for it., Separate : He has failed many times. He, still hopes to get success at, last., Combined : In spite of many failures he, still hopes to get success at, last., Separate : He failed at the examination., He heard the news. He disappeared., Combined : On hearing the news of his, failure at the examination, he, disappeared., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, Simple Sentence by using a Noun or a Gerund, with a Preposition—, 1. I made a thorough enquiry. I found him, guilty., 2. I reached the house of my friend. He had, gone to the market before that time., 3. He ran very fast. He could not catch the, thief., 4. I requested the teacher. He pardoned the, boy.
Page 211 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTHESIS | 203, 5. My brother was beaten with canes. I was, present., 6. His behaviour was strange. I was taken, aback., 7. He has died. I am sure., 8. Your behaviour is very good. I am highly, pleased., (4) By using a Nominative Absolute—, Separate : The house caught fire. All the, furniture was burnt to ashes., Combined : The house having caught fire,, all the furniture was burnt to, ashes., Separate : The deer was caught in the, net. He struggled hard for, escape., Combined : Having been caught in the net,, the deer struggled hard for, escape., Separate : The thieves were caught by, the police. They surrendered, the stolen property., Combined : Having been caught by the, police, the thieves surrendered, the stolen property., Separate : Rains have been plentiful this, year. The crop of sugarcane, has been rich., Combined : Rains having been plentiful, this year, the crop of sugarcane has been rich., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, Simple Sentence by using Nominative Absolute—, 1. The day was very hot. I did not go to the, office., 2. My father was angry. He did not give me a, single rupee., 3. The sun set. The birds started flying, towards their nests., 4. My sister has run into debt. I have to, support her., 5. The arrow pierced the deer’s neck. It fell, down., 6. The train left before my arrival. I looked for, a bus., , 7. My brother received a serious injury. I took, him to the hospital., 8. The level of water had gone low. The crow, started dropping pebbles in the jar., 9. The king was killed. His army ran away., 10. My friend had lost his way. He was looted, by a robber., (5) By using Infinitives—, Separate : I am going to Delhi. I have to, purchase a car., Combined : I am going to Delhi to pur0chase a car., Separate : He is very much tired. He, cannot work., Combined : He is too tired to work., Separate : He is very weak. He cannot, pass this year., Combined : He is too weak to pass this, year., Separate : There are still three questions, left. I have to solve them., Combined : I have still three more questions to solve., Separate : There are three prisoners in, the jail. They are to be tried., Combined : There are three prisoners in, the jail to be tried., Separate : I have only one servant. He, cooks my food. He washes the, utensils., Combined : I have only one servant to, cook my food and wash the, utensils., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, Simple Sentence by using Infinitives—, 1. My father has gone to market. He has to, purchase a watch., 2. I am writing a book. It will be published., 3. He is a great liar. He cannot be believed., 4. I cannot leave him behind. He will lose his, way., 5. He went to the library. He wanted to read, the newspaper., 6. He went to his teacher’s house. He wanted, to study Milton.
Page 212 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 204 | L.W.C.E., 7. I am very busy. I cannot talk to you., 8. I have sent my son to England. He will be, educated there., 9. He has painted a beautiful picture. It will be, presented to the President., 10. He keeps a pair of dogs. They will guard, his house. They will keep away burglars., (6) (a) By using an Adverb or an Adverbial, Phrase—, Separate : He has been punished. The, punishment was unjust., Combined : He has been unjustly punished., Separate : The thief was flogged by the, police. The flogging was very, severe., Combined : The thief was very severely, flogged by the police., Separate : It was morning. The train had, not reached by that time., Combined : The train had not reached by, morning., Separate : He was dismissed from service. His dismissal was undeserved., Combined : He was undeservedly dismissed from service., Separate : He has passed in the first, division. It was very creditable., Combined : He has very creditably passed, in the first division., (b) By using Too + Adjective/Adverb—, Separate : He is tired. He cannot run., Combined : He is too tired to run., Separate : He is weak. He cannot stand., Combined : He is too weak to stand., Separate : She is poor. She cannot have a, new dress., Combined : She is too poor to have a new, dress., Separate : I am old. I cannot drive a car., Combined : I am too old to drive a car., Such sentences always express a negative, sense., , (c) Adjective / Adverb + Enough—, Separate : He is rich. He can buy a car., Combined : He is rich enough to buy a, car., Separate : He is intelligent. He can solve, this problem., Combined : He is intelligent enough to, solve this problem., Separate : This hall is large. Two hundred persons can sit in it., Combined : This hall is large enough for, two hundred persons to sit., Separate : He has much time. He can, complete the book., Combined : He has time enough to complete the book., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, Simple Sentence by using an Adverb or an, Adverbial phrase—, 1. He admitted his fault. He apologised., 2. He declined to answer the question. He, regretted his inability to answer., 3. He was absent from the meeting. His, absence was unavoidable., 4. He was in the fault. There is no doubt about, it., 5. He did this work. He did not do it carefully., 6. The programme was ammended. It was, made suitable to me., 7. Mohan put on his clothes. He was in a great, hurry., 8. I shall return by the morning. I am definite, about it., 9. The river was flowing. Its flow was rapid., 10. Everyone listended to his lecture. There, was perfect silence., 11. He is weak. He cannot lift this heavy box., 12. He is frank. He will tell you the whole, truth., , Exercise (General), Combine the following sets of sentences into, Simple Sentences :, 1. The accused was innocent. He was let off., 2. I arrived at the station. I found the train, ready to steam off.
Page 213 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTHESIS | 205, 3. He has completed the work. He is worthy, of admiration for it., 4. He has sent his daughters to Bombay. He, wants them to be trained in dancing., 5. The sun set. My father had not returned., 6. My brother fell seriously ill. I could not go, to the school yesterday., 7. I received my father’s letter. I left for, Bombay. I had to see a gentleman. The, gentleman was the friend of my father., 8. He looked round him. He found no place of, shelter. He climbed up the tree. He decided, to pass the night there., 9. My watch was late. I reached the station., The train had left before my reaching there., 10. The camel saw the signs of storm. He sat, down with his neck between the legs. He, wanted to save his eyes from dust., 11. The sun rose. The fog disappeared. The, General determined to delay no longer. He, gave the order to advance., 12. The sun set. The thief started from his, house. He wanted to commit theft in the, house of an old man. The old man was a, wealthy merchant., 13. The train received the signal. It started, moving. Its movement was slow., 14. The sun rose. Govind started to his sister’s, house. He did not reach there before sunset., 15. The day is very hot. We should go very, early. We have to do a little marketing., , Combining two or more Simple, Sentences into a single Complex, Sentence, (1) By using a Noun Clause—, It has been discussed in the chapter on Clause, Analysis that a Noun clause performs five, functions—(i) Subject of a verb, (ii) Object of a, Transitive Verb, (iii) Object of a Preposition, (iv), Complement of a verb of Incomplete Predication, (is, was, are, a m, were), and (v) case in Apposition to a Noun. We can do synthesis by using a, Noun Clause in any one of these five forms. We, give below examples of each form—, Separate : You are telling a lie. It is, known to all., Combined : That you are telling a lie is, known to all. (Subject), , Separate, Combined, Separate, Combined, , Separate, Combined, , Separate, Combined, , : He is a thief. Everybody, knows it., : Everybody knows that he is a, thief. (Object), : I told you that yesterday. You, must rely on it., : You must rely on what I told, you yesterday., (Object to a preposition), : He has failed. The reason is, his negligence., : The reason of his failure is, that he is negligent., (Complement), : He was innocent. This was his, statement. It was wrong., : His statement that he was, innocent was wrong., (Case in apposition), , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, single Complex Sentence—, 1. Mohan is the best boy of the class. It is, true., 2. He is doing something. I do not know what, it is., 3. You wish me to do something. I cannot do, that., 4. The accused is guilty. It has been proved, beyond doubt., 5. You should go to the Principal immediately. This is my advice to you., 6. He is dishonest. I cannot, however, prove it., 7. I came late. It is true., 8. The function will be held somewhere. Do, you know where ?, 9. He hid something in his pocket. I could not, see it., 10. You threatened him with a knife. That was, his complaint., 11. Where have you been so long ? Tell me., 12. I gave you something yesterday. You can, play with it., 13. His father had died. This news was true.
Page 214 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 206 | L.W.C.E., 14. He is a fool. This was my apprehension. It, is wrong., 15. The new dam has cracked. I want to know, the cause of the same., (2) By using an Adjective Clause, We can make an Adjective Clause beginning, with a Relative Pronoun or a Relative Adverb—, Separate : I met an old man. He was, very poor., Combined : I met an old man who was, very poor., Separate : I saw a fountain-pen. It was, black in colour., Combined : I saw a fountain-pen which, was black in colour., Separate : I met your friend. His box was, stolen in the train., Combined : I met your friend whose box, was stolen in the train., Separate : I have seen the park. The, murder was committed there., Combined : I have seen the park where, the murder was committed., Separate : You went there yesterday., Tell me the hour., Combined : Tell me the hour when you, went there yesterday., Separate : I have purchased a house. It, has a big hall. The hall is well, furnished., Combined : The house that I have purchased has a big hall which is, well furnished., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, Complex Sentence by using an Adjective, Clause—, 1. I met the father of my friend. I had never, seen him before., 2. This is a chest. I have kept my valuables in, it., 3. My father will come from Bombay. Do you, know the time ?, 4. Somebody has stolen my watch. Do you, know him ?, 5. I gave you a book last week. Please return, it., , 6. My brother has gone somewhere. I do not, know the place., 7. Here is a book. I purchased it yesterday., 8. The murder was committed last night. The, murderer has been caught., 9. You seem to be very happy these days. Can, you tell me the reason ?, 10. The sailor helped me cross the river. He, should be rewarded., 11. I went there yesterday. The time was odd., 12. I met him yesterday. I do not remember the, place., 13. London is one of the largest cities of the, world. It is the capital of Great Britain., 14. I met a man in the street. I could not, recognise him., 15. I heard the charming music. A girl was, singing it., (3) By using an Adverb Clause—, We have explained above in the chapter on, Clause Analysis that an Adverb Clause may point, to Time, Place, Reason, Condition, Comparison, Contrast, Manner, or Result. A complex, sentence can be made by using an Adverbial, clause showing any one of these functions. As—, Separate : I could not come. I was tired., Combined : I could not come because I, was tired., Separate : He committed the theft. He, has been caught by the police., Combined : He committed the theft, so he, has been caught by the police., Separate : He is poor. He is honest at the, same time., Combined : Though he is poor, he is, honest., Separate : Tell me the truth. I shall pardon you., Combined : I shall pardon you if you tell, me the truth., Separate : America is a powerful country. Russia is not so powerful., Combined : Russia is not so powerful as, America (is)., Separate : He is intelligent. His brother, is equally intelligent.
Page 215 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTHESIS | 207, Combined : His brother is as intelligent as, he (is)., Separate : My examination is about to be, over. Thereafter I shall go to, the hills., Combined : I shall go to the hills after my, examination is over., Separate : He fled somewhere. The, police could not pursue him., Combined : He fled where the police, could not pursue him., Separate : The thief saw the police. He, took to his heels., Combined : As soon as the thief saw the, police, he took to his heels., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, single Complex Sentence by using an Adverb, Clause—, 1. Last night it was very hot. I could not have, a sound sleep., 2. I entered the room. I heard a sound., 3. The orphan went in. The hermit was, performing his worship there., 4. She loves me. A mother loves her son in, the same way., 5. Go on working. You will succeed., 6. The problem was intricate. It could not be, solved., 7. His behaviour was unnatural. One could not, bear it easily., 8. The lake is very deep. You cannot cross it., 9. She is beautiful. Her elder sister is more, beautiful., 10. He is strong. He is timid at the same time., 11. You are not a chance offender. I cannot, excuse you., 12. The show was delightful. Still many people, did not like it., 13. He sent his daughter to Bombay. He, wanted her to be trained in dancing., 14. You told me to do it. I have done it in the, same manner., 15. The bride is not beautiful. Her complexion, is nevertheless fair., , Combining two or more Simple, Sentences into a Compound Sentence, By using Co-ordinating Conjunctions—As, we have explained in the chapter on Clause, Analysis, Co-ordinate clauses can be made by, using co-ordinating conjunctions such as and,, but, either, or, neither, nor, too, also, so,, therefore, likewise, either……or, neither……, nor. Sometimes only a comma (,) or a Semicolon, (;) can be used as a co-ordinating conjunction. A, compound sentence can be made by using any one, of these co-ordinating conjunctions. As—, Separate : I went to the market. I saw a, beautiful watch. I could not,, however, purchase it., Combined : I went to the market and saw, a beautiful watch but could, not purchase it., Separate : He is slow. He is regular., Combined : He is slow but (he is) regular., Separate : Do not be a borrower. Do not, be a lender either., Combined : Neither a lender (be) nor a, borrower be., Separate : Get in. You may catch cold., Combined : Get in or you may catch cold., Separate : Do not run so fast. You may, fall., Combined : Do not run so fast; you may, fall., Separate : I shall try to solve your problem. I cannot guarantee., Combined : I shall try to solve your problem; I cannot, however, guarantee., Separate : He is industrious. He is intelligent., Combined : He is not only industrious but, also intelligent., Separate : It was very hot last night. I, could not have a sound sleep., Combined : It was very hot last night and, therefore I could not have a, sound sleep., Separate : He was annoyed. Still he kept, quiet., Combined : He was annoyed, still he kept, quiet.
Page 216 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 208 | L.W.C.E., , Exercise, Combine the following sentences into a, single Compound Sentence—, 1. Her hair was long. Her feet were light., 2. He is strong. He is timid., 3. He is rich. He leads a simple life., 4. The sky was cloudy. The night was dark., The way was lonely., 5. He was angry. I did not say anything., 6. She is beautiful. She is also good-natured., 7. We can go by the train. We can also go by, the bus., 8. He lifted his eye to the door. He saw a man, coming towards his room., 9. You may take Aspro. You may take, Anacin. You must take either of the two., 10. Your pants are clean. Your shirt is dirty., 11. The Indian cows have hump. They have, horns., 12. The tail of a peacock is beautiful. Its legs, are ugly., 13. He is guilty. He is the object of compassion., 14. The woman was pregnant. She was not, punished with death., 15. He is weak. He can walk., 16. He is a hermit. He can also be a beggar., 17. The food was tasty. I had no appetite., 18. My father is poor. My uncle is rich., 19. Mohan is afraid of the tiger. He does not go, to the forest., 20. She loves me. I do not like her., , Separate, , :, , Combined :, , Separate, , :, , Combined :, , Separate, , :, , Combined :, , Solved Examples, Separate, , : He should not leave the court, without completing his statement. He would be punished., The witness was warned., Combined : The witness was warned, on, pain of punishment, not to, leave the court without completing his statement. (Simple), Or, The witness was warned that, he should not leave the court, before completing his state-, , Separate, , :, , ment, otherwise he would be, punished., (Complex Sentence), The girl was beautiful. She, was well educated. He did not, marry her. Her parents were, poor., Though the girl was beautiful, and well educated, he did not, marry her because her parents, were poor., (Complex), Or, The girl was beautiful and, well educated but he did not, marry her because her parents, were poor., (Compound), I offered him help. He needed, help. He persisted in refusing, help. I left him to his fate., I offered him help, as he, needed it, but he persisted in, refusing it, and therefore I left, him to his fate. (Compound), Ravindranath Tagore was a, great poet. He was born in, Bengal. He was the author of, Gitanjali. He was awarded, the Nobel Prize., Ravindranath Tagore, born in, Bengal, a great poet and, author of Gitanjali, was, awarded the Nobel Prize., (Simple), Or, Ravindranath Tagore, who, was born in Bengal, was a, great poet and author of, Gitanjali, and was awarded, the Nobel Prize., (Compound), Or, Ravindranath Tagore who was, born in Bengal and who was a, great poet and author of, Gitanjali was awarded the, Nobel Prize., (Complex), There was a crow. It was very, clever. It started dropping, pebbles into the jar. It wanted
Page 217 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNTHESIS | 209, to bring up the level of the, water., Combined : A clever crow started dropping pebbles into the jar in, order to bring up the level of, the water., (Simple), Or, There was a clever crow, which started dropping pebbles into the jar, for it wanted, to bring up the level of the, water., (Complex), , 3. He is quite rich. He lives a miserly life., 4. He is the same gentleman. He came last, year too. He is a famous doctor., 5. The problem is very easy. I can solve it in, no time., 6. We drove very fast. We could not reach in, time. We missed a golden chance., 7. I returned late in the night. It was raining at, that time., 8. She wrote a letter. She wrote the letter to, her father. She described her miserable, condition in the letter. Her father was much, Exercise, pained at it., Combine the following sets of sentences into 9. He laboured very hard. He fell ill. He had, to go under a long treatment., Simple Sentences :, 10., I saw his garden. It is a very large garden., 1. I cannot tell him. What should he do ?, All, kinds of fruits grow there., 2. He heard the noise. He came out of the, 11., He, is, a good and loyal servant. This is the, door., report about him. I believe it., 3. He is sad and disappointed. I found him so., 12. The king walked into the hut. He saw an, 4. He came to me. He wanted money. He, old woman there. The old woman welwanted to purchase some books., comed him. She offered him fruits., 5. His wife encouraged him. She is a highly, 13. You have failed. I am sorry to hear this., refined lady. He persevered., You have failed a second time., 6. The thief had been in prison before. He was, 14. He has come. I do not know the reason of, severly punished., his coming a second time. He has no, business with me. This is as far as I think., 7. He felt tired. He retired to bed., 15. We have seen the Himalayas. The Hima8. He could not eat hard food. He was very, layas guard our northern border. They are, old. He had lost his teeth., spread from east to west of the country., 9. Maharana Pratap was the ruler of Mewar., He was a great patriot. He fought with the, Exercise, Mughals., Combine the following sets of sentences into, 10. I have told you the facts. I have nothing Compound Sentences :, more to say. I will sit down., 1. The sun set. Darkness prevailed over the, 11. I was returning home. I saw a man. He, landscape. We could see nothing., looked very old. He was groaning with, 2., He is foolish. He is obstinate also. He canpain., not adjust himself., 12. He will reach Mathura soon. He will go by, 3. His father was not at home. He had no, bus. He may go by his scooter also., money to pay his fee. His name was struck, 13. The storm ceased. The sun came out., off., 14. He solved the problem. It took him no time., 4. I had a message for you. You were not, available. I left the message with your, Exercise, friend., Combine the following sets o f sentences into 5. You have to follow the school discipline., Complex Sentences :, You will be expelled., 1. He is a very noble person. This is known to, 6. Make haste. You will be late. There is no, all., other train available. You will miss your, 2. What is my duty ? Who will tell me ?, interview.
Page 218 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 210 | L.W.C.E., 7. He was my class-fellow. He has become a, great man. He refuses to recognize me., 8. He is dumb. He is deaf too. He is very, laborious. He weaves beautiful carpets., 9. I do not refuse your offer. I do not like it. I, have no use of it., 10. The clouds gathered. The wind blew. There, were sharp showers., 11. He is all right. He is only tired. He needs, rest., 12. It is raining heavily. I must take my umbrella. I shall spoil my suit., 13. The monsoon failed. The tanks became dry., There was no drinking water available., 14. You can travel by train. You can travel by, bus. You cannot reach before morning., 15. Mohan is ill. He cannot work. He still goes, to office., , Exercise (General), Combine the following sets of sentences into, Simple, Complex or Compound Sentences :, 1. Fire is hot. You cannot touch it., 2. He is an honest man. That is my opinion., 3. My enemies are many. My friends are few., Courage is my greatest friend. It is always, with me. I am safe., 4. Our milkman is very regular. We open the, door in the morning. We find him standing, before the door., 5. The train whistled. It steamed off. All the, passengers bolted the doors., 6. It is no good having a foolish friend. It is, better to have a wise enemy. The wise, enemy may do some harm. The foolish, friend may do a still greater harm., , 7. A hermit is born in the world. He lives in, the world. He has nothing to do with the, world., 8. Some people help others. They are respected. Some people help others without a, selfish motive. They are still more respected., 9. I was highly confused in the examination. I, could not answer a single question, correctly. I knew their answers very well., 10. India has produced several saints. Gandhiji, was the noblest of them. His contribution to, the cause of freedom was great. We can, never forget him., 11. He lifted the cradle. He found the child, unhurt. He found an enormous snake lying, dead on the floor. The snake had been, killed by his faithful dog., 12. The other day I met a man. He wore a long, beard. He had painted his beard red. He, liked this colour more than any other., 13. The bell rang for the third time. The old, man came out of his room into the, courtyard. There he met the young stranger., The stranger recognized him at once., 14. There were five hundred persons on board, the ship. All of them drowned. Only one, escaped. His name was Krishna., 15. I met my friend yesterday. He lives at, Allahabad. Allahabad is a holy city. It is on, the banks of Ganga and Yamuna. Many, pilgrims bathe in these rivers., 16. Agra is an old city. Every foreigner visits it, on account of the Taj. The Taj is famous all, over the world.
Page 219 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 17, TRANSFORMATION OF, SENTENCES, “To transform a sentence is to change it from, one grammatical form to another without altering, its sense.”, (Nesfield), Thus in Transformation we change the construction of a sentence from one grammatical form, to another without changing its meaning., There are a number of ways in which a given, sentence can be transformed from one form to, another. The following are the main ways in, which the Transformation of Sentences can be, carried out—, 1. Interchange between “too” and “so”., 2. Interchange between different forms of, Conditional Sentences., 3. Interchange between different forms of, sentences expressing Concession or Contrast., 4. Interchange of Degrees of Adjectives., 5. Interchange between two “Voices”—from, Active to Passive and Passive to Active., 6. Interchange between Affirmative and, Negative sentences., 7. Interchange between different Parts of, Speech., 8. Interchange between Exclamatory and, Assertive sentences., 9. Interchange between Simple and Complex sentences— Noun, Adjective and, Adverb clauses., 10. Interchange between Simple and Compound sentences., 11. Interchange between Complex and Compound sentences., 12. Interchange between Principal and Subordinate Clauses., , Transformation, Let us consider all these methods one by one, in detail., 1. Transformation of Sentences Containing, “too” or “so”, (i) He is too tired to walk., ‘Too’ in such sentences has a negative, meaning, or ‘beyond necessary or desirable limits.’, The above noted sentence can, therefore,, be transformed as below—, “He is so tired that he cannot walk.”, In the same way—, (ii) He is too clever to be deceived., He is so clever that he cannot be deceived., (iii) This news is too good to be true., This news is so good that it cannot be, true., (iv) He is too lazy to keep pace with you., He is so lazy that he cannot keep pace, with you., , Exercise, Transform the following sentences by, changing “too” into “so…that”, or “so…that”, into “too” :, 1. He is so foolish that he cannot understand, you., 2. He is so small that he cannot go alone., 3. The light is so dim that I cannot read in it., 4. He speaks too fast to be followed., 5. It is never too late to mend., 6. Your writing is too illegible for me to read., 7. That spectacle was too horrible to be described., 8. This boat is too heavy to be steered by one, rudder.
Page 220 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 212 | L.W.C.E., 9. The pan is too hot to be touched., 10. She is too beautiful to be appreciated in, words., 11. The girl was too timid to go alone., 12. He is too idle to work hard., 2. Conditional Sentences—, Conditional Sentences have several forms. A, given sentence can be transformed into any one of, those forms. As—, If you speak the truth, I shall pardon you., The above sentence can be transformed into, any one of the following forms—, Rule 1—By adding—Conjunction ‘Unless’, Unless you speak the truth, I shall not, pardon you., Rule 2—By keeping ‘If’ understood or concealed—, (i) Should you speak the truth, I shall pardon you., (ii) Had you spoken the truth, I should have, pardoned you., (iii) Were you to speak the truth, I should, have pardoned you., In the last two examples the Tense changes., Rule 3—By using a Conjunctional Phrase, In case you speak the truth, I shall pardon you., Rule 4—By using a Participle Phrase, (i) I shall pardon you provided you speak, the truth., (ii) Supposing you speak the truth, I shall, pardon you., Rule 5—By using the Imperative Mood, Speak the truth, and I shall pardon you., Rule 6—By using a Prepositional Phraseu, But for your speaking the truth, I shall, not pardon you., , Exercise, Transform the following sentences in as, many forms as possible :, 1. If you control your palate, you can control, your other animal passions easily., 2. Had you been wise, you would not have, done it., , 3. In case we are divided in opinion, we will, refer the matter to a third person., 4. Had you started your business, you would, have made enormous profit by this time., 5. Provided the weather is good, the school, will open tomorrow., 6. I will not buy the machine unless you give, guarantee for its durability., 7. I cannot part with the horse except on, payment of the price in advance., 8. Had you been more careful, you would, have done the work better., 9. Take care of your digestion and you will, remain healthy., 10. But for my help, he would not have passed., 11. Supposing he does not turn up in time, we, shall make Mohan our opening batsman., 12. If you are poor, you need not have fear of, thieves., 13. Were you more frank in telling me the true, story, I would have given you a better, advice., 14. You cannot succeed in business unless you, are honest., 15. You can accomplish this task provided you, are persistent and firm., 3. Sentences showing Concession or Contrast—, These sentences also can have many forms,, and they can be transformed into any of them., Though he is poor, he is honest., Rule 1—By using “Notwithstanding”, He is honest notwithstanding that he is, poor., Rule 2—By using “However”, However poor he is, he is honest., Rule 3—By using the Conjunction “As”, Poor as he is, he is honest., Rule 4—By using the Phrase “all the same”, He is poor; all the same he is honest., Rule 5—By using a “Participle”, Admitting that he is poor, he is honest., Rule 6—By using the Phrase “At the same, time”, He is poor; at the same time he is, honest.
Page 221 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TRANSFORMATION | 213, Rule 7—By using the Phrase “for all that”, He is poor; for all that he is honest., Rule 8—By using the Adverb ‘indeed’ followed, by the conjunction ‘but’., He is poor indeed but he is honest., , 2. Some metals are at least as heavy as iron., (Positive degree), (i) Iron is not heavier than some other, metals., (Comparative degree), (ii) Some metals are not less heavy than, iron., (Comparative degree), Exercise, (iii) Iron is not the heaviest of all metals., Transform the following sentences in as many, (Superlative degree), forms as possible :, Exercise, 1. He is wrong; all the same he is bold., Transform the following sentences by, 2. He is uneducated indeed but he is a man of, changing the Degree of Adjective :, high eminence., 1. The son is wiser than his father., 3. Admitting that he is not poor, he yet wears, tattered clothes., 2. Running is the best exercise., 4. You should not doubt his competence not3. Kapil Deo is the best of cricket players., withstanding that he is weak in Grammar., 4. Few countries are as cold as England., 5. Though he is obedient, his father does not, 5. Gold is not heavier than Platinum., love him., 6. A deer can run faster than a dog., 6. Admitting that you were hungry, you might, 7. Malt is the best of foods., yet have waited till my arrival., 8. I know his character better than you., 7. There is hardly any hope of compromise;, 9. Honesty is the best policy., all the same I will do my best to effect one., 10. The Americans are the richest people in the, 8. Poor as I am, I will not serve a villain., world., 9. He still loves you, though you were insin5. By interchanging Active and Passive, cere to him., Voices—, 10. Though he was put to great physical torture, he did not confess his crime., 1. Active : The policeman has caught the, thief., 11. Howsoever good you may be in swimming,, you cannot cross the Atlantic., Passive : The thief has been caught by the, policeman., 12. Though he is poor, he is a man of character., 2., Passive, :, My pen has been stolen by this, 13. Cow’s milk is better than other kinds of, boy., milk, though it has a lower percentage of, fat., Active : This boy has stolen my pen., 14. Ugly though she is, her husband loves her, 3. Active : Your honesty has impressed me, deeply., much., 15. Honesty makes a man admirable though it, Passive : I have been much impressed with, does not make him rich., your honesty., 4. By changing Degrees of Adjectives—, 4. Active : It is now time to test your knowledge., 1. No other king in the history of India is as, great as Ashok. (Positive degree of Adjective), Passive : It is now time for your knowledge, to be tested., In the above sentence the Adjective ‘great’ is, in Positive Degree. This can be changed into, 5. Active : Observe the rules of the road, Comparative or Superlative Degree. As—, while you walk., Passive : The rules of the road must be, (i) No other king in the history of India is, observed while you walk., greater than Ashok., 6. Active : Some people rely on medicine for, (ii) Ashok is the greatest king in the history, keeping their health., of India.
Page 222 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 214 | L.W.C.E., , 7., , 8., 9., , 10., , 11., , 12., , 13., , 14., , 15., , 16., , 17., , Passive : Medicine is relied upon by some, people for keeping their health., Passive : It is too much to be expected by, you., Active : It is too much for you to expect., Active : Summer follows winter., Passive : Winter is followed by summer., Passive : Let the room be lighted before, you enter., Active : Light the room before you enter., Active : Your behaviour has astonished me, much., Passive : I have been much astonished at, your behaviour., Active : They are building the house very, quickly., Passive : The house is being built very, quickly by them., Passive : He begged his father that he might, be forgiven., Active : He begged his father to forgive, him., Passive : Our army has been defeated by, the enemy., Active : The enemy has defeated our, army., Passive : I shall be obliged to stay., Active : Circumstances will oblige me to, stay., Passive : What cannot be cured must be, endured., Active : We must endure what we cannot, cure., Passive : Better behaviour can be expected, from the students of a university., Active : One can expect better behaviour, from the students of a university., Active : The crowd laughed at him., Passive : He was laughed at by the crowd., , Exercise, Transform the following sentences by, changing them from Active to Passive Voice or, Vice Versa :, 1. He gave me some money., 2. The thief was caught by me., , 3. He will be defeated by me., 4. You are requested to stay here., 5. Instruct him not to move an inch from his, place., 6. These travellers have been robbed by the, thieves., 7. Always obey your elders., 8. Can you permit me to see this book ?, 9. The watch has been stolen., 10. You cannnot gain anything without efforts., 11. His sudden visit surprised me., 12. Who has broken the glass ?, 13. Why do you suspect me ?, 14. The ship was set on fire and abandoned by, the crew., 15. He has broken the university record., 16. It is not necessary to consult a doctor., 17. I am worried about your health., 18. Let your ideas be known to me., 19. Never trust those who have deceived you, once., 20. The wise are always admired., 6. By interchanging Negative and Affirmative, sentences—, 1. Affirmative : America is more powerful, than Russia., Negative, : Russia is not as powerful as, America., 2. Affirmative : Ramesh is more clever than, Ram., Negative, : Ram is not so clever as, Ramesh., 3. Negative, : There is none who does not, love his country., Affirmative : Everybody loves his country., 4. Negative, : He did not find him honest., Affirmative : He found him dishonest., 5. Negative, : His services cannot be forgotten., Affirmative : His services have been too, great to be forgotten., 6. Negative, : A wise man will not tell a lie., Affirmative : A wise man will abstain, himself from telling a lie.
Page 223 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TRANSFORMATION | 215, : None but a lawyer can answer this question., Affirmative : A lawyer alone can answer, this question., 8. Negative, : No sooner did I enter the, room than he started rebuking, me., Affirmative : As soon as I entered the, room, he started rebuking, me., 7. Negative, , Exercise, (a) Transform the following sentences by, changing them from Negative to Affirmative :, 1. Learned men are not always wise., 2. No one can doubt that your son did his best., 3. It is not difficult to run half a mile at a time., 4. Great men belong to no one nation, nor to, one particular class., 5. Never again will I see my friend., 6. As long as the teacher was in the class, not, a boy broke silence., 7. The tragedies of Shakespeare are not likely, to be forgotten., 8. His wishes cannot be disregarded., 9. It was not long after his departure that I, came to know of the disappearance of the, ring., 10. He left no scheme untried., (b) Transform the following sentences from, Affirmative to Negative :, 1. You are as foolish as your brother., 2. We all expect him to succeed in the long, run., 3. Your son is a boy of uncommon intelligence., 4. This book can only be understood by one, who knows English., 5. Your daughter is beautiful., 6. The happening of such an event is possible, in future., 7. He is greater than I., 8. As soon as the lion came out of the cave, I, ran away., 9. She is too beautiful to be admired in ordinary words., 10. My father was doubtful whether I would, pass., , 7. By interchanging Exclamatory and Assertive sentences—, 1. Exclamatory : Oh, what a horrible sight it, was !, Simple, : It was a very horrible sight., 2. Exclamatory : O, for a beaker of vintage !, Simple, : I wish I had a beaker of, vintage., 3. Exclamatory : May you live long !, Simple, : I wish you a long life., Or, I wish you may live long., 4. Exclamatory : O, that I had the wings of a, dove !, Simple, : I wish I had the wings of a, dove., 5. Exclamatory : What sweet delights a quiet, life gives !, Simple, : A quiet life gives very sweet, delights., , Exercise, Change the following sentences from Exclamatory to Simple sentences :, 1. O, what a fall was there, my countrymen !, 2. What a delicious flavour these mangoes, have !, 3. O, for a glass of cool water !, 4. That you should dare to abuse me !, 5. What would I not do to see you happy !, 6. How nicely he handles the bat !, 7. O, that I were young again !, 8. Alas, that fortune should be so short-lived !, 9. That we should meet here !, 10. Shame on you to kick the poor beggar !, 8. Interchange of One Part of Speech for, another—, (i) Your work does not satisfy me., In this sentence the Verb ‘satisfy’ can be, changed into a Noun. As—, Your work does not give me satisfaction., (ii) Do your work carefully., In this sentence the Adverb ‘Carefully’ can be, changed into a Noun. As—, Do your work with care.
Page 224 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 216 | L.W.C.E., (iii) He has successfully finished the work., In this sentence the Adverb ‘successfully’ can, be changed into a Verb. As—, He has succeeded in finishing the work., (iv) He is a disgrace to the family., In this sentence the Noun ‘disgrace’ can be, changed into a Verb. As—, He has disgraced the family., (v) Mohan is more intelligent than his elder, brother., In this sentence the Adjective ‘intelligent’ can, be changed into a Noun. As—, Mohan has more intelligence than his elder, brother., (vi) He was dismissed on the charge of negligence., In this sentence the Noun ‘negligence’ can be, changed into an Adjective. As—, He was dismissed because he was negligent., (vii) The two events occurred differently in, point of time., In this sentence the Adverb ‘differently’ can, be changed into an Adjective. As—, The time of the occurrence of the two events, was different., Or, The two events occurred at different times., (viii) His dress was poor and shabby., In this sentence the Adjectives ‘poor’ and, ‘shabby’ can be changed into Adverbs. As—, He was poorly and shabbily dressed., (ix) He broke the rule without any intention, of doing so., In this sentence the Noun ‘intention’ can be, changed into a Gerund. As—, He broke the rule without intending to do so., , Exercise, Rewrite the following sentences, changing the, Nouns in bold letters into Verbs—, 1. He did not fulfil his promise., 2. Gold gains stiffness if copper is mixed with, it., 3. He made a compromise of his claims with, the other party., , 4. The meaning of the word ‘useful’ is not the, same as that of ‘valuable’., 5. No one can gain admission without prior, permission., 6. He has no intention of leaving the town in, near future., 7. I have a disinclination for work today., 8. He refused to give his consent to my going., , Exercise, Rewrite the following sentences, changing the, Adverbs in bold letters into Verbs—, 1. I have completed my work successfully., 2. London is admittedly the largest city in the, world., 3. The scene was surprisingly beautiful., 4. They welcomed the news most joyfully., 5. The silver dishes should be used sparingly., , Exercise, Rewrite the following sentences, changing the, Verbs and Adjectives in bold letters into Nouns—, 1. The younger brother is more diligent than, the elder one., 2. He is active and industrious and is admired by everybody., 3. You must sign a receipt before I pay you, what is due to you., 4. The best way to be healthy is to abstain, from the use of harmful things., 5. The fact that you admit your fault will not, impair your prestige., , Exercise, Rewrite the following sentences, changing, Nouns and Adverbs in bold letters into Adjectives—, 1. In all certainty he will get success., 2. He was dismissed for negligence rather, than incompetence., 3. Her beauty was remarkable., 4. He was certainly clever but evidently he, lacked diligence., 5. There can be no dispute on this point., , Exercise, Rewrite the following sentences, changing the, Nouns and Adjectives in bold letters into, Adverbs—
Page 225 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TRANSFORMATION | 217, 1. Your dress is shabby., 2. I have come to you on purpose., 3. A careful inspection of the letter by you, may disclose a number of relevant facts., 4. His mistake was evident, but his sincerity, was also obvious., 5. He hurt you without any intention of, doing., , 9. He must attend the court on pain of, prosecution., 10. The train having stopped at the platform, all, the passengers alighted., 11. With all his strength he is far from being, proud., 12. Entering the Darwar Hall Akbar sat down, on the golden throne., 13., Notwithstanding, several efforts, he failed., 9. (A) By converting Simple sentences into, 14. Taking pity on the cat, the holy sage turned, Compound sentences—, it into a dog., 1. Simple, : He died a brave death leaving, 15. Being desirous to win his favour, he agreed, an example in the world., to serve the holy man for six months., Compound : He died a brave death and left, 16., Possessing, all the advantages of money and, an example in the world., guidance,, he, could not make a good career, 2. Simple, : To his own disadvantage he, as, a, student., broke off with his brother., Compound : He broke off with his brother 9. (B) By converting Compound sentences into, Simple sentences—, and it was to his own dis1., Compound, : He took a piece of paper and, advantage., started writing on it., 3. Simple, : Besides robbing the traveller,, Simple, : Taking a piece of paper he, they also murdered him., started writing on it., Compound : They not only robbed the, 2. Compound : He was poor but he was restraveller but also murdered, pected by all the people of his, him., village., 4. Simple, : He must work hard to pass, Simple, : In spite of his poverty, he was, this year., respected by all the people of, Compound : He must work hard or he will, his village., not pass this year., 3. Compound : Do not steal or you will be, Exercise, punished., Simple, : Do not steal on pain of puniChange the following sentences from Simple, shment., into Compound Sentences :, 4., Compound, :, You must either pay the bill at, 1. He was turned out on account of his, once or return the goods., arrogance., Compound : Failing prompt payment the, 2. Coming forward, he pushed the door open., goods must be returned., 3. Taking off his clothes, he plunged into the, Exercise, swelling river., 4. The toy being beautiful, we decided to, Change the following sentences from Compurchase it at any cost., pound into Simple Sentences :, 5. In his tower sat the poet gazing at the sea., 1. Somebody pulled the chain and the train, stopped., 6. Despite the stupendity of his learning he is, not an original thinker., 2. He opened the casement and cast a glance, at the dark forest., 7. To my extreme horror the engine of the, train was derailed., 3. He is rich, yet he is not contented., 8. Besides educating his nephew, he also set, 4. He was a dull boy and therefore he was, him up in business., often rebuked by his teachers.
Page 226 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 218 | L.W.C.E., 5. Make haste or else you will miss the train., 6. He worked hard, but he failed., 7. He must have killed the lion for he is a, good marksman., 8. His wife died and it added to his misfortunes., 9. He practised daily and so he became an, expert player., 10. The peasants had not completed their work, and the sun set., 11. He was found guilty of murder and hanged., 12. He is a good and regular worker; only he is, rather slow., 13. Your mother is very old and you must take, care of her., 14. He is a learned man but in matters of, business he is a fool., 15. Though he is poor, he is honest., 10. (A) By converting Simple sentences into, Complex sentences—, 1. Simple, : He admitted his fault., Complex : He admitted that he was at, fault., (Noun Clause), 2. Simple, : The king took shelter in the, hermit’s hut., Complex : The king took shelter in the, hut which belonged to the, hermit. (Adjective Clause), 3. Simple, : This bill is likely to be introduced in the parliament at the, commencement of the winter, session., Complex : This bill is likely to be introduced in the Parliament when, the winter session commences., (Adverb Clause), 4. Simple, : Non-vegetarians are not admitted., Complex : If you are not a vegetarian,, you cannot be admitted., (Adverb Clause), 5. Simple, : It was the cruelest blow., Complex : It was a blow than which no, crueler could have been., (Adjective Clause), , 6., , 7., , 8., , 9., , 10., , 11., , 12., , 13., , 14., , 15., , Simple, : His silence proves his guilt., Complex : The fact that he is silent, proves his guilt., (Noun Clause), Simple, : He owed his success to my, help., Complex : It was owing to my help that, he succeeded., (Noun Clause), Simple, : The house was thoroughly, searched., Complex : The house was searched as, completely as it was possible., (Adverb Clause), Simple, : A man’s smartness is in, inverse proportion to his bulk., Complex : The more bulky a man is the, less smart he is., (Adverb Clause), Simple, : Wise men do not talk too, much., Complex : The men who are wise do not, talk too much., (Adjective Clause), Simple, : His ambition is to become a, doctor., Complex : His ambition is that he may, become a doctor., (Noun Clause), Simple, : My son worked on my advice., Complex : My son worked as I advised, him., (Adverb Clause), Simple, : He is strong for a child of ten., Complex : He is very strong although he, is a child of ten., (Adverb Clause), Simple, : Intelligent boys never fail., Complex : The boys who are intelligent, never fail., (Adjective Clause), Simple, : We are sure of winning the, match., Complex : We are sure that we shall win, the match. (Noun Clause)
Page 227 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TRANSFORMATION | 219, 16. Simple, Complex, , 17. Simple, Complex, 18. Simple, Complex, 19. Simple, Complex, , 20. Simple, Complex, , : He had to leave for want of, efficiency., : He had to leave because he, was not efficient., (Adverb Clause), : Men’s evils live after them., : Evils which men do live after, them., (Adjective Clause), : He cannot succeed without, your help., : He cannot succeed unless you, help him. (Adverb Clause), : Ayodhya is the place of Ram’s, birth., : Ayodhya is the place where, Ram was born., (Adjective Clause), : Listen to the teacher., : Listen to what the teacher, says., (Noun Clause), , Exercise, Convert the following Simple sentences into, Complex sentences, using Noun clauses—, 1. I cannot disclose the grounds of my conclusion., 2. He confessed his guilt., 3. The secret of his success is not known., 4. I wish you happiness., 5. His father is sure of his success at the, examination., 6. He is said to be a good orator., 7. Her husband is likely to divorce her., 8. I cannot believe his report., 9. I am glad at your arrival in time., 10. He pleaded ignorance of the law., 11. I hope to pass this year., 12. We believed the information to be true., 13. Do you want me to accompany you to, Delhi ?, 14. I do not think it proper to disturb him in his, sleep., 15. His rudeness has surprised me., , Exercise, Convert the following Simple sentences into, Complex sentences, using Adjective clauses—, 1. Rabindranath Tagore was the first Indian to, receive the Nobel Prize., 2. He is spending his father’s earnings., 3. Have you seen the blind musician ?, 4. The advantages of study are innumerable., 5. The watch is not a toy for you to play., 6. Brutus was a man of grand character., 7. Shakespeare, the greatest of English dramatists, died in 1616., 8. It is the work of the government., 9. That is not the way of addressing the court., 10. This is not the method of becoming rich., , Exercise, Convert the following Simple sentences into, Complex sentences, using Adverb clauses—, 1. He absconded to avoid arrest., 2. Since the time of our last meeting, I have, hardly entertained any other guest., 3. Between the two brothers the elder is, stronger., 4. Do not enter the hall without ticket., 5. He married in the days of prosperity., 6. He is honest notwithstanding his poverty., 7. With all his riches, he is not cotented., 8. I shall do according to the wishes of my, father., 9. He replied to the best of his ability., 10. (B) By converting Complex sentences into, Simple sentences—, 1. Complex : It is popularly believed among, orthodox Hindus that the, earth rests on the hood of a, big snake., (Noun Clause), Simple : According to the popular orthodox Hindu belief, the earth, rests on the hood of a big, snake., 2. Complex : The men who have risen by, their own efforts are always, respected. (Adjective Clause), Simple : Self-made men are always respected.
Page 228 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 220 | L.W.C.E., Complex : Success comes automatically to, a man who is diligent and, patient., (Adjective Clause), Simple : Success comes automatically to, a diligent and patient man., 4. Complex : Everyone admires a man if the, man is honest., (Adverb Clause), Simple : Everyone admires an honest, man., 5. Complex : As you sow so you will reap., (Adverb Clause), Simple : You will reap the fruits of your, own sowing., 6. Complex : Youth i s the time when seeds, of character are sown., (Adverb Clause), Simple : Youth is the time for the formation of character., 7. Complex : He said that he was not guilty., (Noun Clause), Simple : He pleaded innocence., 8. Complex : He was so weak that he could, not walk., (Adverb Clause), Simple : He was too weak to walk., 9. Complex : Ashoka who was one of the, greatest of Indian Kings, embraced Buddhism., (Adjective Clause), Simple : Ashoka, one of the greatest of, Indian Kings, embraced Buddhism., 10. Complex : I want to know where your, father lives., (Noun Clause), Simple : I want to know the address of, your father., 11. Complex : No one knows whence the oil, comes., (Noun Clause), Simple : No one knows the origin of oil., 12. Complex : He died at the village where he, was born., (Adjective Clause), Simple : He died at his native village., 3., , 13. Complex : You can eat as much as you, like., (Adverb Clause), Simple : You can eat to your full satisfaction., 14. Complex : I want a locality where I may, be away from the noise and, bustle of the town., (Adjective Clause), Simple : I want a locality away from the, noise and bustle of the town., 15. Complex : When the cat is away, the, mice will play., (Adverb Clause), Simple : The mice will play in the, absence of the cat., 16. Complex : What he wrote was illegible., (Noun Clause), Simple : His writing was illegible., 17. Complex : We get up when it is six, O’clock., (Adverb Clause), Simple : We get up at six O’clock., 18. Complex : He speaks as if he were a boy, of ten., (Adverb Clause), Simple : He speaks like a boy of ten., , Exercise, Convert the following Complex sentences, into Simple sentences by removing the Noun, Clauses—, 1. I doubt that you are honest., 2. I was astonished to know how old the saint, was., 3. I want to know how much you earn every, month., 4. We hope that you will pass., 5. The king ordered that the traitors should be, punished., 6. The news that the enemy had landed spread, like wild fire., 7. It cannot be said when he will return., 8. I am not sure whether I shall succeed this, time., 9. Whoever is honest is respected., 10. Do not ask why I love you.
Page 229 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TRANSFORMATION | 221, , Exercise, Convert the following Complex sentences, into Simple sentences by removing Adjective, Clauses—, 1. The solidiers who are brave are respected., 2. Rivers which are deep flow in silent majesty., 3. People who live in glass houses should not, throw stones at others., 4. All that glitters is not gold., 5. Yesterday I saw a man who was very tall., 6. He who is poor is served by God., 7. Uneasy lies the head that wears the crown., 8. The men who rise by their own efforts are, always respected., 9. The services he has rendered to the country, cannot be forgotten., 10. The boy who stood first got the prize., , 3., , 4., , 5., , Compound : Send the money within fifteen days or you will not get, the books., Complex : You will not get the books, unless you send the money, within fifteen days., Compound : Waste not, want not., Complex : If you do not waste, you will, not want., Compound : Kalidas was sitting on the, branch of a tree and was, cutting it with his axe., Complex : Kalidas was sitting on the, branch of a tree, which he, was cutting with his axe., , Exercise, , Convert the following Compound sentences, into Complex sentences—, 1. Be careful in your studies or you will fail, Exercise, this year., Convert the following Complex sentences, 2. The enemy aeroplane was shot down by our, into Simple sentences by removing Adverb, fighters but its pilot was not killed., Clauses—, 3. Speak the truth and you will be pardoned., 1. I returned home after the sun had set., 4. He failed in his first attempt and never tried, 2. He was so weak that he could not speak., again., 3. He gave me the signal as soon as he heard, 5., Spare, the rod and spoil the child., the news., 6. He was all right; only he was fatigued., 4. A businessman grows rich in the long run if, 7. I shall not oppose your design; I cannot, he is honest., however approve it., 5. Nobody talked to him because he was poor., 8. He was obstinate, therefore he was punis6. He worked hard that he may succeed., hed., 7. I have done it as you advised me., 9. I was ill yesterday and could not attend the, 8. I admire her because she is beautiful., function., 9. I could not come to you because I had no, 10., Only, do the right and you will have no, time., reason, to feel ashamed., 10. He cannot go until I permit him., 11. (A) By converting Compound sentences into 11. My brother may not be industrious but he is, certainly intelligent., Complex sentences—, 12., He, grew very weak but he did not break the, 1. Compound : Be honest and you will be, fast., respected by all., Complex : If you are honest, you will, 13. Do not take your supper in the rainy season, be respected by all., and you will not need medicine., 2. Compound : Do not go ahead or you may, 14. Give him an inch and he will demand a, be drowned., yard., Complex : If you go ahead, you may be, 15. Take care of the pence and the pounds will, drowned., take care of themselves.
Page 230 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 222 | L.W.C.E., 16. Her complexion was fair but her face was, ugly., 17. The thief ran away or he would have been, caught., 18. It seems too good to be true; nevertheless it, is a fact., 19. The Rajputs were few, but they were brave., 20. His starting was good and so he won the, race., 11. (B) By converting Complex sentences into, Compound sentences—, 1. Complex : I know that you are a swindler., Compound : You are a swindler and I, know this., 2. Complex : If you search his pocket,, you will find the watch., Compound : Search his pocket and you, will find the watch., 3. Complex : He ate more than ten cakes, which he could not digest., Compound : He ate more than ten cakes,, and he could not digest them., 4. Complex : If I get some help from my, father, I shall succeed in, setting up my business., Compound : I may get some help from my, father and in that case I, shall succeed in setting up, my business., 5. Complex : A glutton lives that he may, eat., Compound : A glutton wants to eat and, therefore he lives., , Exercise, Convert the following Complex sentences, into Compound sentences—, 1. As the man was absent from his house, I, could not meet him., 2. I loved a beautiful girl, though I could not, marry her., 3. Unless you tell your name and address, correctly, you will be put behind the bars., 4. Had you not reached there in time, he, would have put an end to his life., 5. We eat that we may live., 6. The evil that men do, lives after them., , 7. I shall not cross the river because the flood, has not yet receded., 8. I do not think he will come., 9. If you do not quit the room, you will be, thrown out., 10. I should go there as it is my duty., 11. Though they were few, they were brave., 12. His bark is worse than his bite., 13. If you wrap yourself in a blanket, you will, be safe from cold., 14. Because he committed theft, he was, punished., 15. I would have come, had I not fallen ill., 16. Take down his words, lest you should, forget them., 17. However clever you may be, you cannot, succeed without hard labour., 18. If I put a civil question, I expect a civil, reply., 19. As the question was difficult, no one could, answer it., 20. They bear witness to the fact that Bhagat, Singh was a great patriot., 12. By interchanging Principal and Subordinate Clauses—, (i) I suggested for you a bride who was, very beautiful., The bride I suggested for you was very, beautiful., (ii) I did not reach the station until the train, had left., The train had left before I reached the, station., (iii) No sooner did I threaten him than he, confessed the guilt., He confessed the guilt as soon as I, threatened him., (iv) I met your father when he was going to, the office., Your father was going to the office, when I met him., , Exercise, Transform the following sentences b y converting the Principal Clause into Subordinate, Clause and vice versa :, 1. He screamed as soon as he saw the lion., 2. Many days shall pass before I return.
Page 231 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TRANSFORMATION | 223, 3. No sooner did he appear than all were, silent., 4. The sun did not set until the farmers finished their work., 5. I never make a promise which I cannot fulfil., 6. Abhimanyu learnt all the tactics of the, battle before he was fourteen., 7. That is the most hazardous step that you, have taken., 8. No sooner did he earn fifty pounds than he, squandered them., 9. As soon as he saw the policeman, he took, to his heels., 10. You are wiser than I thought., 11. I cannot give my opinion until I see the, pros and cons of the case., 12. He is more kind and courteous than he, appeared to be., , Revision Exercise, Change the following sentences according, to the instructions given in brackets :, 1. The old lady who is standing on the riverbank is Sita’s grandmother., (Change into Simple Sentence), 2. Satish did not come to my house yesterday,, and Harish did not come either., (Simple Sentence), 3. I met a man this morning. He had a long, beard., (Simple Sentence), 4. Last year Mr. Sharma went to England. His, brother went with him., (Simple Sentence), 5. He works hard from morning till night., (Present perfect continuous), 6. The man ate and drank as much as he, could., (Interrogative), 7. You did not ask him where he lived., (Interrogative), 8. The boy meets his friend and gives him all, he has., (Plural), 9. Nobody would like to be called a fool., (Interrogative), 10. Who is fitter than he for the job ?, (Negative), , 11. The day-before-yesterday I was able to, play., (Negative and Interrogative), 12. Rich people have four meals a day., (Negative and Interrogative), 13. I have had some tea., (Negative), 14. Tell everybody that I shall go to Delhi., (Negative), 15. I know something about it., (Negative), 16. They both must go., (Negative), 17. The man in the corner is my friend., (Complex Sentence), 18. They thought him to be a clever man and, called him master magician., (Passive form), 19. When the sun set the birds stopped singing., (Simple Sentence), 20. Govind is brighter than any other boy in the, class., (Superlative form), 21. The man ate some fruits and the woman, drank a little water. (Into Negative form), 22. Mohan did not work hard and so he did not, pass., (Into positive conditional form using ‘If’), 23. Each of the books his father gave him costs, a lot., (Into Interrogative form), 24. They say that another world war will destroy all life on earth., (Into Passive form), , Revision Exercise, Transform the following sentences according to the instructions given in brackets—, 1. She is too beautiful to be admired., (Remove “too”), 2. My father is so weak that he cannot walk., (Use “too”), 3. His brother is too foolish to become a lawyer., (Remove “too”), 4. That merchant is so dishonest that we, cannot trust him., (Use “too”), 5. Can the sun ever set in the east ?, (Assertive), 6. This picture is beautiful., (Negative), 7. He is not courageous., (Assertive), 8. Happiness is not abiding., (Assertive), 9. When can their glory fade ?, (Negative)
Page 232 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 224 | L.W.C.E., 10. Everest is the highest peak in the world., (Interrogative), 11. Brahmaputra is longer than any other river, in India., (Positive degree Adjective), 12. Steel is not the heaviest metal., (Positive degree Adjective), 13. My house is not as big as yours., (Comparative degree Adjective), 14. He has broken the rule unintentionally., (‘unintentionally’ to be changed into Noun), 15. The company has gone into liquidation., (‘liquidation’ to be changed into Verb), 16. It is beyond my expectation., (‘expectation’ into Verb), 17. His lecture was very scholarly., (Complex sentence), 18. He opened the chest and pulled out a, bundle of bank notes., (Simple), 19. Though heavy, your ring is not made of, pure gold., (Complex and Compound), 20. How can I believe a man who has deceived, me thrice ?, (Assertive), 21. The management of the company is likely, to change., (Complex), 22. Do not cross the railway line, or you may, be killed by the running train. (Complex), 23. He has committed the crime, but he is an, object of compassion., (Complex), 24. O, How can I discharge your obligation !, (Assertive), 25. Deep rivers flow in silent majesty., (Complex), 26. He has been released without any condition., (‘condition’ to be change into Adverb), 27. Rice is not the most nutritious of grains., (Positive and Comparative degree Adjective), 28. A burnt child dreads the fire., (Complex), 29. Barking dogs seldom bite., (Complex), 30. Peacock is the most beautiful of birds., (Comparative and Positive degree Adjective), , 31. We hope for the betterment of our financial, conditon., (Complex), 32. It is unjust to discriminate among people on, racial grounds., (Complex), 33. He is more intelligent than his elder brother., (Positive degree), 34. Provided you work hard, your success is, sure., (Use ‘If’), 35. His wife is beautiful, but her health is poor., (Complex), 36. Loading his gun he fired at the lion., (Compound), 37. Your adversary is too strong to be defeated, by you., (Active voice), 38. European history has been thoroughly, studied by me., (Active voice), 39. He is so brave that no one can defeat him., (Passive voice), 40. Do not miss the golden opportunity., (Passive voice), 41. As a rule, the English Parliament should be, called at least once a year., (Complex), 42. It is abundantly clear from his behaviour, that he is not inclined to help us. (Simple), 43. When the cat is away, the mice must play., (Simple), 44. Their friendship is not permanent., (Assertive), 45. He admitted his fault., (Complex), 46. The name of the American President is not, known to me., (Active voice), 47. The broth is spoilt by too many cooks., (Active voice), 48. We are confident of our success., (Complex), 49. We must work, otherwise we cannot live., (Simple), 50. Your work does not satisfy me., (‘Satisfy’ change into Adjective), 51. Sita is the eldest member of the family and, of her four daughters Urmila is the prettiest., (Comparative degree Adjective), 52. The difficulty was solved by means of special service devised for the occasion, (‘Service’ be made Subject)
Page 233 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TRANSFORMATION | 225, 53. You are already as well acquainted with my, friends as I am., (Use ‘Known’), 54. There was hardly a man who did not respond to his call., (Simple Assertive), 55. When the commander informed the king, that his troops had won a great victory, he, ordered national rejoicing. (Passive voice), 56. Our expenditure goes up with our income., (Complex), 57. When the war broke out, prices went up, rapidly., (Simple), 58. You can imagine my horror at the news of, dacoity in my house., (Complex), 59. It is most probable that he will come back, today., (‘Probable’ to be changed into Adverb), , 60. I am very desirous to meet you once more., (Exclamatory), 61. He is so clever that I cannot keep pace with, him., (‘too’ to be used), 62. He was more worthy of praise than any one, else., (Negative), 63. Every man within India can claim the protection of law., (Negative and Interrogative), 64. Work hard and you will succeed at last., (Complex), 65. But for prompt medical help, he would, have succumbed to his injuries., (Complex)
Page 234 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 18, , Formation of Words, , Every Language of the world is a kind of, well-knit and progressive huge family. Every, word of that language is a member of that family., Therefore the development of the whole language, depends upon the development of each word in it., Further, each word has its own family too, and its, family also grows and develops by slow degrees., Every word has its origin in some Primary or, Base Word. Many words are formed from each, Primary word through a number of linguistic, processes. Many new words are formed by the, addition of Prefixes and Suffixes to the Primary, words and their Derivatives, and these new words, belong to different Parts of Speech and are of, different Numbers and Genders. Thus, for, example, Verbs, Adjectives, Adverbs, etc. can be, formed from Nouns, and so on. The Vocabulary of, a student can develop immensely by understanding and making use of these linguistic processes. Therefore, we give below a comprehensive, list of Suffixes and Prefixes and the words formed, by them., Prefixes are used before and Suffixes after, the Primary words or their Derivatives to form, new words., Let us first take the Suffixes. These Suffixes, are called Conversion Suffixes because they, convert the Primary words into different Parts of, Speech and their kinds—, , Suffixes, (1) Noun Suffixes, (i) Noun to Noun, – an, : Republican, Indian, Russian., – ese, : Chinese, Japanese., – ist, : Florist, socialist, royalist., – ism, : idealism, absenteeism, Buddhism., – eer, : engineer, profiteer., , – ery, – ry : slavery, drudgery, machinery., – ful, : mouthful, handful, spoonful., (ii) Common Noun to Abstract Noun, – hood, : womanhood, boyhood, priesthood, knighthood., – dom, : officialdom, martyrdom, wisdom., – ship : kingship, friendship, membership, fellowship., (iii) Adjective to Noun (Abstract), – ness, : Happiness, kindness, gentleness,, greatness., – ity, : seniority, diversity, activity,, superiority., (iv) Other words to Noun (Abstract), – t, th (With frequent changes in Vowels) :, high-height, thief-theft, dead-death, hot-heat., (v) Verb to Noun, – er, or : driver, waiter, writer, actor, dictator., – ant, : consultant, informant, inhabitant, determinant., – ee, : payee, employee, nominee., – action : dictation, citation, starvation,, exploitation., – ment : judgement, postponement, payment, government., – al, : arrival, dismissal, disposal, proposal., – ing, : painting, drawing, gardening,, drinking., – age, : cartage, postage, usage, carriage., (vi) Nouns made by change of Vowel or Consonant in the Verb, breathe-breath; lose-loss; lend-loan; feedfood; think-thought.
Page 235 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , FORMATION OF WORDS | 227, , (2) Verb Suffixes, Noun / Adjective to Verb, (i) – ify, : beautify, classify, modify, simplify, terrify., – ize, : sympathize, humanize, memorize, idealize., – en, : quicken,, widen,, heighten,, strengthen., (ii) Prefixes be–, en–, em– : embitter, empower,, enrage, encourage, bemoan, belittle., , (3) Adjective Suffixes, (i) Noun to Adjective, – ful, : beautiful, useful, helpful, bountiful., – less, : harmless, useless, childless,, meaningless., – y, ly, : hairy, glassy, rosy, lovely,, manly, brotherly., – like, : childlike, teacherlike., – ish, : selfish, girlish, foolish., – some : handsome, troublesome., – worthy : praiseworthy, trustworthy, airworthy., – al, : cultural, natural, agricultural., – ive, : attractive, expensive, responsive., – ous, eous,, ious, : amitious, injurious, pious, virtuous, famous, beauteous., – ie, : heroic, scientific, emphatic., – esque : picturesque, statuesque., – arian,, ean, : authoritarian, Shakespearean., (ii) Verb / Adjective to Adjective, – able,, ible, : dependable, readable, memorable, comprehensible, divisible., – ish, : longish, bluish,s greenish, smallish., – ing, : running, rising, sinking, boiling., – ed, : tired, walled, spotted, adopted., (iii) Compound Adjectives, Present Participle, (– ing), : fast-moving train, long-suffering, man, grass-cutting, high-flying., Past Participle, (– ed, – t) : long-haired, well-fed, thin-covered, wind-swept, well-kept., , Numerals, , : five-rupee note, three-storied,, fifty-year old, fourteenth-century, poet., , (4) Adverb Suffixes, : heavily,, largely,, painfully,, greatly, easily., – ward(s) : downward(s), upward(s), heavenward(s), homeward(s)., – wise : lengthwise, clockwise, moneywise., A list of popular words converted into, different parts of speech is given below :, – ily, ly, , (i) NOUNS INTO VERBS, Authority –, Apology –, Allusion –, Blood –, Beauty –, Body –, Circle –, Excellence –, Economy –, Food –, Fool –, Force –, Friend –, Grass –, Glory –, Gold –, Habit –, Harmony –, Haste –, Height –, Idol –, Justice –, Knee –, Loss –, List –, Monopoly –, Magnet –, Memory –, Nature –, Notice –, Necessity –, , Authorize, apologize, allude, bleed, beautify, embody, encircle, Excel, economize, feed, befool, enforce, befriend, graze, glorify, gild, habituate, harmonize, hasten, heighten, idolize, justify, kneel, lose, enlist, monopolize, magnetize, memorise, naturalize, notify, necessitate, , Class –, Colony –, Collision –, Company –, Custom –, Camp –, Character –, Origin –, Office –, Perception –, Patron –, Peace –, Person –, Prison –, Peril –, Power –, Right –, Relief –, Sermon –, Shrine –, Slave –, Substance –, Throne –, Title –, Tomb –, Utility –, Verse –, Vigour –, Vacancy –, Victim –, Vice –, , classify, colonize, collide, accompany, accustom, encamp, characterize, originate, officiate, perceive, patronize, pacify, personify, imprison, imperil, empower, rectify, relieve, sermonize, enshrine, enslave, substantiate, enthrone/, dethrone, entitle, entomb, utilize, versify, invigorate, vacate, victimize, vitiate
Page 236 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 228 | L.W.C.E., (ii) VERBS INTO NOUNS, Accom, plish –, Accom, pany –, Acquit –, Bathe –, Betray –, Conceive –, Commit –, Deceive –, Defy –, Deny –, Do –, Rely –, , accomplishment, accompaniment, acquittal, bath, betrayal, conception, commitment, deception, defiance, denial, deed, reliance, , Respond –, Heal –, Know –, Lend –, Move –, Narrate –, Oblige –, Persuade –, Please –, Precise –, Pursue –, Redeem –, Urge –, Vary –, , (v) NOUNS INTO ADJECTIVES, response, health, knowledge, loan, motion, narration, obligation, persuasion, pleasure, precision, pursuit, redemption, urgency, variety, , (iii) OTHER WORDS INTO ABSTRACT, NOUNS, Apt –, Beautiful –, Bond –, Beggar –, Coward –, Courageous –, Dead –, Difficult –, Deep –, Generous –, Hero –, Infant –, Jealous –, , aptness, beauty, bondage, beggary, cowardice, courage, death, difficulty, depth, generosity, heroism, infancy, jealousy, , Long –, Machine –, Regent –, Servant –, Sad –, Smooth –, Short –, True –, Weak –, Wise –, Witch –, Warm –, Young –, , length, mechanism, regency, service, sadness, smoothness, shortness, truth, weakness, wisdom, witchery, warmth, youth, , (iv) ADJECTIVES INTO NOUNS, Able –, Acid –, Brief –, Busy –, Chaste –, Civil –, False –, Ferocious –, Gay –, Grand –, Generous –, Humble –, Just –, Liberal –, , ability, acidity, brevity, business, chastity, civility, falsehood, ferocity, gaiety, grandeur, generosity, humility, justice, liberality, , Local –, locality, Merry –, merriment, Magnificent – magnificence, Notorious – notoriety, Obedient – obedience, Pious –, piety, Public –, publicity, Rival –, rivalry, Secret –, secrecy, Splendid – splendour, Vain –, vanity, Wide –, width, Worthy –, worth, , Advice –, Air –, Angle –, Bounty –, Brass –, Beast –, Contempt –, , advisable, Angel –, aerial, Authority –, angular, Autumn –, bounteous, Merchant –, brazen, Metal –, bestial, Medicine –, contempMerit –, tuous/, Minister –, contemptible Muscle –, Calamity – calamitous, Myth –, Circle –, circular, Money –, College –, collegiate, Night –, Conscience – conscientious, Circumstance – circumstantial, Emperor –, imperial, Nose –, Expectation – expectant, Offence –, Example –, exemplary, Omen –, Enemy –, inimical, Population –, Essence –, essential, Professor –, ExplanaexplanaPathos –, tion –, tory, Picture –, Fraud –, fraudulent, Flower –, floral, Prejudice –, Fable –, fabulous, Problem –, Fever –, feverish, Palace –, Fate –, fatal, Ruin –, Grief –, grievous, SuperstiGrass –, grassy, tion –, Hand –, handy, Sun –, Hypocrite – hypocritical Star –, Industry –, industrious, Sedition –, Joy –, joyous, Service –, Joke –, jocular, Secretary –, Judge –, judicial, Study –, Licence –, licentious, Tribe –, Lustre –, lustrous, Vice –, Voice –, , angelic, authoritative, autumnal, merchantile, metallic, medicinal, meritorious, ministerial, muscular, mythical, monetary, nocturnal, , nasal, offensive, ominous, populous, professorial, pathetic, picturesque/, pictorial, prejudicial, problematic, palatial, ruinous, superstitious, solar, starry, seditious, serviceable, secretarial, studious, tribal, vicious, vocal, , (vi) FORMATION OF SOME TYPICAL, ADJECTIVES, Age –, Brother –, Blood –, Cat –, City –, Flock –, Hair –, , senile, fraternal, sanguinary, feline, urban, gregarious, capillary, , Church –, Dog –, Egg –, Eye –, Flesh –, Sun –, , ecclesiastical, canine, oval, optical, carnal, solar
Page 237 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , FORMATION OF WORDS | 229, Life –, Love –, Moon –, Punishment–, Salt –, Sea –, Ship –, Sky –, Spring –, , vital, amorous, lunar, penal, saline, marine, naval, etherial, vernal, , Tooth –, Town –, Taste –, Village –, War –, Woman –, Watch –, Youth –, Year –, , dental, urban, palatable, rural, martial, effeminate, vigilant, juvenile, annual, , (vii) ADJECTIVES INTO VERBS, Able –, Abundant –, Bitter –, Base –, Clear –, Civil –, Clean –, Different –, Double –, Dramatic –, Equal –, Fat –, Fertile –, Firm –, Fresh –, Feeble –, Fond –, General –, , enable, abound, embitter, debase, clarify, civilize, cleanse, differentiate, duplicate, dramatize, equalize, fatten, fertilize, confirm, refresh, enfeeble, fondle, generalize, , Large –, Little –, Long –, Mad –, Moist –, Noble –, Public –, popular –, Poor –, Perpetual –, Pure –, Real –, Rich –, Safe –, Sweet –, Solid –, Sure –, Vile –, Venerable –, , enlarge, belittle, prolong, madden, moisten, ennoble, publish, popularise, impoverish, perpetuate, purify, realize, enrich, save, sweeten, solidify, ensure, vilify, venerate, , (viii) VERBS INTO ADJECTIVES, Agree –, Accept –, Bear –, Break –, Consider –, Encourage –, Fear –, Gain –, Govern –, Harm –, Hate –, Imagine –, Injure –, Loathe –, Marry –, Manage –, Meddle –, , agreeable, acceptable, bearable, breakable, considerable, courageous, fearful, gainful, governable, harmful, hateful, imaginative, injurious, loathsome, marriageable, manageable, meddlesome, , Change –, Divide –, Defend –, Desire –, Deceive –, Resist –, Read –, Regret –, Respect –, Respond –, Receive –, Spend –, Succeed –, Slip –, Solicit –, Taste –, Tire –, , changeful, divisible, defensive, desirable, deceitful, resistible, readable, regrettable, respectable, responsive, receptive, spendthrift, successful, slippery, solicitous, tasteful, tiresome, , Negotiate –, Perish –, Punish –, Permit –, , negotiable, perishable, punishable, permissible, , Terrify –, Transfer –, Vary –, Work –, , terrific, transferable, various, workable, , Negative Prefixes and Suffixes, Antonyms are formed by adding the following Prefixes or Suffixes before or after some, words—, (a) Prefixes, il –before words beginning with l ( as illegal ), im–before b, m, or p, ( as imbalance, immature or impure ), ir–before r ( as irreligious ), in–before other letters (as inability, independent ), un–( as untrue ), dis– ( as disadvantage ), non–(as nonviolence, nonvegetarian, nonsense), (b) Suffix-less (as graceless, meaningless,, powerless), (c) Verb Prefixes, em – ( as empower, embody, embitter ), en – ( as enable, ensure, encourage ), re – ( as recall, remind, reopen ), de – ( as devalue, decompose, decontrol), mis – ( as misunderstand, miscalculate ), pre – ( as prepaid, prejudge ), A list of popular Antonyms formed by, Negative Prefixes is given below :, (i) il —, Legal, illegal, Legitimate illegitimate, Literate, illiterate, , Legible, Liberal, Logical, , illegible, illiberal, illogical, , Material, Measurable, Modest, Mortal, Perfect, Pious, Possible, Penitent, Prudent, , immaterial, immeasurable, immodest, immortal, imperfect, impious, impossible, impenitent, imprudent, , (ii) im—, Balance, Mature, Mobile, Moral, Movable, Pertinent, Partial, Patient, Proper, Pure, , imbalance, immature, immobile, immoral, immovable, impertinent, impartial, impatient, improper, impure
Page 238 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 230 | L.W.C.E., (iii) in—, Ability, Accurate, Adequate, Applicable, Coherent, Complete, Convenience, Credible, Decent, Direct, Efficient, Fallible, Human, Secure, Sufficient, Valid, Vulnerable, , (v) un—, inability, inaccurate, inadequate, inapplicable, incoherent, incomplete, Correct, incredible, indecent, indirect, inefficient, infallible, inhuman, insecure, insufficient, invalid, invulnerable, , Accessible, Action, Animate, Artistic, Competent, Consistent, inconvenience, Capable, Dependent, Domitable, Elegant, Formal, Organic, Sincere, Tolerant, Variable, , inaccessible, inaction, inanimate, inartistic, incompetent, inconsistent, incorrect, incapable, independent, indomitable, inelegant, informal, inorganic, insincere, intolerant, invariable, , Recoverable, Religious, Removable, Reparable, Repressible, , irrecoverable, irreligious, irremovable, irreparable, irrepressible, , Able, Bearable, Certain, Fit, Fortunate, Known, Pleasant, Social, Timely, Well, , unable, unbearable, uncertain, unfit, unfortunate, unknown, unpleasant, unsocial, untimely, unwell, , Answerable, Called-for, Comfortable, Foreseen, Happy, Natural, Seen, Thinkable, Usual, , unanswerable, uncalled-for, uncomfortable, unforeseen, unhappy, unnatural, unseen, unthinkable, unusual, , disadvantage, disagreeable, disappoint, discomfort, discredit, disgrace, dishonour, disorder, disregard, dissatisfaction, disunion, , Agree, Appear, Close, Connect, Encourage, Honest, Like, Qualification, Respect, Service, Unity, , disagree, disappear, disclose, disconnect, discourage, dishonest, dislike, disqualification, disrespect, disservice, disunity, , Careful, Colourful, Graceful, Harmful, Powerful, Remorseful, Thoughtful, , careless, colourless, graceless, harmless, powerless, remorseless, thoughtless, , (vi) dis—, Advantage, Agreeable, Appoint, Comfort, Credit, Grace, Honour, Order, Regard, Satisfaction, Union, , (iv) ir—, Rational, Regular, Reconcilable, Resolute, Redeemable, , irrational, irregular, irreconcilable, irresolute, irredeemable, , (vii) less—, Artful, Cheerful, Fruitful, Hopeful, Merciful, Painful, Tasteful, , artless, cheerless, fruitless, hopeless, merciless, painless, tasteless
Page 239 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 19, “Antonyms are words of the same grammatical class (Nouns, Verbs, Adjectives, etc.) that, have opposite meanings.”, David Green, Antonyms are of two kinds—, (i) The first kind of Antonyms are those that, are formed by the addition of Prefixes or, Suffixes before or after some words., (ii) The second kind of Antonyms are those, words that have opposite meanings to the, given words without having any etymological relationship with them—, The Antonyms that are formed by the addition of some Prefixes or Suffixes have been discussed in detail above in chapter 18 (Formation of, Words). In that chapter a Complete list of Antonyms so formed has also been given. Therefore,, the student should study this part of chapter 18, carefully before studying the present chapter., The Antonyms of the second category are, independent words, which are not bound by any, rules. Therefore, a long list of such Antonyms has, been given below for the student’s ready, reference. Meanings of difficult words have also, been given., Above :, below or beneath., Abstract :, (unreal, conceptual only), concrete (real), Accept :, reject, Acquit : (to set free), condemn, (to punish), Advance :, retreat, Affirm : (accept, admit), deny (refuse), Affluence : (prosperity), poverty, (being poor), Aggravate : (increase), alleviate or lessen, (reduce), Agree :, differ, Allow :, forbid, , Antonyms, Analysis : (breaking up), (combination), Ancestor : (forefathers), , synthesis, , descendant, (coming down, from ancestors), Ancient : (old), modern (of the, present time), Aristocrat :, commoner, Arrive :, depart, Ascent : (rising), descent (declining), Assent : (agree), dissent (disagree), Asset : (capital), liability, (debit side), Attract :, repel, Awake :, asleep, Barren : (unproductive), fertile (productive), Base :, noble, Beautiful :, ugly, Belief :, doubt, Benediction : (blessing), malediction (curse), Benevolence : (generosity), malevolence(lack, of generosity), Bold :, timid, Bonafides : (Trustworthiness) malafides, (not trustworthy), Boom : (rise), slump (fall), Bravery :, cowardice, Bright :, dim or dull, Carnal : (of the senses), spiritual (of the, spirit or soul), Centrifugal : (moving away, centripetal, from the centre), (drawn towards, the centre), Cheap :, dear or costly, Cheerful :, gloomy, Clean :, dirty
Page 240 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 232 | L.W.C.E., Clergy : (priest), Clever :, Common :, Compulsory :, Concord : (agreement), Confident :, (having confidence), Convex :, Covert : (concealed), Create :, Dark :, Dawn :, Debit :, Debtor : (one in debt), Deduction : (from general to, particular), Deep :, Defendant : (defending side), Defensive : (on the defense), Deficit : (short balance), Deflate :, Deliberate :, Democracy :, Diligent :, Dilute :, Dwarf :, Ebb :, Efflux : (flow out), Egoism : (of the self), Elevation : (rise), Emigrant : (citizens of our, country settled in other, countries), Exaggeration :, (high estimation), , laity, (common men), stupid, rare, optional, discord, (disagreement), diffident, (lacking, confidence), concave, overt (open), destroy, light, dusk, credit, creditor (one, who gives loans), induction (from, particular to, general), shallow, plaintiff, (complainant), offensive (one who, offends), surplus (saving,, extra), inflate, unintentional or, accidental., autocracy, lazy, concentrated, giant, flow, influx (flow in), altruism (of the, others beyond self), depression (fall), immigrant, (Foreigners settled, in our country), understatement, (low estimation), , Exclude : (leaving out), , include, (counting in), Exit : (gate to go out), entrance, (gate to come in), Exotic : (foreign / strange), indigenous (local /, native), Expand :, contract, Explicit : (clear), implicit (implied), Exterior : (outside), interior (inside), External :, internal, Extravagant : (wasteful), frugal or thrifty, (careful in, spending), Famous :, obscure, Fast :, loose or slow, Fat :, lean or thin, Fictitious : (imaginary), real, Flattery :, detraction, Float :, sink, Forget :, remember, Foreign : (of other countries) native, (of one’s own, country), Frequent :, rare, Fresh :, stale, Friendly :, hostile, Full :, empty, Gain :, loss, Gather :, scatter, General :, particular or, special, Generous : (large–hearted), mean (narrow–, minded), Gentle :, rough, Genuine : (real / pure), spurious (impure /, imitation), Glut : (too much supply), scarcity (short, supply), Gradual :, abrupt or sudden, Grave :, gay, Guilty :, innocent, Harsh :, gentle, Hasty :, leisurely, Hate :, love, Haughty :, meek
Page 241 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ANTONYMS | 233, Heavy :, Help :, Hero :, High :, Hit :, Hollow :, Homogenous :, (of the same kind), , light, hinder, villain, low, miss, solid, heterogeneous, (of a different, kind), Honour :, shame, Hope :, despair, Host :, guest, Hurt :, heal, Ideal :, actual, Idle :, busy, Imagination :, reality, Immanent : (indwelling), transcendent, (beyond the, material world), Import :, export, Increase :, decrease, Individual :, general, Industrious : (hard working) indolent or lazy, (slow in working), Inferior :, superior, Inhale : (to breathe in), exhale (to breathe, out), Input :, output, Insert :, extract, Jolly, Jovial :, morose or gloomy, Joy :, sorrow, Junior :, senior, Justify : (to hold right), condemn, (to blame), Keen :, blunt or dull, Kernel :, shell, Kill :, resurrect, (to revive), Kind :, cruel, Kindle :, extinguish, King :, subject, Knowledge :, ignorance, Lament : (to weep in sorrow) rejoice, (to feel delighted), , Landlord :, Lascivious : (sensual), Licentious :, (given to immoral habits), Lewd : (immoral, of low, values), Later :, Latter :, Lead :, Lend :, Let :, Liberate :, Literal : (actual), (decorative), Loose :, Loquacious : (too talkative), Lose :, Major :, Many :, Marriage :, Masculine :, Material :, Maximum : (highest), Memory : (in remembrance), Microcosm :, (in small measure), Mild :, Miser :, Monogamy : (system of one, marriage only), Monotheism : (worshipping, of one God only), Monotony :, Motion :, Naive : (simple), Narrow :, Native :, Natural :, , tenant, chaste (pure / holy), moral (of noble, character), virtuous, (possessing good, qualities), earlier, former, follow, borrow, hire, enslave, figurative, tight, taciturn (gentle, and soft-spoken), find, minor, few, celibacy, feminine, spiritual, minimum (lowest), oblivion, (forgotten), macrocosm, (in large measure), stern or severe, spendthrift, polygamy, (system of many, marriages), polytheism, (worshipping of, many gods), variety or diversity, rest, sophisticated, (highly cultivated), broad, foreign, artificial
Page 242 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 234 | L.W.C.E., Nebulous : (hidden in mist), Negative :, Neutral :, Niggard : (very greedy), , distinct (clear), positive, partial, spendthrift, (wasteful), Noxious : (harmful), wholesome, (useful), Observe :, reverse, Odd :, even, Offer :, refuse, Often :, seldom, Omission : (leaving out), commission, (devoted to action), Optimistic : (hopeful), pessimistic, (hopeless / sad), Oral :, written, Oriental : (of the East), occidental, (of the West), Original : (real / first copy), duplicate (false, copy, not real), Orthodox : (believer in, heterodox, religion), (non-believer in, religion), Ostensible : (showy), actual (real), Partly :, wholly, Permanent :, temporary, Permit :, prohibit, Philanthropist : (given to, misanthropist, public good), (against public, good), Pleasure :, pain., Practice :, theory, Pragmatic : (practical), idealistic, (in ideal state only), Praise :, blame, Precede : (coming before), succeed, (coming after), Pride :, humility, Profit :, loss, Progress :, regress or, retrogression, Progressive : (forward going) reactionary or, retrograde, (backward going), , Promote :, demote, Prow : (front part of the ship) stern (back part of, the ship), Public :, private, Quiet :, noisy, Queer :, normal, Rash : (hasty), cautious (careful), Rapid :, slow or leisurely, Recede : (going backward), advance, (going forward), Ralative :, absolute, Reluctant : (hesitant), ready or willing, Remember :, forget, Remitter : (he who sends), receiver or, recipient (he who, receives), Reserved :, sociable, Resist : (to stand against), submit (to yield), Retail :, wholesale, Reward :, punish, Ripe :, raw, Rise :, fall or set, Rough :, smooth, Rude :, polite, Sacred : (holy), profane (unholy), Safe :, risky or dangerous, Saint :, sinner, Servant :, master, Sharp :, blunt, Simple :, complex or, complicated, Sink :, swim or float, Smile :, frown, Sober :, drunk or rash, Solid :, liquid, Starboard : (right side of, port or larbord, the ship), (left side of the, ship), Straight :, crooked or curved, Strait :, broad, Strange :, familiar, Subjective :, objective, Succeed :, fail, Sure :, doubtful
Page 243 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ANTONYMS | 235, Sweet :, Sympathy : (kind attitude), Tall :, Temporal : (physical), Tense :, Terrestrial : (of the earth), Thesis :, Thick :, Tight :, Top :, Tranquil : (quiet), Transparent :, Triumph :, Trivial :, True :, Unite :, Upper :, Upright :, , bitter or sour, antipathy, (unkind attitude), short, spiritual or eternal, (of the spirit / soul), relaxed, celestial, (of heaven), antithesis, thin, loose or slack, bottom, Disturbed or, agitated (unquiet), opaque, defeat, important, false, separate, lower, dishonest, , Urban : (of the city), Urbane :, Vacant :, Vague :, Variable : (changing), Vanguard : (front portion), Vertical : (standing,, perpendicular), Victory :, Virtue :, Voluntary : (optional, free), Wake :, Wax : (grow), Wealth :, Wide :, Win :, Wise :, Zenith : (highest point), , rural (of the, village), rude or uncultured, occupied, clear or definite, constant (fixed), rearguard, (back portion), horizontal (flat), defeat, vice, compulsory, (obligatory), sleep, wane (reduce), poverty, narrow, lose, foolish, nadir, (lowest point)
Page 244 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 20, Synonyms are the words which have the, same meaning. They are the opposite of Antonyms. Antonyms are the words which are opposite, to each other in meaning, while Synonyms are the, words which are similar to each other in meaning. But a close study would reveal that though, the synonyms are similar in meaning, there is, always a shade of difference in their intention and, application. Therefore, a student must understand, the minute distinction between their meanings to, be able to use them carrectly. We give below a list, of popular Synonyms explaining the delicate, difference in their meanings and their use in, sentences., 1. Home—(dwelling place with all its happy, associations such as furnishings, family, love,, etc.), He is returning home after many years., House—(dwelling place, building only), He has built a big house., 2. Hear—(in the ordinary sense), We could hear them talking., Listen—(implies careful attention), The whole class will listen to you., 3. Infectious—(refers to a disease that spreads, through air or water), Cholera is an infectious disease., Contagious—(a disease that spreads by physical contact), Small-pox is a contagious disease., 4. Idle—(inactive or without work through, circumstances), He has been sitting idle for several, months now., Lazy—(inactive by habit or temperament), He is too lazy to finish his work in time., , Synonyms, 5. Ill—(not in health), He is ill these days., Sick—(under the effect of some disease), A sick man must take his medicine regularly., 6. Mistake—(misunderstanding or miscalculation), They mistake him for a gentleman., Don’t commit such a mistake again., Blunder—(serious or gross mistake), You would be committing a blunder if, you don’t report the matter to the police., Error—(departure from established rules or, practice)., Avoid grammatical errors., 7. Oral—(in the spoken form), The teacher took an oral test., Verbal—(in words only as against in writing), Let me have your statement in writing; I, shall not accept your verbal assurance., 8. Presume—(to believe what we think to be, true), I presume he is an honest man., Assume—(in matters that ought to be true), I assume my father will send me money, in time., 9. Possible—(not contrary to natural conditions, or reason), If we drive a little faster, it is possible we, may reach before sunset., Probable—(what may happen), It is probable that the examination may, be postponed.
Page 245 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNONYMS | 237, 10. Praise—(refers to one’s actions), ● We must praise his efforts., Admire—(refers to one’s qualities or possessions), ● We must admire his courage., 11. Prohibit—(legal or official restriction), ● Drinking is prohibited here., Forbid—(in personal or private matters), ● My father forbids me to leave today., 12. Recollect—(call to mind through some efforts), ● Can you recollect what he said ?, Remember—(call to mind with very little or, no efforts), ● I remember we met last month., 13. Regret—(unhappiness over what one has, done or left undone), ● To my great regret, I have suspended him., Sorrow—(refers to some loss or evil), ● His wife’s death has plunged him into, deep sorrow., 14. Say—(to assert; to declare), ● I say I have not done it., Speak—(to express in the ordinary way), ● He speaks very fast., Tell—(to inform; to narrate), ● He will tell you the whole story., 15. See—(without any effort), ● We see greenery all around us., Look—(with effort or intention), ● Please look at me., Watch—(to observe closely), ● You must watch his movements carefully., 16. Scenery—(landscape), ● Every visitor admires the scenery of, Kashmir., Scene—(Place or spot of some action or, occurrence), ● He was present at the scene of accident., 17. Vacant—(refers to a thing or situation which, is at present free or unoccupied but which was, previously filled), , The post of the accountant has fallen, vacant., Empty—(where there is nothing), ● The room is empty., Assent—(relates to matters of judgment), ● The President has given his assent to the, bill., Consent—(relates to matters of conduct), ● My father has given his consent to my, proposal., Allow—(denotes a negative action and means, abstain from refusal), ● I can’t allow you to go there, Permit—(denotes a positive action and means, to give a decided assent), ● My parents have permitted me to join the, Navy., Abstain—(from a thing), ● You must abstain from hard drinks., Refrain—(from an action), ● You are refrained from taking any further, action., Avenge—(just punishment on evil-doers), ● I shall avenge my father’s death upon the, murderer., Revenge—(to inflict pain or injury out of, resentment or grudge), ● I will certainly revenge myself on him for, this insult., Admit—(to acknowledge or accept), ● I admit my fault., Confess—(to acknowledge responsibility or, guilt), ● He confessed his involvement in the, crime., Anger—(sudden feeling of displeasure), ● He showed much anger at his irresponsible behaviour., Resentment—(a lasting feeling of displeasure), ● He bears resentment against me for a, cause not known to me., Answer—(a question is answered), ● Answer any five questions., ●, , 18., , 19., , 20., , 21., , 22., , 23., , 24.
Page 246 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 238 | L.W.C.E., , 25., , 26., , 27., , 28., , Reply—(a letter or a charge is replied), ● You have to reply these charges within a, week., Attain—(to get by exertion or labour), ● He has attained proficiency in English., Acquire—(to have some hold permanently), ● He has acquired one more house., Ancient—(opposed to modern), ● This is an ancient fort., Old—(opposed to young or new), ● He deals in old books., Ability—(power to do something physical or, intellectual), ● He has remarkable ability to guide you in, this field., Capacity—(power to achieve, hold or contain), 1. He has the capacity to consume one full, bottle of whisky., 2. This hall has a seating capacity for two, hundred people., Astonishment—(extreme surprise), ● I was astonished to see a crowd of people, standing before my gate., Surprise—(due to something new or unexpected), ● I was surprised to find my father waiting, for me in my room., Wonder—(surprise mixed with admiration), ● I wondered at her great skill in dancing., , 29. Bravery—(physical), ● He showed much bravery in challenging, the dacoits., Courage—(born of reason and reflection), ● He showed much courage in refusing to, pay any hush money., Valour—(highest quality of courage), ● Maharana Pratap was the very model of, bravery., Boldness—(short-lived courage for an occasion), ● He exhibited much boldness in facing the, critical situation., , 30., , 31., , 32., , 33., , 34., , 35., , Daring—(courage with rashness), ● He showed much daring in jumping into, the flooded river., Battle—(a single contest between two opposing armies), ● The battle of Haldighati was fought between Maharana Pratap and the Mughals., War—(a series of contests between two opposing armies), ● The First World War started in 1914., Fight—(a combat between a small number of, persons), ● There was a fierce fight between the, police and the dacoits., Begin—(used on all occasions), ● Let us begin the match., Commence—(used only in official and formal language), ● The University examinations commence, on April 15., Start—(implies an idea of an actual physical, motion), ● Now the match starts., Beautiful—(implies certain degree of delicacy, not applicable to men), ● She is a very beautiful girl., Hadsome—(is used for men), ● He is a handsome young man., Cutom—(generally refers to the repeated, action of many persons, a community, a, society, a race, etc.), ● Community feast after death is a bad, custom in India., Habit—(is applicable when we are speaking, of just one person), ● He is in the habit of reading late in the, night., Cite—(is used for things or persons), ● I can cite the authority of Tagore on this, point., Quote—(is used for things only), ● I quote a passage from Milton., Compulsion—(is physical), ● I have to work here under compulsion.
Page 247 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNONYMS | 239, , 36., , 37., , 38., , 39., , 40., , 41., , 42., , 43., , Obligation—(is moral), ● I am under obligation to vote for him., Confer—(conferring is an act of authority), ● The Chancellor will confer the Degrees., Bestow—(bestowing is an act of generosity, or charity), ● I bestow an old-age pension on you., Crime—(an offence against the law), ● Smuggling is a crime., Vice—(an offence against morals), ● Smoking is a vice., Sin—(an offence against the law of God or, religious law), ● Illicit love is a sin., Ceiling—(the inner side of a roof), ● The colour of our ceiling is white., Roof—(the entire covering of a room or, house), ● The roof is leaking., Character—(mental or moral nature), ● He is a man of high character., Conduct—(one’s actions), ● His conduct is praiseworthy., Contentment—(a state of mind in which one, does not wish for more), ● Contentment is the basis of happiness., Satisfaction—(fulfilment of one’s expectations), ● The achievement of my son has given me, full satisfaction., Cool—(denotes a pleasant sensation), ● A cool breeze is blowing., Cold—(denotes an unpleasant sensation), ● The weather is very cold., Defend—(refers to present danger), ● I can well defend myself against this, charge., Protect—(refers to approaching danger), ● We should have a strong army to protect, our country against any attack., Deny—(refers to matters of fact or knowledge), , I forcefully deny my participation in this, criminal act., Refuse—(refers to matters of wish or request), ● I refuse to accept your request., Doubt—(to doubt a fact or a statement), ● I doubt his version of the incident., Suspect—(to suspect is to be inclined to think, a thing untrue), ● I suspect his honesty., Discover—(to find out a thing or country that, existed before), ● Columbus discovered America., Invent—(to create what did not exist before), ● Wright Brothers invented the aeroplane., Drown—(refers to persons), ● A man drowned in the river., Sink—(refers to things), ● A boat sank in the river., Desire—(is used of that which is near at hand, or in thought), ● I have a keen desire to attend my friend’s, marriage., Wish—(is used of that which is remote), ● I wish I could set up a large factory., Want—(is used of that which is lacking or, absent), ● The crops have dried up for want of rains., Need—(is used of that which is both lacking, and necessary), ● I urgently need a good dictionary., Require—(demand or ask for in words), ● I require your personal help., Envy—(feeling uneasy at others’good fortune), ● It is a common weakness to envy the, good fortune of others., Jealousy—(Suspicious of rivalry, lack of, trust), ● He languishes under jealousy against all, his friends., Enough—(relates to the quantity which one, wishes to have), ● This amount is enough for your purpose., ●, , 44., , 45., , 46., , 47., , 48., , 49.
Page 248 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 240 | L.W.C.E., , 50., , 51., , 52., , 53., , 54., , Sufficient—(relates to the use that is to be, made of anything), ● There is sufficient milk for four cups of, tea., Event—(an important happening), ● Marriage is an important event in the life, of every person., Incident—(an ordinary happening), ● We forget many small incidents of life., Accident—(an unexpected serious occurrence), ● Several persons were killed in the accident., Excuse—(is used with reference to trifling, matters), ● His illness is just an excuse for doing no, work., Forgive—(is used with reference to offences), ● Please forgive me for this mistake., Pardon—(is used with reference to simpler, offences), ● I beg your pardon for not bringing your, book today., Famous—(is used in a good sense), ● The Taj is a famous monument., Notorious—(is used in a bad sense), ● A notorious dacoit has been killed., Renowned—(is used for a high and dignified, kind of reputation), ● Dr. Tagore was a renowned poet., Freedom—(implies absence of restraint at, the present moment), ● Everybody wants freedom., Liberty—(implies freedom from previous, restraint; undue freedom), 1. The convict was set at liberty., 2. Too much liberty is bad., Falsehood—(something said or done with or, without the idea of deceiving a man), ● He was guilty of falsehood when he said, that he had completed all his work., Lie—(speaking untrue words with the intention of deceiving others), ● He was certainly telling a lie when he, said that he was the owner of the factory., , 55. Grateful—(one who remains indebted for the, kindness of a benefactor), ● I am grateful to my uncle for many favours., Thankful—(one who cherishes the memory, of the favours shown by one’s benefactor), ● I shall always remain thankful to all my, friends for their encouragement., 56. Hope—(is used when what we anticipate is, very likely to happen), ● He has every hope of passing in the first, division., Expect—(is use when what we anticipate is, good but not very certain. It refers to future), ● He expects to get some timely help from, his uncle., 57. Watch—(to observe closely), ● You must watch his conduct very closely., Witness—(is used of persons or events as, evidences), ● My friend is an eye-witness of the whole, incident., 58. Sight—(faculty of vision ; anything seen), ● It was indeed a horrible sight., Scenery—(the view of landscape), ● The scenery of Kashmir is highly colourful., Scene—(landscape, a place where an event or, accident takes place), ● That is the scene where the battle was, fought., 59. Trade—(it is business on either small or, large scale), ● The trade of cotton cloth is on the decline., Commerce—(it is always on a large scale,, specially between countries), ● India’s commerce with African countries, is steadily increasing., 60. Libel—(unfavourable or dishonourable observations or defamation in written or printed, form), ● I am suing this newspaper for libel against, me., Slander—(spreading defamation orally), ● He has been slandering me for no reason, or rhyme.
Page 249 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SYNONYMS | 241, 61. Place—(to put a thing somewhere), ● Please place this chair in the lawn., Keep—(to put something for a long time), ● I keep my books in my study room., 62. Redress—(relief or compensation as a matter, of right or justice), ● The injured worker must get due redress, from the factory., Relief—(implies kindness or generosity), ● Immediate relief should be provided to, the people in flood-affected areas., 63. Rob—(to take away by force), ● The dacoits robbed the whole family on, the point of gun., , Steal—(to take away secretly), ● Here thieves may steal away even in day, time., 64. Reverence—(deep respect, religious devotion), ● The Archbishop was held in high reverence., Respect—(honour, high opinion), ● We all give him due respect for his scholarship., 65. Illegal—(deliberately against law), ● Smuggling of contraband articles is an, illegal act., Unlawful—(not in conformity with law), ● Don’t do anything unlawful.
Page 250 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 21, , Homonyms, , Homonyms and Paronyms, Some words are so alike to each other in their, spellings, Pronunciation or meanings that it, becomes difficult to understand and use them, correctly. There is very little difference in their, spellings and pronunciation (though their meanings are very different) so that one feels confused, in understanding and using them correctly. Such, words are called Homonyms or Paronyms., The words which are similar in pronunciation, but different in spellings and meanings are, called Homonyms, as Site, cite, Sight. All these, three words have the same pronunciation, but their, spellings and meanings are different. Site means, the ‘situation’ of some building, Cite means ‘to, quote’, and ‘Sight means ‘a view’. Errors are, often committed in the correct use of such words., These words are called Homonyms., Paronyms are those words which are derived, from the same root word, and therefore they look, alike, but in course of time their meanings have, become very different. For example, a root word, is ‘art’. From this root word have been derived, three words—artistic, artificial, and artful., Artistic means ‘full of beautiful art’; Artificial, means ‘unnatural’; and Artful means ‘cunning’., The correct use of such words is also very, difficult., We give below the lists of popular Homonyms and Paronyms with their meanings and use., , Homonyms, 1. Accede—(agree), ● He did not accede to my request., Exceed—(surpass ; to be greater than), ● The precis should not exceed 150 words., 2. Access—(approach ; reach ; admittance), ● I have no approach to the Managing, Director., , Excess—(superabundance; more than due), ● Excess of everything is bad., 3. Accept—(take), ● Please accept my application., Except—(leaving out), ● Every student except Ram was present., 4. Adapt—(suit ; accustomed to), ● He has now learnt to adapt himself to the, local conditions., Adept—(expert ; skilful), ● She is adept in painting., Adopt—(take up), ● I have adopted my brother’s son., 5. Affect—(to pretend, to act upon), ● This does not affect me., Effect—(as verb it means accomplish, or, carry into practice; as noun it means result), ● What is the effect of this medicine ?, 6. Addition—(putting more adding), ● This is in addition to your share., Edition—(a number of books printed at one, time), ● This is the first edition of my book., 7. Alter—(change), ● I can’t alter my programme., Altar—(place of offering in a temple or, church), ● Put your offerings on the altar., 8. Allusion—(indirect reference), ● Make the allusion clear., Illusion—(a deceptive appearance), ● The world is an illusion.
Page 251 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , HOMONYMS | 243, 9. Apposite—(proper ; suitable), ● He made some very apposite observations on our system of education in his, speech., Opposite—(standing in front of or contrary, to), ● Our school is opposite the church., 10. Assent—(agreement ; concurrence), ● I have already given my assent to your, proposal., Ascent—(going up), ● The hill has a sharp ascent., 11. Antic—(odd ; strange), ● This is an antic piece of art., Antique—(ancient; old-fashioned), ● The church has an antique magnificence., 12. Ail—(to be ill), ● He has been ailing for over a week., Ale—(a drink), ● He drinks country ale., 13. All together—(in a body), ● They came all together., Altogether—(completely), ● This is altogether a lie., 14. All ready—(all things or persons are ready), ● We are now all ready to go., Already—(before this time), ● I have already returned his book., 15. Ark—(covered floating vessel), ● Noah saved himself and his tribe in an, ark., Arc—(a part of a circle), ● The moon is in the shape of an arc., 16. Amiable—(lovable), ● She is a girl of amiable nature., Amicable—(friendly), ● Let us come to an amicable settlement., 17. Bale—(package of goods), ● I have taken delivery of a bale of clothes., Bail—(security), ● The suspect has been released on bail., , 18. Berth—(sleeping place in a train), ● I have booked two berths., Birth—(coming to life), ● Today is my son’s birth-day., 19. Bare—(uncovered), ● Don’t go bare-footed., Bear—(as verb, to carry or to tolerate), ● I cannot bear this humiliation any longer., Beer—(a kind of drink), ● He drank a glass of beer., 20. Beach—(shore), ● Let us go for a walk on the beach., Beech—(a kind of tree), ● Beech tree grows on the Himalayas., 21. Brake—(lever; an instrument to stop a wheel), ● The brakes of my scooter are loose., Break—(to make apart), ● Don’t break the stick., 22. Bough—(a branch of a tree), ● The monkey sits on the bough of a tree., Bow—(bend a contrivance to shoot arrows), ● He came with a bow and arrows., 23. Baron—(a Norman noble ; a landlord), ● His father was a baron., Barren—(not fertile ; unfruitful.), ● This is a barren tract of land., 24. Bridal—(pertaining to marriage; adjective, from bride), ● There is the bridal chamber., Bridle—(reins used to drive a horse), ● Hold the bridle tight in your hand., 25. Calendar—(chart showing the months and, days of the year), ● This is a beautiful calendar., Calender—(as verb, to press or give finish to, a piece of cloth), ● Please calender my shirt., 26. Cannon—(a big gun), ● Cannon-balls were fired., Canon—(principles), ● These are the canons of taxation.
Page 252 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 244 | L.W.C.E., 27. Canvas—(a kind of rough cloth), ● The tent is made of white canvas., Canvass—(to solicit votes), ● I shall not canvass for any political party., 28. Casual—(accidental or occasional), ● I had a casual meeting with him., Causal—(relating to cause), ● There is no causal connection between, one’s poverty and level of intelligence., 29. Cast—(as a verbs to throw), ● I shall cast away my old pair of shoes., Caste—(community), ● Character does not depend upon caste., 30. Censer—(a vessel in which incense is burnt, in a temple), ● A censer was placed on the altar., Censor—(an official examiner of plays, films, etc), ● Every film has to be passed by the censor., Censure—(disapprove ; criticise adversely), ● The court censured him for his bad character., 31. Cite—(quote), ● I can cite a parallel stanza., Site—(local position), ● This is an ideal site for building a house., Sight—(view ; scene), ● It was a horrible sight., 32. Cession—(noun from the verb ‘cede’ which, means ‘to yield’), ● India cannot make cession of even an, inch of land of Kashmir to Pakistan., Session—(the time when a court or a public, body sits), ● Hearing of the case will continue in the, evening session., 33. Check—(prevent, test), ● Please check my bill., Cheque—(a written order for money to a, bank), ● I shall pay you by cheque., , 34. Chord—(a string of a musical instrument), ● Tight the chords of your guitar., Cord—(a thin rope), ● Hang the shirt on the cord., 35. Career—(profession), ● He has made remarkable progress in his, career., Carrier—(one that carries), ● Place the bedding on the carrier., 36. Course—(way, line of action), ● I shall follow this course of action., Coarse—(rough), ● Poor men wear coarse clothes., 37. Collision—(clashing; dashing together, accident), ● There was a serious collision between a, car and a scooter., Collusion—(secret agreement for an evil, purpose), ● He is working in collusion with the, smugglers., 38. Corpse—(dead body), ● The corpse has been sent for postmortem., Corps—(pronounced as ‘kore’, a body of, troops), ● He belongs to the Gorkha corps., 39. Coma—(state of senselessness), ● He is lying in coma., Comma—(a mark of punctuation), ● Put a comma after the first clause., 40. Complacent—(pleased, self-satisfied), ● He is complacent by nature., Complaisant—(polite ; obliging), ● She is a gentle girl of complaisant nature., 41. Complement—(that which completes), ● This verb must take a complement after, it., Compliment—(salute ; regards), ● I offer my sincere compliments to you., 42. Conscious—(aware), ● I am fully conscious of my responsibility.
Page 253 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , HOMONYMS | 245, , 43., , 44., , 45., , 46., , 47., , 48., , 49., , Conscientious—(honest; careful; scrupulous), ● He is a very conscientious person., Consensus—(agreement of opinion), ● Public consensus should be invited on, this issue., Council—(an assembly), ● He was a member of the Legislative, Council., Counsel—(advice), ● He gave me a very sane counsel., Credible—(believable), ● His story is not credible., Creditable—(worthy of praise), ● He did a creditable service., Cease—(stop, discontinue), ● He ceases to be a Government counsel., Seize—(catch ; hold tightly), ● He seized the first opportunity., Siege—(state of being surrounded), ● The fort lay in siege for many days., Current—(a stream), ● The current in the river was very swift., Currant—(dried grapes), ● Currants are very nutritious., Capital—(centre of administration, money, invested in a business), ● New Delhi is the Capital of India., Capitol—(Roman temple of Jupiter), ● Caesar was murdered in the Capitol., Defy—(challenge), You can’t defy my orders., Deify—(to worship as a God), ● The sage stands deified in our countryside., Desert—(as noun, a waste tract of sandy, land), ● There is little rain in a desert., Deserts—(what one deserves), ● Do whatever you like; you will get just, your deserts., Dessert—(fruit served after dinner), ● There must be a course desserts after, dinner., , 50. Deference—(respect), ● I say this in due deference to his scholarship., Difference—(dissimilarity), ● There is no difference between man to, man., 51. Descent—(coming down, slope), ● Go slow on the descent., Dissent—(as verb, to ‘differ’; as noun, ‘disagreement’), ● I have given my note of dissent., 52. Disease—(malady or illness), ● He suffers from a simple disease., Decease—(death), ● His sons quarrelled over his property, after his decease., 53. Dye—(as verb, ‘to colour’ ; as noun, ‘colour’), ● Dye my turban in deep green., Die—(expire), ● He is going to die soon., 54. Duel—(a fight between two), ● There was a duel between the two combatants., Dual—(double), ● This machine serves a dual purpose., 55. Dose—(the quantity of medicine taken at a, time), ● Don’t take a very heavy dose of this, medicine., Doze—(sleep), ● He dozed in the class., 56. Draught—(the quantity of liquid drunk at a, time), ● There is not even a draught of water in, the jug., Drought—(want of rain), ● There is fear of famine on account of, drought., 57. Eminent—(distinguished), ● Many eminent personalities were there., Imminent—(impending ; approaching), ● There is imminent danger of war.
Page 254 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 246 | L.W.C.E., 58. Eligible—(fit to be chosen), ● He is fully eligible for the post., Illegible—(indistinct ; that which cannot be, read), ● His handwriting is illegible., 59. Elusive—(baffling, escaping from grasp), ● He gave some elusive replies., Illusive—(deceptive), ● The glamour of wealth is only illusive., 60. Fain—(gladly), ● I would fain go to the valley of flowers., Feign—(pretend), ● He is in the habit of feigning., 61. Fair—(a show, temporary market), ● This fair is held every week., Fare—(food, passage money), ● I have already paid the fare., 62. Feat—(an exploit, skill), ● It was a feat of real physical skill., Feet—(the plural of foot), ● Her feet are so soft., 63. Forego—(go before), ● This is a foregone conclusion., Forgo—(abstain from), ● I shall forgo my claim in your favour., 64. Felicity—(happiness), ● Real felicity comes from contentment., Facility—(ease, opportunity), ● We shall give you every facility., 65. Foul—(dirty ; unfair), ● He was playing a foul game., Fowl—(a bird), ● Many people eat the meat of fowls., 66. Gage—(security ; pledge), ● I throw my ring as a gage., Gaze—(to look attentively), ● His gaze was offensive., 67. Gait—(manner of walking), ● Her gait is so graceful., Gate—(large door), ● Please lock the gate., , 68. Goal—(aim), ● I have come to achieve my goal., Gaol—(prison ; jail), ● The convict has been sent to the gaol., 69. Gild—(to apply a thin covering of gold), ● Ornaments are gilded here., Guild—(society of men belonging to a particular profession), ● I have joined the guild of artisans., 70. Hail—(frozen rain), ● There was a hail storm., Hale—(healthy), ● I am hale and hearty., 71. Hoard—(a store), ● He has a hoard of rice., Horde—(a gang), ● A horde of robbers was seen in the, valley., 72. Hart—(a male deer), ● Don’t shoot the hart., Heart—(an organ of the body), ● His heart beat is normal., 73. Ingenious—(clever), ● He is a very ingenious statesman., Ingenuous—(frank and simple), ● I like her for her ingenuous nature., 74. Incite—(to provoke to anger), ● Don’t incite him, please., Insight—(a clear perception), ● He is a man of deep insight., 75. Jealous—(envious of another’s advantages), ● I am not jealous of you., Zealous—(enthusiastic), ● He is so zealous about the Olympic, games., 76. Lightening—(making lighter, reducing), ● He has appealed to the High Court for, lightening the sentence., Lightning—(electric discharge or flash in, clouds), ● There was fierce lightning and thundur.
Page 255 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , HOMONYMS | 247, 77. Loath—(unwilling), ● I would loath do it., Loathe—(to dislike greatly), ● I loathe him for his untidy habits., 78. Loose—(adjective, slack or relaxed), ● My shirt is very loose., Lose—(to have no more, miss), ● I don’t want to lose this chance., 79. Mead—(meadow), ● Goats were grazing in the mead., Meed—(reward), ● Contentment is the meed of honesty., 80. Metal—(iron, brass, copper, etc.), ● No metal is used in making this chain., Mettle—(spirit, courage), ● This is the test of your mettle., 81. Monetary—(relating to money), ● We cannot go against our monetary, system., Monitary—(warning), ● I resent his monitary advice., 82. Moat—(ditch around a castle), ● It is not easy to cross the moat., Mote—(a dust particle), ● A mote fell into my eyes., 83. Maize—(a rough grain), ● The bread is made of maize., Maze—(labyrinth), ● We passed through a maze of rooms., 84. Minor—(underage, lesser), ● He is still a minor., Miner—(One who works in a mine), ● The life of a miner is very hard., 85. Meter—(measuring instrument), ● Your meter is defective., Metre—(of the verse), ● The metre of this poem is difficult., 86. Main—(chief), ● Speak on the main point., Mane—(long hair on an animal’s neck), ● My horse’s mane are long and golden., , 87. Marshal—(a military officer), ● The Marshal will inspect the parade, today., Martial—(warlike), ● He is skilled in all martial exercises., 88. Oar—(is used for rowing a boat), ● Move both the oars together., Ore—(the mineral from which metal can be, extracted), ● Here is a stock of iron ore., 89. Ordinance—(a rule made by the Government), ● The Governor has issued an ordinance., Ordnance—(a gun factory), ● There is a famous ordnance depot., 90. Persecute—(to harass or oppress), ● You cannot persecute any poor or weak, man now., Prosecute—(to bring before a court, to pursue), ● The police prosecuted the suspects., 91. Physic—(medicine), ● No physic can cure a spiritual malady., Physique—(body health), ● He enjoys good physique., 92. Prescribe—(to give directions, to fix a course, of studies), ● The doctor will prescribe some tonic for, you., Proscribe—(to prohibit), ● The Government is going to proscribe the, publication of this book., 93. Practice—(noun, use), ● I am out of practice these days., Practise—(verb, to put in use), ● I practise law., 94. Precede—(go before), ● One precedes two., Proceed—(to go on), ● You can proceed further with your arguments., 95. Pray—(offer prayer to God, entreat), ● Let us pray to God.
Page 256 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 248 | L.W.C.E., , 96., , 97., , 98., , 99., , 100., , 101., , 102., , 103., , 104., , 105., , Prey—(hunt and kill ; game), ● One should not prey upon animals., Principal—(chief), ● He is the principal Secretary., Principle—(a rule), ● I cannot go against my principles., Prophecy—(noun, something foretold), ● No prophecy can be wholly true., Prophesy—(verb, to foretell), ● I prophesy that he will lose the case., Proffer—(offer), ● I have no proposal to proffer at the, moment., Prefer—(like more), ● I prefer loose trousers to the tight ones., Pair—(two of a thing), ● I have a pair of dogs., Pare—(to trim ; to part), ● Pare your finger nails., Plane—(level, to smoothen), ● He would plane the ground for you., Plain—(simple ; easy), ● It is a plain story., Quite—(altogether), ● This is quite wrong., Quiet—(silent), ● Keep quiet in the class., Rein—(bridle, to drive and control the horse), ● Pull the reins of the horse., Reign—(rule), ● The king reigns in Nepal., Rite—(ceremony), ● This is a very old religious rite., Write—(compose), ● We write an essay., Rest—(peace ; respite), ● We can have full rest here., Wrest—(snatch by force), ● Who can wrest my sword from my hand ?, Route—(course), ● There is no direct route from here to, Kanpur., , 106., , 107., , 108., , 109., , 110., , 111., , Rout—(put to flight), ● The robbers were soon put to rout., Spacious—(having enough room or space), ● We have a spacious building., Specious—(outwardly pleasing or attractive), ● They have made specious decorations., Stationary—(fixed), ● The sun is stationary., Stationery—(writing material), ● He deals in stationery., Straight—(opposed to curved), ● Draw a straight line., Strait—(narrow), ● The ship has to pass through a strait., Sore—(painful), ● I have a sore wound., Soar—(to fly high), ● The eagle soars very high., Story—(a tale), ● Tell me a story., Storey—(floor of a building), ● We live on the second storey of the building., Suit—(set of clothes, an action in a law, court), ● He has filed a suit against me., Suite—(retinue, a set of rooms), ● There are four suites in this Guest House., , 112. Serge—(a kind of cloth), ● The suit is made of blue serge., Surge—(move as in waves), ● The sea is rising in high surge., 113. Shear—(to clip the wool of sheep), ● We shear the sheep in summer., Sheer—(downright), ● This is sheer madness., 114. Team—(a party of players), ● We have a good football team., Teem—(to abound in ; to be full of), ● The locality teems with mosquitos.
Page 257 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , HOMONYMS | 249, 115. Umpire—(a referee), Voracity—(greediness), ● The umpire is absolutely impartial., ● He has insatiable voracity for gold., Empire—(dominion), 119. Vale—(valley), ● The British Empire has still a Queen., ● There is a cottage in the vale., 116. Vain—(useless ; proud), Wail—(to weep), ● All your efforts are going vain., ● The child is wailing., Vein—(a blood vessel), 120. Waive—(forgo), ● The injection was given in the vein., ● I cannot waive any condition., 117. Vane—(weather-cock), Wave—(water currents in seas or rivers), ● Fix the vane on the front wall., ● High waves are rising in the sea., Wane—(to decrease), 121. Yolk—(the yellow portion of the egg), ● The moon is on the wane., ● The yolk of the egg is nutritious., 118. Veracity—(truthfulness), Yoke—(bondage ; wooden structure put on a, bullock’s neck), ● I cannot testify the veracity of his state● They work under the yoke of slavery., ment.
Page 258 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Paronyms, , 22, 1. Alternate—(being or coming by turns), ● I go to the hospital every alternate day., Alternative—(one of the two courses or, things between which there is a choice), ● There is alternative choice between Hindi, and English in the course., 2. Acceptance—(the act of accepting a thing), ● I have already given my acceptance of the, terms., Acceptation—(the interpretation put on something), ● This is the correct acceptation of the term, ‘Renaissance’., 3. Accession—(means actual coming to; so, accession to the throne i.e., becoming sovereign), ● Richard II’s accession to the throne was, splendidly celebrated., Access—(means the possibility of coming to), ● I have no access to the President., 4. Admission—(being admitted), ● All admissions are closed., Admittance—(letting in), ● Admittance is restricted here., 5. Artist—(one who deals with a fine art), ● She is a great artist., Artiste—(a performer in singing, dancing,, etc.), ● She is a stage artiste., Artisan—(one who practises some handicraft), ● This is a locality of artisans., 6. Artistic—(beautiful or having aesthetic, appeal), ● He has built a very artistic house., , 7., , 8., , 9., , 10., , 11., , Artful—(cunning, clever), ● He is too artful to be trusted., Artificial—(is opposed to natural), ● Her behaviour is very artificial., Appropriateness—(suitability), ● The appropriateness of this building for, school purposes is excellent., Appropriation—(making one’s own), ● His appropriation of this building is illegal., Affecting—(moving, touching, pathetic), ● The scene of departure of the bride was, very affecting., Affectation—(false display, forced imitation), ● Her affectation of the Western culture, was so ridiculous., Beside—(by the side of, close to), ● My house is beside the church., Besides—(moreover, in addition to), ● He has much cash besides gold., Barbarian—(of the primitives), ● This ritual is barbarian., Barbaric—(is used in a favourable sense and, means simple or rough), ● Akbar’s court had barbaric splendour., Barbarous—(is used in an unfavourable sense, and means cruel, inhuman), ● Tamburlaine was a barbarous conqueror., Barbarism—(rude or uncivilized condition), ● There was barbarism in most countries, upto the 10th century., Barbarity—(cruelty), ● This kind of murder is an act of pure, barbarity.
Page 259 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PARONYMS | 251, 12. Beneficial—(useful, advantageous), ● Regular exercise is beneficial to health., Beneficent—(kind, generous), ● The owner of our factory is very beneficent., 13. Confident—(to be sure, certain), ● I am confident of my success., Confidant—(one who is entrusted with a, secret), ● My confidant will never betray me., 14. Completeness—(perfection), ● No completeness is possible in a work of, art., Completion—(ending), ● My educational career is coming to a, completion., 15. Ceremonious—(particular in, observing, forms; implies formalities over-done), ● He was more ceremonious than sincere., Ceremonial—(relating to ceremony and rites), ● A ceremonial parade was held in his honour., 16. Contemptible—(deserving contempt), ● His habits are contemptible., Contemptuous—(hateful, disdainful, expressing contempt), ● He is contemptuous of the poor., 17. Comprehensive—(extensive, including all, the aspects), ● He has given a very comprehensive, account of the case., Comprehensible—(capable of being understood), ● His poetry is not comprehensible to the, common reader., 18. Considerable—(much, moderately large), ● He has given you considerable help., Considerate—(thoughtful, regardful of, others’ interests), ● Our employer is very considerate to the, needs of all workers., 19. Continuous—(implies that continuity is, absolute and uninterrupted), ● There has been continuous rain since the, morning., , 20., , 21., , 22., , 23., , 24., , 25., , 26., , Continual—(implies that there are occasional, breaks in continuity), ● There is continual rain through July and, August every year., Continuance—(duration, or time of remaining in action), ● I shall complete all formalities during the, continuance of my service., Continuation—(prolongation or resumption), ● I am writing this in continuation of my, former report., Corporal—(of human body, physical), ● Corporal punishment should not be given, to young children., Corporeal—(of the nature of body, material), ● Saints do not seek any corporeal pleasures., Childish—(used in a bad sense and means, silly, trifling), ● His actions were childish., Child-like—(used in a good sense and means, as simple and innocent as a child), ● I love him for his child-like innocence., Complacent—(pleased ; well-satisfied), ● The poor workers are generally complacent by nature., Complaisant—(polite; obliging), ● She is a complaisant lady., Dependent—(is an adjective meaning relying, on), ● I am still dependent upon my father., Dependant—(is a noun meaning one who, depends on others), ● My servant is my dependant., Dependence—(reliance; living at another’s, cost), ● Your dependence on your father at this, age is not good., Dependency—(subject country), ● India was once a dependency of Britain., Disinterested—(unselfish; free from prejudice and personal motive), ● I have assessed this case in a most disinterested way.
Page 260 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 252 | L.W.C.E., , 27., , 28., , 29., , 30., , 31., , 32., , 33., , Uninterested—(indifferent;, lacking, in, interest), ● I am absolutely uninterested in his affairs., Distinctness—(clearness), ● There is remarkable distinctness in his, arguments., Distinction—(honour), ● He has completed his tenure of service, with distinction., Divers—(several or sundry), ● Divers suggestions were given by different speakers., Diverse—(markedly different or unlike), ● The views of the opposition parties were, markedly diverse from our views., Deliverance—(rescue, freedom), ● Religion leads to man’s deliverance from, the bondage of sin., Delivery—(style of speech, handing over of, letters or goods), ● The delivery of his speech was remarkable., Device—(noun, a plan), ● The latest device has been used in the, manufacture of this machine., Devise—(verb, to plan), ● Let us devise some other way to get out, of this muddle., Decided—(definite), ● This is my decided answer to you., Decisive—(that which ends a discussion or, controversy), ● We have now taken a decisive step to, solve this problem., Enviable—(means arousing envy), ● His achievement is really enviable., Envious—(means feeling envy), ● Don’t be envious of the progress of, others., Effective—(means having a high degree of, ‘effect’), ● The medicine was very effective., Effectual—(applies to action, and means not, falling short of the desired effect), ● The step taken by him proved quite effectual., , 34., , 35., , 36., , 37., , 38., , 39., , 40., , Efficacious—(means sure to have the desired, effect), ● This medicine is quite efficacious in this, disease.), Envelope—(a noun meaning a letter-cover), ● Put the letter in the envelope., Envelop—(a verb meaning to cover. surround, or warp), ● The hills were enveloped in a thick veil, of mist., Egotist—(one who has the habit of talking a, lot about oneself, selfconceited), ● An egotist is always a conceited fellow., Egoist—(one who believes that self-interest, is the foundation of morality, who believes in, systematic selfishness), ● I shall have no dealings with an egoist, like him., Especial—(means to an exceptional degree), ● Mahatma Gandhi had an especial sense of, honesty and integrity., Special—(means for one purpose and no, other), ● He is coming for this special purpose, only., Elemental—(pertaining to the elements), ● One cannot fight with elemental forces., Elementary—(rudimentary ; introductory), ● His knowledge of Physics is still elementary., Estimate—(approximate valuation of a thing), ● Let us first make an estimate of investment., Estimation—(opinion ; judgment), ● I hold him in high estimation., Exposure—(being exposed to air, cold, etc.), ● He has developed cold and fever on, account of exposure., Exposition—(explanation), ● Give a full exposition of the problem., Economic—(associated with economy), ● This is our Government’s Economic, Policy., Economical—(careful in expenditure), ● He is very economical in his habits.
Page 261 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PARONYMS | 253, 41. Funeral—(a burial procession or ceremony), ● His funeral was held at Shanti Ghat., Funereal—(solemn or sad, dismal, gloomy), ● Why do you keep a funereal face ?, 42. Fatal—(deadly), ● Cancer is a fatal disease., Fatalist—(one who believes in fate), ● A fatalist depends upon God’s will., Fateful—(important ; producing important, results), ● It was the most fateful day of my life., 43. Fastal—(pertaining to a feast or a holiday), ● Let us enjoy in fastal mood today., Festive—(joyous, gay, mirthful), ● He is festive by nature., 44. Forceful—(possessing force), ● This was his most forceful argument., Forcible—(done by force or compulsion), ● Good work cannot be done under forcible, circumstances., 45. Godly—(pious), ● My grandmother is a very godly lady., God-like—(resembling God), ● Many sages have God-like lustre in their, eyes., 46. Graceful—(handsome, refined), ● Her manners are very graceful., Gracious—(merciful), ● He is a very gracious old gentleman., 47. Human—(belonging to mankind), ● It is only a human weakness., Humane—(kind ; merciful), ● He is always humane in his dealings with, his workers., 48. Healthy—(means enjoying good health), ● He is quite healthy at this age., Healthful—(means preserving or promoting, health), ● Regularity is a very healthful habit., 49. Honorary—(holding office without any remuneration or pay), ● He is working in an honorary capacity., Honourable—(worthy of honour), ● Many saints are really honourable persons., , 50. Historic—(Famous or likely to become famous in history), ● January 26 is a historic day., Historical—(pertaining to history), ● Red Fort is a historical building., 51. Imaginary—(fancied, unreal), ● He lives in an imaginary world., Imaginative—(given to imagining, contemplative), ● A poet is an imaginative person., 52. Industrious—(diligent, laborious), ● An industrious person must get success., Industrial—(relating to industry or commerce), ● Kanpur is an industrial city., 53. Intelligent—(wise, sensible), ● She is quite intelligent., Intelligible—(clear and understandable), ● His lecture was not intelligible to an, average student., 54. Judicial—(pertaining to legal justice, or to a, judge), ● We should not interfere with judicial, proceedings., Judicious—(prudent; wise), ● His advice is very judicious., 55. Luxuriant—(used to express richness in, growth), ● She has a luxuriant growth of hair., Luxurious—(implies luxury or fashion), ● He lives in a very luxurious way., 56. Lovable—(worthy of love), ● All her habits and manners are lovable., Lovely—(exciting love, charming), ● She is a lovely girl., 57. Limit—(boundary, last degree), ● Don’t try me to the limit of my patience., Limitation—(restriction or inability), ● I have my own limitations., 58. Momentous—(very important), ● I have taken a momentous decision., Momentary—(lasting only for a moment,, short-lived), ● His anger is only momentary.
Page 262 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 254 | L.W.C.E., 59. Memorable—(worth remembering), ● This is a memorable quotation., Memorial—(statue, festival, etc. serving to, commemorate), ● A memorial statue has been installed in, his honour., 60. Negligent—(one who is careless in particular, things), ● Don’t be negligent about your dress., Neglectful—(one who is careless in general), ● You should not be so neglectful., Negligible—(something so small or unimportant that it may be disregarded), ● His income is still so negligible., 61. Observance—(strict and attentive performance), ● I am very particular in the observance of, my regular habits., Observation—(notice ; remark), ● His observation was neither just nor, balanced., 62. Official—(as a noun means an officer, as an, adjective means pertaining to an office), ● He has come on official duty., Officious—(too forward in offering unwanted, service), ● He was very officious to me., 63. Prudent—(wise, intelligent), ● He is a very prudent person., Prudential—(those ideas or motives which, lead a man to prudent action), ● All his actions are prudential., 64. Provident—(thrifty ; showing foresight), ● One should be provident in both thought, and action., Providential—(divine, strikingly opportune), ● He had a providential escape., 65. Practical—(opposed to theoretical), ● He was put to practical test., Practicable—(capable of being performed), ● This is not a practicable solution., 66. Pitiable—(arousing pity), ● Her condition is pitiable., Pitiful—(feeling pity), ● My grandfather is very pitiful., Piteous—(means either exciting pity or, showing it), ● Her cries were piteous., , 67. Politic—(wise, prudent, sagacious), ● The measures taken by our Prime, Minister are really politic., Political—(pertaining to politics), ● It is a serious political problem., 68. Proportional—(in due proportion), ● Let us come to a proportional distribution, of the property., Proportionate—(equal, corresponding in, degree or amount), ● Your wages are proportionate to your, labour., 69. Prophecy—(noun, a forecast or prediction), ● His prophecy came out true., Prophesy—(verb, to foretell), ● I cannot prophesy what may happen., 70. Reverend—(means deserving reverence and, is applied to persons only), ● The Archbishop is a reverend scholar., Reverent—(means showing reverence and is, applied to both persons and things), We should be reverent to every religion., 71. Respectable—(deserving respect), ● He is a respectable teacher., Respectful—(showing respect), ● One should be respectful to one’s teachers., Respective—(relating to particular persons or, things), ● They did their respective duties faithfully., 72. Righteous—(just), ● A judge ought to be a righteous person., Rightful—(having a just and legal claim), ● This is my rightful property., 73. Regretful—(full of regret or sorrow), ● He is regretful for his hasty action., Regrettable—(causing regret), ● He acted in a regrettable way., 74. Servitude—(state of slavery), ● One cannot act freely in servitude., Servility—(means spirit of servitude), ● His attitude is one of servility., 75. Social—(relating to society), ● This is a social obligation., Sociable—(fond of mixing in society), ● He is a sociable person.
Page 263 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PARONYMS | 255, 76. Sensible—(having sense or consistent with, reason), ● He is a sensible person., Sensitive—(one who is easily affected,, touchy), ● One should not be too sensitive., Sensual—(used in a bad sense and means, voluptuous, carnal), ● A sensual person is a person of weak, character., Sensuous—(used in a good sense for one, who has a keen appreciation of the beautiful, relating to all senses), ● Keats was a sensuous poet., 77. Speciality—(the state or quality of being, special), ● What is the speciality in your machine ?, Specialty—(special pursuit or skill), ● His specialty is landscape painting., 78. Signification—(meaning), ● What is the signification of the term, ‘Renaissance’ ?, Significance—(importance, value), ● This is not a matter of any significance to, me., 79. Spiritual—(pertaining to soul or spirit), ● I believe in high spiritual values., Spirituous—(alcoholic), ● One should avoid spirituous drinks., 80. Tolerable—(applied to things and conditions, that are bearable), ● His behaviour is not tolerable., Tolerant—(usually applied to a person who, is liberal and who will tolerate any opinion, different from his own), ● My father is very tolerant., 81. Temperance—(moderation, sobriety), ● One should exercise temperance in everything., Temperament—(disposition, mental character of an individual), ● She is a lady of sweet temperament., 82. Temporary—(lasting for a short time), ● This is a temporary post., , 83., , 84., , 85., , 86., , 87., , 88., , 89., , 90., , Temporal—(as opposed to spiritual), ● One should value spiritual gains more, than temporal gains., Transient—(of short duration), ● Man’s life is transient., Transitory—(speedily vanishing), ● Material possessions are transitory., Unmoral—(applied to a person who is nonmoral ; one who has no idea of morals), ● A child is an unmoral being., Immoral—(applied to a person or thing, which is depraved and evil.), ● Don’t do anything immora., Union—(act of uniting, an organization), ● He is a member of the Indian Trade, Union., Unison—(agreement of sounds), ● The hymns were sung by all in unison., Unity—(oneness), ● There is strength in unity., Vocation—(chief occupation or calling), ● Tailoring is his vocation., Avocation—(diversion from usual occupation, hobby), ● Painting is my avocation., Virtual—(real ; in effect, though not in form), ● He is in a state of virtual madness., Virtuous—(blameless, possessing moral, goodness), ● My mother is a very virtuous lady., Willing—(ready, having no reluctance), ● I am willing to go., Wilful—(deliberate, conscious), ● His negligence is wilful., Wait—(often intransitive in use), ● I shall wait for you., Await—(always transitive in use), ● He was eagerly awaited., Womanly—(used in a good sense and means, affectionate and modest), ● She has womanly gentleness., Womanish—(used in a bad sense and means, weak and cowardly), ● He is womanish in his behaviour.
Page 264 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 23, , The Same Word Used as, Different Parts of Speech, , There are many words in the English Language which, in the same form, can be used as, different Parts of Speech. For example, take the, word Look. When ‘Look’ is used in the sense of, View or apearance, it is a Noun. When it is used, in the sense of seeing, it is a Verb. We give below, some popular words that can be used as different, Parts of Speech., Air—, Noun—Let us walk in fresh air., Verb—All woollen clothes should be timely, aired., Age—, Noun—What is your age ?, Verb—My father is aging very fast., Arm—, Noun—He was wounded in his arm., Verb—We should arm our forces with the, latest weapons., Break—, Noun—There is no break in his service., Verb—Don’t break the law., Better—, Noun—I always respect my betters., Adjective—This is certainly a better suggestion., Verb—We must first try to better our economic condition., Boil—, Noun—The boil in his arm is bleeding., Verb—Please boil the soup., Back—, Noun—He can carry heavy load on his back., Verb—I will never back a wrong cause., , Bare—, Adjective—He came with bare head., Verb—Bare your arm before me., Adverb—He came bareheaded., Bottle—, Noun—He has broken the bottle., Verb—They do not bottle the drinks with, proper care., Bell—, Noun—The bell is ringing., Verb—Who can bell the cat ?, Brave—, Noun—We all respect the brave., Adjective—Indian soldiers are brave., Book—, Noun—I am reading a book., Verb—Please book my luggage by the passenger train., Bite—, Noun—I haven’t had a bite since the morning., Verb—The dog may bite you., Close—, Noun—The meeting is soon coming to a, close., Adjective—We should discuss it only among, close friends., Verb—Please close the gate., Calm—, Noun—You should maintain your calm of, mind., Adjective—The atmosphere is calm and quiet., Verb—Please try to calm down the mob.
Page 265 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , THE SAME WORD USED AS DIFFERENT PARTS OF SPEECH | 257, Count—, Noun—Please keep count of the runs., Verb—He is counting the runs., Cold—, Noun—I am suffering from cold., Adjective—The morning is very cold., Court—, Noun—The courts are closed today., Verb—They are courting arrest., Call—, Noun—There is a call for you., Verb—He will call upon you., Cut—, Noun—He received a deep cut in the arm., Verb—Don’t cut your programme., Catch—, Noun—It was a beautiful catch., Verb—You cannot catch me., Cane—, Noun—Here is a beautiful cane., Verb—He was caned publicly., Chair—, Noun—Please bring a chair., Verb—The speaker chaired the session., Cover—, Noun—Please put the cover upon the jar., Verb—Please cover your head properly in, this cold weather., Deep—, Noun—They are fishing in the deep., Adjective—It is a very deep river., Adverb—They have gone deep into the water., Drive—, Noun—I am going out for a drive., Verb—He drives the car very fast., Date—, Noun—What is the date of your birth ?, Verb—The Christian era dates with the birth, of Christ., Desire—, Noun—He has a great desire to be a doctor., Verb—He desires to pass in the first division., Doubt—, Noun—I have no doubt about his honesty., Verb—He doubts my sincerity., , Daily—, Noun—‘The Hindustan Times’ is an important daily., Adjective—This is a part of his daily programme., Empty—, Adjective—The box is empty., Verb—Please empty the drum., Earth—, Noun—The earth moves round the sun., Verb—Let us earth our hostility for ever., Elder—, Noun—You must respect your elders., Adjective—He is my elder brother., Fast—, Noun—I am observing a fast today., Adjective—He is my fast friend., Verb—He has been fasting for a week., Adverb—He ran very fast., Final—, Noun—Our team is playing in the finals., Adjective—This chance is final., Free—, Adjective—We are citizens of a free country., Verb—Let us free ourselves from the age-old, customs., Fill—, Noun—We have eaten to our fill., Verb—Please fill the jar with water., Fix—, Noun—He is in a fix., Verb—Please fix up your programme at an, early date., Face—, Noun—Turn your face to the left., Verb—He faced the situation boldly., Fool—, Noun—He is a great fool., Verb—You cannot fool me like this., Floor—, Noun—They sat on the floor before my, office., Verb—Dara Singh floored down his opponent in two minutes.
Page 266 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 258 | L.W.C.E., Fish—, Noun—They have caught a large fish., Verb—You cannot fish in this part of the, river., Fell—, Adjective—Cancer is really a fell disease., Verb—He fell into the well., Gun—, Noun—This is my gun., Verb—The police gunned down the absconder., Help—, Noun—He gave me a very timely help., Verb—Will you not help me out ?, Hand—, Noun—He raised his hand., Verb—Please hand over the book to the teacher., Humble—, Noun—We should help the humble and poor., Adjective—He is a very humble pupil., Verb—He is out to humble me in public., Head—, Noun—He wears a white cap on his head., Verb—He heads the list of the successful, candidates., Ill—, Noun—I have done you no ill., Adjective—She is ill., Idle—, Adjective—He is an idle fellow., Verb—Don’t idle away your time like this., Know—, Noun—I am in the know of everything., Verb—Do you know him ?, Kind—, Adjective—He is a kind man., Noun—Here is another kind of the rose., Less—, Noun—He cannot be satisfied with less., Adjective—He pays less attention to his, studies than to games., Adverb—This plot of land is less fertile than, the next one., , Little—, Noun—I shall be satisfied with a little., Adjective—Here is a little gift for you., Adverb—The river is a little deeper here., Like—, Noun—I shall never find the like of him, again., Adjective—They are all men of like interests., Verb—I would like to have a cup of tea., Light—, Noun—There is sufficient light in the room., Adjective—I don’t appreciate his light talks., Verb—Please light the candle., Love—, Noun—I have great love for my country., Adjective—This is a love poem., Verb—Every mother loves her child., Laugh—, Noun—We had a hearty laugh at him., Verb—Don’t laugh at the poor., Mud—, Noun—There is so much of mud here in the, rains., Adjective—He lives in a mud house., More—, Noun—I don’t want any more., Adjective—They will have many more, chances., Adverb—He is more intelligent., Man—, Noun—He is a brave man., Verb—The ship is manned by trained sailors., Master—, Noun—He is the master of the ship., Adjective—We are drawing a master plan., Verb—I have mastered the whole lesson., Move—, Noun—The army is on the move., Verb—Let us now move to the next room., Make—, Noun—What is the make of your watch ?, Verb—Don’t make a noise here., Need—, Noun—Your need is greater than mine., Verb—He needs a pen immediately.
Page 267 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , THE SAME WORD USED AS DIFFERENT PARTS OF SPEECH | 259, Nurse—, Noun—She is a trained nurse., Verb—Please nurse the baby carefully., Number—, Noun—Please mark the number on the parcel., Verb—Please number the articles serially., Open—, Adjective—I have received an open letter., Verb—Please open the door., Poor—, Noun—We must help the poor., Adjective—She is a poor woman., Past—, Noun—We know very little of his past., Adjective—He is a past master in all these, matters., Adverb—He is now past working age., Pocket—, Noun—My pocket is empty., Verb—He cannot pocket this insult., Right—, Noun—This is my own right., Adjective—He is the right man., Verb—Can you now right the wrong done to, me ?, Adverb—He drove the car right against me., Round—, Noun—The Principal is on a round., Adjective—He dug a round hole., Verb—The police has rounded up all the, pick-pockets., Adverb—I could not bring him round to, agree with me., Preposition—The train goes round the city., Reach—, Noun—This is beyond my reach., Verb—I will reach home before sunset., Run—, Noun—He made fifty runs., Verb—He will run the 5000 meter race., Slow—, Adjective—He is a slow writer., Verb—The train slowed down at the outer, signal., Adverb—He works very slow., , Sound—, Noun—I hear a sound outside., Adjective—He gave very sound arguments in, his defence., Verb—Please sound the horn., Spring—, Noun—Flowers grow in abundance in spring., Adjective—They are bathing in the spring, water., Verb—The monkey springs from roof to, roof., Stone—, Noun—Don’t roll down the heavy stone., Adjective—He broke through the stone walls., Verb—The witch was stoned to death., Stand—, Noun—I cannot change my stand., Verb—Stand in a line, please., Stay—, Noun—I shall have a long stay in the country, now., Verb—Will you stay here tonight ?, Adjective—The court has passed stay orders., Second—, Adjective—He is my second son., Verb—Will anyone second my proposal ?, Adverb—He came second in the race., School—, Noun—This is a public school., Verb—He has been very properly schooled., Adjective—We are school fellows., Set—, Adjective—I shall follow my set programme., Verb—The sun sets in the west., Spear—, Noun—I have a long spear., Verb—The hunter speared down the boar., Spoil—, Noun—The thieves have divided up the, spoils., Verb—Don’t spoil your child like this., Skin—, Noun—Her skin is oily., Verb—The child could not skin the banana.
Page 268 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 260 | L.W.C.E., Silence—, Noun—There was perfect silence in the class., Verb—Nobody can silence me., Table—, Noun—This is our dining table., Verb—The draft resolution has been tabled, for discussion., Touch—, Noun—Even a touch has a memory., Verb—You cannot touch me., Turn—, Noun—Take a turn to the left at the next, crossing., Verb—I hope he will turn up in time., Well—, Noun—There is no water in the well., Adjective—He is quite well now., Adverb—It was well done., Wrong—, Noun—I have done you no wrong., Adjective—He is following a wrong policy., Verb—He has certainly wronged me., Watch—, Noun—I always keep a watch in my pocket., Keep a watch on the children., Adjective—Where is the watch-dog ?, Verb—He is watching for an opportunity., , Water—, Noun—Please bring me a glass of water., Verb—The gardner is watering the plants., Adjective—Lotus is a water plant., Work—, Noun—I have no work today., Verb—He doesn’t work here., Wait—, Noun—They lay in wait for the victim., Verb—I waited for you yesterday., Walk—, Noun—I go to the park every morning for a, walk., Verb—Let us walk down to the station., Want—, Noun—There is no want of water in the, town., Verb—I want to purchase a car., Weekly—, Noun—“Sunday Times” is a good weekly., Adjective—They are working on weekly, wages., Wear—, Noun—We have a large stock of winter, wears., Verb—He wears a blue coat.
Page 269 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 24, , One-Word Substitution, , There are many words in English which have a very comprehensive meaning. A single word can, convey the sense of many words. The use of such words is considered to be good from the stylistic, point of view. These words add to the depth, brevity, clarity, aptness and effectiveness of the language., For example, if we say, “This is a book published after the death of its author”, or “This is a child born, after the death of his father”, we can express this complete idea by the word “Posthumous”. We give, below a list of popular words of this kind., 1. A person who believes in the total abolition of war., Pacifist, 2. A person who is fond of fighting., Bellicose, 3. A person who believes in the existence of God., Theist, 4. A person who does not believe in the existence of God., Atheist, 5. A person who renounces the world and devotes himself to a strictly devout, life, torturing the body for the good of the soul., Ascetic, 6. A person with whom money or gain is the most important consideration., Materialist, 7. A person who is very fond of sensuous enjoyments., Epicure, 8. A person who is indifferent to pleasure and pain., Stoic, 9. A man who is womanish in his habits., Effeminate, 10. A man who amuses himself by love-making., Philanderer, 11. One who is very selective in one’s taste and choice., Fastidious, 12. One who does not know reading and writing., Illiterate, 13. One who is very simple and who easily believes whatever is told., Credulous, 14. One with long experience in any field., Veteran, 15. Consent of all., Unanimous, 16. A book or a work of art whose author is not known., Anonymous, 17. One who entirely depends on another., Parasite, 18. One who takes up arms against the government., Rebel, 19. Goods sent from one country to another for trade., Export, 20. Goods received by one country from another for trade., Import, 21. To import goods illegally without payment of customs duty., Smuggle, 22. Murder of one’s own self., Suicide, 23. Murder or murderer of man., Homicide, 24. Murder or murderer of a king., Regicide, 25. Murder or murderer of an infant., Infanticide, 26. Murder or murderer of one’s own mother., Matricide, 27. Murder or murderer of one’s own father., Patricide
Page 270 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 262 | L.W.C.E., 28., 29., 30., 31., 32., 33., 34., 35., 36., 37., 38., 39., 40., 41., 42., 43., 44., 45., 46., 47., 48., 49., 50., 51., 52., 53., 54., 55., 56., 57., 58., 59., 60., 61., 62., 63., 64., 65., 66., , Murder or murderer of one’s own brother., A disease which spreads through air and water., A disease which spreads by physical touch or contact., A person who is unable to pay his debts or honour his commitments., Persons living at the same time., One who does not care for art and literature, and whose interests are only, material., Items of business for consideration at a meeting., A diplomatic representative of one country in another., Nations engaged in war., The period of gradual recovery of health after illness., The worship of idols or images., To turn out of society., A remedy for all kinds of diseases or troubles., A scene of wild noise and disorder., Two countries or states whose frontiers touch., A thing which can be easily broken., A plane figure with eight sides and angles., A plane figure with five sides and angles., A plane figure with six sides and angles., Succession of rulers belonging to one family., A person, plant or animal who is below the usual size., An elderly unmarried woman., Undue favour shown to one’s own relatives., A person who compiles a dictionary., One who does a thing for pleasure and not as a profession., One who is very particular or overscrupulous about small details., One who is a breaker of things of art and literature, or who, opposes established institutions., One who assumes a character or title not his own to deceive others., Speaking irreverently about God or sacred things., The act of violating the sanctity of the church or any religious institution., One who depends on and believes in fate., One who is filled with excessive and mistaken enthusiasm in religious, matters., One who wishes to destroy all established governments, law and order., A lady’s umbrella., A lady’s purse., The passage of soul after death from one body to the other., Medical examination of the dead body., Deviation or departure from common rule or standard or what is normal., A person chosen by quarrelling parties to settle their differences., , Fratricide, Infectious, Contagious, Insolvent, Contemporaries, Philistine, Agenda, Ambassador, Belligerent, Convalescence, Idolatry, Ostracize, Panacea, Pandemonium, Contiguous, Brittle, Octagon, Pentagon, Hexagon, Dynasty, Dwarf, Spinster, Nepotism, Lexicographer, Amateur, Meticulous, Iconoclast, Impostor, Blaspheme, Sacrilege, Fatalist, Fanatic or Bigot, Anarchist, Parasol, Raticule, Transmigration, Post-mortem, Anomaly, Arbitrator, arbiter
Page 271 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ONE-WORD SUBSTITUTION | 263, 67., 68., 69., 70., 71., 72., 73., 74., 75., 76., 77., 78., 79., 80., 81., 82., 83., 84., 85., 86., 87., 88., 89., 90., 91., 92., 93., 94., 95., 96., 97., 98., 99., 100., 101., 102., 103., 104., 105., 106., , A soldier who fights for the sake of money., One who loves one’s country., A person who looks to the bright side of things., A person who looks to the dark side of things., A child whose parents are dead., Science of the influence of the stars on human affairs., Science of heavenly bodies such as the sun, moon, stars and planets., The study of coins., Collector of stamps., A place where dead bodies are kept before post-mortem., Animals which feed on herbs., The man who does not eat meat., The man who can eat meat preparations., The man who can eat human flesh., One who eats too much., A speech delivered without any preparation., Something said or done at once without preparation., A speech or a poem recited at the beginning of a play., A speech or a poem recited at the end of a play., Speaking aloud while alone., A play or a dramatic performance in verse, with music, dance and, fine costumes., Morning prayer in the church., Evening prayer in the church., Bells rung in the church in the evening., A person who believes only in spiritual things., An office for which no salary is paid., An office for which high salary is paid for little or no work, or responsibility., Persons working in the same department., A government by one person., A government by a small group of powerful persons., A government by a rich and powerful class., A government by the nobles., A government by the officials., A government by the churchmen., A government by the people, of the people, and for the people., Rule by mob., The skill and policy of a country’s statesmen and politicians., A game or battle in which no party gains victory., Voluntary renouncement of the throne by a king., Animals which live in water., , Mercenary, Patriot, Optimist, Pessimist, Orphan, Astrology, Astronomy, Numismatics, Philatelist, Mortuary, Herbivorous, Vegetarian, Non-vegetarian, Cannibal, Glutton, Extempore, Impromptu, Prologue, Epilogue, Soliloquy, Masque, Matin, Vesper, Curfew, Spiritualist, Honorary, Sinecure, Colleagues, Autocracy, Oligarchy, Plutocracy, Aristocracy, Bureaucracy, Theocracy, Democracy, Mobocracy, Diplomacy, Drawn, Abdication, Aquatic
Page 272 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 264 | L.W.C.E., 107., 108., 109., 110., 111., 112., 113., 114., 115., 116., 117., 118., 119., 120., 121., 122., 123., 124., 125., 126., 127., 128., 129., 130., 131., 132., 133., 134., 135., 136., 137., 138., 139., 140., 141., 142., 143., 144., 145., , Animals which live both on land and in sea., Animals which live in flocks., One who can use either hand with ease in writing or working., Things which contain elements of the same nature., Things which contain elements of opposite nature., One who is well-versed in any subject, a critical judge of any art,, particularly fine arts., One who knows many languages., Science of the nature and growth of words and language., A style in which a writer makes a display of his knowledge and learning., An imaginary name assumed by an author., A child born after the death of its father, or a book published after the death, of its author., A style full of superfluous words containing a small thought., Repetition of a writing, word for word., A roundabout way of expression., A word or custom which is no longer in use., That which can be interpreted in any way., Matter written by hand., The practice of borrowing words and ideas from other authors and using, them as one’s own ; literary theft., The science which deals with derivation of words., Dramatic performance with dumb show., The life-history of a man written by himself., The life-history of a man written by someone else., The science of animal life., The science of vegetable life., The science of earth’s history and rocks., The state of being unmarried (of a man)., The state of being unmarried (of a girl)., The state of being married., The practice of marrying only one at a time., The custom of having two wives or two husbands at a time., The custom of having more than two wives at the same time., The custom of having more than two husbands at the same time., Allowance due to a wife on legal separation from her husband., A woman whose husband is dead., A man whose wife is dead., Yearly return of the date of an event., That which happens once in a year., That which happens once in two years., Present every where (God)., , Amphibian, Gregarious, Ambidextrous, Homogeneous, Heterogeneous, Connoisseur, Linguist, Philology, Pedantic, Pseudonym, Posthumous, Verbose, Verbatim, Circumlocution, Obsolete, Ambiguous, Manuscript, Plagiarism, Etymology, Pantomime, Autobiography, Biography, Zoology, Botany, Geology, Bachelorhood, Maidenhood, Matrimony, Monogamy, Bigamy, Polygamy, Polyandry, Alimony, Widow, Widower, Anniversary, Annual, Biennial, Omnipresent
Page 273 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , ONE-WORD SUBSTITUTION | 265, 146., 147., 148., 149., 150., 151., 152., 153., 154., 155., 156., 157., 158., 159., 160., 161., 162., 163., 164., 165., 166., 167., 168., 169., 170., 171., 172., 173., 174., 175., 176., 177., 178., 179., 180., 181., 182., 183., 184., 185., 186., , All-powerful, without end or limit (God)., All-knowing; knowing everything (God)., That which can be seen through., That which cannot be seen through., A lover of mankind., A hater of mankind., A lover of womankind., A hater of womankind., He who works for the welfare of women., A lover of one’s ownself., A lover of others., A person who regards the whole world as his country., One who dies for a noble cause., One who acts only for money., Words which are inscribed on the grave., A truth which is often repeated., Fit to be chosen ; qualified., A sound that cannot be heard., A person who cannot be easily approached., Incapable of being corrected., Incapable of being understood., Incapable of being wounded., Incapable of being imitated., Incapable of being avoided., Incapable of being read., Incapable of being practised., Incapable of being repaired., A decision upon which one cannot go back., An effect which has a reference to the past., A person who leaves his own country and goes to live in another., A person who comes to one country from another in order to settle there., Movement from one country to another., One who lives in a country without citizenship., One who commits the first act of attack, offence or hostility., An established principle of practical wisdom., One who travels from place to place, particularly a preacher., One who can speak two languages., One who leads others in any field., One who does not take any intoxicating drinks., One who suffers from nervous disorder., The place for luggage at a railway station., , Omnipotent, Omniscient, Transparent, Opaque, Philanthropist, Misanthrope, Philogynist, Misogynist, Feminist, Egoist, Altruist, Cosmopolitan, Martyr, Mercenary, Epitaph, Truism, Eligible, Inaudible, Inaccessible, Incorrigible, Unintelligible, Invulnerable, Inimitable, Inevitable, Illegible, Impracticable, Irreparable, Irrevocable, Retrospective, Emigrant, Immigrant, Migration, Alien, Aggressor, Maxim, Itinerant, Bilingual, Pioneer, Teetotaller, Neurotic, Cloakroom
Page 274 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 266 | L.W.C.E., 187., 188., 189., 190., 191., 192., 193., 194., 195., 196., 197., 198., 199., 200., 201., 202., 203., 204., 205., 206., 207., 208., 209., 210., 211., 212., 213., 214., 215., 216., , The place for corpses to be buried., The place for corpses to be burnt., The place for books., The place for monks., The place for keeping historical curios and relics., The place where young plants are grown., A garden of fruits., The place where artists work., The place for clothes and garments to be kept., The place where animals, reptiles, and birds, etc. are kept., A medicine to cure the effect of poison., A person unable to pay his debts., List of books and other articles., Persons living at the same time., That which is fit to be eaten., A trade or act prohibited by law., One who walks in sleep., One who talks in sleep., That which cannot be explained., That without which one can’t do., That which cannot be cured., That which can’t be believed., That which never fails., That which catches fire easily., The medicine that kills insects., A medicine that induces sleep., Property inherited from father and ancestors., That which cannot be compared., That which cannot be defeated., That which cannot be seen., , Cemetery, Crematory, Library, Monastery, Museum, Nursery, Orchard, Studio, Wardrobe, Zoo, Antidote, Bankrupt, Catalogue, Contemporary, Edible, Illicit, Somnambulist, Somniloquist, Inexplicable, Indispensable, Incurable, Incredible, Infallible, Inflammable, Insecticide, Narcotic, Patrimony, Incomparable, Invincible, Invisible
Page 275 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 25, We give below a list of Popular Idioms, 1. An apple of discord—Cause of quarrel, ● The Himalayan range is an apple of, discord between India and China., 2. An apple of one’s eye—Very dear, ● Her only son is the apple of her eye., 3. To add fuel to the fire—To aggravate some, situation or matter, ● His abusive language added fuel to the, fire., 4. A bed of roses—An easy and comfortable, situation, ● The post of the Prime Minister is not a, bed of roses., 5. Adam’s ale—Pure water, ● In the dry districts people have to content, themselves with Adam’s ale., 6. To add insult to injury—To harm as well as, humiliate, ● He has added insult to injury by writing, this letter., 7. At daggers drawn—On inimical terms, ● At one time Russia and America were at, daggers drawn., 8. Against the rainy day—Precaution for emergency, ● You must save something every month, against the rainy day., 9. At a loss—To be confused, ● He was at a loss to understand what to do, against so much of opposition., 10. At logger heads—Terms of hostility, ● He is at logger heads with his own brother., 11. At an arm’s length—To keep danger or evil, at a distance, ● Keep such rascals at an arm’s length., , Idioms, 12. At one’s fingers’ ends—To have full and, ready knowledge, ● A lawyer should have all the sections of, the Act at his fingers’ ends., 13. An axe to grind—Some personal motive, ● He flatters you so much ; perhaps he has, some axe to grind., 14. To beat about the bush—To stray from the, main point, ● A good student never beats about the bush, in answering his questions., 15. To bear the brunt of—To endure the calamity or difficult situation, ● Maharana Pratap bore the brunt of the, Mughal invasions bravely., 16. To bring to light—To disclose, ● The Enquiry Commission has brought, many startling facts to light., 17. At sixes and sevens—In disorder, ● My young son has thrown my books at, sixes and sevens., 18. At the eleventh hour—At the last moment, ● He reached the examination hall at the, eleventh hour., 19. At one’s beck and call—At one’s command, ● I want my servants to be at my beck and, call., 20. At one’s wits’ end—To be confused, ● At the sudden appearance of the police the, suspect was at his wits’ end., 21. To bear the palm—To be victorious, ● Our team bore the palm in the final match., 22. Bosom friend—Intimate friend, ● Mohan is my bosom friend., 23. Bag and baggage—With full luggage, ● He has left Agra bag and baggage.
Page 276 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 268 | L.W.C.E., 24. To bury the hatchet—To end old enmity, ● Let us now bury the hatchet for ever and, live like friends., 25. By leaps and bounds—Very rapidly, ● India is progressing by leaps and bounds., 26. To be in bad books of—Out of favour, ● He is in bad books of his teachers., 27. To be in good books of—To be in kind favour, ● He is in good books of his teachers., 28. To be in bad odour of—To be out of favour, ● A dishonest servant is always in bad, odour of his master., 29. To be in good odour of—To be in good, favour, ● An honest servant is always in good odour, of his master., 30. Bolt from the blue—A sudden calamity, ● The news of his father’s death came as a, bolt from the blue., 31. Bad blood—Enmity, ● These two brothers have bad blood, between them., 32. Blue blood—To belong to an aristocratic, family, ● Lord Byron, the famous poet, was very, proud of his blue blood., 33. To be born with a silver spoon in one’s, mouth—To be born in a rich family, ● Jawaharlal Nehru was born with a silver, spoon in his mouth., 34. To burn the candle at both ends—To waste, one’s money or energy racklessly, ● If you go on burning the candle at both, ends, you will soon come to repentance., 35. Birds of the same feather—Persons of the, same nature and taste, ● All the employees of this office are birds, of the same feather., 36. Between Scylla and Charybdis—Between, two great dangers, ● I am between Scylla and Charybdis; if I, tell the truth my friend goes to the jail; if I, do not, I betray my employer., , 37. Between the devil and the deep sea—To fall, between two great difficulties, ● I have fallen between the devil and the, deep sea; if I go to office, I lose the, examination; if I don’t, my employer feels, annoyed., 38. To blow one’s own trumpet—To praise, one’s ownself, ● I hate those persons who blow their own, trumpet., 39. Bone of contention—The cause of quarrel, ● Kashmir is the bone of contention between India and Pakistan., 40. By fits and starts—Something done irregularly, ● You can never finish the work in time if, you proceed by fits and starts., 41. Black sheep—An undesirable person, ● Many police officers proved black sheep, in the Movement of 1942., 42. By hook or by crook—By any means fair or, foul, ● Some people are very clever in achieving, their goal by hook or by crook., 43. To be hand and glove with—Intimate, friends, ● Ramesh and Mohan are hand and glove, with each other., 44. Child’s play—A very easy task, ● It is not a child’s play to get first division., 45. To count chickens before they are hatched, —To anticipate profit before hand, ● Do not make your plans so ambitious, because it is no use counting chickens, before they are hatched., 46. To cut the Gordian knot—To solve a very, difficult problem, ● The national leaders cut the Gordian knot, by abolishing the native states., 47. Cock and bull story—A fantastic story, ● The tale of his adventures is nothing but a, cock and bull story., 48. Cat and dog life—Quarrelsome life, ● Mohan and his wife live a cat and dog, life.
Page 277 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMS | 269, 49. To call a spade a spade—To talk bluntly, ● Dr. Johnson never hesitated in calling a, spade a spade., 50. Cry for the moon—An unattainable ambition, ● His hope of getting the Nobel Prize is a, cry for the moon., 51. Cry over spilt milk—To repent in vain after, loss, ● Be comforted, my friend, it is no use, crying over spilt milk., 52. A close shave—A narrow escape, ● I had a close shave in a car accident., 53. Crocodile tears—False show of grief, ● He shed crocodile tears on the death of his, step-mother., 54. Cold reception—No hearty welcome, ● The English cricket team was given a cold, reception in India., 55. To be caught red-handed—To be caught, while committing a crime, ● The thief was caught red-handed., 56. Capital punishment—Death penalty, ● Capital punishment has been revived in, many countries., 57. Corporal punishment—Bodily punishment, ● Corporal punishment should not be given, to young children., 58. To carry coals to New Castle—Unnecessary, and useless work, ● To export silk to China is like carrying, coals to New Castle., 59. To call names—To abuse, Calling names is a bad habit., 60. To cut one’s coat according to one’s cloth, —To live within one’s own means, ● It is always wise to cut one’s coat according to one’s cloth., 61. Chip of the old block—The son resembling, the father, ● Ram is a drunkard like his father. He is a, chip of the old block., 62. To cut a sorry figure—To make a poor, impression, , 63., , 64., , 65., 66., , 67., 68., , 69., , 70., , 71., , 72., , 73., , 74., , ● When Gandhiji appeared in his first case,, he cut a sorry figure in the court., To curry favour—To win favour by flattery, ● He has risen so high by currying favour of, the Chairman of the factory., To cast a slur—To bring disgrace, ● Your actions will cast a slur on the good, name of your family., A bull in a china shop—Heedless destroyer, Nadir Shah proved a bull in a china shop., To put the cart before the horse—To do, something in a wrong way, ● Instead of calling the mechanic to the, work-shop, he took the whole machine to, him. It was like putting the cart before the, horse., To die in harness—To die while on duty, ● Slaves die in harness., Drop in the ocean—Very insignificant, amount, ● All your knowledge of science is only a, drop in the ocean., A dark horse—A person suddenly coming, into prominence, ● Mohan came out as a dark horse after the, election., Drawn battle or Drawn match—A battle or, match in which no party wins, ● The drawn cricket match was replayed in, Calcutta yesterday., Double dealing—Deceitful actions, ● His double dealings are now exposed to, the public., To give the devil his due—Even the wicked, should be given the praise due to him, ● In spite of all his wickedness, he has, helped you; the devil should be given his, due., Dog in the manger—A selfish person, ● He would rather keep his books locked, than give them to you, because he is more, or less a dog in the manger., Sword of Damocles—An imminent danger, ● The aggressive policy of China is a sword, of Damocles hanging over India.
Page 278 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 270 | L.W.C.E., 75. To dance attendance upon—To flatter, 87. To eat one’s word—To break one’s promise, Officers in the present day want their, Whatever may happen, I shall not eat my, subordinates to dance attendance upon, word., them., 88. To see eye to eye—To agree, 76. On the horns of a dilemma—To face a, I do not see eye to eye with him on this, difficult situation between two problems., issue., The new import policy has put many 89. To take an exception to—To object to someindustries on the horns of a dilemma; they, thing, can neither run these industries nor close, I take serious exception to this type of, them down., remark., 77. To play ducks and drakes—To waste, 90. Enough and to spare—Plentiful, money, Even the poorest man in America has, He is a rackless fellow playing ducks and, enough and to spare., drakes with his ancestral property., 78. A double-edged sword—Capable of causing 91. To make both ends meet—To live within, one’s income with difficulty, harm to the other as to one’s ownself, A school teacher hardly makes both ends, He has cheated many people by the help, meet., of his son, but this may prove a double92. Elixir of life—Nectar of life, edged sword one day., Contentment is the elixir of life., 79. A dog’s life—Very miserable life, People dwelling in the slums of great 93. Foul play—Treachery, cities live a dog’s life., I suspect foul play in the dealings of this, 80. A blessing in disguise—Something intrinsiclever man., cally good but having a bad appearance, 94. Fool’s paradise—Foolish ambition, His last year’s failure was a blessing in, I pity the man; he is living in a fool’s, disguise, because this year he has secured, paradise., first division., 95. Fair weather friend—Selfish friends of, 81. To end in smoke—To end in nothing, prosperous days, The Summit Conference has ended in, As he was a fair-weather friend, he desersmoke., ted me in my hard days., 82. Eye wash—Ineffective remedy, 96. From hand to mouth—Bare existence, The revised pay-scale of the teachers is a, The labouring class people in India live, mere eye wash., from hand to mouth., 83. Every inch—Completely, 97. Fair play—Just dealing, Mohan is every inch a gentleman., I expect nothing but fair play from you., 84. Over head and ears—Beyond one’s capacity 98. Fall flat—To produce no effect, He is over head and ears in debt., The repeated warnings of the Government, have fallen flat on the militants., 85. Easy money—Bribe, 99., Follow, suit—To follow the example, No officer who accepts easy money can, Gandhiji, laid his life in the service of the, sleep in peace., poor;, let, us, also follow suit., 86. Hush-money—Bribe given for concealing, secrets, 100. To fish in troubled waters—To take advantage of the difficulties of others, He has given hush-money to the publisher, During epidemics many doctors fish in, of the daily newspaper for withholding the, publication of this scandal., troubled waters.
Page 279 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMS | 271, 101. To fan the flame—To aggravate, By writing this letter you will only be, fanning the flame., 102. To show white feather—To betray cawardice, Maharana Pratap never showed the white, feather., 103. To fight to the finish—To fight to the end, The Rajputs were pledged to fight to the, finish., 104. To fly into a passion—To be enraged, Weak men easily fly into a passion., 105. To make a fortune—To grow rich, He made a fortune in America., 106. To wear a long face—To look gloomy, Do not wear a long face on this happy, occasion., 107. Fair and square—Honest, One must be fair and square in one’s dealings., 108. To kill the fatted calf for—To arrange a, lavish reception for some body, Queen Elizabeth killed the fatted calf for, the Commonwealth Prime Ministers’, meet., 109. To play the fool—To act foolishly, He played the fool in the hands of his, clever friends., 110. From pillar to post—From one extreme to, another, Every young man has to run from pillar to, post in search of a job., 111. From the bottom of one’s heart—Very, sincerely, The beggar thanked me from the bottom, of his heart., 112. To throw down the gauntlet—To give, challenge, Mohan has thrown down the gauntlet to, Ramesh., 113. Gift of the gab—The skill of oratory, Dr. Radhakrishnan possessed a divine gift, of the gab., 114. To give a piece of one’s mind—To scold a, person, , 115., , 116., , 117., , 118., , The teacher gave a piece of his mind to, the mischievous boy., To face the music—To face opposition, Every new teacher has to face the music, on the first day in the class., To give up the ghost—To die, The poor beggar gave up the ghost last, night., To get rid of—To escape from, I am trying my best to get rid of my quarrel some neighbour at the earliest., To get the better of—To overcome, At last he got the better of his adversary., , 119. To go to the dogs—To be ruined, This factory is gradually going to the dogs, under the new management., 120. To gird up the loins—To be well prepared, for some trying task, Let us all gird up the loins to eradicate the, evil of untouchability from India., 121. To grease the palm—To tip or bribe a person, You will find easy access to the Governor, if you grease the palm of his peon., 122. A snake in the grass—Some hidden enemy, I could never expect that he would prove a, snake in the grass., 123. For good—For ever, He has left Calcutta for good., 124. To hold one’s ground—To stand firm, The Rajputs held their ground to the end., 125. A golden opportunity—Very favourable, opportunity or chance, You should not miss this golden opportunity., 126. To give vent to—To express one’s thoughts, or feelings, Every individual is freely allowed to give, vent to his feelings., 127. An hair-breadth escape—Very narrow, escape, I had an hair-breadth escape last evening, from a car accident.
Page 280 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 272 | L.W.C.E., 128. Harp on the same string—To keep on, talking on the same topic, ● Why do you unnecessarily harp on the, same string ?, 129. Hang over one’s head—Under danger, ● Ever since the death of her husband,, troubles have been hanging over her head., 130. To hang in balance—To remain undecided, ● I am hanging in balance whether I should, accept this offer or not., 131. To hang by a thread—Critical condition, ● The life of a cancer patient hangs by a, thread., 132. Heart and soul—In all sincerity, ● He is devoted to his studies heart and, soul., 133. Hard and fast—Definite, ● There is no hard and fast rule for getting, happiness in life., 134. To hit below the belt—To take advantage, by unfair means, ● A Rajput warrior never hits below the, belt., 135. To hit the nail on the head—To act in the, right way, ● A good lawyer always hits the nail on the, head in his arguments., 136. Hard nut to crack—A difficult problem to, solve, ● The problem of unemployment is a hard, nut to crack., 137. Hold water—To prove sound, ● Your argument does not hold water in this, case., 138. Hold good—Valid ; applicable, ● The rule no longer holds good., 139. A Himalayan blunder—A serious mistake, ● We committed a Himalayan blunder in, trusting the assurances of America., 140. To make head or tail of—To understand, ● The audience could make no head or tail, of his learned lecture on mysticism., 141. Heart to heart—Very frankly, ● Let us have a heart to heart talk on this, complicated issue., , 142. To take to one’s heels—To run away, ● As soon as the thief saw the police, he, took to his heels., 143. To pick holes in—To find fault with, ● It is a bad habit always to try to pick holes, in others., 144. To bring home—To explain, ● Gandhiji brought home the fact that the, heart of India lay in her villages., 145. Hot water—Troubles, ● You will fall in hot water if you displease, him., 146. Hue and cry—Noise and confusion, ● When fire broke out in the village, there, was much hue and cry., 147. To break the ice—To break silence by, speaking first, ● The President broke the ice in the condolence meeting with a short speech., 148. Ill blood—Enmity, ● There is no ill blood between Ram and, Mohan., 149. A man of iron—A strong man, ● Sardar Ballabh Bhai Patel was a man of, iron., 150. In cold blood—Very cruelly, ● The dacoits killed the old man in cold, blood., 151. In black and white—In writing, ● The agreement must be made in black and, white., 152. In the teeth of—Against strong opposition, ● The Finance Bill was passed in the teeth, of strong opposition., 153. In full swing—In full glory, ● The Kumbh Fair is in full swing these, days., 154. In the twinkling of an eye—In a moment, in, no time, ● The flash of lightning disappears in the, twinkling of an eye., 155. In a nut shell—In brief, ● Please report the whole case in a nut shell.
Page 281 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMS | 273, 156. In one’s teens—Before attaining the age of, twenty, ● My eldest son is still in his teens., 157. In a fix—In a difficult mental state, ● I am in a fix; I do not know what to do in, this situation., 158. In the nick of time—Just in time, ● I reached the station in the nick of time., 159. In embryo—Immature, in the making, ● My scheme of setting up a silk factory is, still in embryo., 160. Intents and purposes—For all practical, purposes, ● He is the manging Director for all intents, and purposes., 161. Inns and outs—All details and secrets, ● I know all the inns and outs of this, business., 162. In vogue—Popular, ● Animal sacrifice is no longer in vogue in, India., 163. In the same boat—In the same condition, ● Both these friends are sailing in the same, boat., 164. In no time—In a very short time, ● I can solve his question in no time., 165. Jack of all trades—A person knowing a, little of many things, ● Ramesh is a Jack of all trades., 166. Juda’s kiss—False show of love, ● Who knows that his love is merely Juda’s, kiss ?, 167. To hold one’s jaw—To stop talking, ● Kindly hold your jaw; it is enough., 168. In the jaws of—In the grip of, ● The patient is in the jaws of death., 169. To kill two birds with one stone—To serve, two purposes at one time, ● If you hold the meeting at Nainital in, summer, you will be killing two birds, with one stone., 170. To kiss the dust—To be humiliated, ● In the wrestling bouts the boastful, wrestler had to kiss the dust., , 171. Kith and kin—Close relations, ● Who will not help his kith and kin ?, 172. To knock against—To collide with, ● The truck knocked against the running, train., 173. To keep up appearances—To keep one’s, prestige, ● He is somehow keeping up appearances in, his old age., 174. To keep an eye—To watch, ● The police keeps an eye on the vagabonds., 175. To keep at bay—To keep the enemy at a, distance, ● It is not easy to keep the rebels at bay., 176. To keep the wolf from the door—To avoid, starvation, ● He has to work day and night to keep the, wolf from the door., 177. To keep an open table—To entertain all, comers, ● He is very generous and always keeps an, open table., 178. The knock down price—Auction-price, ● You will have to pay one fourth of the, knock down price just now., 179. To laugh in one’s sleeves—To laugh secretly, ● The lawyers laughed in their sleeves at the, ignorance of the judge., 180. To win laurels—To win honours, ● Our athletes won laurels in the Olympic, games., 181. To lose the day—To be defeated, ● Our team lost the day., 182. To lick the dust—To accept defeat, ● Be sure, you will have to lick the dust in, the end., 183. Leap in the dark—Uncertainty about outcome, ● Marriage is a leap in the dark., 184. To lay hands on—To seize, ● How can the government lay hands on my, private property ?
Page 282 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 274 | L.W.C.E., 185. Lapped in luxury—Brought up in luxury, ● The princes are lapped in luxury., 186. To lead by the nose—To wield undue influence, ● She leads her husband by the nose., 187. To lie in wait—To keep waiting for the, victim, ● The robbers were lying in wait for the, belated travellers., 188. To turn over a new leaf—To start a new, way of life, ● He has turned a new leaf at sixty., 189. To throw light on—To explain, ● The President threw light on the terms of, agreement., 190. To wash dirty linen in public—To expose, private affairs in public, ● There is no wisdom in washing dirty linen, in public., 191. A man of letters—A learned man, ● Dr. Radhakrishnan was a man of letters., 192. A red letter day—A historic day, ● The 15th of August 1947 is a red letter, day in the history of India., 193. A white lie—Clear falsehood, ● He is telling a white lie., 194. To look down upon—To hate a person, ● The rich should not look down upon the, poor., 195. On one’s last legs—At the last stage of life, ● The patient is on his last legs., 196. To lead to the altar—To marry, ● I took the vow of life-long sincerity when, I led her to the altar., 197. Loaves and fishes—Material gains, ● Do not fall from your ideals for loaves, and fishes., 198. To pull one’s leg—To befool a person, ● Prevent them from pulling the leg of the, old man., 199. Lion’s share—The biggest share, ● The leader of the gang got the lion’s share, of the booty., , 200. To leave one in the lurch—To leave one in, difficulties, ● My faithful friend, Mohan, will never, leave me in the lurch., 201. Long and short—Brief substance, ● Let me know the long and short of his, speech., 202. To leave no stone unturned—To make all, possible efforts, ● I shall leave no stone unturned to help, you., 203. To let by-gones be by-gones—To forget old, things, ● Let us start anew and let by-gones be bygones., 204. Man of parts—Talented man, ● I can certify that he is a man of parts., 205. Mare’s nest—Illusory discovery, ● The report of the discovery of gold-mines, proved to be a mare’s nest., 206. Move heaven and earth—To make every, possible effort, ● He moved heaven and earth to find a job, but it was all in vain., 207. To make a clean breast of—To confess, ● The dacoits made a clean breast of their, crimes before Vinoba Bhave., 208. To make a mountain of a mole-hill—To, exaggerate small things, ● You are unnecessarily making a mountain of a mole-hill and quarrelling., 209. To make after—To pursue or chase, ● The police made after the thief and caught, him., 210. By fair or foul means—By any means, possible right or wrong, ● He is very tactful and will succeed by fair, or foul means., 211. To make up one’s mind—To determine, ● He has made up his mind to appear at the, examination this year., 212. To make much ado about nothing— T o, make much of little things, ● You will only complicate the matter if, you make much ado about nothing.
Page 283 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMS | 275, 213. To throw mud at—To scandalise, ● Why do you throw mud at your colleagues ?, 214. Upto the mark—Upto standard, ● Your answers are not upto the mark., 215. To make one’s mark—To achieve distinction, ● India made its mark at the SAARC Summit meet., 216. Milk of human kindness—Human compassion, ● The heart of Gandhiji overflowed with the, milk of human kindness., 217. To make amends—To compensate, ● You will have to make amends for causing so much harm to me., 218. To meet half-way—To be prepared for compromise, ● Gandhiji was always prepared to meet his, adversaries half-way., 219. To join the majority—To die, ● The poor beggar has joined the majority., , 227. No love lost—Having no love, ● There is no love lost between them., 228. Neither chick nor child—No child, ● The unfortunate old man has neither chick, nor child., 229. To strain every nerve—To make every, possible effort, ● He will surely strain every nerve to get his, work done., 230. To feather one’s own nest—To serve one’s, own purpose, ● Many a so-called social worker merely, feathers his own nest., 231. Open secret—Known to all, ● This is now an open secret., 232. Order of the day—Some popular thing of, the age, ● Armament race is the order of the day., 233. On the wrong side of—One’s age being, more than, ● He is on the wrong side of fifty., , 234. Out of sorts—Indisposed, 220. To make out—To understand, ● I am out of sorts today., ● I can hardly make out any meaning in, 235. Old head on young shoulders—One overyour speech., intelligent and experienced for one’s age, 221. Man in the street—Common man, ● My young son reads books of philosophy, ● The life of the man in the street is very, with interest; he has an old head on young, hard., shoulders., 222. To nip in the bud—To destroy in the very, 236. To oil someone’s hands—To bribe, beginning, ● Oiling the hands of officials is an offence., ● All his hopes have been nipped in the bud., 237. To pay one back in one’s own coin—Tit for, 223. Null and void—Rendered invalid, tat, ● The court has declared these laws null and, ● You have deceived Mohan and, therefore,, void., take care that you may have to pay back, 224. Nook and corner—At every place, in your own coin., ● The police searched for the thief in every 238. To put the saddle on the right horse—To, nook and corner., blame the really guilty person, 225. To set at naught—To ruin, ● By arresting Mohan the police have put, ● All my plans have been set at naught on, the saddle on the right horse., the death of my father., 239. To put one’s shoulder to the wheel—To do, 226. Narrow circumstances—Hard days, poverty, one’s work with one’s own efforts, ● He is living in narrow circumstances these, ● God helps those who put their shoulders, days., to the wheel.
Page 284 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 276 | L.W.C.E., 240. Pros and cons—Points for and against/good, or bad, ● Let us consider all the pros and cons of, the whole affair before we advance further., 241. To poke one’s nose into—To interfere with, the affairs of others, ● It is not wise to poke one’s nose into the, affairs of others., 242. To pour oil on troubled waters—To pacify, the anger of others, ● He poured oil on troubled waters by his, gentle and honest replies., 243. Pandora’s Box—A source of evil powers, ● Greed opens Pandora’s box., 244. To play one’s cards well—To play an intelligent role, ● A good statesman always plays his cards, well., 245. To poison one’s ears against—To set a, person against another, ● He has poisoned the ears of my employer, against me., 246. To set price on one’s head—To offer, reward for killing or helping in the arrest of a, criminal, ● The government have set a price of, 50,000/- on the head of the rebel leader., 247. Part and parcel—An essential part, ● A good laboratory is the part and parcel of, the equipment of a scientist., 248. To pester with—To be troubled with, ● We are pestered with mosquitoes here., , 253. Pin prick—Small troubles, ● You should not lose your patience at such, pin pricks., 254. To play a second fiddle—To take a subordinate position, ● It is strange that your Principal plays the, second fiddle to the Manager., 255. To play a double game—To act dubiously, ● Take care, he is playing a double game, with you., 256. To play fast and loose—To be unfaithful, ● You can never prosper if you play fast and, loose with your own men., 257. To play truant—To run away from the class, ● He is in the habit of playing truant from, the class., 258. To play one false—To deceive, ● You should not have played me false., 259. Past master—An expert, ● He is past master in acting on the stage., 260. To put a spoke in one’s wheel—To stand in, the way of one’s progress, ● My own brother is putting a spoke in my, wheel., 261. Pell mell—In confusion, ● People ran pell mell at the first tremor of, the earthquake., 262. To pull the wire—To exercise secret influence, ● America is pulling the wire behind, Pakistan’s activities., 263. Point blank—Clearly, ● He has refused point blank to help me., , 249. To take pains—To work hard, ● Nothing can be gained without taking 264. Petticoat-Government—The undue influpains., ence of women, 250. To put up with—To tolerate, ● There is petticoat government in most, ● I cannot put up with this insult., social organizations in France., 251. To pull to pieces—To criticise adversely, 265. To put to the sword—To kill, ● Nadirshah put even children to the sword., ● He has pulled my proposal to pieces., 266. Rank and file—Lower middle class people, 252. To put pen to paper—To begin writing, ● The learned speeches of the great orator, ● I put my pen to paper at the first stroke of, cannot be appreciated by the rank and file., the bell.
Page 285 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMS | 277, 267. To rain cats and dogs—To rain heavily, ● It is raining cats and dogs., 268. To rise to the occasion—To come to help at, the hour of need, ● My brother is there to rise to the occasion, to help me., 269. To run short—Not proving sufficient, shortage of something, ● I am running short of money these days., 270. A rolling stone—A man not sticking to his, job, ● He will not prosper because he is a rolling, stone., 271. Right-hand man—A very helpful person, ● My manager is my right-hand man., 272. To read between the lines—To discover, secret meaning, ● It is a simple statement; why do you read, between the lines ?, 273. A broken reed—An unreliable person, ● Every body knows that he is a broken, reed; don’t depend on him., 274. Without rhyme or reason—Without any, justification, ● He has been criticising me without rhyme, or reason., 275. To go to rack and ruin—To be completely, ruined, ● His business has gone to rack and ruin., 276. To rub shoulders with—To come in close, contact with, ● I have rubbed shoulders with great scholars., 277. To hold the scales even—To be impartial, ● A judge must hold the scales even., 278. To scratch one’s head—To be perplexed, ● When I saw the Mathematics paper, I just, scratched my head., 279. Storm in a tea-cup—Much hue and cry over, a little matter, ● You have unnecessarily raised storm in a, tea-cup over this little matter., 280. Stand in good-stead—To be of great service, ● Your upright character will always stand, in good stead., , 281. Slip of the pen—A small unintentional mistake in writing, ● Please excuse me for this slip of the pen., 282. Slip of the tongue—A slight mistake in, speaking, ● Do not give so much importance to his, slip of the tongue., 283. Square meal—Full meal, ● Many people can hardly arrange even a, square meal., 284. To save one’s skin—To escape safely, ● I have somehow saved my skin from the, scandal., 285. To roll up one’s sleeves—To be prepared, for contest, ● When Mohan gave him the challenge, he, rolled up his sleeves., 286. To give the cold shoulder—To discourage a, person, ● I went to him for help, but he gave me the, cold shoulder., 287. At a stone’s throw—At a little distance, ● My house is at a stone’s throw from here., 288. To stand on one’s own legs—To become, independent, ● Now you are old enough to stand on your, own legs., 289. Summer friends—Friends of prosperity, ● All my summer friends have deserted me, in my adverse days., 290. To screw up one’s courage—To gather, courage, ● Do not be so disheartened; screw up your, courage., 291. To see the light—To be born, ● His father died before he saw the light., 292. Seal of love—Kiss, ● The mother bade him farewell by, imprinting a seal of love on his forehead., 293. The sheet of anchor—The place of protection or shelter, ● Her employer proved to be the sheet of, anchor to her., 294. A thick-skinned person—Insensitive person, ● He is a very thick-skinned person.
Page 286 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 278 | L.W.C.E., 295. Through thick and thin—Through all difficulties, ● She faithfully stood with her husband, through thick and thin., 296. To take into one’s head—To think or to, believe, ● Somehow he has taken into his head that, he is the most intelligent boy., 297. A tool in the hands of—Under the authority, of another, ● Pakistan is merely a tool in the hands of, America., 298. To take the bull by the horns—To face, danger with courage, ● Be bold and take the bull by the horns., 299. To take time by the forelock—To do one’s, work in time, ● You will never fail if you take time by the, forelock., 300. True to one’s salt—To be faithful to one’s, blood or character, ● The Rajputs were always true to their salt., 301. To turn the tables—To change the situation, completely, ● In the last few minutes our captain turned, the tables in our favour., 302. Tooth and nail—Contending with all force, ● We shall oppose this move tooth and nail., 303. To turn a deaf ear—To pay no attention, ● My friend turned a deaf ear to my advice., 304. Tall talk—Boasting, ● He always indulges in tall talks., 305. To turn one’s coat—To change one’s party, ● He is an opportunist and has so often, turned his coat., 306. Under a cloud—Under suspicious condition, ● He is working under a cloud., 307. Under the rose—Secretly, ● He is making love with her under the rose., 308. Under one’s nose—In the presence of, ● He accepted bribe under the nose of his, senior officer., 309. Wild goose chase—Useless efforts, ● His efforts to marry the princess have, proved a wild goose chase., , 310. White elephant—A very expensive thing, ● A European wife is a white elephant for, an Indian., 311. Wolf in sheep’s clothing—A deceitful man, ● I don’t trust him; he is a wolf in sheep’s, clothing., 312. Wash one’s hands of—To be free from, ● I have washed my hands of her affairs., 313. Much cry and little wool—Disappointing, result, ● After five years of studies abroad, he got a, small post. It was much cry and little, wool., 314. To bring to book—To punish, ● The offender should be brought to book., 315. To show a clean pair of heels—To run away, ● The thief showed a clean pair of heels to, the police., 316. To add a new feather in one’s cap— T o, acquire a new honour or distinction, ● His election to the Parliament has added a, new feather in his cap., 317. To take a leaf out of another man’s book—, To imitate another person, ● He has no originality of thought; he is, only taking a leaf out of another man’s, book., 318. Maiden speech—First speech, ● His maiden speech was quite a success., 319. Nine days’ wonder—A short-lived glory, ● The glory of Hitler was a nine days’ wonder., 320. To sow wild oats—Indulgence in youthful, follies, ● It is the duty of the warden to see that his, students do not sow wild oats., 321. To pocket an insult—To bear insult, ● The nationalists had to pocket much insult during their fight for independence., 322. A red rag to a bull—Something that irritates, ● The fiery slogans against the police proved, to be a red rag to a bull., 323. Under the thumb of—Under the authority, of someone, ● The manager is under the thumb of the, proprietor.
Page 287 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMS | 279, 324. To get wind of—To know the secret, ● Somehow the police got the wind of the, conspiracy., 325. To go a wool gathering—To grow lunatic, ● His wits have gone a wool gathering., 326. Over head and ears—Very deeply, ● He is in debt over head and ears., 327. In the air—Spread as a rumour, ● This news is very much in the air., 328. Out of the wood—Out of difficulties, ● At last he came out of the wood., 329. A royal road—An easy and popular way, ● There is no royal road to success., 330. To think lightly—Not to be serious about a, thing, ● Please don’t think lightly of my scheme., 331. To fight shy of—To be hesitant, ● Face the problem boldly and don’t fight, shy of the situation., 332. In the melting pot—In a confused state, ● The whole affair is in the melting pot., 333. By and large—On the whole, ● He is by and large a gentleman., 334. Come across—Meet by chance, ● Please give him my message if you come, across him., , 335. To make up—To make up the loss, ● I shall make up your loss., 336. Run down—Reduced in health, ● He is very much run down these days., 337. A tower of strength—Chief support, ● Pt. Nehru was the tower of strength of the, Congress Party., 338. Hold the fort—To stand firm on one’s position, ● He held the fort against all odds., 339. To go back on—To withdraw, ● You should not go back on your word., 340. Behind the scene—Secretly, ● He is the governing power behind the, scene., 341. Once for all—Finally, ● My reply is final once for all., 342. On and on—To continue, ● He went on and on with his scheme., 343. Come true—To prove true, ● His warning has come true., 344. Put an end to—To finish, ● He has put an end to his foolish schemes.
Page 288 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 26, , Idiomatic Phrases, , Idiomatic Phrases, (Noun Phrases), 1. Cold war—(Intense ideological or tactical, struggle), ● There should be no cold war between, neighbouring countries., 2. Dutch courage—(Temporary, boldness, roused under the effect of liquor), ● His dutch courage will soon pass off., 3. Fair play—(Honest dealings), ● There is no fraud; it is a fair play., 4. A fancy price—(Very high price), ● His painting will fetch a fancy price., 5. A gala day—(A day of rejoicings), ● His birthday is a gala day for him., 6. The ins and outs—(Complete knowledge), ● Nobody can know the ins and outs of their, secret service., 7. Red tapism—(Official formalities), ● Many projects are long held up on, account of red tapism., 8. Sharp practice—(Cunning practice at law), ● No lawyer can get success by resorting to, sharp practice., 9. A wet blanket—(A discouraging person or, thing), ● Too much seriousness acts as a wet, blanket to cheerfulness., 10. Hand and glove—(Very intimate), ● I am hand and glove with my friend., 11. Forty winks—(A short nap in day–time), ● I have forty winks every day after lunch., 12. A free lance—(An independent journalist or, politician), , ● He writes articles for the newspapers as a, free lance., 13. Iron will—(A man of strong will), ● A good statesman should be a man of iron, will., 14. Fair sex—(Woman), ● This is the privilege of the fair sex., 15. A big gun—(An important person), ● He is a big gun., , Adjective Phrases, 16. With open arms—(Warm welcome), ● My friend received me with open arms., 17. Without reserve—(Freely), ● We accept your terms without reserve., 18. Beside himself—(Highly disturbed), ● His heavy loss in business has thrown him, beside himself., 19. On the alert—(Cautious), ● The border areas should always be kept, on the alert., 20. Out of date—(Out of use or fashion), ● Tight trousers have now become out of, date., 21. Up-to-date—(Latest; to the present day), ● He is up-to-date in his knowledge of political developments., 22. In high spirits—(Very happy), ● He is in high spirits today because of his, grand success., 23. Out of spirits—(Sad and dejected), ● He is out of spirits today because of his, failure in the examination., 24. Like wild fire—(Rapidly), ● The news of his murder spread like wild, fire.
Page 289 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMATIC PHRASES | 281, 25. Out of gear—(In bad condition), ● His business has gone out of gear these, days., 26. At sea—(Confused), ● I am at sea these days on account of all, these problems coming together., 27. To the letter—(Fully and exactly), ● I have carried out his orders to the letter., 28. In the dark—(Ignorant, out of knowledge), ● Don’t keep your father in the dark., 29. At the first flush—(At the first sight), ● You cannot appreciate this painting at the, first flush., 30. In the ascendant—(Rising state), ● His stars are in the ascendant these days., 31. In hand—(under control), ● Now the law and order situation is in, hand., 32. In the air—(Spread all around), ● The fear of an attack is in the air., 33. Out of the question—(Impossible), ● His success in business is out of the, question., 34. At a pinch—(In a hard situation), ● No friend of yours will come to your help, at a pinch., 35. Ill at ease—(Worried), ● He is ill at ease on account of his father’s, illness., 36. On his last legs—(At the last stage), ● His grandfather is on his last legs., 37. Head or tail—(Any meaning or Sense), ● We could make no head or tail of his long, speech., 38. With one voice—(Unanimously), ● His proposal was accepted with one voice., 39. For good—(For ever), ● He has left Delhi for good., 40. On the cards—(Going to occur very soon), ● Now the elections are on the cards., 41. All the rage—(Very popular), ● Pop music is all the rage these days., , 42. Under the wing—(Under someone’s protection), ● This port is under the wing of America., 43. In hot water—(In a difficult situation), ● The journalist has fallen in hot water due, to his wrong reporting of Parliamentary, proceedings., , Adverb Phrases, 44. By degrees—(Slowly), ● He is recovering from his heavy debts by, degrees., 45. At times—(Sometimes), ● At times he behaves like a fool., 46. Once for all—(Finally), ● You must take a decision once for all., 47. At random—(Without any system), ● He gave me some suggestions at random, which I could not accept., 48. Of late—(Recently), ● Of late he has not seen me., 49. At best—(At the most), ● At best I can introduce you to him., 50. Out and out—(Fully), ● He is out and out a gentleman., 51. Off and on—(Occasionally), ● Off and on he comes and stays with me., 52. Now and then—(Sometimes), ● Now and then he comes here., 53. Far and wide—(Over a large area), ● His fame has spread far and wide., 54. Before long—(Very soon), ● We are shifting to our new house before, long., 55. At a stretch—(Continuously), ● I can drive my car for six hours at a, stretch., 56. At the outset—(In the beginning), ● You must work very hard at the outset of, your career., 57. At large—(Run away), ● The convict is still at large.
Page 290 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 282 | L.W.C.E., 58. At length—(in full detail), ● You should discuss your plan with me at, length., 59. Of course—(Certainly), ● Of course he will never betray you., 60. Time and again—(Repeatedly), ● Please don’t come to me for help time and, again., 61. By and by—(By slow degrees), ● By and by he will adjust himself to the, climatic conditions of this country., 62. Few and far between—(Few and at long, distances), ● In the desert the villages are few and far, between., 63. First and foremost—(First and most important), ● Our first and foremost duty is to serve our, country., 64. For long—(For a long time), ● War cannot go for long., 65. Over and above—(In addition to), ● Over and above he is very hard-working., 66. To and fro—(Backwards and forwards), ● He was pacing in the room to and fro., 67. Through and through—(Completely), ● He is through and through a rogue., 68. By all means—(In all possible ways), ● I will certainly help you by all means., , Prepositional Phrases, 69. For the sake of—(In favour of), ● A patriot would die for the sake of his, country., 70. In response to—(In compliance to), ● The public contributed liberally in response to an appeal by the Prime Minister., 71. In regard to—(Relating to), ● The students met the Principal in regard to, many of their problems., 72. In addition to—(over and above), ● We get gratuity in addition to our pension., , 73. In accordance with—(In keeping with), ● I have enclosed all the documents in, accordance with the advertisement., 74. In proportion to—(According to), ● The workers are not paid in proportion to, their work., 75. For want of—(For shortage of), ● I could not start my business for want of, money., 76. In lieu of—(In place of), ● You can write an essay in lieu of translation., 77. At the instance of—(At someone’s suggestion), ● I applied for this post at the instance of, my father., 78. In spite of—(Even after something), ● He failed in spite of hard labour., 79. On account of—(Due to), ● I could not go to office on account of, heavy rains., 80. In view of—(Owing to), ● In view of some disturbances in the city,, the market was kept closed., 81. With a view to—(With the purpose of), ● He has moved to Bombay with a view to, setting up a factory there., 82. In the wake of—(Immediately after), ● The market has been closed in the wake of, some disturbances., 83. In a state of—(In a condition of), ● He is lying in a state of coma., 84. By virtue of—(Owing to), ● He secured first position by virtue of hard, labour., 85. In search of—(Looking for), ● He has come here in search of some job., 86. On the point of—(At the brink of), ● His factory is on the point of closure., 87. In order to—(With the purpose of), ● He has appealed to the court in order to, get some relief.
Page 291 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMATIC PHRASES | 283, 88. In the act of—(While engaged in), ● He was caught in the act of cutting the, road., 89. In the midst of—(Amidst), ● He works in the midst of great difficulties., 90. At the top of—(At the highest point), ● He shouted at the top of his voice., 91. In consideration of—(In view of), ● I pardon you in consideration of your long, service., 92. By the way—(Incidentally, by any chance), ● By the way, are you Ram Mohan Roy ?, , Verbal Phrases, 93. Account for—(Being the cause of), ● His cunningness accounts for his fall., 94. Bear out—(Support, to be a witness), ● You will bear me out that I wanted to help, her., 95. Bear with—(Tolerate), ● Please bear with me for some time more., 96. Break off—(Stop), ● He suddenly broke off in the middle of his, speech., 97. Break into—(Enter by force), ● The thieves broke into my shop last night., 98. Bring about—(Produce/cause), ● These measures will bring about prosperity in the country., 99. Bring in—(Earn), ● He brings in five thousand rupees a, month., 100. Bring out—(Reveal), ● The enquiry will bring out many startling, facts., 101. Bring up—(To rear up), ● He has a large family to bring up., 102. Call on—(To meet a person), ● I shall call on you tomorrow morning., 103. Call in—(Ask to come), ● Please call in my Secretary., 104. Carry out—(To act according to), ● I cannot carry out your orders., , 105. Cast down—(Disappointed), ● He feels much cast down owing to his, failure., 106. Cast away—(Throw away), ● He has cast away his old shoes., 107. Come across—(Meet by chance), ● I came across my former boss yesterday., 108. Come about—(Happen/Take place), ● The change came about suddenly., 109. Cry down—(To denounce), ● Many people are in the habit of crying, down their friends., 110. Call names—(Abuse), ● He is in the habit of calling names., 111. Deal in—(Engaged in business), ● He deals in silk., 112. Deal with—(Act with), ● How will you deal with the rogues ?, 113. Do away with—(Finish/End), ● He has done away with all bad habits., 114. Fall out—(Quarrel), ● These two brothers have fallen out., 115. Get out of—(To be free from), ● Try to get out of all your debts., 116. Get through—(To Pass), ● He will easily get through the examination., 117. Get up—(Rise), ● He gets up very early in the morning., 118. Give away—(Distribute), ● The Principal gave away the prizes., 119. Give up—(Leave out), ● I shall give up my claim., 120. Go through—(Check up), ● Please go through my essay., 121. Go in for—(In favour of/Purchase), ● I shall go in for a new car., 122. Hold up—(Stop/close down), ● The traffic has been held up by the agitators.
Page 292 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 284 | L.W.C.E., 123. Hold over—(Postpone), ● Let us hold over this matter for the next, meeting., 124. Knock down—(Thrown down/Run over), ● He was knocked down by a car., 125. Keep up—(Maintain), ● He is creditably keeping up his reputation., 126. Lay down—(Sacrifice), ● Many patriots would willingly lay down, their life for their country., 127. Lay by—(To save for future), ● One should always lay by something for, the rainy day., 128. Look after—(Take care of), ● A mother looks after her children with, selfless devotion., 129. Look forward to—(Hope/Eagerly wait for), ● We look forward to meeting you very, soon., 130. Look into—(Examine), ● We shall look into your case very carefully., 131. Make out—(To understand / Infer), ● I could not make out anything from his, letter., 132. Pass through—(Facing/Going through), ● India is passing through a difficult stage., 133. Pull up—(Scold), ● The teacher pulled up the naughty boy., 134. Put out—(Extinguish), ● Don’t put out the lamp, please., 135. Put off—(Postpone), ● The meeting has been put off for tomorrow., 136. Put up with—(Bear/Tolerate), ● It is very difficult to put up with a foolish, friend., 137. Run down—(To be weak), ● He is very much run down owing to his, long illness., 138. See through—(Discover the secret), ● I can see through all his designs., 139. See off—(Bid Farewell), ● We shall see him off at the airport., , 140. Set aside—(Turn down), ● The court has set aside the orders of the, Chairman., 141. Set up—(Establish), ● He has set up a cement factory., 142. Set off (out)—(Go on a journey), ● He set off for America last night., 143. Strike off—(Reject), ● The teacher can strike off your name., 144. Take after—(To look like/Resemble), ● The girl strikingly takes after her mother., 145. Tell upon—(To cast had effect), ● Smoking tells upon everyone’s health., 146. Turn up—(Arrive/Appear), ● He turned up at the last stroke of the bell., 147. Work out—(Calculate), ● We should first work out the total expenditure on this project., 148. Wear out—(Tired/Become old), ● The shoes of my young son wear out very, soon., 149. To see eye to eye—(To agree), ● I cannot see eye to eye with you on this, issue., 150. To give way—(To yield/To break down), ● The roof suddenly gave way under the, heavy rains., 151. To bring home—(To explain/Clarify), ● The central idea of the poem was brought, home to the students by the teacher., 152. To take to heart—(To feel deeply), ● She has taken her insult to heart., 153. To beggar description—(Beyond description), ● Cleopatra’s beauty beggard description., 154. To lose ground—(To be weak), ● Small political parties soon come to lose, ground., 155. To gain ground—(To become strong/Gaining strength), ● The Republic Party is slowly gaining, ground.
Page 293 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , IDIOMATIC PHRASES | 285, 156. To play false—(To cheat), ● There should be a separate fund for the, wear and tear of machinery., ● One should not play false with friends., 171., All, in all—(Most important), 157. To hold good—(To be applicable), ● My uncle is all in all in my family., ● This rule does not hold good any longer., 172., Black and white—(In writing), 158. To come to grief—(To suffer/To be sad), ●, Let us make an agreement in black and, ● If you don’t mend yourself, you will come, white., to grief., 173. Hard and fast—(Definite), 159. To make a mark—(To get recognition), ● There can be no hard and fast rule for, ● He has made a mark in the field of paingood conduct., ting., 174. Slow and steady—(Slow but regular), Idiomatic Phrases in Pairs, ● The slow and steady wins the race., 160. Fits and starts—(Irregularly), 175. Null and void—(out of force), ● He does his work by fits and starts., ● This provision has been declared null and, 161. Heart and soul—(Very sincerely), void by the court., 176., Head, and shoulders—(To a high degree/, ● I am devoted to my work heart and soul., much, above), 162. Intents and purposes—(In every sense / In, ● He is head and shoulders above his, reality), friends in intelligence., ● He is to all intents and purposes my real, 177. Bread and butter—(Daily food), boss., ● There is no provision even for bread and, 163. Kith and kin—(Close relations), butter in his family., ● I am really grateful to my kith and kin., 178. Fair and square—(Fair and honest), 164. Leaps and bounds—(Very rapidly), ● I believe in fair and square dealings., ● His business is developing by leaps and, 179. Rhyme and reason—(Some reason/ground), bounds., ● He is hostile to me without any rhyme or, 165. Odds and ends—(All kinds of trivial things), reason., ● He filled his bag with odds and ends and 180. Cats and dogs—(Heavy rain), ran away., ● It is raining cats and dogs., 166. Part and parcel—(Inseparable part), 181. Rank and file—(Common people), ● Kashmir is part and parcel of India., ● You can never win against the wishes of, 167. Rack and ruin—(Complete destruction), rank and file., ● His family has gone to rack and ruin 182. Root and branch—(Completely), owing to his rackless habits., ● Let us do away with this evil custom root, 168. Time and tide—(Time and opportunity), and branch., ● Don’t miss this chance, for time and tide 183. Long and short—(Substance), wait for nobody., ● Let me know the long and short of the, 169. Tooth and nail—(With full force), whole episode., ● Let us fight casteism tooth and nail., 184. Then and there—(Promptly), 170. Wear and tear—(Depreciation), ● He made the payment then and there.
Page 294 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 27, , Distinction between, Similar Expressions, , Distinction between Similar, Expressions, , 11. Shoot a man—(to kill a man by a gun–shot), Shoot at a man—(to fire a gun–shot towards, someone), Some Idiomatic Expressions look alike, but, they are actually not so. There is a great difference 12. To search somebody—(to take search of, someone), in their meanings. We give below a list of such, To search for somebody—(to be in search of, similar expressions that are in common use :, some person), 1. At no time—(never), 13. Believe a man—(to have faith in what one, In no time—(promptly), says), Believe in a man—(to have faith in the, 2. In an hour—(by the end of one hour), honesty of some person), Within an hour—(before the end of one, 14., Meet a man—(to meet someones in the norhour), mal course), 3. Work in hand—(the work in which one is, Meet with a man—(to meet someone by, engaged), chance), Work on hand—(the remaining part of the, 15. The Chairman and Director—(Only one, work), man who is both the Chairman and Director), 4. Go to sea—(to go to sea in search of a job), The Chairman and the Director—(Two, Go to the sea—(to go on a [sea] voyage), men–One Chairman, the other Director), 5. Go to school—(to go to school for study), 16. English—(English Language), Go to the school—(to go to a school for some, The English—(English People), work—not for study), 17. Who is he ?—(Who is that man ?, i.e. What is, 6. Go to market—(to go to market to purchase, his name ?), something), What is he ?—(What is he by profession), Go to the market—(to go to market for pleaWhich is he ?—(Which one is he amongst, sure or some other work), them ?), 7. Go to office—(to go to office to work there), 18., The eldest son—(the first born), Go to the office—(to go to office for some, The oldest son—(the eldest of the living, other work), sons), 8. Work hard—(to work industriously), 19., Well—(in good health), Work hardly—(to work very little), Well off—(financially sound), 9. Come late—(late in reaching), Come lately—(come only a little while ago), 20. Reach by Sunday—(reach upto Sunday), 10. Go direct—(go straight), Reach before Sunday—(reach before SunGo directly—(go just now), day comes)
Page 295 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DISTINCTION BETWEEN SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS | 287, 21. Live on grass—(live by eating grass), Live in grass—(live under grass), 22. Take heart—(to collect courage), Take to heart—(to feel in the depth of heart), 23. At a loss—(unable to decide what to do), In a loss—(to go in loss), 24. Look sick—(to appear ill), Look sickly—(to look weak as if sick), 25. Find easy—(easy to do), Find easily—(to discover easily), 26. Tell briefly—(to tell in brief), Tell shortly—(to tell soon), , 27. Come soon—(come early), Come quickly—(come by fast means), 28. In respect of—(in view of some quality), With respect to—(in reference to something), 29. To have business—(regarding some work), To have a business—(regarding some business matter), 30. Hand in hand—(together), Hand to hand—(face to face), 31. To call—(to summon somebody), To give a call—(to give a general call to, people for something)
Page 296 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 28, We give below a list of Popular Proverbs with, their meanings within brackets., , IMPORTANT PROVERBS, 1. A bad man is better than a bad name., ● (Ill–reputation is worse than ill–deeds.), 2. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush., ● (A small but sure gain is better than a, doubtful double gain.), 3. A burnt child dreads the fire., ● (A person who has had a shock once acts, very cautiously.), 4. A bad workman quarrels with his tools., ● (An inefficient man blames others for his, inefficiency.), 5. A drowning man will catch at a straw., ● (Even a small help is good enough in a, critical position.), 6. A figure among cyphers., ● (A man of little acquisitions is held high, in a company of fools.), 7. A guilty conscience needs no accuser., ● (A guilty soul accuses itself.), 8. A prophet is not honoured in his own country., ● (The talents of a man are not often recognized by his own people.), 9. A little knowledge is a dangerous thing., ● (Incomplete knowledge of anything may, cause harm.), 10. Penny wise and pound foolish., ● (It is foolish to save small things and, waste huge ones.), 11. Save life save all., ● (Life is more important than anything, else.), , Proverbs, 12. Might is right., ● (Physical force wins.), 13. Rome was not built in a day., ● (Great projects cannot be completed in a, hurry.), 14. Distance lends enchantment to the view., ● (Things appear more beautiful from a distance.), 15. An old dog learns no new tricks., ● (Old men cannot learn anything new.), 16. Where there is a will there is a way., ● (A man of strong will is bound to find a, way out.), 17. Strike while the iron is hot., ● (Don’t miss a favourable chance.), 18. If the sky falls we shall catch larks., ● (One should not put impossible conditions for acting.), 19. As you sow, so shall you reap., ● (One gets returns according to one’s, deeds.), 20. To kill two birds with one stone., ● (To gain two things by one act.), 21. Self-praise is no recommendation., ● (Self–praise has no value.), 22. While in Rome, do as the Romans do., ● (One should adjust oneself to local conditions.), 23. It is hard to live in Rome and fight with the, Pope., ● (One should not quarrel with one’s own, fellow–workers or with the boss.), 24. He who digs a pit for others falls into it himself., ● (One falls into one’s own trap laid for, others.)
Page 297 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PROVERBS | 289, 25. It is no use crying over spilt milk., ● (There is no gain weeping over a lost, opportunity.), 26. Many hands make the burden light., ● (Collective efforts make a task easy.), 27. All that glitters is not gold., ● (All things that are good in appearance, are not always really good.), 28. Coming events cast their shadows before., ● (Present conditions point to future, events.), 29. A good face needs no paint., ● (Good things/deeds cannot be concealed.), 30. Care kills the cat., ● (Worry and tension are highly injurious.), 31. At length the fox turns monk., ● (One trying to look innocent after a long, career of crimes.), 32. Cut your coat according to your cloth., ● (Limit your expenditure within your, income.), 33. Do good and forget., ● (Forget the favour you have done to, others.), 34. Everybody’s business is nobody’s business., ● (Collective responsibility is nobody’s responsibility.), 35. An empty mind is a devil’s workshop., ● (Evil thoughts dwell in a vacant mind.), 36. Everything looks pale to the jaundiced eye., ● (To see everything with a prejudiced, mind.), 37. Barking dogs seldom bite., ● (A boastful person rarely acts.), 38. A rolling stone gathers no mass., ● (An unsettled life gains nothing.), 39. “Errors like straws over the surface flow,, One who is in search of truth must dive, below.”, ● (Errors are easy to detect, while truth is, difficult to find.), 40. An empty vessel makes much noise., ● (A shallow man is usually very boastful.), , 41. Christmas comes once a year., ● (Every day is not a festival.), 42. Half a loaf is better than no bread., ● (A little gain is better than no gain.), 43. All covet, all lose., ● (Too much greed gains nothing.), 44. All’s well that ends well., ● (Final result is the most important thing.), 45. God’s mill grinds slow but sure., ● (Moral justice prevails in the end.), 46. From a bad paymaster get what you can., ● (Accept whatever is offered in a bad, bargain.), 47. Birds of the same feather flock together., ● (Men of like nature come together.), 48. Better a tooth out than always aching., ● (Do away with a painful thing, however, precious.), 49. Even walls have ears., ● (There are listeners all around.), 50. Death’s day is doom’s day., ● (Nothing remains after death.), 51. Diamond cuts diamond., ● (A conflict between two equal opponents.), 52. Every sable cloud has a silver lining., ● (There is a ray of hope amidst all despondency.), 53. Deep rivers move in silent majesty, shallow, brooks are noisy., ● (Shallow men are boastful ; men of depth, are sober.), 54. Haste makes waste., ● (Haste spoils a good thing.), 55. Act in haste, repent at leisure., ● (A hasty action leads to long repentance.), 56. Kindness is lost upon an ungrateful man., ● (An ungrateful man does not respond to, goodness.), 57. Pride goes before a fall., ● (A proud man always falls.), 58. Prevention is better than cure., ● (It is better to take preventive measures, than to seek remedy when the disease has, come.)
Page 298 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 290 | L.W.C.E., 59. Little grief is loud, great griefs are silent., ● (Shallow grief is vocal ; deeper grief is, silent.), 60. To have an old head on young shoulders., ● (One more precocious than one’s age.), 61. Those who live in glass houses should not, throw stones., ● (Those who have their own weakness, should not blame others.), 62. To swallow the whole ox and be choked with, the tail., ● (A great sinner pretending to be afraid of, small sins.), 63. He gives thrice who gives in a trice., ● (Immediate action is the best action.), 64. Money makes the mare go., ● (Money dictates all terms.), 65. Necessity knows no law., ● (All values break down in critical moments.), 66. The nearer the church the farther from God., ● (Just being near the church does not make, one holy.), 67. It takes two to make a quarrel., ● (One–sided action serves no purpose.), 68. There is no rose without a thorn., ● (Every good thing has some kind of drawback in it.), 69. Out of the frying pan into the fire., ● (Going from a smaller danger to a bigger, one.), 70. A lie has no legs., ● (Falsehood cannot stand long.), 71. Hunger is the best sauce., ● (A hungry man finds everything delicious.), 72. All your geese are swans., ● (One likes one’s own things better than, those of others.), 73. Charity begins at home., ● (Service must begin from home, and then, extended to others.), 74. See which way the wind blows., ● (Let us wait and watch what turn the, events take.), , 75. A nod to the wise and a rod to the foolish., ● (A little suggestion is enough for an intelligent person, but a fool takes no hint.), 76. A low-born man feels proud of his honours., ● (A man of low–breeding would go off his, head if he is placed in high position.), 77. Prosperity finds friends; adversity tries them., ● (Many friends come in days of prosperity,, but the sincerity of friendship is tested, only in days of adversity.), 78. An unhappy man’s cart is sure to tumble., ● (Problems multiply in days of adversity.), 79. Adversity is the touchstone of friendship., ● (Sincerity of friendship can be tested only, in days of adversity.), 80. Fortune favours the brave., ● (He who acts with courage gets success.), 81. The wearer knows where the shoe pinches., ● (Only the sufferer knows how painful is, the suffering.), 82. Give an inch and he will take an ell., ● (If you give one a little, he would demand, more.), 83. A good name is better than riches., ● (Reputation is more precious than riches/, wealth.), 84. Too many cooks spoil the broth., ● (Too many advisers harm the cause.), 85. Welcome or not, I am still your guest., ● (One cannot be a forced guest.), 86. You cannot sell the cow and have the milk, too., ● (One can not take double advantage.), 87. Heads I win, tails you lose., ● (A clever man would like to gain from, both sides.), 88. Time is a great healer., ● (All griefs heal up in course of time.), 89. It is no use casting pearls before swine., ● (An underserving man cannot appreciate, good things.), 90. A blind man is no judge of colours., ● (A fool cannot appreciate anything, however good it may be.)
Page 299 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PROVERBS | 291, 91. An open door will tempt a saint., ● (It is difficult to resist an easy temptation.), 92. Hope lasts with life., ● (Man lives by hope to the last moment.), 93. I talk of chaff; he hears of cheese., ● (A confused man has no understanding.), 94. Practice makes a man perfect., ● (Practice adds to the efficiency of man.), 95. First deserve, then desire., ● (An undeserving man should not expect, much.), 96. There are men and men., ● (All men are not equal.), 97. Handsome is that handsome does., ● (A man is good if his work is good.), 98. Blood is thicker than water., ● (Family bonds are very strong.), 99. Ill got ill spent., ● (Money earned by unfair means goes, waste.), 100. A wise foe is better than a foolish friend., ● (A foolish man is more dangerous even if, he is a friend.), , 101. An ass is an ass though laiden with gold., ● (A fool remains a fool, however you may, favour him.), 102. As the crow is, so the eggs shall be., ● (As the father, so the children.), 103. Close sits my shirt, but closer my skin., ● (One’s own men are always more helpful, than strangers.), 104. The cowl does not make a monk., ● (Outer appearance is no test of a man’s, real character.), 105. His bread is buttered on both sides., ● (He has all the advantages.), 106. Necessity is the mother of invention., ● (Necessity finds a way out.), 107. A friend in need is a friend indeed., ● (A sincere friend is one that comes to, help in times of need.), 108. Face is not the index of the heart., ● (Faces are deceptive.), 109. Excess of everything is bad., ● (Nothing should be carried to an excess.), 110. Time and tide wait for nobody., ● (Favourable times do not wait long.)
Page 300 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 29, , Expansion :, Paragraph-Writing, , There are many Maxims, Sayings, Proverbs,, and Quotations in the English language, which, appear to be very small but are really packed full, of meaning. They carry very deep meaning. Each, one of them can be expanded into a full essay or a, long paragraph. They are highly epigrammatic and, aphoristic. They can be explained and expanded to, the length of a paragraph. This type of exercise is, called Expansion or Paragraph writing. This, type of exercise gives a very useful training, towards the art of composition., We give below a few examples of Expansion, or Paragraph writing., , easy but their practical application in the conduct, of life is very difficult. Anybody can preach, but, very few can practise what they preach. A mere, theoretical preaching makes no real impact on the, people. This is why great saints and sages first, practised in their own life and conduct what they, sought to preach. Their life and conduct were, practical lessons in the highest values of life. Lord, Christ was a living example of human love and, compassion. Mahatma Gandhi was an apostle of, truth and non-violence. Thus one practical, example is better than a hundred theoretical precepts., , (1) Honesty Is The Best Policy, , (3) Virtue is its own Reward, , Honesty is indeed the best policy, provided, we understand and interpret the terms ‘policy’ and, ‘honesty’ correctly. Policy here does not mean a, certain kind of tact or strategy : it here means, conduct of life. Similary, honesty here does not, mean merely honest dealings in money matters or, business. Honesty is to be interpreted in its widest, sense, honesty in word, thought and action. Here, honesty is equivalent to truth in its widest and, fullest sense. Therefore, the proverb prescribes, truthful, noble and conscientious conduct of life in, all spheres, private and public. One must follow, the path of truth, virtue and nobility in all, situations of life. One should conduct oneself in, life in such a way that one may not fight shy in, facing God in the other world. A noble and, virtuous man is God’s best creation, God’s own, image., , Virtue is not a commercial commodity which, can be sold or purchased. Virtue is complete in, itself; it has no ulterior or external object to gain;, it is its own reward. The practitioner of virtue, feels a sense of gratification, a kind of happiness, and bliss which far transcends the pleasure that, one can derive from material possessions or, practical success in life. The practitioner of virtue, does not enjoy prosperity; he may even fail to, achieve much success in life, but for all that he, does not feel depressed or frustrated. He follows, the principle of selfless and detached ‘Karma’ as, preached by Lord Krishna in the Gita. He would, constantly keep in his mind the doctrine of, disinterested doing of duty : Do thy duty, reward, is not thy concern. Virtue is its own reward., , (2) Example is better than Precept, , Ordinarily a person is considered to be, handsome if he has physical beauty and grace. But, this is a very superficial and deceptive concept of, beauty. Physical beauty is a very short-lived and, transitory phenomenon. No physical thing can, , Even a devil can quote scriptures, but only an, angel can follow them. It is easy to preach but, difficult to practise. Theoretical preaching is very, , (4) Handsome is that Handsome Does
Page 301 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , EXPANSION : PARAGRAPH-WRITING | 293, ever last against the ravages of time. So says, Shakespeare :, Since brass, nor stone, nor earth, nor, boundless sea,, But sad mortality o’ersways their power,, How with this rage shall beauty hold its plea, Whose action is no stronger than a flower ?, Wherein lies, then, permanent human beauty?, It lies in one’s good and noble deeds. We live in, deeds, not in years. We can immortalize ourselves, by doing good deeds. Physical charm is momentary, but the fragrance of good deeds is permanent., We shall be admired, honoured and remembered if, we are morally handsome, and not if we are only, physically handsome. It is our good deeds that add, to our personality, that enhance our grace and, charm, that ennoble us and make us really handsome., , (5) Knowledge is Power, At the source and root of all power there is, knowledge. Even physical and military power is, lame without knowledge. It is knowledge that, rules the world. A man of knowledge possesses, immense power. Behind all modern armaments, and military manoeuvres there is scientific, knowledge. Nature is an inexhaustible source of, power. Nature reveals all her sources of power to, a man of knowledge. It is the scientist, the man of, knowledge, who can harness the mighty forces of, nature and press them to human service. Also, no, man can be a good statesman without knowledge., A good statesman should have full knowledge not, only of his own country but also of the whole, world, of all international problems and developments. And, finally, the highest form of knowledge is the knowledge of the self. Know thyself :, this is the key of all spiritual and mystical, experiences. He who has known himself has, known the universe. Who can, then, be more, powerful than a man of knowledge ? Indeed,, knowledge is power., , (6) The Pen is Mightier than the Sword, The ‘pen’ in this proverbial sentence symbolises intellectual power and the ‘sword’ stands, for physical power. The proposition, then, is, which is superior and stronger between intellectual power and physical power ? Obviously,, intellectual power is far more potent and lasting, than physical power. The conquests and gains of, , the sword or the military force are short-lived,, while those of the pen or the intellect are, permanent and universal. The empires conquered, by Alexander, Caesar, Genghiskhan, Tamerlane,, Napoleon have all crumbled into dust and wiped, off, but the intellectual and ideological empires, built by great thinkers and writers like Manu,, Plato, Socrates, Shakespeare, Tulsi, Goethe, Karl, Marx, Gandhi are permanent possessions and, rocks of shelter and succour to all mankind. The, great truths of life that poets, thinkers, philosophers and mystics reveal to mankind inspire,, animate, elevate and sustain mankind for all time, to come, while the conquests of the sword hardly, outlive the conqueror’s short lifespan. The pen is,, therefore, certainly mightier than the sword., , (7) The World is too much with us, Wordsworth rightly says that “the world is, too much with us” and “getting and spending we, lay waste our lives.” Indeed, man has become too, materialistic. He is so much engrossed in the, materialistic pursuits that he has completely, forgotten the higher moral, spiritual and emotional, values. He has become deaf to the “still small, voice of conscience.” He deceives, cheats, betrays,, and falls to any low level for the sake of material, gains. He has lost all peace of mind and remains, in constant strain and stress. He has become, morally bankrupt and spiritually degenerated., There is no joy in his life, no contentment in his, heart. If man wants to save himself, he must draw, a balance between his material gains and moral, values., , (8) Where ignorance is bliss, it is folly, to be wise, The forbidden fruit of knowledge sometimes, becomes the cause of great distress and anguish., There are many situations in which lack of, knowledge or ignorance is a great blessing. It, would be a great folly to probe deep and acquire, knowledge into such situations. There are many, things and many situations which are beyond the, control of man. Any attempt to acquire knowledge, about such things and situations would only bring, sorrow. The future is unknown to us. It is, shrouded in a thick veil of mystery. But if we, could know the future, this knowledge would only, add to our misery. Children are so happy because, they have blessed ignorance : they don’t run after, knowledge. Solomon says, “He that increaseth
Page 302 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 294 | L.W.C.E., knowledge increaseth sorrow.” Surely then, where, ignorance is bliss, it is folly to be wise., , (9) Peace hath her victories no less, renowned than war, Ordinarily heroes of war are universally, praised and honoured. War is recognized as the, greatest heroic exploit and victory in war as a, mark of national honour and triumph. But truly, speaking, it is not always so, at least not in, modern warfare. Wars involve incalculable human, suffering and destruction. And even then, the, achievements of war are very short lived. One war, leads to another war. We fight war to prepare for, another war. This vicious series goes on. The only, antidote for war is peace. The achievements of, peace are far more lasting and renowned than, those of war. Art, culture, philosophy, literature,, trade, commerce and such other beneficial things, flourish only during peace time. The promoters of, peace such as Christ, Buddha, Mahavira, Ashok,, Gandhi are the real benefactors and saviours of, mankind. They are far more renowned than the, heroes of war., , (10) A thing of beauty is a joy for ever, An object of beauty is a source of perennial, joy. It may be any object of beauty from a tiny, flower to the music of spheres, but it gives joy to, every human heart. The pretty face of a maiden,, the sweet smile of a child, the prismatic colours of, the rainbow, the blossoms of spring, the songs of, birds, the murmuring music of rivers and the, sportive glee of the fountain have the power to, charm every human heart. Equally powerful is the, appeal of a work of art, be it a painting, a work of, sculpture or architecture, a song, a dance performance, or a musical concert. Great works of, literature—the plays of Shakespeare or Kalidas,, the epics of Homer, Milton or Tulsi, the poetry of, Spenser, Keats or Tagore, the stories and novels of, Maupassant, Dickens or Prem Chand are perennial, sources of aesthetic pleasure. Therefore Keats, rightly says :, “A thing of beauty is a joy for ever :, Its loveliness increases; it will never pass into, nothingness.”, , (11) Sweet are the uses of adversity, Normally adversity is a dreaded thing. Nobody wants to fall in the grip of adversity., Everybody wants to live in joy, peace, plenty and, prosperity. But a closer analysis would reveal that, adversity has its own advantages. In the first, place, it is a test of man’s courage, patience,, endurance and valour. It is a test of his faith,, confidence and will-power. It is equally a test of, the loyalty and sincerity of friends, colleagues,, and members of the family. It is rightly said :, prosperity finds friends, adversity tries them. One, can truly understand and evaluate himself as well, as others only in periods of adversity. He who can, pass through adversity with a cool and balanced, mind will ultimately be successful in the world., He who has not known adversity has not known, the world., , (12) Man is the architect of his own, destiny, It is often believed that man is a toy in the, hands of destiny. Our destiny is marked out for us, at the time of our birth. Man has no role to play in, the determination of his fate or destiny. This is a, very fatalistic and pessimistic approach to life. It, persuades man to be passive and inactive and, leave everything in the hands of the powers above., This approach is very wrong. The truth is that man, is himself the architect of his own destiny. He is, the maker of his own fate. It is man’s own efforts,, his own deeds that determine the course of his life., A bold man, a man of faith, a man of determination, a man of hope and vision would never accept, this philosophy of life. He would certainly mark, out and determine his own destiny. Napoleon used, to say that he carved out his destiny with his, sword., , (13) Coming events cast their shadows, before, Future is always shrouded in a thick veil of, mystery. Man cannot know what is going to, happen in future. Yet if we closely understand and, analyse the present, we can form some ideas as to, what the future is going to be. There is a logical, link between the present and the future. There is, always a kind of background for all future events., We can judge the character and personality of a, man by analysing his childhood. Clouds begin, togather in the sky before it rains. Situations of
Page 303 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , EXPANSION : PARAGRAPH-WRITING | 295, distrust, tension and animosity begin to develop, before a war breaks out. We can anticipate a, man’s future success or failure by assessing his, present. This is so because coming events cast, their shadows before., , (14) Every sable cloud has a silver, lining, Every situation of life has a blending of good, and evil. There is nothing absolutely bad as there, is nothing absolutely good. Even the worst and, darkest situation of life has some element of, goodness in it. Our sorrows and sufferings purify, our soul. Adversity makes us bold, couragious and, adventurous. Our failures pave the way for our, success. Fever purges our entire physical system., And death holds out a promise for a new life., There is indeed a silver lining behind every sable, cloud. What we need to have is a deep insight and, clear vision to see everything rightly. We should, not be disheartened when adverse situations come., We should go by faith, by hope, by vision, and, then we shall find a silver lining behind every, sable cloud., , (15) It is never too late to mend, Human life is a tale of errors and follies., Nobody is infallible. We all commit errors and, mistakes out of ignorance or inexperience. Man, learns by experience, and in the process of, acquiring experience man often stumbles and falls, down. An intelligent and aspiring man would, learn from his mistakes and failings. Every, mistake is a lesson, a living sermon. All errors and, mistakes should be corrected. No mistake should, be repeated a second time. It is never too late to, mend. This is the surest way of getting success, and happiness in life. If we just keep on brooding, over our mistakes without trying to mend them,, we shall make our life miserable. No stage is too, late to rectify one’s mistakes and come to the right, path., , (16) Fame is the last infirmity of the, noble mind, Milton says in his famous elegy Lycidas :, “Fame is the spur that the clear spirit doth, raise,, That last infirmity of the noble mind.”, A noble man does his duty and serves mankind without any expectation of reward or gain., , He works in a detached spirit without any near or, distant aim in view. He overcomes all temptations,, desires and weaknesses that flesh is heir to. But, there is one thing that the greatest and noblest of, men have not been able to overcome, and that is, the desire to fame. Even the greatest and noblest, of men have this weakness. They desire to be, recognized for their services and be remembered, for long. History bears testimony to the fact that, even the greatest martyrs desired to have fame in, their life-time and after. It is only the supermen, like Christ, Buddha, Mahavira, Gandhi who can, overcome this temptation., , (17) Discretion is the better part of, valour, Courage and bravery are admirable qualities., One who dares nothing, gains nothing. A coward, can do nothing; he can achieve nothing. But, courage and bravery should be exercised with, discretion and wisdom. Thoughtless and indiscreet, display of bravery may do more harm than good., There are certain situations in which patience and, forbearance would do better than valour., Sometimes it may be advisable to keep away from, the path of danger or challenge. If a huge flood, wave comes rising against you, or if you find, yourself in the midst of flames, or if you are, confronted unarmed with a wounded tiger, or if, you are ambushed by a gang of communal, fanatics, your discretion should prompt you to run, away from the spot and save yourself. Discretion, should be the watchword of the brave. We should, remember Milton’s words : “Fools rush in where, angels fear to tread.”, , (18) The child is father of the man, The personality and character of a man is not, a freak of nature. There is always a regular pattern, and consistent growth in the formation of man’s, character. The seed of one’s character and, personality is laid in one’s infancy. There is then a, consistent growth from infancy to childhood, from, childhood to youth, and from youth to age. As the, child is today, the man would be tomorrow. What, a man is going to be can be well guessed from his, childhood. The child is the man himself on a, miniature scale, having all the potentialities of, future growth. History bears testimony to the fact, that all great men showed signs of their greatness, in their formative years in childhood. The growth, and evolution of their personality could well be
Page 304 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 296 | L.W.C.E., discerned from the very beginning of their lives., Therefore utmost attention should be paid to a, child in his formative years. It is this great truth, that Wordsworth enshrines in the famous line :, “The child is father of the man.”, , (19) If Winter comes, can Spring, be far behind ?, There is always a regular cyclic order in, nature. Sunrise and sunset, day and night, winter, and summer, autumn and spring, growth and, decay regularly follow each other. So is there a, regular cyclic order in human life and fortunes., Joy and sorrow, rise and fall, success and failure,, fortune and misfortune, birth and death successively follow each other. There cannot be a permanent winter, as there cannot be a permanent, spring; so in life there cannot be a permanent, period of misfortunes as there cannot be a permanent period of fortune. So man should have faith, in the moral order of God. No period of depression and misfortune, of failure and frustration, of, sorrow and suffering can ever be a permanent, phase of life. This embodies a philosophy of, sterling faith, hope and optimism. This is the, message of Shelley, the revolutionary idealist, in, this famous line quoted from his “Ode to the West, Wind.”, , (20) Politics is the last refuge of the, scoundrel, The word “politics” has today become, synonymous with “treachery” or “opportunism”. It, has degenerated into a foul profession. It has been, grossly commercialized. Everything is fair in, politics. Changing the party, crossing the floor,, changing the colour of the cap, politicizing the, national problems and calamities, raising the, governments today and pulling them down, tomorrow have become commonplace things in, political life today. The result is that honest and, noble people try to keep away from politics. The, scoundrels often use politics as an umbrella to, protect themselves from the arm of law. But it, would be equally wrong to suggest that all, politicians are scoundrels. There are many who, are honest, noble, selfless, honourable and really, dedicated to the service of the motherland. But a, big majority of them are really bad and they have, brought infamy to the whole class., , (21) To travel hopefully is better, than to arrive, Man lives by hope. Hope is the sustaining, force. Human life is a long journey from hope to, hope. When one hope breaks, the next hope, allures man and prompts him to keep on the, journey. Thus from hope to hope man travels until, the end of the journey comes in death. Further, life, is a prolonged struggle, a persistent endeavour to, achieve some ideal, some cherished goal. The, efforts made towards achieving this goal are more, pleasure-giving than the goal itself. As soon as the, goal is achieved, its charm vanishes. The journey, towards the moon was more thrilling than the, landing on the moon. As soon as man put his foot, on the surface of the moon, he found it a barren, land of rocks and dust. Immediately the charm, was broken. Surely, then, to travel hopefully is, better than to arrive., , (22) The old order changeth yielding, place to the new, Change is the law of nature. Everything dead, or alive, animate or inanimate is changing, continuously. Even the stars, the planets, the earth,, the oceans and mountains and the uncontrollable, forces of nature are constantly changing. In the, living world of men, animals and plants things, change even more fast and perceptibly. The old, order must change and give place to the new. This, is the process of evolution and progress. Old, cultures and civilizations, old customs and manners, old systems and institutions, old thoughts, and beliefs have changed and gone and given, place to the new ones. Ancient kingdoms and, empires have gone. Ancient palaces and monuments, forts and castles, temples and churches, have all gone. The old generation is gradually, dying out and new generation is coming up. The, new generation must replace the old one. This is, the natural process of change, evolution and, progress., , (23) More things are wrought by, prayer than the world dreams of, When all human efforts fail, man takes to, prayer. And very often prayers bring miraculous, results. But the condition is that the prayer should
Page 305 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , EXPANSION : PARAGRAPH-WRITING | 297, be sincere and genuine. It must come from the, depth of the heart, not merely from the lips., Sincere prayer has a spiritual force in it. What, comes from the soul of man goes to the Divine, spirit. In such a situation things happen so, miraculously that human reasoning fails to explain, or analyse them. Many such events are recorded in, history. It is a well known historical fact that the, Mughal Emperor Babur saved the life of his, young prince Jahangir from imminent death by, prayer. These are great mysteries beyond the, understanding of man. Therefore it is rightly said, that more things are wrought by prayer than the, world dreams of., , (24) There’s a divinity that shapes, our ends, Man was created in the image of God. God, endowed man with great talents and faculties—, physical, intellectual, moral and spiritual. He gave, man full freedom to choose whatever course of, life he thought fit for himself, to do whatever he, liked, to accept or reject whatever his conscience, chose. But God kept to himself, in his own hands,, the ultimate end. The final destiny of man rests, with God. Man can work; he can make persistent, efforts; he can endeavour to the end, but the final, outcome of all his efforts would depend upon the, will of God. God is the Supreme Power without, whose will and sanction nothing can happen., Man’s success or failure, his rise or fall, his, happiness or unhappiness, his triumph or defeat, depend upon God’s will. Surely, it is divinity that, shapes our ends., , Exercise, Expand into a paragraph the central idea, contained in the following statements :, 1. All the world’s a stage., 2. East is east, west is west., 3. All that glitters is not gold., 4. Rome was not built in a day., 5. A little knowledge is a dangerous thing., 6. Well begun is half done., 7. Brevity is the soul of wit., 8. To err is human, to forgive divine., 9. Birds of a feather flock together., 10. Art lies in concealing art., 11. Prosperity finds friends, adversity tries, them., 12. A rolling stone gathers no moss., 13. Neither a borrower nor a lender be., 14. Fools rush in where angels fear to tread., 15. The proper study of mankind is man., 16. Lives of great men all remind us, we can, make our lives sublime., 17. Poets are the unacknowledged legislators of, the world., 18. Heard melodies are sweet, but those unheard, are sweeter., 19. Our sweetest songs are those that tell of, saddest thought., 20. Money is a good servant but a bad master., 21. Fortune favours the brave., 22. United we stand, divided we fall., 23. They never die who fall in a noble cause., 24. What can war but endless wars still breed., 25. Where there is sorrow, there is holy ground.
Page 306 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 30, Writing of correct spellings is the most, difficult part of learning the English Language. A, very great difficulty specially arises when a Prefix, or a Suffix is to be added to a word. Another, equally great difficulty arises in the correct use of, i.e. or ei; an or on ; ea or ia. Many more problems, of the same nature also arise. There are some, rules governing their correct use, though there are, many exceptions to them. We give below the, Rules of using correct Prefixes and Suffixes with, illutrations :, Rule 1—Words of one syllable ending in single, vowel + single consonant, If a Suffix beginning with a Vowel is to, be added to a word of one syllable, ending in a s i n g l e V o w e l + single, consonant, the last consonant of the, base word is doubled. As—, Sit — sitting, Beg — begging / begged, Run — running, Beg — beggar, Rob — robbed / robbing, Pat — patted / patting, Plot — plotted / plotting, Knit — knitted, Rule 2—If a Suffix is to be added to a word of, more than one syllable ending in a single, Vowel + single consonant, the last, consonant of the base word is doubled,, provided that the last consonant is, stressed. As—, Submit — submitting / submitted, Occur — occurring / occurred, Permit — permitted, Begin — beginning, Debar — debarred, , Spellings, Rule 3—If a Suffix is to be added to words ending in single consonant l, the consonant l, is doubled. As—, Control — controlled / controller, Travel — travelled / traveller, Signal — signalled, Distil — distilled, distiller, Quarrel — quarrelled, Rule 4—If a Suffix beginning with a Vowel is to, be added to words ending in silent e, the, e is dropped. As—, Hope — hoping, Move — moving, Live — living, Drive — driving, Like — liking, Rule 5—But if a Suffix beginning with a consonant is to be added to words ending in, silent e, the e is not dropped. As—, Hope — hopeful, Engage — engagement, Procure — procurement, Hate, — hateful, Retire — retirement, Rule 6—If a Suffix beginning with a, o, u is to be, added to words ending in ce or ge, the, silent e at the end of the base word is not, dropped. This is done for the sake of, retaining the original pronunciation of ce, (as s, not k) and ge (as j, not g). As—, Notice — noticeable, Replace — replaceable, Courage — courageous, Change — changeable
Page 307 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , SPELLINGS | 299, Rule 7—If a Suffix is to be added to words, ending in y preceded by a consonant, y is, changed into i. But if the suffix ing is to, be added, y is not changed into i. As—, Happy — happily, Beauty — beautiful, Mercy — merciful, Duty — dutiful, But :, Marry — marrying, Carry — carrying, Try, — trying, Ply, — plying, Note—, (1) If there is a Vowel before the last y in the, base word, the y is not changed. As—, Pray — prayed, Play — played, (2) The following are the exceptions to this, rule :, Beauteous, piteous, bounteous, plenteous,, shyly, shyness, dryness, slyly, slyness., Rule 8—If the Suffix full is to be added to the, words ending in ll, one l both from the, base word and the suffix is dropped., As—, Skill + full = skilful, Will + full = wilful, Notice—Full + fill = fulfil is also correct., Rule 9—In case of doubt whether ei or ie will be, correct in the spellings of a word,, remember that after c is used ei, and after, other letters is used ie. As—, Conceive, receive, perceive, deceive., Thief, belief, relief., , Note—But these are correct—Efficient, ancient,, sufficient., Neither, either, their, height., Note—Remember that the Rule regarding the use, of ei or ie is applicable only in the words, pronounced as bee (with e stressed), and, not other words as listed under the Note, above., , Exercise, (a) Add ei or ie to the following—, Conc . . t ; hyg . . ne ; glac . . r ; ach . . ve, ; ch . . f ; rel . . f ; perc . . ve ; gr . . ve ;, rec . . pt ; retr . . ve ; pr . . st ; s . . ze ;, bel . . f ; dec . . ve ; conc . . t ; n . . gh ;, y . . ld ; br . . f ; n . . ce ; forf . . t ; l . ., ge ; surf . . t ; f . . gn., (b) Add full to the following—, Duty, beauty, skill, change, bounty, plenty,, awe, care, grace., (c) Add ed or ing to the following—, Commit, put, get, sit, pin, sin, hit, give,, live, move, prove, remove, run, spin, pit,, dig, split, can, ride, fly, try, cry, deny, spy., Ans :, (a) Conceit; hygiene; glacier; achieve; chief;, relief; perceive; grieve; receipt; retrieve;, priest; seize; belief; deceive; conceit;, neigh; yield; brief; niece; forfeit; liege;, surfeit; feign., (b) Dutiful; beautiful; skilful; changeful;, bountiful; plentiful; awful;, careful;, graceful., (c) Committed; putting; getting; sitting; pinned; sinned; hitting; giving; living; moving; proving; removing; running; spinning; pitted; digging; splitting; canned;, riding; flying; trying; crying; denying;, spying.
Page 308 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 31, , Punctuation and Capitals, , Punctuation Marks have a great importance in, every language. Punctuation mark make the meaning and sense of the writer clear and precise., Wrong punctuation marks can distort the meaning, and cause confusion in the mind of the reader., Sometimes they can completely change the entire, meaning. Therefore we give below all the important punctuation marks and explain how and, where they are to be used., The following are the important punctuation, marks used in the English Language—, (1) Full Stop ( . ), (2) Comma ( , ), (3) Colon ( : ), (4) Semicolon ( ; ), (5) Mark of Interrogation ( ? ), (6) Mark of Exclamation ( ! ), (7) Dash ( — ), (8) Parentheses brackets ( ), (9) Inverted commas or Quotation Marks “ ”, (10) Hyphen ( - ), (11) Apostrophe ( ’ ), , (1) Full Stop ( . ), Rule 1—It is used at the end of every complete, Assertive or Imperative sentence. It is, not used at the end of Interrogative or, Exclamatory sentences. (After these, sentences Interrogative or Exclamatory, marks are used.), Rule 2—A Full Stop is also used after every letter, of an Abbreviation. As—, M.L.A. ; M.P. ; D.S.O. ; S.T. Kukreja, Full stops are also used in such shortened, expressions as—etc., e.g., i.e., Ibid., op., cit., , Note—, (a) Full Stop marks may not be used after, every letter in very popular abbreviations. As—, UNESCO, UNO, WHO, (b) Full Stop marks are not used after Mr &, Mrs also., (c) 1st, 2nd, 3 rd, 4th, etc. also don’t take, Full Stop marks after them., , (2) Comma ( , ), It is the smallest pause, and is used in the, following conditions—, Rule 1—To separate a series of words of the same, part of speech from each other. But the, number of such words in the same series, should not be less than three. Before the, last word in the series conjunction ‘and’, is added, and before the ‘and’ a comma, may or may not be used. As—, (i) I have seen Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, and Bangalore., (a comma can also be used before ‘and’), (ii) There are in this zoo all kinds of birds,, animals, reptiles, and monkeys., (The comma before and can be removed, also.), Rule 2—To separate pairs of words used in the, same series. As—, (i) They sell here books and magazines,, note-books and diaries, greeting cards, and picture-books., (ii) High and low, rich and poor, proud and, humble, all assemble here., Rule 3—To separate two or more than two, Adverb or Adjective phrases coming, after each other. As—
Page 309 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PUNCTUATION AND CAPITALS | 301, (i) Then, after waiting for more than an, hour, we saw him coming out., (ii) Thereupon, at last, he broke down., Rule 4—To separate small co-ordinate clauses in, a compound sentence. As—, (i) He came, he saw, he conquered., (ii) The weather was pleasant, the wind was, calm, the hills all round were green., (iii) Storms may blow and clouds may burst,, but I must go., (No Comma is used when two co–ordinate clauses are connected with a co–, ordinate conjunction), Rule 5—To mark a Nominative of Address or, Vocative Subject. As—, (i) Ram, what are you doing ?, (ii) Milton, thou should’st be living at this, hour !, (iii) What will you do now, my friend ?, Rule 6—To separate a Nominative Absolute., As—, (i) This done, we shall proceed further., (ii) The weather being pleasant, we proposed, to go on a picnic., (iii) Having reached there, he addressed a, public meeting., Rule 7—To separate a Noun and its Phrase in, Apposition. A comma is placed on both, the sides of such Nouns or Phrases. As—, (i) Nelson, the great wrestler, has won., (ii) Milton, the great poet, was blind., (iii) Mahatma Gandhi, the Father of the, Nation, is worshipped as an apostle., Rule 8—On both the sides of a phrase that can be, developed into a sentence, and which is, not merely a qualifying phrase. As—, (i) Gandhi, having acquired the degree of, Bar-at-Law, returned to India., (ii) Our team, having won the series, returned last month., Rule 9—On both the sides of some typical words,, phrases or clauses used within a sentence., As—, (i) He, however, did not return before sunset., (ii) He is, after all, your brother and you, must help him., , (iii) Let us not, I pray you, part like this., (iv) Your behaviour, in my opinion, is not, courteous., Rule 10—In place of a word left out in a sentence,, specially a verb (left out as understood)., As—, (i) He received a medal; I, a prize., (ii) You went to Calcutta; he, to Bombay., (iii) He secured first division; you, second., Rule 11—To separate an Adverbial clause from, the Principal clause. But if the Adverbial, clause comes after the Principal clause,, no comma is used. As—, (i) If you go to office, please submit my, application., (ii) When I was at Kanpur, I met your father., (iii) Inform me when you come back., Rule 12—A comma is placed between the name, of a person and his Degrees or Titles. If, there are several Degrees, a comma is, placed after each Degree. As—, B.K. Acharya, M.A., Ph.D., D. Litt., Mrs. Sarojini Naidu, Governor of Uttar, Pradesh., Rule 13—A comma is also used between a long, Subject and its Verb. As—, (i) All that he said before he set sail, was, long remembered by all., (ii) Whatever he spoke from the pulpit on the, Christmas day, turned out to be true., Rule 14—To separate a Noun Clause from the, Verb of the principal clause, if the Noun, clause comes immediately before the, Principal Verb. As—, (i) Whatever is, is right., (ii) Whoever comes, is welcome., (iii) That he is a rogue, no one could believe., Rule 15—To separate a Direct quotation from, the rest of the sentence. As—, (i) He said, “I am a sailor.”, (ii) “What will you do”, he asked, “if I withdraw my help ?”, (iii) “Go home”, said my father, “and help, your brother.”
Page 310 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 302 | L.W.C.E., , (3) Colon ( : or :— ), After Full Stop the next complete pause is, expressed by colon. The colon is written as (: ) or, (:–). It is used in the following cases :, Rule 1—Before writing a Quotation. As—, Bacon says : “Reading maketh a full, man, writing an exact man, speaking a, ready man.”, Rule 2—Before drawing a list of some articles or, giving examples. As—, (i) The principal cities of India are : Delhi,, Bombay, Madras, Calcutta, Bangalore,, etc., (ii) Pencils, pens, rubbers, paper, ink : these, are the articles sold here., Rule 3—Before gramatically independent but, closely connected sentences. As—, He can never deceive anyone : he is an, absolutely honest man., , (4) Semicolon ( ; ), Semicolon is used in the following cases—, Rule 1—Between the clauses of a compound sentence when these clauses can be converted into complete independent sentences., (i) He is the strongest candidate; even his, rivals admit this fact., (ii) This is the best book available here; all, good students read this book., Rule 2—To separate Co–ordinate clauses in a, compound sentence when they are connected by a conjunction, and when, commas have also been used in them., As—, (i) He was a brave, respectable person; and, he was loved and admired by all., (ii) The event was thrilling, exciting and, momentous; and everyone watched it, with bated breath., Rule 3—A Semicolon is also used between the, co–ordinate clauses of a compound, sentence, which are not joined by any, conjunction and which have their separate subjects. As—, (i) The train halted; the passengers rushed, forward; the vendors and hawkers had, their good sale., , (ii) The bell rang; the students assembled for, prayer; the Principal addressed them; the, day’s work was resumed., , (5) Mark of Interrogation ( ? ), Mark of Interrogation is used at the end of an, Interrogative sentence in the Direct Interrogative, form. As—, (i) Are you going home ?, (ii) Do you know him ?, (iii) Why do you want to meet him ?, But in Indirect Narration the Interrogative, sentence is converted into an Assertive sentence,, and therefore a Full Stop is used in place of Mark, of Interrogation., (i) He asked me whether I was going home., (ii) He asked me why I wanted to meet him., , (6) Mark of Exclamation ( ! ), Mark of Exclamation is used at the end of an, Exclamatory sentence, or after an Interjection or, any word or phrase suggestive of some sudden, feeling., (i) Alas ! he is ruined., (ii) What a terrible sight it was !, (iii) May you live long !, , (7) Dash ( — ), Dash is used in the following cases—, Rule 1—In case of sudden stoppage or change of, thought or feeling—, If I were born in those exciting times—, but what is the use of such broodings ?, Rule 2—To collect scattered or stray thoughts—, Houses, cottages, farm-houses, cattlesheds, grain-stocks—all were damaged in, the floods., , (8) Parentheses (brackets), Parenthetic words, phrases and clauses are, written within brackets. They keep the Parentheses separate from the main sentence. The, Parentheses have no grammatical connection with, the main sentence. As—, He gained from Heaven (it was all he wished), a friend. (Gray)
Page 311 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PUNCTUATION AND CAPITALS | 303, , (9) Inverted Commas ( “ —— ” ), Inverted commas are used to mark out the, exact words of a speaker or a quotation. Double, Inverted commas are used at the beginning and, end of a statement or a quotation using exact, words. If there is a quotation within a quotation,, the internal quotation is closed within Single, Inverted commas, and the whole sentence or, quotation within Double Inverted commas. As—, He said, “I have consulted several literary, reference books, but I have not been able to, understand the correct meaning of ‘Child, is father of the man’.”, , (10) Hyphen ( - ), The mark of Hyphen is smaller than the dash,, and it is used to make compound words. As—, Father-in-law; man-of-war; passer-by., It is also used to connect the first part of a, word written at the end of a line, the second part, of which is carried over to the beginning of the, next line. As—, He said that he was going to rusticate the naughty boy., , (11) Apostrophe ( ’ ), Rule 1—Apostrophe is used to make a Possessive, Case. As—, Ram’s house, Mohan’s book, Girls’ School., Rule 2—Sometimes some words are shortened by, dropping out some letters from their, spellings, and in place of those letters an, Apostrophe is used. As—, (i) He didn’t go. (i.e. did not), (ii) I’ve ne’er seen him. (i.e. I have never, seen him.), Rule 3—To write O’clock &It is 5 O’clock., Rule 4—To make Plurals of Letters and Figures., (i) 2’s , 5’s ., (ii) He has not cut his t’s ., (iii) His m’s are not readable., , Use of Capital Letters, Capital Letters: Capital Letters are used in, the following cases—, (1) The first letter of the first word of a, sentence is written with a capital letter., , The bell is ringing., Have you done your work ?, (2) Every new line of a poem begins with a, capital letter., My heart leaps up when I behold, A rainbow in the sky :, So was it when my life began,, So is it now when I am a man., (3) All Proper Nouns or Adjectives formed, by Proper Nouns begin with a capital, letter. All Surnames also begin with, capital letters. If a name has two or more, parts, all parts begin with a capital letter., New Delhi; Bombay; John Keats;, Sir Walter Raleigh; Dr. R.B. Mazumdar;, INDIAN CULTURE, NEPALI, (4) Every letter of an Abbreviation is capital., U.N.O. ; U.S.A. ; N.A.T.O. ;, M.A. ; M.B.B.S., (5) All Nouns and Pronouns used for God, begin with capital letters., God; Lord; the Almighty;, God and His moral order;, God has thousands at His command., (6) Pronoun I and Interjection O are always, witten in capital form., This is all that I can do for you., O ! for a beaker of vintage., , Exercise, (1) Punctuate the following sentences—, 1. A student should be sincere devoted industrious and well behaved., 2. Sir I can do this easily., 3. As Caesar loved me I weep for him as he, was fortunate I rejoice at it as he was, valiant I honour him but as he was ambitious I slew him., 4. All that I am all that I hope to be I owe to, my uncle., 5. Shakespeare the great dramatist was an, Englishman., 6. A statesman should be cool patient farsighted and selfless.
Page 312 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 304 | L.W.C.E., 7. Some are born great some achieve greatness and some have greatness thrust upon, them., 8. Even a fool before he speaks appears wise., 9. The student finding his notebooks gutted in, fire cried I am ruined., 10. He therefore came down and talked to the, stranger., 11. When you come next time please bring my, book., 12. Alas he has drowned, 13. Who is there let me know who will help, you, 14. The teacher stood in the class and said, Iwill teach you Milton today., 15. What a horrible accident it was, 16. I believe moreover that he will not come, for I know him so well., 17. The following is the list of books I need, 18. He came he stayed with me he dined with, me and yet he did not appear to be friendly., 19. Japan the land of the rising sun is highly, industrialized., 20. This is Rams house though he does not live, here., 21. The President said My countrymen let us, celebrate our Republic Day with all gaiety., 22. I have visited many countries England, America Canada Japan and China., 23. In fact there was nothing for me to do and, so I sat idle., 24. My friends however having finished their, work came to visit me in the night., 25. He is a cruel thoughtless and haughty man., , Exercise, (2) Punctuate the following passages, using, capital letters where necessary—, (1) You are wiser now than you were then, king midas said the stranger looking, seriously at him your heart i perceive has, not been entirely changed from the flesh, to gold were it so your case would indeed, be desperate but you appear to be still, capable of understanding that the commonest things such as lie within everybodys grasp are more valuable than the, riches which so many mortals sigh and, , (2), , (3), , (4), , (5), , struggle for tell me now do you sincerely, desire to be rid of this golden touch, On december 13 1939 three british ships, ajax exeter and achilles under commander henry harwood fought the german, battleship admiral graf spee in the atlantic, two of the british ships had 6 inch guns, and one had 8 inch guns while the enemy, ship had six 11 inch guns., emotion is a state of the mind many, ordinary words like anger fear happiness, sorrow etc describe different kinds of, emotions one can study human emotions, in several ways for instance one can, group different emotions according to, their characteristics most emotions may, be grouped into two major groups those, that produce a feeling of pleasantness in, the individual and others that produce the, feeling of unpleasantness., Love describes a variety of behaviour like, experience of parent child affection, protective reaction friendship attachment, between men and women or attachment, to places or things or events in other, words love is an impulse or an instinct, and is not learnt through experience, At one end of the road there was a small, market from where our maid servant, brought us a basketful of mangoes, cashews and of course fish which was the, main diet of the people there at the other, end there was a factory which used not, manual labour but all kinds of machinery, to roast and pack cashews in air tight tins, so came an industry in the village., , Solution of the Above Passages, (1) “You are wiser now than you were then,, King Midas !” said the stranger looking, seriously at him. “Your own heart, I perceive, has not been entirely changed from, the flesh to gold. Were it so, your case, would, indeed, be desperate. But you, appear to be still capable of understanding, that the commonest things such as lie, within everybody’s grasp are more valuable than the riches which so many, mortals sigh and struggle for. Tell me, now, do you sincerely desire to be rid of, this Golden Touch ?”
Page 313 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PUNCTUATION AND CAPITALS | 305, (2) On December 13, 1939, three British, ships—‘Ajax’, ‘Exeter’ and ‘Achilles’—, under Commander Henry Harwood fought, the German battleship ‘Admiral Graf, Spee’ in the Atlantic. Two of the British, ships had 6-inch guns and one had 8-inch, guns, while the enemy ship had six 11inch guns., (3) Emotion is a state of the mind. Many, ordinary words like anger, fear, happiness, sorrow, etc., describe different kinds, of emotions. One can study human, emotions in several ways. For instance,, one can group different emotions according to their characteristics. Most emotions, may be grouped into two major groups—, those that produce a feeling of pleasantness in the individual, and others that, produce the feeling of unpleasantness., , (4) Love describes a variety of behaviour, like experience of parent-child affection,, protective reaction, friendship, attachment, between men and women, or attachment, to places or things or events. In other, words, love is an impulse or an instinct,, and is not learnt through experience., (5) At one end of the road there was a small, market from where our maid-servant, brought us a basketful of mangoes,, cashews and, of course, fish which was, the main diet of the people there. At the, other end, there was a factory which used, not manual labour, but all kinds of, machinery to roast and pack cashews in, air-tight tins. So came an industry in the, village !
Page 314 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 32, , Figures of Speech, , Figures of Speech, “A figure of speech is a departure from the, ordinary form of expression, or the ordinary, course of ideas, in order to produce a greater, effect.”, (Wren), In other words, Figures of Speech make the, use of words typically suggestive and artistic, and, make the style strikingly effective, beautiful and, ornamental. The Figures of Speech are an essential part of the poetic style of writing. For poetry, they are indispensable. They impart a peculiar, brilliance and charm to poetry. The following are, the main Figures of Speech used in English., , 1. Simile :, “In a Simile a comparison is made between, two objects of different kinds which have, however, at least one point in common.”, In this figure two different objects, possessing, at least one common point between them, are, brought to comparison. Two similar objects are, not compared under this Figure., It should also be remembered that the point of, similarity in Simile is expressed by the words like,, so, as. For example :, 1. She is as lovely as a rose., 2. Rana Pratap was brave like a lion., 3. O my love’s like a red, red rose,, That’s newly sprung in June., (Ben Jonson), 4. Thy soul was like a star, and dwelt apart;, Thou hadst a voice whose sound was like, the sea., (Wordsworth), , 2. Metaphor:, “A Metaphor is an implied (or condensed), Simile.”, (Wren), , Or, “A Metaphor is a condensed form of Simile in, which comparison between two different objects, is shown without the use of such words as like, as, or so.”, In other words, Simile and Metaphor are, Figures of the same category. Metaphor is only a, condensed form of Simile. Metaphor does not, need the use of such comparative words as like,, as, s o. Therefore, a metaphor can be expanded, into a Simile, and a Simile can be condensed into, a metaphor. As—, 1. Camel is the ship of the desert., 2. Gandhiji was the guiding star of the destiny of India., 3. Shivaji was the lion of the Peshwa dynasty., 4. Life is a tale told by an idiot,, Full of sound and fury ……, (Shakespeare), 5. Her only son is the lamp of her life., , 3. Personification :, “In Personification inanimate objects and, abstract notions are spoken of as having life and, intelligence.”, (Wren), Under this Figure, inanimate objects are, bestowed with human feelings and sensitivities., As—, 1. There Honour comes a pilgrim grey., (Gray), 2. Death lays his icy hand on kings., 3. A lie has no legs., 4. Opportunity knocks at the door but once., 5. Nature bemoaned the death of the bride.
Page 315 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , FIGURES OF SPEECH | 307, , 4. Hyperbole :, “In Hyperbole a statement is made emphatic, by over statement.”, (Wren), Under this Figure a statement is exaggerated, or overstated to an incredible degree. This is done, for the sake of emphasis. As—, 1. Rivers of blood flowed on the battlefield., 2. Floods of tears flowed down her cheeks., 3. He can devour mountains of food and, drink rivers of whisky., 4. All the perfumes of Arabia cannot sweeten, this little hand., (Shakespeare), , 5. Onomatopoeia :, “This is the name given to that artifice of, language by which the sound of words is made to, suggest or echo the sense.”, (Nesfield), Under this Figure, the sound of words is made, to suggest the meaning or sense. As—, 1. The snakes are hissing and the bees are, buzzing., 2. The murmurous haunt of flies on summer eves., (Keats), 3. The beetle wheels his droning flight., (Gray), 4. Cannons to the right of them,, Cannons to the left of them,, Cannons in front of them, Vollied and thundered., (Tennyson), , 1., 2., 3., 4., , His honour rooted in dishonour stood., Thus idly busy rolls their world away., Sweet bitter tears flowed from her eyes., Aching joys and dizzy raptures filled my, heart., 5. Let us not dread the kind cruelty of the, surgeon’s knife., , 8. Alliteration :, “Alliteration consists in the repetition of the, same sound or syllable at the beginning of two or, more words.”, (Nesfield), This produces a kind of musical effect. As—, 1. Ruin seize thee, ruthless king ! (Gray), 2. A load of learning lumbering in his, head., (Pope), 3. A reeling road, a rolling road, that rambles round the shire., (G.K. Chesterton), 4. How high his Honour holds his haughty, head !, 5. The fair breeze blew, the white foam flew,, The furrow followed free.” (Coleridge), , 9. Irony :, , “An Apostrophe is a direct address to the, dead, to the absent or to a personified object or, idea.”, (Wren), Under this Figure a dead or absent person, or, an abstract idea is addressed to as if physically, present before the speaker. As—, 1. O death ! where is thy sting ?, 2. Milton ! thou should’st be living at this, hour., (Wordsworth), 3. O solitude ! where are thy charms ?, , “Irony is a mode of speech in which the real, meaning is exactly the opposite of that which is, literally conveyed.”, (Wren), Under this Figure, the real meaning or sense, of a statement is just the opposite of what is, spoken literally in words. As—, 1. Here under leave of Brutus and the rest, ( For Brutus is an honourable man :, So are they all, all honourable men. ), Come I to speak in Caesar’s funeral., (Shakespeare), 2. Yet Brutus says he was ambitious,, And Brutus is an honourable man., (Shakespeare), , 7. Oxymoron :, , 10. Pun :, , “Oxymoron is a special form of antithesis, whereby two contradictory qualities are predicted, at once of the same thing.”, (Wren), Under this Figure, two opposite or contradictory qualities of the same thing are stated at the, same time. As—, , “This consists in a play on the various meanings of a word, and is seldom used except as a, joke.”, (Nesfield), Under this Figure, humour is sought to be, produced by play on different meanings of a word., As—, , 6. Apostrophe :
Page 316 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 308 | L.W.C.E., 1. Is life worth living ? That depends upon, the liver., 2. An ambassador is a man who lies abroad, for the good of his country., , 11. Metonymy :, “In Metonymy an object is designated by the, name of something which is generally associated, with it.”, (Wren), ‘Metonymy’ is a Greek word made of two, words—Meta + Onoma. ‘Meta’ means ‘after’,, and ‘Onoma’ means ‘name’. Under this Figure, a, thing is not called by its own name, but by some, quality or attribute associated with it. For instance,, ‘sword’ may be used for the ‘soldier’, or ‘pen’, for the ‘writer’. As—, 1. The pen (author) is mightier than the, sword (the soldier)., 2. Sceptre and crown (i.e. kings)., Must tumble down ;, And in the dust be equal made, With the poor crooked scythe and spade., (i.e. peasants)., 3. The bar (lawyers) and the bench (judges), are complementary to each other., 4. He won the laurels (i.e. reward)., 5. Please address the chair (i.e. chairman)., , 12. Synecdoche :, “In Synecdoche a part is used to designate the, whole or the whole to designate a part.” (Wren), In other words, a part is used for the whole,, and the whole is used for the part. As—, 1. Give us this day our daily bread (i.e., food)., 2. I have many mouths (i.e. persons) to feed., 3. England (i.e. the team of England) have, won., 4. A fleet of twenty sails (i.e. ships) passed, by our coast., 5. The best brains (i.e. scholars) have, assembled here., , 13. Antithesis :, “In Antithesis a striking opposition or contrast of words or sentiments is made in the same, sentence. It is employed to secure emphasis.”, (Wren), , Under this Figure, two opposite or contradictory ideas are expressed in the same sentence., This is meant to give emphasis. As—, 1. To err is human, to forgive divine., 2. Man proposes, God disposes., 3. God made the country, man made the, town., 4. Many are called, but few are chosen., , 14. Transferred Epithet :, “In this figure an epithet is transferred from, its proper word to another that is closely, associated with it in the sentence.”, (Wren), Under this Figure, an adjective or an epithet is, transferred and applied to an associated object in, place of the object proper. As—, 1. He passed a sleepless night., 2. The ploughman homeward plods his weary, way., (Gray), 3. He received a mortal wound., 4. I cannot live on dishonourable bread., , Exercise, Name the Figures of Speech used in the, following sentences :, 1. Life is a dream., 2. Revenge is a kind of wild justice., 3. The righteous shall flourish as the palm, trees., 4. Ye are the salt of the earth., 5. Suspicions among thoughts are like bats, among birds; they fly best by night., 6. O World ! O Life ! O Time ! On whose last, steps I climb., 7. O Wind ! If winter comes, can spring be far, behind ?, 8. The press is the fourth estate., 9. Words are like leaves; and where they most, abound,, Much fruit of sense beneath is rarely found., 10. Life is as tedious as a twice-told tale., 11. Why, man, if the river were dry, I am able, to fill it with tears., 12. I loved Ophelia; forty thousand brothers, Could not with all their quantity of love, Make up the sum.
Page 317 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , FIGURES OF SPEECH | 309, 13. If speech is silver, silence is gold., 14. Truth is ever on the scaffold, Wrong is ever on the throne,, 15. Give every man thy ear,, But few thy tongue., 16. O death ! where is thy sting ?, 17. O judgment ! thou art fled to brutish beasts., 18. The House is adjourned., 19. Youth is full of pleasure,, Age is full of care., 20. Sweet art the uses of adversity., 21. The cup that cheers but not inebriates., 22. He is a cruelly kind guardian., 23. Our loss is their gain., 24. He held his haughty head high., 25. With short shrill shrieks the bat flits by., 26. We are loyal to the crown., 27. Grief sighed and Honour shed tears., 28. Lady, we are your guests tonight., 29. Run, run, you are brave indeed., 30. Soft, soft, he lies in the church., , Answers, (1), (2), (3), , Metaphor ;, Metaphor;, Simile;, , (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), (18), (19), (20), (21), (22), (23), (24), (25), (26), (27), (28), , Metaphor;, Simile;, Apostrophe;, Apostrophe;, Metonymy;, Simile;, Simile;, Hyperbole;, Hyperbole;, Antithesis;, Antithesis;, Antithesis (and also Metonymy);, Apostrophe;, Apostrophe;, Metonymy;, Antithesis;, Oxymoron;, Metonymy;, Oxymoron;, Antithesis;, Alliteration;, Alliteration;, Metonymy;, Personification;, Irony; (29) Irony; (30) Pun.
Page 318 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 33 Foreign Words and Phrases, Some foreign words, phrases and expressions, borrowed from Greek, Latin, French, German and, other European Languages, have come to be, popularly used in English. Some of them have, become quite current in the English Language., They are more particularly used in the fields of, Law, Medicine and Science. Some of the technical, words and phrases have become indispensable., Otherwise too, their use exhibits the writer’s or, speaker’s wide knowledge, scholarship and, advanced general awakening. These foreign words, and expressions also add to the beauty, depth and, variety of the style. Therefore, students would do, well to understand these foreign expressions and, use them correctly and carefully., 1. Ab initio—(From the very beginning), ● All the proceedings were wrong ab initio., 2. Ad hoc—(specially for some purpose, for the, time being), ● An ad hoc committee has been constituted to enquire into this matter., 3. Ad interim—(in the mean time), ● You will soon be promoted but you can, hold this office ad interim., 4. Ad infinitum—(to infinity), ● You can go on dividing ten by three ad, infinitum., 5. Ad libitum—(at liberty, at pleasure), ● We shall sit after dinner and talk about, our experiences at libitum., 6. Ad nauseam—(to a disgusting point), ● He dragged on his speech at nauseam., 7. Alma mater—(mother institution, one’s own, college or University), ● I am proud of my alma mater., 8. Alter ego—(bosom friend, one’s second self), ● I have absolute faith in him. He is my, alter ego., , 9. Alumni—(old students of a college or University), ● The annual dinner of the alumni of our, University is held in March every year., 10. Ante meridiem—(a. m.; before noon), ● The train arrives at 7 a. m. (ante meridiem), 11. A posteriori—(inductive logic, drawing, inference from effect to cause), ● I have come to a posteriori conclusion, that he is guilty., 12. A priori—(deductive logic, arguing from, cause to effect), ● He is trying to come to a priori conclusion in a wrong way., 13. Bean geste—(generosity, magnanimity), ● World peace depends upon bean geste on, the part of the great powers of the world., 14. Bonafide—(in good faith, genuine character), ● He is a bonafide student of this college., 15. Bourgeoisie—(middle class people), ● The bourgeoisie class suffers most in all, social upheavals., 16. Cafe—(Coffee-house), ● This is the most expensive cafe in the, town., 17. Carte blanche—(full freedom of action), ● My son has all powers carte blanche in, so far as our business is concerned., 18. Chauffeur—(Car-driver), ● Our chauffeur knows all the roads and, markets of Bombay., 19. Cortege—(train of attendants, procession), ● The king always moves out with a splendid cortege following him.
Page 319 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , FOREIGN WORDS AND PHRASES | 311, 20. Crescendo—(slowly rising upwards), ● They raised slogans in a crescendo., 21. De facto—(in fact, really speaking), ● The General Manager is the de facto, Managing Director of the Mills., 22. Dei Gratia—(by God’s grace), ● He was dei gratia saved from drowning., 23. Denouement—(catastrophe, final solution or, ending of a play or a story), ● The denouement of this story is very, striking., 24. De profundis—(cry from the depth of sorrow, in the heart), ● The last soliloquy of Dr. Faustus is de, profundis of his heart., 25. Divide at impera—(divide and rule), ● The Britishers adopted the policy of, divide at impera during their rule in, India., 26. Dramatis personae—(list of dramatic, characters in a play), ● Every Shakespearean play has dramatis, personae at the beginning of the play., 27. En bloc—(in a group, all in a body), ● The workers came out en bloc shouting, slogans., 28. En masse—(in a large number, all together), ● They have gone on leave en masse., 29. El dorado—(a golden city), ● India was considered el dorado for centuries., 30. En route—(on the way), ● We shall halt at Bombay en route to, Poona., 31. Ex gratia—(as a mark of grace or mercy), ● An ex gratia payment was made to all, those who were injured in the accident., 32. Ex officio—(by virtue of office), ● The Governor is ex officio Chancellor of, the University., 33. Ex parte—(one-sided), ● An ex parte judgment was announced by, the court., , 34. Functus officio—(out of office, superannuated), ● My father is functus officio Chairman of, this factory., 35. Genre—(kind), ● An essay is a distinct genre of prose, literature., 36. Ibid—(in the same book or chapter), ● Write Ibid if you quote from the same, book again., 37. Id est (i.e.)—(that is to say), ● He is an itinerant singer, i.e., he goes singing from place to place., 38. Il penseroso—(a pensive or melancholy person), ● A lonely brooding person tends to become, il penseroso., 39. In extenso—(at full length), ● Explain all the allusions in extenso., 40. Infra dig—(below one’s dignity), ● A patriot would find it infra dig to beg, for mercy., 41. In memoriam—(in the memory of), ● The Taj was built in memoriam of Queen, Mumtajmahal., 42. Inter alia—(among other things), ● In awarding scholarships we must consider inter alia the previous record of each, student., 43. Inter se—(between two parties, among themselves), ● We cannot ignore the inter se agreement, between the two parties., 44. In toto—(completely), ● I agree with you in toto., 45. Ipso facto—(by that fact itself), ● This agreement would ipso facto cancel, the earlier one., 46. Juro divino—(by divine right or law), ● The medieval kings ruled juro divino., 47. Jus divinum—(Divine Law), ● The Bible is the compendium of all jus, divinum.
Page 320 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 312 | L.W.C.E., 48. Laissez-faire—(Government policy of free, trade), ● Laissez-faire may lead to unhealthy, competition., 49. Lingua franca—(national language), ● We must take pride in our lingua franca., 50. Literati—(learned men, scholars), ● Milton could be appreciated only by the, literati., 51. Literateur—(literary men), ● Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru was not only a, statesman but also a literateur., 52. Mademoiselle—(an unmarried girl, a maiden), ● Joan of Arc was a graceful mademoiselle., 53. Mala fide—(in bad faith, not good), ● The intentions of the opposite party were, mala fide., 54. Mon cher—(My dear), ● Mon cher son, be sincere to your duty., 55. Monsieur—(Mr.), ● Monsieur Louis was a historian., 56. Nonpareil—(Unparalleled, incomparable), ● Miranda was nonpareil in beauty., 57. Nota bene—(N. B., note well), ● Nota bene (N.B.) : All questions are compulsory., 58. Par excellence—(of high excellence, unique), ● His performance was par excellence., 59. Parole—(released on leave on one’s own, word, specially applied to prisoners), ● The convict has been left on parole., 60. Post meridiem—(p. m., after noon), ● We have our tea at 4 p. m., 61. Post mortem—(medical examination of the, dead body), ● The post mortem report reveals that the, deceased had been poisoned., 62. Prima facie—(on the first impression, obviously), ● Prima facie there is no case against him., 63. Pro forma—(in formal way), ● He has invited us only pro forma, for we, have no personal relations., , 64. Proletarian—(belonging to the lowest social, order), ● In a democratic country the proletarian, is as important as the aristocrat., 65. Quo jure—(on what charge), ● Quo jure have you suspended him ?, 66. Savoir faire—(talent to see the right and just, at once), ● He has remarkable savoir faire for his, age., 67. Status quo—(the same position), ● The court has ordered that status quo be, maintained., 68. Sine die—(indefinitely), ● The University has been closed sine die., 69. Sub judice—(under consideration of the, court), ● We can’t take any action, for the matter is, sub judice., 70. Summum bonum—(highest good), ● Contentment is the summum bonum of, life., 71. Ultima Thule—(farthest limit, last limit), ● Treasure hunt was the ultima Thule of, their quest., 72. Ultra vires—(against law, against authority), ● The orders of the Vice-Chancellor have, been declared ultra vires by the High, Court., 73. Versus—(against), ● The case is between the State Government, versus the Central Government., 74. Via media—(middle course), ● There is no via media between hard, labour and success., 75. Vice versa—(in opposite ways, in reverse, order), ● Change these sentences from active to, passive and vice versa., 76. Vox populi vox dei—(Voice of the people is, the voice of God), ● Never go against public opinion, for vox, populi vox dei., 77. Viva voce—(oral test), ● The viva voce test is going to be held, tomorrow.
Page 321 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , The Courtesy Words :, 34, “Please”, Please and “Thank, You, “Please”, “Thank You”, The most popular courtesy words used in, everyday life in the English Language are ‘Please’, and ‘Thank You’. Their proper use would show, the writer’s or speaker’s sense of courtesy,, gratitude, culture and refinement. They add to the, pleasure and sweetness of life. They make social, life easy and smooth., The words of A.G. Gardiner are worth quoting in this connection : ‘Please’ and ‘Thank You’, are the small change with which we pay our way, as social beings. They are the little courtesies by, which we keep the machine of life oiled and, running smooth.”, We give below the rules relating to their, correct use in life., , Use of ‘Please’, Rule 1—‘Please’ is used at the end of a sentence, of request or prayer. As—, 1. Help me, please., 2. Would you lend me your pen for a, minute, please., 3. Come here, please., 4. Have your seat, please., In all these sentences ‘Please’ has been, used at the end of the sentence. This is, the correct way. It is wrong to begin a, sentence with ‘Please’. It is wrong to say, “Please help me”, or “Please have your, seat.”, Rule 2—If the Request is in the form of an, Imperative sentence (suggesting order),, ‘Please’ is used at the beginning of the, sentence. As—, 1. Please close the door., , 2. Please leave me alone., 3. Please bring me a glass of water., 4. Please call the peon., Rule 3—If the Request is in Interrogative form,, ‘Please’ is used in the middle of the, sentence. As—, 1. Will you please close the door ?, 2. Will you please stop talking ?, 3. Are you please willing to help me ?, 4. Will you please give me your telephone, number ?, Rule 4—If a reply is to be given to an Enquiry, a, Request or a Suggestion, and if the reply, is Affirmative, we use Please ; but if the, reply is Negative, we should not use, Please. For a Negative reply we say ‘No,, thanks’, and for the Affirmative reply we, say ‘yes, please.’, It should also be remembered that in, Affirmative reply, we should say ‘Yes,, please’, not ‘Please, yes.’ Similarly in, Negative reply, we should say ‘No,, thanks’, not ‘Thanks, no.’ As—, 1. Are you going to dine with me tomorrow?, Yes, please., 2. Will you have another cup of tea ?, Yes, please. (or, No, thanks / thank you.), 3. Will your brother need my help ?, Yes, please. (No, thank you.), 4. Are you staying with me ?, Yes, please. (or, No, thanks / thank you.)
Page 322 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 314 | L.W.C.E., , Use of ‘Thanks’, Rule 1—“Thanks”, “Thank you”, or “Thank, you very much” are used to express, one’s obligation for a favour done to, oneself. These expressions are also used, to express obligation when one’s request, proposal, or suggestion is accepted by some person. As—, 1. You helped me a lot. Thank you very, much., 2. You gave me a very timely advice. Thank, you., 3. Thanks for giving me your pen., 4. Will you have another cup of tea ?, Yes, thank you., 5. I thank you for accepting my request., 6. Thanks for your suggestion., Rule 2—Whether your reply to a request, proposal, or suggestion is Affirmative or, Negative, ‘Thanks’ or ‘Thank you’ are, used in both cases. For the Affirmative, reply we should say ‘Yes, thank you’,, and for the Negative ‘No, thank you.’, We should never say or write ‘Thank, you, yes’ or ‘Thank you, no.’, Rule 3—If one does some favour to you, or does, some little act for you even without your, request, you must say ‘Thanks’ or, ‘Thank you’. For example—, 1. If your pen is left on the table, and your, peon brings it to you, you must say, ‘Thanks’ or ‘Thank you’., 2. If a paper slips down from your table, and, someone talking to you puts it back, you, must at once say ‘Thanks’ or ‘Thank, you’., , Exercise, Fill in the blanks in the following sentences, with either “Please” or “Thank you” :, 1. Will you switch off the light ……… ?, 2. ……… keep off the grass., 3. ……… for helping me so timely., 4. Could you show me the way ……… ?, , 5. How is your father now ? Much better,, ………, 6. ……… pay my respects to your father., 7. Will you ……… send me the particulars of, your son ?, 8. We can do without your help ………, 9. ……… for the honour you have given me., 10. Put the book on the table ………, Hints— (1) please; (2) Please; (3) Thanks /, Thank you; (4) please; (5) thank you;, (6) Please; (7) please; (8) Thank you;, (9) Thanks; (10) please., , Exercise, Reply the following questions in the Affirmative o r the Negative, as indicated, using “Yes”, or “No”, with either “please” or “thank you”—, 1. Are you quite well now ?, (Affirmative reply), 2. Do you need any other book ?, (Negative reply), 3. Does your uncle need my advice ?, (Affirmative reply), 4. Is your father still ill ?, (Negative reply), 5. Shall I bring tea for you ?, (Affirmative reply), 6. Are you quite comfortable here ?, (Affirmative reply), 7. Would you like me to bring your letters, from the Post-Office ?, (Affirmative reply), 8. Shall I bring more milk for you ?, (Negative reply), 9. Would you need my help now ?, (Negative reply), 10. Do you still need a house ?, (Negative reply), Hints—(1) Yes, thank you / thanks; (2) No, thank, you; (3) Yes, please; (4) No, thanks; (5), Yes, thank you; (6) Yes, thank you; (7), Yes, thank you; (8) No, thank you ; (9), No, thank you; (10) No, thanks.
Page 323 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 35, , Greetings and Salutation, , Greetings and Salutations, According to English culture Greetings and, Salutations are offered in different ways at, different hours of the day and night. There is no, such difference in the modes of salutation in, Indian culture. But in English culture there are, different ways of offering Greetings and Salutations in the morning, noon, evening, and night., We discuss them in detail below—, Good Morning—We say Good Morning in, the morning upto noon both on meeting or parting., Good Afternoon— Good Afternoon is, offered both on meeting or parting from mid–day, to a little before evening., Good Evening—Good Evening is offered, from evening to midnight only on meeting, not on, parting. (On parting we should say Good Night.), Good Night—Good Night is offered on the, following four occasions—, (a) On retiring to bed for the night., (b) On parting from someone in the evening., (c) On parting from colleagues or work–, mates, at the end of the day’s work, whether the hour of parting is late afternoon, or early evening., (d) As a greeting, in the evening, to someone, we casually meet in the street but do not, stop to speak to., Good bye—Good bye is used between, family–members, friends and personal visitors on, parting from each other, e.g. as one leaves home, to go to work, on parting from close friends or, relations after a visit, on seeing off friends and, relations going on a journey, etc., Good Day—‘Good Day’, really speaking, is, no proper form of salutation. However, it has, come to be used informally on parting from, friends at any hour in day time., , Farewell—‘Farewell’, in the same way, is no, formal form of salutation. However, it is usually, used informally on parting., Cheerio or so long—These are the slang, forms of Goodbye. These are used amongst very, intimate and informal friends on parting., Hullo / Hello / Hallo—These expressions are, used amongst very inti-mate friends and colleagues on meeting. They should not be used in, greeting one’s seniors or elderly people, or less, intimate persons., They are also used to draw the attention of, someone, or to express surprise or curiosity. As—, Hallo, what are you doing there ?, Hello, what is that !, , Salutations in Letters, Salutation is a very important part of any, letter, whether the letter is Personal, Official or a, Business letter. Different kinds of Salutations are, used in different kinds of letters. We discuss them, in detail below :, (1) In personal letters, for members of the, family, we write—My Dear Father, M y D ear, Mother, M y Dear Brother / Sister / Son /, Daughter, etc. The expression My dear suggests, very deep intimacy, love and affection. Against it,, Dear (without My) suggests a little less closeness, and affection. Therefore we can use either M y, dear or only Dear to other relations according to, our intimacy with them. For example, we can, write either My dear uncle or Dear uncle, depending upon our closeness and affection for the, uncle concerned., (2) The mode of Salutation to our friends and, associates depends upon the level of our intimacy, with them. Broadly speaking, there can be the, following three categories :
Page 324 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 316 | L.W.C.E., (a) My dear Mohan—For very intimate, friends., (b) Dear Mohan—For slightly less intimate, than under (a) friends., (c) Dear Mr. Mohan—For very little intimate friends., It is not proper to show too much intimacy, with persons senior or superior to you. Therefore, they should always be addressed as Dear Mr /, Shri., , (3) For persons distantly related, or only, officially concerned we should write Dear Sir (for, men) and Dear Madam (for women)., (4) Teachers and officers should be addressed, as Sir or Dear Sir., (5) In pure English culture expressions like, Honoured Sir or Respected Sir are not correct, addresses. They are only Indianisms that should, be avoided. Respected Father or Respected, Mother are also Indianisms.
Page 325 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 36, There is a lot of confusion regarding the, writing and speaking of Dates, Years, and Time, in English. We give below the correct method of, writing and telling them., Dates—Dates can be written in the following, four ways :, (1) 25 October,, (2) October 25,, (3) October 25th,, (4) 25. 10. 93 ., (a) All these four methods are correct, but preference should be given to the First method., (b) For dates below ten (i.e., 1 to 9) the second, method should be avoided as far as possible., (c) The third method is good for all dates, but it, should be given second preference after the, First method., (d) There can be much confusion in the use, of the Fourth method, therefore it should not, be used very frequently. There is a great, difference in the English system and the, American system in the use of the Fourth, method. In the English system the three, numerical figures serially stand for day–, month–year, and in the American system for, month–day–year. This difference in the, English and American systems can lead to, serious error in the interpretation of the date,, month, and year. For example, 8. 10. 1995 in, the English system would mean 8 October,, 1995, but in the American system it would, mean 10 August, 1995. Thus the same date, would have two connotations. This kind of, confusion should be avoided by avoiding the, fourth method of writing the dates., , Dates and Time, Let us now consider how to speak out these, dates—, Written, Spoken, 25 October the twenty-fifth of October, October 25 October twenty-five or twenty-fifth, October 25th October the twenty-fifth, 25. 10. 93, Twenty-five, ten, ninety-three., Years—There is no difference in the method, of writing the years, but there is a difference in, speaking them out. In this connection the following points should be kept in mind—, (1) The whole centuries upto 1900 should be read/, spoken as follows :, 1600 = Sixteen hundred (not one thousand, six hundred), 1700 = Seventeen hundred (not one thousand seven hundred), Similarly, Eighteen hundred, Nineteen hundred, etc., (2) But years 2000 or above should be spoken in, thousands. As—, 2000 = Two thousand (not twenty hundred), 2500 = Two thousand five hundred (not, twenty-five hundred), (3) If figures from 1 to 9 are to be added after, hundreds, the word hundred must be read /, spoken. As—, 1705 = Seventeen hundred and five (not, seventeen five), 1809 = Eighteen hundred and nine (not, eighteen nine), 1903 = Nineteen hundred and three (not, nineteen three), (4) If figures from 10 and above are to be added, after hundreds, the word hundred is not, read / spoken
Page 326 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 318 | L.W.C.E., 1735 = Seventeen thirty-five (not seventeen, hundred thirty-five), 1853 = Eighteen fifty-three (not eighteen, hundred fifty-three), 1914 = Nineteen fourteen (not nineteen, hundred and fourteen), Time—Time is written/spoken in two ways :, (1) By figures, as—, 8.35; 9.25; 11.40, This method is popularly used in T i m e–, tables and official notices. In this method,, the numerical figure before the Full–stop, denotes Hours, and the figure after the Full–, Stop denotes Minutes. They are read/spoken, as—Eight thirty–five ; Nine twenty–five ;, Eleven forty, etc., (2) In conversational form :, (1) In conversational form words past and to, are popularly used. ‘Past’ means ‘so, many minutes after a certain hour’, and, ‘to’ means ‘so many minutes before the, next hour’. In both these expressions, minutes are placed before Past or to, and, hour after them. Further, in this method, the minutes up to thirty are expressed in, relation to the preceding hour (as so, many minutes p a s t that hour), and, minutes thirty onwards are expressed in, relation to the next hour (as so many, minutes to that hour, i.e. short of the next, hour). Thus ‘Twelve past one’ means, ‘twelve minutes over one O’clock’. In the, same way, ‘fourteen minutes past eleven’, means ‘fourteen minutes over eleven, O’clock’. Against it, ‘seven minutes to, three’ means ‘seven minutes short of three, O’clock.’ Also, if before ‘past’ or ‘to’, five, ten, twenty, or twenty–five minutes, are to be used, the word ‘minute’ remains, silent or understood ( i.e. it is not, spoken), but with other numbers the word, ‘minute’ is read or spoken out. Thus, we, shall say ‘ten past five’ or ‘ten to five’,, but ‘twelve minutes past five’ or ‘twelve, minutes to five’., (2) ‘Fifteen minutes past’ is called ‘Quarter, past’ and ‘Fifteen minutes to’ is called, ‘Quarter to’. In the same way, ‘thirty, minutes past’ is called ‘Half past’, and, ‘Forty–five minutes to’ is called ‘Quarter, to’., , (3) Minutes up to thirty are referred to as, ‘past that hour’, and minutes thirty, onwards are referred to as ‘to the next, hour’., Thus :, 2·15 = Quarter past two, 3·30 = Half past three, 3·45 = Quarter to four (next hour), (4) With complete hour we use O’clock ; but, if the reference is to hours and minutes,, we do not use O’clock. For example, 9, O’clock, 4 O’clock, five O’clock, ten, O’clock, etc. are correct. But 4.25 O’clock, or three twenty O’clock are wrong., (5) The period from 12 O’clock at mid–night, to 12 O’clock at noon is called ‘a.m.’,, while the period from 12 O’clock at noon, to 12 O’clock at mid–night is called ‘p.m.’, In conversation, however, a.m. and p.m., are not often used. In their place we often, use morning, noon, after noon, evening,, night, etc. For example, we say ten, O’clock in the morning, 4·30 in the after, noon, six thirty (or half past six) in the, evening, ten forty at night, etc. Twelve at, midnight is called 12 O’clock at night,, and twelve O’clock in the day is called 12, at noon., Keeping all the above–noted points in mind,, we give below a Table showing : How to write, Time in figures, How to read the Time–figures,, and how to speak them in conversation :, Time in, figures, 10·00, 11·05, 11·15, 12·30, 2·20, 5·45, 10·58, 11·45, 12·00, , How to read, Ten O’clock, Eleven five, , Conversational, Form, , Ten O’clock, Five minutes past, eleven, Eleven fifteen, Quarter past eleven, Twelve thirty, Half past twelve, Two twenty, Twenty past two, Five forty-five, Quarter to six, Ten fifty-eight, Two minutes to, eleven, Eleven forty-five Quarter to twelve, Twelve O’clock Twelve O’clock, (at noon / at night
Page 327 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , DATES AND TIME | 319, , Exercise, 1. How will you read aloud the following, dates ?, August 15, January 5, 12 October, 20 November, March 5th, April 2nd, June 23, July 1,, December 25th., 2. How will you read aloud the following, years ?, , 1400, 1700, 1808, 1907, 1914, 1939, 2005,, 20025, 3. How will you express in conversation the, following points of time ?, 8·15; 9·05; 11·30; 11·45; 2·30; 4·28; 5·55;, 8·0; 10·0; 12·0; 8·30 a. m.; 4·05 p. m.; 12·00, day, 12·00 night; 6 p. m.; 9·30 p. m.
Page 328 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 37, Comprehension is a very important exercise, to acquire proficiency in any language. Comprehension means ‘to understand fully’. Under comprehension an unseen passage in Prose or Poetry is, given, and certain questions based on the given, passage are asked. The answers to these questions, would reveal how far the student has been able to, understand or comprehend the given passage. A, question on comprehension is asked in every, examination. Therefore every student must have a, good practice in comprehension., No rules can indeed be framed for comprehension, but certain suggestions can of course be, given for the same. First, the given passage should, slowly and carefully be read over at least three, times. Thereafter the central idea of the passage, should be marked out. If you read over the, passage once again, keeping the central idea in, mind, you would easily be able to guess the, correct meanings of most of the difficult words, and expressions. After that the given questions, should be carefully studied, comprehended and, answered., While answering the questions on the given, passage, it must be kept in mind that the answers, must be derived from the passage itself. No, answer should be there outside the meaning and, thought of the passage. You should not add your, own thought, view or opinion in answering any of, the questions. You do not have the right of expressing your own agreement or disagreement with the, thought of the passage. It should also be remembered that your answers must be in full sentences, —not merely in phrases, expressions, or ‘yes’ or, ‘No’., Sometimes you are required to give the, Summary or Central Idea of the passage. The, Summary or Central Idea should be about one–, third of the given passage., If you are required to suggest a suitable Title, to the given Passage, remember that the title must, , Comprehension, be derived from the central Idea of the Passage., Also remember that you can often get some hint, about the title from the First or the Last sentence, of the passage., Also, some words, phrases and expressions in, the passage are underlined or written in Italics and, you are asked to give their meanings. No student, would know the meanings of all such words and, phrases. But you should not be afraid of such, questions. If you have understood the central idea, of the passage, you can easily explain the underlined words and phrases by common sense, keeping the central idea and the context in mind., The meanings of the underlined portions should, be given in your own simple language., We are giving below 15 passages in Prose and, Poetry for practice in comprehension. Some of, these Passages have been fully solved, and others, have been left for the student to solve. The, passages left for the student have been provided, with their central ideas and meanings of some, difficult words and phrases. It is hoped the student, should be able to attempt the comprehension of, such passages without much difficulty with these, Hints given under each passage., Answer the questions given under each of, the following passages :, , 1. (Solved), Never was a time when there was more need, for hard thinking than in the present hour. We see, on all sides a seething mass of turbulent life. We, are faced with a situation produced, if we can, imagine it, by a combination of varied movements which the European nations passed through, during the last few centuries. The intellectual, renaissance, the industrial revolution, the political, struggle for freedom and democracy, and the, religious reformation, which the Western nations, faced individually and at different periods, India, has to meet simultaneously, each magnified on
Page 329 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , COMPREHENSION | 321, account of the large area and population, concerned. While great changes are taking place, in every walk of life, political and industrial,, cultural and social, there is a good deal of loose, and muddled thinking. The country seems to be, marching forth into the unknown., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Give the central idea of the above passage., Q. 3. Why is there need for hard work in, India today ?, Q. 4. Explain the words and phrases in bold, letters in your own words., Q. 5. Use the following words both as nouns, and verbs :, side; face; struggle; change; place., , Ans. 5., Side, Face, , Verb—We have to face many, problems., Struggle — Noun—The struggle is very, hard., Verb—He has to struggle hard, for some time more., Change — Noun—There is no change in, my programme., Verb—You will have to change, your programme., , Answers, Ans. 1. A suitable title to the above passage, would be : “A Time for Work.”, Ans. 2. Dr. Radhakrishnan says that there is a, great need for hard work and constructive thinking, in India today. We have to solve a large variety of, political, economic and social problems all at the, same time. The problems we face today have, become unusually enormous on account of India’s, vast area and huge population. The solution of, these problems demands hard labour on the part of, each one of us., Ans. 3. India is passing through a phase of, great many changes today. She has to solve a large, variety of national problems. She has also to compete with Western countries which are advancing, fast. Hence there is a need for hard work in India, today., Ans. 4. Seething mass of turbulent life—, ever increasing and fast changing flux of life., Combination of varied movements—, combined force of many and varied changes and, movements., Intellectual renaissance—awakening of new, thoughts, concepts and ideologies., Magnified ………Concerned—the problems, become enormous on account of the vast area and, huge population of the country., Loose and muddled thinking—inconsistent, and confused thinking and planning., Marching forth into the unknown—India, advancing towards an unknown and uncertain, future., , — Noun—Come to my right side., Verb—He will side with you., — Noun—She came with a smiling face., , Place, , — Noun—The place is neat and, clean., Verb— Place the chair in the, room., , 2. (Solved), Youth is the best gift of the gods, says an old, “Upanishad”. Let us rejoice in it while we have, it. It is the great formative period of our life,, brief but powerful. We are then able to face the, world with feelings pure and with ambitions, unworldly. The bounds of our friendship, sympathy and fellow-feeling are not then set. We can, push them as widely as we like until they encompass all that is worth knowing amongst our, fellows. It is good to find a friend in a student, born in a community widely removed from our, own. To know him and through him to understand, the feelings, hopes and even the prejudices that, make him so dissimilar to us, is often a great, experience. In acquiring it we discover the human, elements lying underneath all that on casual, examination seemed so different and unintelligible. Through the mists of religious controversies, and political antipathies, we discover points of, contact and fellowship, untouched by the infection of religious or social prejudices so powerful, at a later age. Where religion divides, the common, possession of youth and its generous instincts may, unite, with its miraculous power of rooting itself, deep in the affections of our companions., —Dr. M. R. Jayakar.
Page 330 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 322 | L.W.C.E., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Give the central idea of the above, passage., Q. 3. Why is youth called the golden period of, one’s life ?, Q. 4. Explain the words and phrases i n bold, letters in the above passage., Q. 5. Make verbs from the following words :, Sympathy; human; infection; deep;, pure., , Answers, Ans. 1. The proper title to the passage would, be : “Glory of Youth.”, Ans. 2. Dr. Jayakar says that youth is the, formative period in one’s life. A man remains, untouched by social, religious and political biases, and prejudices during the period of youth. He can, establish better contacts with the people of other, countries and nationalities. Thus while age, divides, youth unites. Youth promates goodwill,, sympathy and cooperation., Ans. 3. Youth is the formative period of one’s, life. It is the period of hopes, enthusiasm and, energy. One’s career is formed in youth. Therefore, it is called the golden period., Ans. 4. Formative period …… life—the, period in which one’s character and career are, formed., Are not yet set—are not yet formed or fixed., They encompass all—they include all., Casual examination—a passing scrutiny or, review., Untouched b y……prejudices—not tainted, or coloured by any kind of prejudice, dislike or illwill., Ans. 5. Formation of verbs—, Sympathy —, sympathise, Human, —, humanise, Infection, —, infect, Deep, —, deepen, Pure, —, purify, , 3. (Solved), Graduation is only a milestone in life’s, journey. It does not mark the end of the education, road. In a very real sense, it is the commencement, , time, the beginning of a new journey which will, test the toughness of your mental and moral, fibre, the efficiency of your university training., The new experiences, the new problems and the, new situation will demand from you the exercise, of qualities for whose fostering the university, functions. The future will give the powers and, responsibilities to you. The historic role of large, educated classes, in the building up of a new India, cannot be over-estimated. If a leader is one who, knows where he is going, who has a firm grasp of, the insights and intuitions which have made our, civilization so enduring, and who can harness, them to every aspect of life, it is only the, universities that can train men for leadership. The, universities are more than institutions for higher, learning and professional training; they are called, upon to educate the younger generation, form its, character and create a new type of intellectual, leader., —Dr. Radhakrishnan., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Give the central idea of the above, passage, Q. 3. What is the role of young students in the, national life ?, Q. 4. Explain the words and phrases i n bold, letters in the above passage., Q. 5. Use the following words both a s nouns, and verbs :, End; sense; demand; exercise; grasp;, term; harness., , Answers, Ans. 1. A suitable title to the above passage, would be : “Role of Universities.”, Ans. 2. Dr. Radhakrishnan says that universities play a very vital role in the life of the, individual and national life. Universities supply a, regular stream of educated and responsible generation of young men. The future of India has to be, shaped by such young men. Our universities must, rise and come up to meet this national demand., Ans. 3. As soon as a student comes out of the, university he is called upon to play his role in the, national life. He has to play the role of a highly, enlightened, responsible and conscientious citizen., Young students must rise to meet the call of the, nation., Ans. 4. Only a milestone—only one stage in, the journey of life.
Page 331 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , COMPREHENSION | 323, Commencement time : beginning., Toughness ……fibre : intellectual and moral, power., For whose fostering, : for whose growth., Historic role, : important duty., Insights and intuitions : deep understanding and, moral spirit., Who can harness, : who can control., Ans. 5., End, : Noun—This is the end of the, problem., Verb—The problem ends here., Sense, : Noun—There is no sense in, what you say., Verb—I sense a foul play., Demand : Noun—The demand of foodgrains is rising., Verb—I demand no help from, you., Exercise : Noun—This is a difficult exercise., Verb—He should exercise all, his powers., Grasp : Noun—The situation is under, my grasp., Verb—Grasp the opportunity, when it comes., Train, : Noun—The train is late., Verb—The universities must, train the youth to grow into, good citizens., Harness : Noun—He died in harness., Verb—We must harness our, natural resources., , 4. (Solved), Does economic progress clash with real, progress ? By economic progress, I take it, we, mean material advancement without limit, and by, real progress we mean moral progress, which, again is the same thing as progress of the, permanent element in us. The subject may, therefore be stated thus : Does not moral progress, increase in the same proportion as material, progress ? I know that this is a wider proposition, than the one before us. But I venture to think that, we always mean the wider one even when we lay, , down the smaller. For we know enough of science, to realize that there is no such thing as perfect rest, or repose in this visible universe of ours. If,, therefore, material progress does not clash with, moral progress, it must necessarily advance the, latter., (Mahatma Gandhi), Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Write the summary of the above passage, in about one-third of its length., Q. 3. What is the relationship between real and, economic progress ?, Q. 4. Explain the words and phrases in bold, letters in the above passage., , Answers, Ans. 1. Title : “Economic Vs. Real P r ogress”., Ans. 2. Gandhiji refers to the relationship, between economic progres and real progress., Economic progress means material advancement., Real progress is moral and spiritual progress., These two are opposed to each other. This, problem has a wider application and must be, studied in its wider perspectives., Ans. 3. Gandhiji says that economic progress, does not promote real progress. On the contrary, economic progress hinders real progress., Ans. 4. Clash with—opposed to, run counter, to,, Permanent element is us—our moral and, spiritual faculty., Wider proposition—wider meaning., This visible universe—the material world, before us., , 5., Our constitution is named democracy,, because it is in the hands not of the few but of the, many. But our laws secure equal justice for all in, their private disputes and our public opinion, welcomes and honours talents in every branch, of achievement. And as we give free play to all, in our public life, so we carry the same spirit into, our daily relation with one another. We have no, black looks or angry words for our neighbour if, he enjoys himself in his own way and we abstain, from the little acts of churlishness which, though, they leave no mark, yet cause annoyance to those, who note them. Open and friendly in our private, intercourse, in our public acts we keep strictly
Page 332 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 324 | L.W.C.E., within the control of law. We acknowledge the, restraint of reverence, we are obedient to whomso-ever is set in authority, and to the laws, more, specially to those which offer protection to the, oppressed and to those unwritten ordinances, whose transgression brings admitted shame., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Give the summary of the above passage., Q. 3. Explain the portions in bold letters in the, above passage., Q. 4. “Our laws secure equal justice for all.”, This is a social virtue. Find out from the, passage some other social virtues which, democracy produces., , Hints, Idea—Principles of democratic way of life., The citizen of democracy is free in his personal, and private life, but he is bound by laws in public, life. He respects law and authority., Secure equal justice—guarantee equality, and justice to all; Tal-ents……achievement—, honour the talented man in every field of life and, career; Black ………words—discouragement and, jealousy; Little …… churlishness—little acts of, anger and jealousy; Unwritten Ordinances—, moral laws; Transgression—disobedience., , Q. 2. What, according to the author, is the test, of a man’s university education in life ?, Q. 3. What are the duties and responsibilities of, young graduates ?, Q. 4. What i s the advice of the author to the, young graduates ?, Q. 5. Explain the portions in bold letters., , Hints, Idea—A convocation address. Appeal to the, graduates to realize their duties and responsibilities. A vast field of action lies before them. They, should carry out their duties sincerely and, devotedly., The first milestone—the first important, stage., Arduous journey—hard courbe of life., Making ……… patience—demanding much, sacrifice and patience from man., Less showy……work—social service which, does not have much pomp and show but which is, very valuable., Rule of enlightened conscience—rule of, upright moral conduct and spiritual values., Loyalty………convictions—faith in religion, and other social systems and human values, inherited from the past., , 6., , 7., , To you who have received your degrees this, afternoon will go forth the congratulations and, good wishes of every one of us. Do not, however,, forget the significance of this function. Today you, have reached the first milestone of your long and, arduous journey in life, not always pleasant and, very often making large demands upon human, patience. The responsibilities of public life, political contests, social injustice and inequities and, economic conflicts between competing interests, will claim the attention of some of you. To others, may fall the less showy but more beneficent, work of social service. Whatever the sphere of life, you may be called upon to play your part in, the, eyes of your university will always be upon you., You can add to her pride or put her to shame by, your conduct and action. In the end, in the midst, of the conflicts that you will have to face, let the, rule of enlightened conscience and loyalty to, your convictions guide your path., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., , The basic faith of those who believe in, democracy is that the common man has enough, goodwill and common-sense to govern well, that, given freedom and power, men will educate one, another, will introduce better ways of life and, habits of friendly co-operation, and will in the, long run create a new society which will give the, best possible opportunity of good life to all. A, believer in democracy has faith in human nature,, in the goodwill and political ability of the, common man., But uneducated people with no experience of, self-government are quite incapable of suddenly, making a success of democracy. All history shows, that stable democracy is a slow growth, that the, people must have a long experience of selfgovernment and responsibility in many walks of, life, only then can they learn those qualities of, tolerance, of common-sense, of co-operation and, of judgement which are essential in the citizens of, a democracy.
Page 333 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , COMPREHENSION | 325, Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Explain the portions in bold letters in the, above passage., Q. 3. Answer briefly the following questions in, your own words—, (I) What is the basic faith of those who, believe in democracy ?, (II) What qualities are essential for the, citizen of a democracy?, , Q. 2. Give the substance of the above passage, in one-third of its original length., Q. 3. What impression do you form about the, character of Pt. Nehru from the above, passage ?, Q . 4. Explain the phrases and sentences in, bold letters above., , Hints, , Idea—Democracy is built on the faith of, goodness and proficiency in the common man, the, common citizen of a democracy must be conscious of his civic rights and duties. Uneducated, citizens with no experience of civic life cannot, make democracy a success., Basic faith—primary conception, faith at the, starting point., Self-government—democratic form of government., Stable democracy—strong and lasting democracy., , Idea—Pt. Nehru’s wife Kamla had fallen, seriously ill when he was in prison. Authorities, sent proposals to him that he could be released, from jail if he promised not to take part in politics., Pt. Nehru gave no such assurance. He knew that, Kamla herself would not feel happy if he did any, such thing., Intermediaries—agents of the authorities, Informal—verbal., Pledges—oaths of serving the country., Cause—relating to independence., Conceit—vanity., Predicament—embarrassing position., Dilemma—difficult situation, Undertaking—promise, assurance., , 8., , 9., , Suggestion came to me through various, intermediaries that if I could give an assurance,, even an informal assurance, to keep away from, politics for the rest of my term, I would be, released to attend on Kamla. Politics was far, enough from my thoughts just then, and the, politics I had seen during my eleven days outside, had disgusted me, but to give an assurance and, to be disloyal t o m y pledges, to the cause, t o, colleagues, t o my self, it was an impossible, condition whatever happened. To do so meant, inflicting a moral injury on the roots of my, being, on almost everything I held sacred. I was, told that Kamla’s condition was becoming worse, and worse, and my presence by her side might, make all the difference between life and death., Was my personal conceit and pride greater than, my desire to give her this chance ? It might have, been a terrible predicament for me, but fortunately, that dilemma did not face me in that way at least., Knowing that Kamla herself would strongly, disapprove of my giving any undertaking and if, I did anything of the kind, it would shock her and, harm her, I felt morally enlightened., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., , Freedom has assuredly given us a new status, and new opportunities. But it is also implied that, we should discard selfishness, laziness and all, narrowness of outlook. Our freedom suggests, toil and the creation of new values for old ones., We should so discipline ourselves as to be able to, discharge our new responsibilities satisfactorily. If, there is any one thing that needs to be stressed, more than any other in the new set-up, it is that we, should put into action our full capacity, each one, of us, in productive effort—each one of us in his, own sphere, however humble work, unceasing, work, should now be our watch word. Work is, wealth and service is happiness. Nothing else is., The greatest crime in India today is idleness. If we, root out idleness, all our difficulties including, even conflicts will gradually disappear. Whether a, constable or a high official of the State, whether as, businessman or industrialist, artisan or farmer or, peasant, each one of us should discharge his, obligation to the state and make a contribution to, the welfare of the country. Honest work is the, sheet-anchor to which we should cling if we want, to be saved from danger or difficulty. It is the, fundamental law of progress., , Hints
Page 334 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 326 | L.W.C.E., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Summarise the above passage in about, sixty-five words., Q. 3. What duties and responsibilities have, been bestowed on us by freedom ?, Q. 4. Explain the portions in bold letters., , Hints, Idea—Freedom has bestowed new duties and, responsibilities on us. We have to work hard with, all our capacity for the preservation of our, freedom. Work is the basic condition for securing, progress, prosperity and security., New status—new position of trust and responsibility., Discard—give up, do away with., Unceasing work—regular habit of working, hard., Root out—eliminate, drive out., Artisan—One engaged in some kind of, handicraft., Sheet-anchor—sheltering place., Cling—attached to., , 10., Man and his deeds are two distinct things., Whereas a good deed should call forth approbation and a wicked deed, disapprobation, the, doer of the deet whether good or wicked, always, deserves respect or pity as the case may be. ‘Hate, the sin and not the sinner’ is a precept which,, though easy enough to understand, is rarely, practised, and that is why the poison of hatred, spreads in the world., This form of Ahimsa is the basis of search for, truth. I am realising every day that the search is, vain unless it is founded on Ahimsa as the basis. It, is quite proper to resist and attack a system but, to resist and attack its author is tantamount to, resisting and attacking oneself. For we are all, tarred with the same brush, and the children of, one and the same creator and as such the divine, powers within us are infinite. To slight a single, human being is to slight those divine powers and, thus to harm not only that being but with him the, whole world., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above passage., Q. 2. Summarise Mahatma Gandhi’s views on, Ahimsa as given in the above passage., , Q. 3. Explain the portions in bold letters., Q. 4. Expand the idea contained in “Hate the, sin and not the sinner.”, , Hints, Idea—Here is an explanation of the true spirit, of Ahimsa. Ahimsa prescribes love and respect for, every human being irrespective of his actions. We, should hate the sin but not the sinner. To hate any, individual would be to hate the divine spark which, dwells within everyone of us., Approbation—approval, admiration., Disapprobation—disapproval, condemnation., Precept—moral principle, Tantamount to—equal to, Tarred with the same brush—The characters of all human beings are painted by the same, brush of God, and hence there is no difference, between one individual and the other., To slight—to hate and condemn., Those d i v i n e powers—moral and spiritual, powers within every individual., , Comprehension (contd), Poetry Passages, 11. (Solved), The world is too much with us; late and soon,, Getting and spending, we lay waste our powers :, Little do we see in nature that is ours;, We have given our hearts away, a sordid boon !, This sea that bares her bosom to the moon;, The winds that will be howling at all hours, And are up-gather’d now like sleeping flowers;, For this, for everything, we are out of tune :, It moves us not—Great God ! I’d rather be, A Pagan suckled in a creed outworn :, So might I, standing on this pleasant lea,, Have glimpses that would make me less forlorn;, Have sight of Proteus rising from the sea;, Or hear old Triton blow his wreathed horn., —W. Wordsworth, Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above poem., Q. 2. Write the substance of the above poem., Q. 3. Why are we drifting away from Nature ?
Page 335 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , COMPREHENSION | 327, Q. 4. Explain the expressions in bold letters in, the above poem., , Answers, Ans. 1. The title of the poem is : “The World, Is Too Much with Us.”, Ans. 2. The poet criticises the material civilization of the industrial age. Man is so engrossed in, economic activities that he can hardly find time to, perceive the beauty of Nature. He sees no beauty, in the sea heaving in moon-lit night or in the soft, fragrant breezes blowing in the morning. The poet, wants to love and worship Nature as the abode of, gods and goddesses and for that he is prepared, even to renounce Christanity and become a, Heathen devotee., Ans. 3. We are drifting away from nature, because we have no time to see her beauty. We are, so engrossed in earning and spending money that, we can hardly find time to appreciate how, beautiful the different forms of nature are. Our, love for material possessions has dried up our love, for nature., Ans. 4. The world……us—We are so badly, engrossed in economic and material pursuits., A sordid boon—material gains at the cost of, enjoyment of the beauty of nature make a bad, bargain., Howling at all hours—blowing hard all, through day and might., Suckled in a creed outworn—turning in, devotion to a lost and archaic religious creed now, called Heathenism., Make me less forlorn—having the sense of, being less lonely in the company of Heathen gods, and goddesses in different forms of Nature., , 12. (Solved), Break, break, break,, On thy cold gray stones, O Sea !, And I would that my tongue could utter, The thoughts that arise in me., O well for the fisherman’s boy,, That he shouts with his sister at play !, O well for the sailor lad,, That he sings in his boat on the bay !, And the stately ships go on, To their haven under the hill;, , But O for the touch of a vanish’d hand,, And the sound of a voice that is still !, Break, break, break,, At the foot of thy crags, O sea !, But the tender grace of a day that is dead, Will never come back to me., —Lord Tennyson, Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above poem., Q. 2. Write the substance of the above poem., Q. 3 . How d o the fisherman’s boy a n d t h e, sailor’s lad express their joy ?, Q. 4. Explain the expressions in bold letters in, the above poem., , Answers, Ans. 1. The suitable title is “Break, Break,, Break”., Ans. 2. Tennyson mourns the death of his, dear friend Hallam. The waves of the ocean, dashing against the shores resemble the beatings, of the poet’s heart. He cannot, however, express, his sad feelings adequately, even as the fisher boy, or the sailor lad could express their glee. The ships, go and return but his dear departed friend will, never return to him., Ans. 3. The fisherman’s boy can freely, express his joy by playing with his sister and, shouting with glee. The sailor’s lad expresses his, joy by singing freely from his boat. ., Ans. 4. Thy cold grey stones—The cold and, grey stony shore of the sea., Their haven……hill—the safe projection of, the hill over the bay under which the ships are, anchored;, A voice that is still—the voice of a dear, friend that has been silenced for ever by death., The touch……hand—The tender touch of, the hand of a dear friend whom death has snatched, away., The tender grace of a day—The tenderhearted and graceful friend who has gone for ever., , 13. (Solved), Happy the man, whose wish and care, A few paternal acres bound,, Content to breathe his native air, In his own ground.
Page 336 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 328 | L.W.C.E., Whose herds with milk, whose fields with, bread,, Whose flocks supply him with attire ;, Whose trees in summer yield him shade,, In winter fire., Blest, who can unconcernedly find, Hours, days, and years slide soft away, In health of body, peace of mind,, Quiet by day,, Sound sleep by night; study and ease, Together mix’d; sweet recreation,, And innocence, which most does please, With meditation., Thus let me live unseen, unknown;, Thus unlamented let me die;, Steal from the world, and not a stone, Tell where I lie., —A Pope, Q. 1., Q. 2., Q. 3., Q. 4., , Give a suitable title to the above poem., Give the central idea of the above poem., What is the last wish of the poet ?, Who, according to the poet, is a happy, man ?, Q. 5. Explain the portions in bold letters in the, above poem., , Answers, Ans. 1. Title “The Quiet Life.”, Ans. 2. The poet admires the blessings of, quiet and contented life. Happy is the man who, contentedly lives in his small paternal house,, reaping his fields, milking his cattle and fleecing, his sheep. He enjoys peace of mind, purity of, feelings and joy of life. This is the poet’s ideal of, happy life from which he does not want to deviate, even after death., Ans. 3. The peot’s last wish is that he should, be buried after his death as quietly and unceremoniously as he lived in his life., Ans. 4. The man who is simple, innocent and, contented is happy. Such a man enjoys peace of, mind, good health and sound sleep., Ans. 5. A few……bound—who contentedly, lives on the small farm left to him by his ancestors., Flocks supply…………attire—whose sheep, supply enough wool for their warm clothes., , Hours……away—who lives peacefully and, contentedly from hour to hour, day to day, and, year to year., unlamented……die—Let there be no mourners to mourn his death., , 14., I lay in sorrow, deep distressed :, My grief a proud man heard,, His looks were cold, he gave me gold, But not a kindly word., My sorrow passed,—I paid him back, The gold he gave to me., Then stood erect and spoke my thanks,, And blessed his charity., I lay in want, in grief and pain,, A poor man passed my way., He bound my head, he gave me bread,, He watched me night and day., How shall I pay him back again,, For all he did to me ?, Oh, gold is great but greater far, Is heavenly sympathy., Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above poem., Q. 2. Give the central idea of the above poem., Q. 3. What is more precious than gold and, why ?, Q. 4. What do you learn from the poem ?, , Hints, Idea—A word of sympathy is more precious, than Gold. Gold can be paid back, but there can be, no compensation for an act or word of real, sympathy. Human sympathy is priceless., Deep distressed—in great pain., Stood erect—without any obligation because, gold had been paid back., Watched me—nursed and helped me., Heavenly sympathy—human sympathy, which is a heavenly blessing., , 15., Gird on thy sword, O man, thy strength, endue,, In fair desire thy earth-born joy renew., Live thou thy life beneath the making sun,, Till Beauty, Truth, and Love in thee are one.
Page 337 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , COMPREHENSION | 329, Through thousand ages hath thy childhood, run !, On timeless ruin hath thy glory been;, From the forgotten night of loves foredone,, Thou risest in the dawn of hopes unseen., Higher and higher shall thy thoughts aspire,, Unto the stars of heaven, and pass away,, And earth renew the buds of the desire, In fleeting blooms of everlasting day., Thy work with beauty crown, thy life with, love;, Thy mind with truth uplift to God above !, For whom all is, from whom was all begun,, In whom all Beauty, Truth, and Love are, one., —Robert Bridges, Q. 1. Give a suitable title to the above poem., Q. 2. Give the central idea of the above poem., Q. 3. What is the poet’s message in the above, poem ?, Q. 4. Explain the expressions in bold letters in, the above poem., , Hints, Idea—The poet appeals to the people, always to keep ready for more and more work., , Young men and women must gather courage and, hope and fight on their way through all problems, and difficulties. They should never feel depressed, or dejected. One should also cultivate the higher, values of life. One should embody in his life the, highest ideals of Truth, Beauty and Love., gird on thy sword—keep yourself in readiness to fight the battle of life with courage and, boldness., Strength endue—collect all your strength., The making sun—the fostering sun; everything matures and ripens in the sun., Timeless ruin—ruins coming down from, times immemorial., Dawn of hope—new beginning of hopes and, aspirations., Buds of the desire—flowers of desires and, ambitions., Fleeting blooms—fast vanishing desires and, aspirations., Crown—decorate with., Uplift—raise., From whom……begun—everything ensued, from God.
Page 338 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 38, Importance of Precis—Precis is important, not merely for understanding a certain language, and writing in it. It is equally important in day-today activities and duties in personal life and, official obligations. Today the important statesmen, businessmen, and officers are so busy that, they do not have time to study and comprehend, long write-ups, notings, representations and, speeches. Therefore their Personal Secretaries, place before them the precis of all such documents, which they can easily understand and, dispose of. Therefore there is always a question on, Precis-writing in English in every important, competitive examination. A student must, therefore, have good practice in Precis-writing., , What is Precis ?, Precis (pronounced as ‘presee’) is a French, word. Its nearest equivalent in English is Precise,, which means ‘to shorten’. In other words, Precis, means to express the central thought of a given, passage / document as briefly as possible. There is, a difference also between Precis and Summary or, Central Idea. In Summary every remark, observation or thought has to be summarized irrespective, of whether it is important or not. Even repititions, have to be summarized over again. It is not, obligatory in a Summary even to arrange the, thoughts systematically. But in Precis thoughts, have to be arranged logically and systematically., A Summary can be loose, jerky, repetitive or, formless, but these short-comings are unpardonable in a Precis. The Central Idea is also different, from a Precis in as much as it is very short., Precis as a work of art—Precis is a more, logical, consistent, complete, and artistically, finished work of art. But the Precis–writer has no, right to express his own view, point or opinion in, the Precis. In point of thought he has to stick, faithfully to the original Passage. Therefore a, Precis–writer is exhorted thus :, , Precis-Writing, “Be faithful to the original in presenting, ideas, as well as the tone or the mood of the, passage. The aim (of precis-writing) is to absorb, mentally the gist of the original passage, and then, to re-express the meaning in one’s own way. Then, the passage must, as it were, be distilled in the, alembic of the mind. It is this process which, distinguishes a good precis from one which is, poor and mechanical. It involves concentration,, judgment, retention of ideas, wide vocabulary and, originality of expression.”, Length of the Precis—The Precis should be, about one–third of the given passage. In most, Question–Papers the number of words in the, passage is given at the end, and therefore the, Precis should contain approximately one–third of, the words in the passage. A margin of ten percent, more or less is permissible, but for every word, above or below this limit marks are deducted. This, is why in higher competitive examinations a, graph–paper is provided for writing the Precis, so, that the examiner can know the number of words, used in the Precis at a glance. Therefore this rule, regarding the length of the Precis should be, carefully observed., Title of the Precis—The title of the Precis, must be given, even if it is not asked. The hint for, the title can be found in the central idea of the, passage. In fact, the title is the central idea of the, central idea—the Precis of the Precis. It should, also be remembered that every word of the title, (except Articles, Prepositions and Conjunctions), should begin with a capital letter., Use of Third Person—Precis should always, be written in the Third Person, even if the, Original passage is in the First Person or Dialogue, form., Things to b e avoided in the Precis—The, following things should be avoided in writing the, Precis :
Page 339 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRECIS-WRITING | 331, (a) Your own views and opinions should not, come in the Precis., (b) Repititions should not be allowed to, come., (c) As far as possible, examples and illustrations should not be used., (d) Quotations and anecdotes should also be, avoided., (e) The use of Similes, Metaphors and other, literary artifices should be avoided., (f) Nothing irrelevant or out–of–context, matter should be allowed to come in., Language—The language of the Precis, should be simple, straight forward, accurate and, precise. This is very necessary because every, word in the Precis is counted. Every inaccurate,, superfluous or wrong word in the Precis is penalised., , How to Write a Precis, Precis–writing is not an easy task. It requires, long and sustained practice. To begin with, the, given passage should slowly and carefully be read, over at least two times. It is natural that a student, will not be able to understand the meaning of, every word or phrase in the passage. But this, should not discourage him. First of all, the main, topic with which the passage deals should be, located. The main topics can be, for example—, Education, Literature, Society, Politics, History,, Civic or Social Life, Patriotism, some Scientific, Discovery or Invention, etc. Having located the, main topic, attempt should be made to find out the, specific aspect of the main topic with which the, passage deals. Having done so, the passage should, be read over a third time, and this time the main, ideas in the passage should be underlined. The, meanings of difficult words and phrases should be, guessed in the light of the specific topic and the, context by common sense. The portions underlined as above should then be logically arranged, and a rough draft of the Precis should be prepared., This draft should be revised, corrected and, polished and the number of words in the draft, should be increased or decreased as per the, number of words in the given passage. Repetitions, vague or obscure words, examples and illustrations, use of literary artifices should judiciously, be avoided., , It is also necessary that the sentences in the, Precis should not be disconnected or disjointed., For this it is necessary that the sentences be, connected by proper and appropriate connective, words and phrases. The more popular connectives, are these :, Thus; therefore; consequently; accordingly;, thereupon; as a result; because of this; besides;, moreover; apart from; in addition to; in the end;, finally; under these circumstances; on the contrary, etc., With all these aids, the final draft should be, drawn and written out in the Answer-book or on, the graph–paper provided for this purpose., Finally the Title of the Precis must be given., We give below ten passages for Precis–, writing. The first five of them have been solved as, models. Below the remaining five passages their, central ideas and meanings of difficult words have, been given for the help of the student. It should be, remembered that the central idea has been given, for help—it is not the Precis of the Passage., , Model Precis Exercises, 1. (Solved), Make a Precis of the following passage in, about one-third of its length and give a suitable, title to it :—, Democracy is the most difficult of all forms, of government and yet it is one to which most, nations now aspire. This is because it seems to, most people to be the form of government which, provides the best hope of making a world in which, privileges, good fortune or the accidents of history, will no longer determine the spheres of opportunity. In this the human spirit will develop best., A successful democratic system requires a number, of pre-conditions, most of them difficult in themselves to establish. It requires the active cooperation of the community for the common good. It, requires institutions which can ensure that those, who obey the law will not become the victims of, those who do not. It requires a mutual respect and, shared pride in the objectives and traditions of the, community as a whole. It requires the absence, of any form of discrimination based on race,, sex, belief or opinion. It requires especially from, those who have power and influence, restraint, and patience., (170 Words)
Page 340 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 332 | L.W.C.E., , Solution, Title : Spirit of Democracy, Democracy is the most difficult, yet the most, sought after form of government. It promises to, provide equal opportunities and privileges to all, for the best development of human spirit. But for, this the pre-condition is that all people are lawabiding, mutually respectful and tolerant, proud of, their traditions and free from all kinds of prejudices and discrimination., (58 Words), , 2. (Solved), Make a Precis of the following passage in, about one-third of its length and give it a suitable title:—, Your mental attitude is a great determining, influence in your daily life. Begin the day with an, expectant and energetic mental attitude towards, your work and it will elevate and enhance all your, activities. The spirit in which you regard the world, and your fellow-men will be reflected back to you., When you are in the right mental attitude many, things will seem to conspire and co-operate to, advance your work and interests. Primarily it is, your mental attitude that makes the day happy and, productive, or the contrary. You can demonstrate, the truth of this today by looking only for the best,, to be intelligently optimistic, and to have confidence in the eternal supremacy of God. Make, more positive resolutions regarding the things you, ought to do and bring every possible reinforcement to bear upon such resolutions. Assert in, vigorous tones the thoughts you wish to establish, as unconscious habits of your life, remembering, always that while it is a great thing to conceive a, great idea, it is still greater to put it into execution., (180 Words), , Solution, Title : Value of Mental Attitude, One’s mental attitude plays a very important, role in one’s life and career. One’s attitude must, be healthy, active and reasonably optimistic. One, must begin the day with a happy, energetic and, hopeful resolution with a firm faith in God’s, moral order and divine justice. This attitude will, change the entire complexion of life and make one, more active, assertive and successful. (62 Words), , 3. (Solved), Make a Precis of the following passage in, about one-third of its length and give it a suitable title :—, , To know one’s own business and to mind, nothing else, that is the way to carry on the work, of life. This sounds like a common saying, yet few, really acknowledge it, even in principle. It is not, often that even the first step—that of knowing, what one’s business is—is honestly taken; it must, be allowed that with many there are intellectual as, well as moral difficulties in the way of this first, step. The easier method of getting rid of the, intellectual difficulty is for a man to ask himself, what is not his business; and many a kindly person, may be surprised to find that he has been in the, habit of considering it a virtue to waste time,, thought, feeling, and other means of interests, which truly are no business of his at all. He may, have to confess that he has been constantly wasting sympathy on sorrows and evils which he, cannot remove or alleviate. Sympathy which does, not mean action of some sort is not much of a, virtue in any man; while in those human beings, who habitually indulge in sympathy for its own, sake, it is apt to become a hateful and vicious, cowardice., (202 Words), , Solution, Title : Know Your Business, A man’s first duty is to know his business and, act honestly and faithfully in his own sphere., Many a good-intentioned person unknowingly, wastes much of his time, energy and emotional, sensibility in ideological and passive sympathy for, many sorts of human sufferings which he can, neither remove nor alleviate. This kind of sympathy is not only useless but thoughtless and, meaningless also. Habitual indulgence in this kind, of sympathy is imbecile and cowardly., (73 Words), , 4. (Solved), Make a Precis of the following passage in, about one-third of its length and give it a suitable title :—, I take it that the whole object of education is,, in the first place, to train the faculties of the young, in such a manner as to give their possessors the, best chance of being happy and useful in their, generation; and, in the second place, to furnish, them with the most important portions of that, immense capitalized experience of the human race, which we call knowledge of various kinds. I am, using the term knowledge in its widest possible, sense; and the question is, what subjects to select
Page 341 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRECIS-WRITING | 333, by training and discipline, in which the objet I, have just defined may be best attained., I must call attention further to this fact, that, all the subjects of our thoughts—all feelings and, propositions (leaving aside our sensations as the, mere materials and occassions of thinking and, feeling), all our mental furniture—may be classified under one of two heads—as either within the, province of the intellect, something that can be put, into propositions and affirmed or denied; or as, within the province of feeling, or that which,, before the name was defined, was called the, aesthetic side of our nature, and which can neither, be proved nor disproved, but only felt and known., According to the classification which I have, put before you, then, the subjects of all knowledge, are divisible into two groups, matters of science, and matters of art; for all things with which the, reasoning faculty alone is occupied, come under, the province of science; and in the broadest sense,, and not in the narrow and technical sense in which, we are now accustomed to use the word art, all, things feelable, all things which stir our emotions,, come under the term of art, in the sense of the, subject-matter of the aesthetic faculty. So that we, are shut up to this—that the business of education, is, in the first place, to provide the young with the, means and the habit of observation; and, secondly, to supply the subject-matter of knowledge either, in the shape of science or of art, or both combined., (354 Words), , Solution, Title : Object of Education, Broadly speaking, education aims to achieve, two objectives—first, to train the student in such a, way as to make his life happy and useful, and, secondly to provide him with knowledge of various kinds. The knowledge imparted by education, embodies the immense experience acquired by the, human race through ages. This knowledge, again,, can be classified under two heads—one, relating, to the intellect or reasonning, the other relating to, the sphere of feeling. The first belongs to the, category of science and the second to that of arts., Science deals with the objects that can be, rationally explained and objectively proved or, disproved. Art deals with matters relating to, feelings and emotions. True education combines, the two categories into one., (122 Words), , 5. (Solved), Make a Precis of the following passage in, about one-third of its length and give it a suitable title :—, Some of the things which Science has given, us have certainly helped to make our lives, happier. Science has helped us to get rid of many, sicknesses of the body. That is a great thing. It is, difficult to be happy if your body is full of pain., Scientists have made many discoveries which, have helped to make painless, and to remove the, causes of pain and sickness. By making it possible, to cure terrible diseases—such as malaria, smallpox, plague, pneumonia and tuberculosis—Science has made longer the life of the average man., Science is helping man to produce much more, food from the earth. By this, it is helping to get rid, of famine and to prevent sickness caused by not, having enough food to eat. It has also made possible the sending of quick relief to places where, there is shortage of food and medicines, with the, help of motor-lorries, railway trains, ships and, aeroplanes. That is also very good, and many lives, are saved in such ways., There are also many discoveries of Science, which have definitely brought unhappiness into, the world. But that is not because the discoveries, are bad, but because men are using them badly., For example, consider the discovery of gunpowder and of other explosives, each more, powerful than the previous one discovered. In, ancient times men could wound and kill each, other only if they were near enough to strike each, other with stones, arrows, spears or swords. Even, in battles, the armies on both sides usually, consisted of a few thousand men, so the number, wounded and killed was not very large. In most, wars the peasants went on cultivating their fields, peacefully, even when the armies were fighting a, few miles away. But the invention of fire-arms, and high explosives caused a great change. A, modern machine-gun, or quick-firing gun, worked, by a single man, can wound and kill hundreds of, people in a few minutes. One modern bomb can, kill hundreds of thousands of people immediately, if it was dropped on a big city., The scientists who invented these terrible, weapons are not wicked men who enjoy killing., They are people with kind hearts, but they are, more clever, and they earn their living by discovering new things., (385 Words)
Page 342 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 334 | L.W.C.E., , Solution, Title : Blessings and Curses of Science, Science is both a blessing and a curse. While, it has given us many things which have made life, better and happier, it has also given terrible, instruments of destruction. Science has discovered, and invented many things to alleviate pain and, cure terrible diseases. These discoveries have, enabled man to live a longer and healthier life., Science has also helped man in increasing, food production and other necessary things of life, and sending them quickly to distant places of, shortage or natural calamities. But, on the other, hand, science has also discovered and invented, many things which have been used as instruments, of large-scale destruction of life and property. But, it is not the scientists but we who are responsible, for this misuse of scientific discoveries and inventions., (129 Words), , Precis—Exercises for Practice, (6), Make a Precis of the following passage and, give it a suitable title. The Precis should be, about one-third of the length of the passage :—, Education in our country today has become, entirely meaningless, even harmful. It is distressing to find that during all these years of our, Independence we have been merely dabbling in, schemes and projects, in new-fangled ideas mostly, borrowed from the West; merely setting up, Commission after Commission at the cost of lakhs, of rupees, and let the matter rest at that. The drive,, the initiative, the dynamic vision necessary for, radical reforms in the sphere of education are, lamentably conspicuous by their absence. We, have allowed matters to drift aimlessly, instead of, settling down to grapple with momentous issues., The result has been disastrous. A lifeless, mechanical system of teaching in overcrowded schools, and colleges imposed by far from competent, teachers on students whose only interest is to get, through the examinations, has been the bane of, our education. We have completely forgotten the, simple yet vital truth that the aim of education is, first to build up character in the widest sense, and, then to impart knowledge., (172 Words), , Aids, Central Idea—Education in our country is, meaningless. Commission after commission has, , been set up since independence but no definite, education policy has been evolved. Education has, remained the same lifeless, mechanical and, useless process which has done more harm than, good to our growing generations. It has failed to, mould their character., Vocabulary :, Distressing, : painful., Dabbling, : playing with., New-fangled : far-fetched., Rest at that : remain at the same stage., Drive, : dashing spirit; the spirit to go, forward., Initiative, : courage and confidence; spirit, to act., Dynamic, : active and energetic., Radical, : basic and revolutionary., Lamentably : regrettably., Conspicuous : lacking, wanting., Grapple, : to fight with., Bane, : curse., , (7), Make a Precis of the following passage in, about one-third of its length and give it a suitable title—, To picture to ourselves something of the, wider life that unity would open to men, is a very, attractive speculation. Life will certainly go with a, stronger pulse; it will breathe a deeper breath,, because it will have dispelled and conquered a, hundred infections of the body and mind that now, reduce it to invalidism and squalor. We have, already laid stress on the vast elimination of, drudgery from human life through the creation of, a new race of slaves—the machines. This and the, disappearance of the war and the smoothing out of, endless restraints and contentions by juster social, and economic arrangements, will lift the burden of, toilsome work and routine work that has been the, price of human security since the dawn of the first, civilization from the shoulders of our children., This does not mean that they will cease to work,, but they will cease to do irksome work under, pressure and will work freely, planning, making,, creating according to their gifts and instincts., They will fight nature no longer as dull conscripts, of the pick and plough, but for a splendid conquest. Only the spiritlessness of our present
Page 343 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PRECIS-WRITING | 335, depression blinds us to the clear intimations of our, reason that in the course of a few generations, every little country town could become an Athens,, every human being could be gentle in breeding, and healthy in body and mind, the whole solid, earth man’s mine and its uttermost regions his, playground., (244 Words), , Aids, Central Idea—World unity will bring many, great advantages. Life will become happier and, more secure on account of the elimination of fear, of war and mental tension. With the introduction, of machinery man will be relieved of the drudgery, of monotonous and hard physical labour. The, constant pressure of depression and discontent, will be lifted and the whole world will become, man’s own home., Vocabulary :, Speculation : vision; dream., Pulse, : zest for life., Invalidism, : ailment, disease., Squalor, : drudgery., Elimination : withdrawal, ending., Race of slave : machines will serve as a new, generation of slaves., Contentions : conflicts., Cease, : stop., Instincts, : natural inclination., Breeding, : upbringing., , (8), Make a Precis of the following passage and, give it a suitable title :—, Broken friendship, like china, may be repaired, but the break will always show. Friendship, is a precious thing—too precious a treasure to be, carelessy broken or thrown away. The world, handles the word “friend” lightly; its real, true,, deeper meaning is forgotten, and the acquaintance, of an hour or the chancecomer is designated by, the term which in itself bears a wealth of meaning., Your friend is the one who appreciates your faults, as well as your virtues; who understands and, sympathises with your defeats and victories, your, aims and ideas, your joys and temptations, your, hopes and disappointments, as no one else does or, can. It is your friend to whom you turn for, counsel, for comfort, for praise; he may not be as, learned as some or as wise as others, but it, , suffices that he understands you, and even his, quite listening gives strength and renewed courage., Blessed is the man or woman into whose life, has come the beauty and power of such a, friendship. Prize it well. Do all in your power to, keep such a friendship unbroken. Avoid the break,, for when it comes it cannot be mended and the, jarring note mars the harmony. It is not alone a, question of forgiveness that may be full and, complete. It is the hurt in the heart that will not, readily heal and the confidence that will not fully, come back., (241 Words), , Aids, Central Idea—True friendship is a precious, thing but very rare. Friendship is not the same, thing as a casual acquaintance or a chancemeeting., A true friend is one who fully understands and, appreciates your strong as well as weak points and, who stands by you through all phases of life, whether dark or bright. True friendship should, never be hurt or broken for thereafter it can never, be restored to its normal glamour., Vocabulary :, China, : utensils made of China clay., Designated, : called; termed., Temptations : weaknesses., Suffices, : is sufficient., Prize, : value, place high., Mended, : repaired., Jarring, : unpleasant., , (9), Make a Precis of the following passage and, suggest a suitable title for it :—, For better or for worse, we are living in a, society which is based physically on Western, science and technology. This has inescapable, consequences for the scientist. Initially he was an, accidental force in the unfolding of human, destiny. This he can no longer be. As Neils Bohr, has said, scientists must become conscious of the, fact that they are not merely observers, but also, actors on the stage of life. The everyday world is, crowding upon us; science is only a means to an, end, and not an end in itself. Science is not, enough. Chemistry is not enough. Scientists must, live and even chemists must eat. Modern societies, are preoccupied with efforts to improve their
Page 344 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 336 | L.W.C.E., material conditions and they are doing this under, such intense competition that the less efficient will, either fall behind or go to the wall. The means, which are used depend on the application of, scientific knowledge. Only scientists have the, necessary training for establishing and using the, technologies required to exploit recent major, discoveries and those likely to arise in the future., It is clear that they will be brought more and more, into technology, and thus into industry, the vehicle, by which mankind exploits science for his own, ends. It is certain that modern society will be, forced to deploy its scientists in a manner, conducive to fulfilling its objectives.Moreover,, since the scientist is a part of society, he will be, impelled to respond to the needs of the times and, assume a wider role., (258 Words), , Aids, Central Idea—Scientists have to play a vital, role in society. They cannot shake off their, obligations and responsibility to mankind. They, cannot remain passive spectators. The scientific, discoveries and inventions must be applied to the, promotion of human welfare., Vocabulary :, Inescapable : from which escape is not possible., Initially, : in the beginning., Unfolding, : opening., Crowding, : collectively depending., Preoccupied : engaged., Go to the wall : lost, forgotten., Vehicle, : means., Exploits, : uses., Ends, : objective, purpose., Deploy, : use., Conducive, : useful, beneficial., , (10), Make a Precis of the following passage and, give it a suitable title :—, Friendship is above reason, for, though you, find virtues in a friend, he was your friend before, you found them. It is a gift that we offer because, we must; to give it as the reward of virtue would, be to set a price upon it and those who do that, have no friendship to give. If you choose your, , friends on the ground that you are virtuous and, want virtuous company, you are no nearer to true, friendship than if you choose them for commercial, reasons. Besides, who are you that you should be, setting a price upon your friendship ? It is enough, for any man that he has the divine power of, making friends, and he must leave it to that power, to determine who his friends shall be. For, though, you may choose the virtuous to be your friends,, they may not choose you; indeed, friendship, cannot grow where there is any calculated choice., It comes like sleep, when you are not thinking, about it; and you should be grateful, without any, misgiving, when it comes., So no man who knows what friendship is ever, gave up a friend because he turns out to be, disreputable. His only reason for giving up a, friend is that he has ceased to care for him; and,, when that happens he should reproach himself for, this moral poverty of affection, not the friend for, having proved unworthy. For it is inhuman, presumption to say of any woman, when you have, fallen out of love with her, that she is unworthy of, your love. In friendship and in love we are always, humble, because we see that a free gift has been, given to us : and to lose that humility because we, have lost friendship or love is to take a pride in, what should shame us., (308 Words), , Aids, Central Idea—True friendship is not governed by any personal gain on either side. Friendship grows unconsciously and automatically. A, virtuous man seeking to make friendship with, another virtuous man is wrong logic. Friendship, cannot grow on such calculations. Friendship is a, divine gift and it must be accepted as such. It is as, natural and divine as love., Vocabulary :, Commercial, reasons, : material gains., Divine power : heavenly boon., Calculated, choice, : choosing a friend through such, logic., Misgiving, : doubt or fear., Disreputable : dishonourable., Reproach, : blame.
Page 345 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 39, What is Paraphrasing ?, The word ‘Paraphrase’ is made of two Greek, words—Para, which means ‘alongside of’ or, ‘parallel to’, and Phrasis, which means ‘wording’, or ‘stating’. Therefore ‘Paraphrasing’ means expressing the full meaning of a given poem or a, prose passage in simple language parallel to the, language of the given extract., According to J. C. Nesfield, “Paraphrasing is, rendering of a given extract from one form of, wording to another.”, Wren and Martin similarly hold that “Paraphrase is restatement of the sense of the passage in, other words. It is the reproduction in one’s own, natural idiom or style of the full sense of a passage, written in another idiom or style.”, It would be clear from the above noted definitions that in paraphrasing there should be no, change in the idea or thought-content of the given, extract. The change should be only in the language, diction and style., , Difference between Paraphrase and, Precis, Paraphrase and Precis are two different, exercises. In Precis one is required to give the, central thought and main points systematically, arranged in about one-third of the given passage., In paraphrase there is no condition of length nor is, one required to rearrange the thoughts of the, original extract. One is required only to restate the, thoughts in simple language line by line or, sentence by sentence in the same order. The, paraphrase is, therefore, almost of the same length, as the original passage. Sometimes the paraphrase, is even longer because the difficult or obscure, words, references or allusions occurring in the, original extract have to be briefly explained and, stated in the paraphrase. But it should be kept in, mind that there should be no change in the idea or, thought-content in the paraphrase. Also, you are, not allowed to express your own opinion or your, , Paraphrasing, agreement or disagreement with the thought of the, given passage., In a way, therefore, paraphrase is a kind of, translation, but it is not a translation from one, language to another, but from one style and diction to another style and diction in the same, language., , Some Hints for Paraphrasing, No definite rules can be framed for paraphrasing, but some practical suggestions can, of course,, be given. The following are these suggestions :, (1) Read the given poem or prose extract, slowly and carefully at least two times, and try to understand its central idea., (2) Thus, keeping the central idea in mind,, read the given poem once or twice again, and try to grasp the meaning line by line., Also, try to guess the meanings of, difficult words and phrases in the light of, the central idea and the context., (3) Thereafter, underline the archaic or difficult words and expressions, as well as the, similes, metaphors and other Figures of, Speech, if any. Also underline the literary, or mythological references and allusions., All these have to be stated in easy and, simple language in the paraphrase., (4) The construction of sentences in poetry is, different from that in prose. Therefore all, poetical constructions and inversions, should be changed into simple normal, prose-order. For example, see the following line written in verse :, “A man severe he was, and stern to view;, I knew him well.”, (Goldsmith), Its prose-order would be :, “I knew him well that he was a severe, man, with a stern expression.”, (5) As has been said above, the difficult and, archaic words and phrases should be, changed into simple ones. This does not,
Page 346 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 338 | L.W.C.E., , (6), , (7), , (8), , (9), , however, mean that every difficult word, must necessarily be changed. The intention of paraphrasing is to simplify and, clarify the meaning and not essentially to, change the words., The given poem or passage should be, paraphrased line to line or sentence to, sentence. Therefore the paraphrase is, almost of the same length as the original., Sometimes the paraphrase may even be a, little longer than the given extract,, because difficult words or references, have to be briefly explained in it., Paraphrase can be done either in the, direct or indirect form of speech according to the given extract., In a poem articles, prepositions, conjunctions, etc. are often left out. They should, be suitably added in the paraphrase. The, Rhetorical, Exclamatory or Interrogative, sentences occurring in the poem should, be converted into simple sentences., Neither take away nor add any idea or, opinion of your own in the paraphrase., , Examples, (1), Lives of great men all remind us, We can make our lives sublime,, And, departing, leave behind us, Foot-prints on the sands of time., Foot-prints that perhaps another, Sailing o’er life’s solemn main,, A forlorn and shipwrecked brother,, Seeing, shall take heart again., (H.W. Longfellow), , Paraphrase, The lives of all great men remind us that we, can also make our lives noble and sublime. Before, leaving this world on death, we can also leave, some deep impressions of our noble deeds on the, shore of time which may encourage and inspire an, unfortunate fellow traveller who may have failed, in the journey of life and felt forsaken and, deserted by all in his despair and loneliness., , (2), Life ! I know not what thou art., But know that, thou and I must part., And when, or how, or where we met, I own to me’s a secret yet., , Life ! we’ve been long together, Through pleasant and through cloudy, weather., ’Tis hard to part when friends are dear, Perhaps it will cost a sigh, a tear;, Then steal away, give little warning,, Choose thine own time :, Say not good night ;, but in some brighter clime,, Bid me good morning., (Barbauld), , Paraphrase, I do not know what life is, but one thing that I, know for certain is that one day we shall have to, part company with each other. I must admit that it, is still a mystery to me as to when and in what, way and at what place, I came to have life. I am, fully conscious of the fact that life and I have been, good companions for a long time and remained, constant through all favourable and unfavourable, situations. It is very painful to part company with, life, specially when there are many dear friends, around. Parting from life would certainly draw a, sigh of grief from the heart and a tear from the, eye. Life would certainly part at its own time. Let, life part quietly without a warning, but I only, earnestly wish that life should not say a permanent, good night to me, but it should rather greet me, with a good morning in heaven where the departed, souls meet., , (3), Breathes there the man, with soul so dead,, Who never to himself hath said,, “This is my own, may native land ?”, Whose heart hath ne’er within him burn’d., As home his foot steps he hath turn’d, From wandering on a foreign strand ?, If such there breathe, go, mark him well;, For him no minstrel raptures swell;, High though his titles, proud his name,, Boundless his wealth as wish can claim :, Despite those titles, power and pelf,, The wretch, concentrated all in self,, Living, shall forfeit fair renown,, And doubly dying, shall go down, To the vile dust, from whence he sprung,, Unwept, unhonoured, and unsung., (Sir Walter Scott)
Page 347 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PARAPHRASING | 339, , Paraphrase, There cannot be a man who is spiritually so, dead that his heart does not feel a kind of thrill, when he puts his foot on the shore of his, fatherland after a long stay in foreign lands, and, who does not say with pride that this is his own, dear country. If such an unpatriotic man exists, anywhere, go and note his career carefully. You, will find that no poet would sing any song in his, praise, however high his position may be, or,, however dignified his name. He may also be, possessing as much wealth as he could desire. But, in spite of all his high titles, powerful position and, wealth, the miserable man, all absorbed in, himself, will get no fame or recognition in his, lifetime. And he will die a double death : his body, will return to the dust from where it came and his, name and memory will be forgotten for ever in, oblivion. None will weep for him, none will, honour his memory, and no poet will ever write a, song in his praise., , (4), Give thy thoughts no tongue,, Nor any unproportion’d thought his act., Be thou familiar, but by no means vulgar., The friends thou hast, and their adoption, tried,, Grapple them to thy soul with hoops of steel;, But do not dull thy palm with entertainment, Of each new-hatched, unfledged comrade., Beware, Of entrance to a quarrel; but, being in,, Bear it, that the opposer may beware of thee., Give every man thine ear, but few thy voice:, Take each man’s censure, but reserve thy, judgment., Costly thy habit as thy purse can buy,, But not express’d in fancy; rich, not gaudy :, For the apparel oft proclaims the man., (Shakespeare), , Paraphrase, Here is an advice of a father to a son : Never, speak out your personal thoughts by your tongue,, nor act in haste in compliance to a casual thought., Be friendly to all but never too intimate. Whatever, friends you have, judge their sincerity, and once, you find them sincere and loyal to you, bind them, to your heart with chains of steel. But do not, waste your money in entertaining every casual or, time-serving acquaintance. Avoid entering into a, , quarrel as far as possible, but once you enter, fight, out with all your force so that your opponent may, never dare to offend you again. Listen to, everybody but speak to the selected ones only., Listen to the advice of everybody but act, according to your own judgment. Always wear, decent dress, but within the capacity of your, purse; your dress should be decent but not too, guady, for a man is well judged by his dress., , (5), Let me not hurt, by selfish deed, Or thoughtless word, the heart of foe or, friend;, Nor would I pass, unseeing, worthy need,, Or sin by silence when I should defend., However meagre be my worldly wealth,, Let me give something that shall aid my, kind—, A word of courage, or a thought of health,, Dropp’d as I pass for troubled hearts to find., Let me to-night look back across the span, ’Twixt dawn and dark, and to my conscience, say—, Because of some good act to beast or man,, The world is better that I lived today., , Paraphrase, I would not hurt by any selfish action of mine, or even by an unkind word the heart of any, person, whether friend or foe (enemy). Nor would, I pass unconcerned by any person who may be in, genuine need of some help from me. I would also, not hold my tongue when any needy person, deserves my defence. I would certainly give, something or the other to a fellow human being in, his hour of need, however poor my own resources, may be. If nothing else, I would at least speak a, word of courage, comfort or good cheer to a man, languishing in pain. Every day would I survey my, deeds from morning to evening and satisfy my, conscience that I did at least one good act to help, and comfort a man or a beast. Every day of my, life I must do something to make the world, happier., , Exercise, Paraphrase the following poems :, (1), If you are sighing for a lofty work,, If great ambitions dominate your mind,
Page 348 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 340 | L.W.C.E., Just watch yourself and see you do not shirk, The common little ways of being kind., If you are dreaming of a future goal,, When crowned with glory men shall own, your power,, Be careful that you let no struggling soul, Go by unaided in the present hour., If you would help to make the wrong things, right,, Begin at home, there lies a lifetime’s toil :, Weed your own garden fair for all men’s, sight,, Before you plan to till another’s soil., , Hints, [Here is a poet’s advice to a man who is, desirous of doing something good and memorable., One should never overlook or neglect small acts, of kindness to the humble and needy. One’s own, family is the most important starting point towards, this goal., Meanings—Sighing—Keenly, desirous;, shirk—overlook; unaided—without giving help;, weed—clean ., , (2), Children we are all, Of one great Father, in whatever clime, Nature or chance hath cast the seeds of life—, All tongues, all colours : neither after death, Shall we be sorted into languages, And tints, white, black and tawny, Greek and, Goth,, Northmen, and offspring of hot Africa;, The All-father, He in whom we live and move,, He the indifferent judge of all, regards,, Nations, and hues, and dialects alike;, According to their works shall they be judged,, When even-handed justice in the scale, Their good and evil weighs., (R. Southey), , Hints, [Here is the poet’s appeal not to make any, difference from man to man on the basis of, nationality, colour or creed. There is no such, distinction in the eye of God. God judges us all by, our good or evil deeds only., Meanings : Clime—Climate;, sorted—, classified; tawny—brown; offspring—children;, hues—colours; dialects—languages; even-handed—perfect, impartial.], , (3), Out of the night that covers me,, Black as the pit from pole to pole,, I thank whatever gods may be, For my unconquerable soul., In the fell clutch of circumstance, I have not winced nor cried aloud., Under the bludgeonings of chance, My head is bloody, but unbowed., Beyond this place of wrath and tears, Looms but the horror of the shade,, And yet the menace of the years, Finds, and shall find me, unafraid., It matters not how strait the gate,, How charged with punishments the scroll,, I am the master of my fate :, I am the captain of my soul., (W. E. Henley), , Hints, [This poem is entitled “Invictus” which, means ‘unconquered’. Human soul is unconquered., It remains steadfast against all strokes of, misfortune and sufferings of life. Even death, cannot conquer it., Meanings:—Fell clutch—cruel grip., bludgeonings of chance—heavy blows of, fate and chance; winced—trembled; shade—, death; menace of the years—Whatever other, threats the coming years may bring; straight the, gate—narrow gate of death; scroll—record of, good and evil deeds maintained in heaven.], , (4), I was not ever thus, nor prayed that thou, Shouldst lead me on;, I loved to choose and see my path, but now, Lead Thou me on,, I loved the garish day, and, spite of fears,, Pride ruled my will; remember not past years., So long Thy power hath blest me, sure it still, Will lead me on,, O’er moor and fen, o’er crag and torrent, till, The night is gone,, And with morn those angel faces smile,, Which I have loved long since, and lost, awhile., (J. H. Newman)
Page 349 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , PARAPHRASING | 341, , Hints, [This is an extract from a poem entitled “Lead, Kindly Light”. It is a hymn, a prayer to God to, light his way and lead him on in the difficult, journey of life., Meanings—Path—journey of life;, garish day—glamorous time; moor and, fen—hard and thorny path in the journey of life;, Crag and torrent—hills and rivers; angel, faces—The loving faces of those dear ones who, died earlier and may be waiting for me in heaven.], , (5), Just for a handful of silver he left us,, Just for a riband to stick in his coat—, Found the one gift of which fortune bereft us,, Lost all the others she lets us devote;, They, with the gold to give, doled him out, silver,, So much was theirs who so little allowed;, How all our copper had gone for his service !, Rags—were they purple, his heart had been, proud !, We that had loved him so, followed him,, honoured him, Lived in his mild and magnificent eye,, Learned his great language, caught his clear, accents,, Made him our pattern to live and to die !, (Robert Browning), , Hints, [This extract is from a poem entitled “The, Lost Leader.” The Lost Leader is the great poet, Wordsworth. He is called a lost Leader because he, had deserted the democratic party and joined the, Royalists on receiving a pension from the King., Meanings— Handful of silver—a small, pension (in the shape of silver coins); riband—, medal; bereft—deprived of; doled him—gave, him only silver, not gold; copper—hard earned, little money; mild and magnificent eye—, affectionate and dignified care; pattern—model.], , (6), The waves beside them danced, but they, Out-did the sparkling waves in glee :—, A Poet could not but be gay, In such a jocund company !, I gazed—and gazed—but little thought, , What wealth the show to me had brought;, For oft, when on my couch I lie, In vacant or in pensive mood,, They flash upon that inward eye, Which is the bliss of solitude;, And then my heart with pleasure fills,, And dances with the daffodils., (William Wordsworth), , Hints, [This extract is taken from the poem entitled, “Daffodils”. Here is a beautiful description of a, vast tract of daffodils dancing in the soft breeze., The daffodils filled the poet’s mind and heart with, a great treasure of beauty and joy., Meanings : Out-did—surpassed;, glee—cheerfulness; jocund—gay;, pensive—melancholy;, inward eye—imagination;, solitude—loneliness.], , (7), The world is too much with us; late and soon,, Getting and spending, we lay waste our, powers., Little we see in Nature that is ours;, We have given our hearts away, a sordid, boon!, This Sea that bares her bosom to the moon;, The winds that will be howling at all hours,, And are up-gathered now like sleeping flowers,, For this, for everything, we are out of tune;, It moves us not—Great God ! I’d rather be, A Pagan suckled in a creed outworn;, So might I, standing on this pleasant lea,, Have glimpses that would make me less forlorn;, Have sight of Proteus rising from the sea;, Or hear old Triton blow his wreathed horn., (William Wordsworth), , Hints, [This is an extract from the poem entitled, “The World is too much with us.” In the pursuit of, money and material possessions we have ceazed, to appreciate the beauty of Nature. In order to, come closer to Nature the poet is ready to, renounce Christianity and accept Paganism wherein all forms of nature are worshipped as different, gods.
Page 350 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 342 | L.W.C.E., Meanings—Sordid boon—a hard bargain;, up-gathered—hushed up Pagan—follower of an, old non-Christian religion; outworn—archaic,, dead; less forlorn ; less lonely; Proteus—Seagod; Triton—god of woods.], , (8), But the Taj, the tale still telling,, Stands in Agra city great,, White and shining, all excelling, In its beauty and its state., There they lie, the loving hearted, ’Neath its marble side by side,, Those in life so long-time parted, Death no longer can divide., For though pressed from many quarters, True love steadfast still abides,, Is not quenched by many waters,, Even death’s relentless tides., All true love is never failing, Howsoe’er men faithless be,, But o’er everything prevailing, Lives to all eternity. (Mary Dobson), , Hints, [This extract is from Mary Dobson’s poem, entitled “The Taj Mahal”. The Taj is an, immortal symbol of love. The Moghul Emperor, Shahjahan and his beloved Queen Mumtaj are, sleeping in eternal sleep in this tomb. Life had, parted them, but Death has united them for ever., Meanings—All excelling—best of all; steadfast—constant; abides—remains; relentless, tides—Ocean of Eternity.], , (9), I am monarch of all I survery;, My right there is none to dispute;, From the centre all round to the sea,, I am lord of the fowl and the brute., O solitude ! where are the charms, That sages have seen in thy face ?, Better dwell in the midst of alarms,, Than reign in this horrible place., I am out of humanity’s reach,, I must finish my journey alone,, Never hear the sweet music of speech;, I start at the sound of my own., The beasts that roam over the plain,, My form with indifference see;, , They are so unacquainted with man,, Their tameness is shocking to me., (W. Cowper), , Hints, [This is an extract from the poem entitled, “The Solitude of Alexander Selkirk”. Selkirk was, left all alone on an uninhabited island. He, languished to hear any human voice. He feels, awfully frustrated in the dead solitude of the, island. He is completely out of humanity’s reach., Meanings : Monarch—King; survey—see, around me; fowl and the brute—birds and, animals;, alarms—troubles and problems of, life; dwell—live; indifference—non-recognition ], , (10), Beside the ungathered rice he lay,, His sickle in his hand;, His breast was bare, his matted hair, Was buried in the sand., Again, in the mist and shadow of sleep,, He saw his native land., Wide through the landscape of his dreams, The lordly Niger flowed;, Beneath the palm-trees, on the plain, Once more a king he strode;, And heard the tinkling caravans, Descend the mountain road., He saw once more his dark-eyed queen, Among her children stand :, They clasped his neck, they kissed his cheeks,, They held him by the hand—, A tear burst from the sleeper’s lids;, And fell into the sands. (H. W. Longfellow), , Hints, [This is an extract from the poem entitled, “The Slave’s Dream.” A Negro Chieftain was, taken captive as a slave. He was forced to work as, a slave on a farm in America. There he remembered his family and his native land and languished to go back to them. He saw them in a dream, and in the joy and excitement of the dream he, passed away., Meanings : Ungathered—reaped but not, collected and bound; matted hair—knotted and, twined hair; Niger—river; strode—rode on the, horse; Caravans—rows of camels; held him—, caught him; clasped—embraced.
Page 351 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 40, How to Write Reports, Just as no definite rules can be laid down for, Precis-Writing, Comprehension or Paraphrasing,, there can be no definite rules for Report-Writing., But certain suggestions can, of course, be given, for writing impressive Reports. These suggestions, should be carefully followed like Rules. The, following are these suggestions :, (1) Report-Writing is a sort of essay writing, and, therefore a report must be written in one’s, own language and style effectively and beautifully., (2) Reports must be written Point-wise in different paragraphs. No two major points should, be written in the same paragraph., (3) The central idea of the whole Report must be, written in the first sentence of the Report., (4) A Report must be factual, based on definite, facts. There is no place for imagination or, emotionalism in a Report. One can, however,, give one’s impressions or findings in the last, paragraph of the Report., (5) A Report must be written in the third person,, past tense, unless otherwise directed in the, Question-Paper. If one has to give one’s own, impressions in the last paragraph, one can, write in the Present or Future Tense in the, First Person., (6) If a Report has to be written for a Newspaper,, a detailed Descriptive Heading must be given, to it. The heading should be so detailed and, factual that if a reader reads only the heading,, and not the full Report, he should be able to, understand the central idea of the whole, Report. Therefore there is no harm even if the, heading becomes a little too long. For, example, the heading of the Report on a trainaccident can be the following one :, Headlong collision between an Express, Train and a Goods Train near Bombay., Ten passengers killed, dozens others, , Report-Writing, injured. Rail traffic suspended. Rescue, operations on., (7) In official Reporting, an officer has to send, his Report to a senior officer or to the Government. This Report is always impersonal., The designation of the officer (only designation, not name) to whom the Report is, being sent should be written at the top. The, officer who is sending the Report should give, his name and designation at the bottom of the, Report. There is no salutation at the beginning and no subscription (such as ‘Yours, Sincerely’, ‘Faithfully’, etc.) at the end of the, Report. The officer sending the Report must, put his signature with date at the end of the, Report., , Examples, 1. Supposing you are a Reporter for The Times, of India. Write a report from Tokyo on the, recent earthquake in Japan., , Report, Devastating Earthquake in Japan, 2872, killed, thousands missing, thousands of, houses collapsed, train tracks and roads, cracked, all traffic suspended., Tokyo, 17 January, A fierce earthquake occurred in central and, western Japan this morning. Its intensity on the, Rector Scale was measured as 8·5. Its centre was, about 200 Kilometers from Tokyo in the Pacific, Oceans about 20 kilometres deep. The cities of, Kove, Ossaca and Quetto were worst affected., Thousands of houses collapsed within minutes., According to an official report 2872 persons have, been killed and about 5000 are missing. Rail, tracks and roads have been completely damaged., All communication means have been completely, disrupted. Rescue parties and medical teams are, being rushed. The building of the Indian Embassy, at Kove is safe. No Indian has been killed., Messages of sympathy on this national calamity
Page 352 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 344 | L.W.C.E., and proposals for aid are coming from many, countries of the world, including India., This earthquake is believed to be the worst, and most devastating one that has occurred in, Japan in this century. It has also disproved Japan’s, claim that it has developed the technology of, building earthquake–proof houses in the country., No scientific or technical advancement can ever, stand against the indomitable forces of nature., 2. In your capacity as the Governor of Jammu, and Kashmir write a Report to the Home, Minister on the damage done to life and, property by the cold wave, fierce snowfall, and landslides in the State., , Report, The Home Minister,, Govt. of India, New Delhi., The State of Jammu and Kashmir is facing an, unprecedented rage of cold wave, snowfall and, landslides. The State is in the grip of incessant, rains, hail storms and flood. Practically all the, rivers, lakes and water-falls have frozen into solid, ice. At many places the temperature has sunk, down to –60° celcius. It is feared to be the worst, natural calamity of its type of this century., According to official records about 250 persons, have been killed and 400 stranded or buried in the, snow. About 600 vehicles, including 37 buses and, 39 motorcycles have been half buried and, stranded in the snow. The 2·8 kilometer long, Jawahar Tunnel has been blocked with heavy, walls of snow at both ends and about 240 people, have been stranded within it. Rescue operations, have been started. About 133 bodies have been, taken out so far. After four days’ ceaseless efforts, against all indomitable forces of nature all the 240, persons engulfed in the tunnel have been rescued., In all about 2600 persons have so far been rescued, and saved by our forces. Food material, food, packets and medicines are being air-dropped in, the worst affectd areas., Central aid is urgently needed. A high-power, committee to assess the extent of damage and aid, to the state is most urgently solicited., (Sd. Govrnor), 3. Prepare a short write-up (report) on Ardh, Kumbh Mela held at Allahabad., The last Ardh Kumbh Mela of the present, century at Allahabad began from 14 January,, 1995. This great holy gala festival is held every, , six and twelve years at the confluence of the, Ganga, Yamuna and the invisible river Saraswati., Preparations on a very large scale were made for, the maintenance of law and order and for providing basic amenities to the pilgrims estimated at, more than 25 lakhs. The whole Mela area was, divided into three broad sectors. The most, important of them was the proper Mela area. The, other two sectors included the city of Allahabad, and the Railway Station. Police and security, forces in large numbers were mobilized from all, over the State and stationed at Allahabad. In, addition to the normal civil and traffic police,, sixty-five P.A.C. companies were posted there., They included Women Police Force, commandoes, dog squads and secret police contingents., The first holy bath festivity was held on the, Makar Sankranti Day (14 January). More than 10, lakh pilgrims were expected to take the holy dip, on this day, but contrary to expectations only, about three lakh pilgrims turned up on that day., The second holy dip day fell on 30 January, Moni, Amavasya. On this day also, contrary to expectations, only about four lakh pilgrims took the holy, bath. The third holy bath day fell on Basant, Panchmi, 4 Feb, 1995. On this day about 20 lakh, pilgrims assembled to take the holy bath. It was, the day of trial for the administration and the, police. However the day passed off peacefully. No, untoward incident of any kind occurred. This, speaks highly of the foresightedness and competence of our administration and the police., , Exercise, Write short reports in about 150 words, each on the following topics :, 1. The outbreak of plague in Gujarat., 2. The recent earthquake that occurred in Maharashtra., 3. An assessment of Literacy Campaign in your, District., 4. The law and order situation in Kashmir., 5. The law and order situation in your District., 6. Any international game or sports meet that, you have seen., 7. The repeated occurrences of floods in your, District., 8. Assembly elections in your State., 9. Parliamentary elections in your constituency., 10. The Flag Hoisting ceremony on the Republic, Day in your University.
Page 353 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Messages, , 41, , It often happens that you go to meet a person at his residence or in his office but he is not available, there. Or, sometimes you want to talk to a person on the telephone, but he is not available on the phone., What is to be done in that case ? In that case you can write down the purpose of your visit, mentioning, some important points in brief, on a piece of paper or memo-slip and hand it over to some responsible, person available there, to be delivered to the person you wanted to meet or talk to. This brief written, statement is called a ‘Message’. In case of a telephonic call, you can verbally give your message to the, person available on the phone., Writing a message briefly and effectively is in itself an art. There are certain rules or practices, which should be followed to make the message effectively brief, beautiful and purposeful. They are the, following :, (1) It is not necessary to write the full address of the writer or the receiver of the Message., (2) Only the name of the writer and the receiver should be written., (3) The name of the receiver of the Message should be written at the top, and that of the writer at, the end of the Message., (4) The date and time of writing the Message must be written at the top., (5) A brief salutation must be written before writing the Message., (6) The Message must be brief, but no important point should be left out., (7) The Message can be written in the Present, Past or the Future tense as the Message may, require., (8) No matter should be added from your side or any opinion given in the Message., (9) In order to make the Message brief, short forms of words, phrases and abbreviations can be, used, as haven’t (for have not), U.N. (for the United Nations), U.S. (for United States of, America), Tel. (for Telephone)., (10) If the sense is not distorted, half sentenses can be used, such as ‘no help yet’, ‘returning soon’,, ‘money urgently needed,’ ‘not well’., , Format of the Message, Though there is no prescribed format for the Messages, the following format can be used :, Day and Date, Time, Receiver’s Name, Salutation, Message, Writer’s Name & Signature
Page 354 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 346 | L.W.C.E., , Model 1, Based on a Telephonic Talk, There is a telephonic talk between Rahul and Nandini. Nandini is just leaving for Delhi, and will, not be able to meet Santosh that day. Therefore she leaves a message for Santosh on the basis of the, following conversation between her and Rahul. Write the message., Nandini : Hello !, Rahul, : Could I speak to Mr. Santosh. I am Rahul at this end., Nandini : I am sorry, Mr. Rahul. Mr. Santosh is not in the office at the moment., Rahul, : Oh, I have a very urgent message to give to him., Nandini : Please, Mr. Rahul, give the message to me. I will write a note and leave it on his table, for his immediate attention. Is there anything serious ?, Rahul, : Yes, his father has a severe heart-attack. He has been admitted into the I.C.U. unit, Number 2, Safdarganj Hospital, New Delhi. His condition is very serious. Santosh must, immediately reach the Hospital. He must have some money with him. His mother is, already there, but she is all alone., Nandini : I am just writing a note and leave it on his table. I’ll also try to get him on the phone., Rahul, : Thanks, Miss Nandini., , Message, Very Urgent, Friday, 23rd Dec., 2011, 11:30 a.m., Dear Mr. Santosh,, Your friend Rahul telephoned to inform you that your father has got a severe heart-stroke. He has, been admitted to Safdarganj Hospital, I.C.U. No. 2. You must immediately reach the Hospital. Your, mother is alone there. Arrange to take some money with you., Nandini., , Model 2, Again Based on a Telephonic Talk, There is a telephonic talk between Sharad and Kamini. Kamini is just ready to go to the Head, Office and is not likely to return before 5 p.m. There is a telephonic call for his colleague Devendra, but, he has not yet come to the office. Kamini receives the call and notes down the message to be conveyed, to Devendra as soon as possible. Therefore she leaves a message to this effect on Devendra’s table for, his immediate attention when he reaches the office., Kamini : Hello !, Sharad, : I am Sharad, wanting to speak to Devendra, please., Kamini : I am Kamini, his colleague, speaking, Devendra has not yet come to the office. If there, is any message for him, please let me know it. I’ll arrange to pass on the message to him, as soon as possible., Sharad, : Yes, there is an emergency. Devendra’s parents have met with a serious accident. They, were going by their bike to attend some function. Their bike jumped off at a speedbreaker and they fell down. Both of them have sustained serious fractures. Both of them, have been rushed to the Emergency ward at S.N. Hospital, Agra. He must reach there, immediately. He must inform his brothers also and ask them too to reach there., Kamini : Yes, Mr. Sharad, I have noted your message. I’ll accordingly write a note to him which, he will receive as soon as he reaches here. Thanks for the care you have taken., Sharad, : Thank you, Madam.
Page 355 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , MESSAGES | 347, , Message, For Immediate Attention, Monday, 25 Dec., 2011, 10:15 a.m., Dear Devendra,, There is an emergency call for you. Your friend Sharad has conveyed an emergency message for, you through the phone. Your parents, while going by their bike, have met with an accident. Both of, them have sustained fractures, and they have been rushed to the Emergency Ward, at S. N. Hospital., You must reach there immediately and inform your brothers too., Kamini., , Model 3, Based on a Telephonic Talk, Bharat and Bhushan are colleagues in the sales Department of a Company. Bharat is getting ready, to go to the field. Bhushan is likely to come to the office in the afternoon. But before Bharat leaves the, office, he receives a telephonic call for Bhushan. Bharat notes down the contents of the call and, accordingly leaves a written message on Bhushan’s table for his immediate attention., Bharat, : Hello !, Bhushan’s Mother : I believe you are Bharat, speaking from the office. Where is Bhushan ? I am, his mother at this end., Bharat, : Mother, Bhushan will reach here by the afternoon. I am also leaving the office, within fifteen minutes. If there is any message for Bhushan, please let me, know. I’ll leave the message on his table for his immediate attention., Mother, : Yes, Bharat, convey the message to him that his sister with her two children is, reaching New Delhi Station from Bangalore by Shatabdi Express. The train, reaches New Delhi at 6 O’clock in the evening. He must receive her at the, station at platform No. 2. She is in first class A.C. Coach, No. P-6. He should, confirm that the train is running on time. His sister has a heavy luggage and her, two children., Bharat, : Yes, Mother, don’t worry. I’ll leave an urgent message for him at his table. He, will receive it as soon as he reaches here., Mother, : So good of you, Bharat. My blessings !, , Message, Urgent Message, Tuesday, 3rd Jan., 2012, 11:30 a.m., Dear Bhushan,, Your mother telephoned to me at 11:30 a.m. She has directed you to receive your sister and her two, children at New Delhi Railway Station at 6 O’clock in the evening at platform No. 2. She is travelling, by Shatabdi Express from Bengaluru. She has boarded first-class A.C. Coach No. P–6. She has heavy, luggage in addition to her two children. You must confirm the arrival time of the train and reach in, time., , Model 4, Based on a Personal Visit, You are Rohitash. You go to meet your uncle to discuss with him your future course of studies. But, your uncle is out of station and will be back by tomorrow morning. Therefore, you leave a message, with your aunt regarding the purpose of your visit. Write your message in detail.
Page 356 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 348 | L.W.C.E., , Message, Friday, 4 Dec., 2011, 11:30 a.m., Respected Uncle,, I came to discuss with you my further course of studies. You know, uncle, that I have passed 10 + 2, exam. of the C.B.S.E. Board with Science and Maths and secured 80% marks. Now I have three options, before me to pursue my studies further. First, I can try for my admission to Engineering and, Technological Course. Secondly, I can try for my admission to computer course leading to M.C.A., Thirdly, I can go in for B.B.A. leading to M.B.A. I am unable to decide. Kindly consider my three, options carefully and give me your valuable advice. I’ll meet you again next week., Rohitash., , Model 5, Based on a Personal Visit, You are Rashmi. Your marriage comes off next month. You want to make some purchases for that, purpose. For this you want to go to market with your friend named Namita. You go to Namita’s house,, but she is not at home. She has gone to her college. Namita’s mother asks you to leave a message for, Namita, which she would deliver to her when she comes back from the college. Write your message., , Message, Friday, 15 Nov., 2011, 1:30 p.m., Dear Namita,, I came to meet you at your house but you had gone to college. I wanted to meet you with a purpose., You know that my marriage comes off next month. Therefore, I want to make some purchases with, you. I know you have a very refined and sophisticated taste. Your choice is excellent. I want to, purchase a few saries, a few suits and, of course, some latest items of cosmetics. Your advice and, choices would be of immense value to me. I’ll come on Sunday. Please keep yourself free in the, afternoon on Sunday., Rashmi., , Exercises for Practice, 1. Read the following telephonic conversation and write the relevant Message based on it :, Rajiv Mehrotra : Hello !, Sandeep Mahajan : I am Sandeep Mahajan, representing Messrs Mahajan and Sons. I, wanted to talk to your Managing Director., Rajiv Mehrotra : Our Managing Director, Mr. Pradeep Kohli, is out of station. Could I be, of any service to you ? I am Rajiv Mehrotra, his Secretary., Sandeep Mahajan : Thanks a lot. We are wholesale dealers in all brands of Refrigerators., But we have had no trade dealings with your company. I wanted to talk, to your M.D. in this connection., Rajeev Mehrotra : Our M.D. will be back tonight and will remain in the office tomorrow all, the time. You can come any time., Sandeep Mahajan : Kindly fix up my meeting at 2 O’clock tomorrow., Rajeev Mehrotra : By chance I am also going out today. I shall not be able to meet the, M.D. However, I’ll leave a message for him and you can come, tomorrow at 2 O’clock., Sandeep Mahajan : Thank you so much for this favour.
Page 357 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , MESSAGES | 349, 2. Read the following telephonic conversation between Ramendra and Ashoka. Write a, message based on this conversations., Hello !, Yes, Ashoka on this side. Can I know who I am talking to ?, I am Ramendra, Mr. Bajpai’s nephew. I want to talk to uncle Bajpai., Mr. Bajpai is not in the office at this moment. He is expected to come back, within an hour., Ramendra : I wanted to tell him that his younger son has developed high temperature. His, wife is getting very nervous. She wants that uncle should reach home, immediately. A doctor has to be called and the child cannot be left alone., Ashoka, : By chance, I have to leave office just now. Therefore I cannot meet Mr. Bajpai., But I will leave a message to this effect on his table. He will reach home as soon, as he reads the message., Ramendra : Yes, please do so. Thanks a lot., Ramendra, Ashoka, Ramendra, Ashoka, , :, :, :, :, , 3. Read the following telephonic conversation between Sita and Geeta. They plan to go to see, a book-fair. They also want to take Seema with them. Write a relevant message to Seema, to this effect., Sita, : Hello !, Geeta : Yes, Sita. I can recognize you by your voice., Sita, : Do you know, Geeta, a very great Book-Fair is being held these days at the Pragati, Maidan ?, Geeta : Yes, I know. Let us go to see it tomorrow., Sita, : Yes, certainly. It would be fine if Pramila also goes with us., Geeta : But how can we inform her ? I tried her phone, but it is out of order., Sita, : We can manage to inform her by sending a message to her through our peon., Geeta : Yes, it is a good idea. Write to her that she should reach your home at 10 in the, morning. I shall also reach your home at the same hour., Sita, : This is agreed., 4. Ramendra has received two appointment letters—One from the Birla Rayons situated in, Arunachal Pradesh, and the other from Volkart Brothers at Mumbai. The Birlas have offered, higher salary but Arunachal Pradesh is risky. The Volkart Brothers offer a slightly lower salary,, but Mumbai is a much better place to live in. Ramendra is in a fix, unable to decide which one, to join. He goes to seek the advice of his uncle, but the uncle is out of station for two days., Ramendra decides to leave a message to his uncle, stating the causes of his dilemma and, seeking his advice. Draft the message on behalf of Ramendra., 5. You are Mahendra. Your friend Surendra has invited you to join his birth-day party in a nearby, town. You have already sent your acceptance. But at the last moment some unexpected, developments have prevented you from going there. You decide to send him your message,, stating the causes that have held you back and wishing him a very happy birthday and long life., Draft the Message., 6. You are Mohini. You have already booked a ticket to fly from Delhi to England by Air India. At, the last minute the Air India flight is cancelled owing to some fault in its engine. All the, passengers of Air India are transferred to the British Airways. Therefore, you decide to send a, message to your father regarding this through your driver so that your father may not worry, about you. Draft the Message.
Page 358 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 42, , Notices, , The writing of Notices effectively and beautifully is an art in itself. The publication, propagation, and circulation of these Notices is an indispensable part of this art. These Notices are circulated for the, information and benefit of individuals, general public, commercial and industrial houses, educational, Institutions, and different Government offices and their staff, and teachers and students. Authentic, information relating to Government notifications, functions, incidents and events, opening ceremonies,, holidays, and games and sports is publicised through them. New commercial and industrial developments are also brought to public notice through them. Therefore, Notices play a very important role in, our day-to-day life. The Notices are either pasted on the Notice-Boards or published in the Newspapers., , Format of the Notices, There is no definite or prescribed format for Notices. However the following format can be, adopted :, Name of the Institution/Dept./Organization/Office, NOTICE, Date, Descriptive Heading, Full contents of the Notice, , Signature, Name, Designation of the Issuing officer & date, , Essential Features of Notices :, Authentic Notices must have the following features, otherwise they would have no value or, relevance :, 1. Notices must have at the top the name of the Department, Institution or Industrial unit which, publishes or circulates the particular notice. Often they are written on their printed letter pads., 2. Below them the word NOTICE must be written in broad capital letters in the centre., 3. Below it date should be written on the left hand side., 4. Then some beautiful and effective Heading should be written in the centre.
Page 359 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NOTICES | 351, 5. The Notice should be written thereafter. The notice should have all necessary details such as the, purpose of the Notice, important dates, duration of period, timings, venue and other conditions,, if any., 6. In the end, the name of the officer and his designation should be written. The Notice should then, be signed by the issuing officer with date., Some important points that must be included in some typical types of Notices are give below :, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, , ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, , ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, , Meetings, Date, Time, Venue, Agenda, Members, Contact Numbers, Specific Instructions (if any), , ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, , Tours and Exhibitions, Name, Occasion and Purpose, Venue, Dates and Timings, Means of Transport, Expenditure (estimated), Duration, Contact Numbers, Specific Instructions (if any), , ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, , Call for Strike, Name of Institution/Company/Deptt. (where call for, strike is given), Personnel going on strike, Date/Duration of strike, Reason for going on strike, Demands, Justification, Promise for remaining non-violent and causing no, damage, , ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, , Events, Name/type of Event, Date, Time, Venue, Eligibility, Contact Numbers, Specific Instructions (if any), Lost and Found, Article lost/found, Date, Time (Approximate), Place/Area where lost / found, Identification of the article, Reward (if any), Contact Numbers, , Change of Name, Present Name, Father’s Name, New Name, Reason for change, Address, Objection (if raised by any), , Model 1, R. S. T. College, Raigarh, Notice, 15-12-2011, , Staff Meeting, An important meeting of the staff of the college will be held on December 17, 2011 in the college, Auditorium at 2 p.m. All the members of the Teaching Faculty are requested to attend the meeting. The, following is the agenda of the meeting :, (i) To pass the minutes of the previous meeting.
Page 360 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 352 | L.W.C.E., (ii) To discuss and finalise the detailed programme of the Annual Sports of the college going to be, held in the first week of January, 2012., (iii) Any other item with the permission of the chair., R. S. Gaur, (Signature), Staff Secretary, , Model 2, Birla Spinning and Weaving Mills Ltd., Kanpur, Notice, 24-10-2011, , Grand Farewell to the Retiring Managing Director, As has already been decided by the Executive Committee of the Officers’ Club, a grand farewell, function to give a befitting Send-off to our Managing Director. Hon. R. S. Sodhi, is going to be held on, November 1, 2011 at the Club Premises at 2 p.m. All the members of the Officers’ Club are most, cordially invited to attend and grace the function. The members who want to speak on the occasion are, requested to give their names to the undersigned by the 26th instt. The members are also expected to, bring their own garlands and bouquets to honour the Hon. Guest., D. C. Pandit, (Signature), General Manager, , Model 3, Modern Public School, New Delhi, Notice, 5-9-2011, , School Tour to Mumbai, As has already been decided, the School is arranging a tour from Delhi to Mumbai. Tentatively the, Tour will start in the first week of October, 2011. The exact date depends upon the date of Reservation, (both sides) available in the Frontier Mail. The members of the staff and students who are interested in, joining the tour should give their names to the undersigned by the 10th instt. The tour would take about, five to six days and the estimated expenditure would come to about 2500/- per head. This would, include train fare and boarding and lodging in a good hotel. It would be an excellent educational tour to, the financial Capital of the Country. The tourists are advised to take light warm clothes with them. For, any other information the intrested persons can contact the undersigned personally or on his Mobile No., 9837653306., R. K. Mehrotra, (Signature), Principal, , Model 4, Messrs Ramlal & Sons, Kanpur, Notice, 5-1-2012, , Handbag Lost. Reward to the Finder, While going from Sari Bazar to Lohamandi by my scooter between 4 and 5 in the evening of, January 4, 2012, I dropped my handbag somewhere on the way. It was a medium-size bag, gray in
Page 361 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , NOTICES | 353, colour, and closed with a chain. The bag contained many of my important letters, some account papers, and a bunch of keys. All these articles are of no use to anyone, but they are very important for me., Anyone who may have found this bag is requested to inform me on my Mobile Number 9897357205., The finder will be given a cash-reward of 1,000/-., Shyam Manohar, (Signature), Proprietor of the Firm, , Model 5, Rajni Agrawal, Indira Nagar, Allahabad, Notice, 15-3-2012, , Change of Name, Until now my name was Rajni Agrawal, daughter of Shri Padam Chand Agrawal, A-27, Indira, Nagar, Allahabad. But last month I was married into a Jain family. My husband’s name is Mr., Prabhakar Jain. Hence, according to Hindu Code of conduct and convention, my name has been, changed as Rajni Jain. Accordingly I am getting my name changed in all my educational certificates, and Degrees and also in my Bank Accounts., This is for general notification so that no one may have any objection or inconvenience on account, of this change in my name., Rajni Agrawal, (Signature), , Model 6, Workers’ Union, Ahmedabad Spinning and Weaving Mills,, Ahmedabad, Notice, 15-1-2012, , Notice for Indefinite Strike, This one month’s notice is hereby given to the Management of Ahmedabad Spinning and Weaving, Mills, Ahmedabad by the Workers’ Union that all the workers of class three and class four will go on an, indefinite strike with effect from the morning of February, 15, 2012, if their long pending grievances, are not removed to their entire satisfaction., The workers have brought to the notice of the Management their grievances several times over the, period of the last two years, but the Management have taken no steps to remove their grievances. The, main demands of the workers are revision in their wages structure, payment of Annual Bonus, and, better provisions for their safety and welfare., The Workers’ Union have been compelled to take this extreme step on account of the callous, indifference of the Management towards their genuine demands over such a long period., Shiv Ram, (Signature), President of the Workers’ Union
Page 362 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 354 | L.W.C.E., , Exercises, 1., , A Book-Fair is being held at the Pragati Maidan in New Delhi. Your College has decided to, visit the Fair in a group of interested teachers and students. In your capacity as the Principal of, D.A.V. College, Meerut, draft a Notice inviting the names of the teachers and students who are, willing to go to visit the Book-Fair., , 2., , You are Principal of the Science College, Allahabad. The students and teachers of the Botany, Department propose to go on an expedition to the Himalayas to collect rare plants and herbs., Draft a Notice inviting the teachers and students who would like to join the expedition., , 3., , You are General Manager of a large limited Company. The Workers of the Company have, given a notice to go on an indefinite strike to pressurise the Management to accept their, demands. Draft a Notice inviting the senior officers of the Company to a meeting to consider, how to deal with the situation., , 4., , As the Registrar of a University, draft a Notice inviting Heads of all Departments to decide the, date for the commencement of the examinations and to draw the detailed schedule of dates and, examination centres., , 5., , The Paediatric doctors of Agra have decided to organize a Free Camp to check up all children, upto the age of ten. All kinds of clinical and pathological tests will be done by experts free of, charge. As the Secretary of the Paediatricians Association, draft a public Notice giving full, details of date, venue, timings and other connected information to make the camp a great, success., , 6., , Your original name is Ghure Lal. This name is very unaesthetic and has a nauseating, connotation. Therefore, you want to change your name, keeping in mind that your initials, should not change. Draft a public Notice for publication in the Newspapers to announce this, change in your name., , 7., , You are R. K. Mehrotra. By chance you left your suit-case on the bus-stand and returned home, by an auto-rickshaw. On reaching home, you realized the loss of the suit-case. Now draft a, Notice to be published in the Newspapers, detailing the colour, size and the type of the suitcase and the main contents in it. Announce that any one who returned your suit-case, or, informed you about it on your telephone would be awarded 5000/- in cash., , 8., , You are D. C. Rawat. Your small puppy has been missing for the last two days. Draft a Notice, to be published in the Newspapers, giving the details of its colour, breed, pet name, and any, other marks of its identification. Announce a reward of 2000/- to any one who brought back, your puppy or informed you about it on your telephone.
Page 363 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Diary-Writing, , 43, Diary-Writing is entirely a personal short, artistic piece of writing. It is not meant to be read, by any one else. In the diary-entries the writer, records some of his important and unforgettable, experiences, events, incidents, unexpected happy, or sad situations, or his experiences of success or, failure. They are recorded in one’s diary the same, day in a short and precise form. Since such important and unforgettable situations or incidents do, not happen in our life every day, diary-entries are, also not made every day. In course of time, these, entries take the form of the author’s autobiography, to a certain extent., , Some Common Rules of Diary-Entries, Since Diary-Writing is entirely a personal, matter, there are no definite rules or any prescribed format for writing the same. However, there, are certain points which every diary-writer must, keep in mind. These points are the following :, (1) First of all, Day and Date should be written., (2) Below that the time of entry should be, written., (3) Thereafter some meaningful and artistic heading for the incident or experience should be, given., (4) Then the incident or experience should be, recorded briefly but artistically and effectively., (5) In the end the writer should put his signature., , Model 1, Diary-Entry, Wednesday, 15 Jan., 2012, 8:30 p.m., , Angel of a Man, I am a young girl of 19, a student of Rajasthan, University, Jaipur. I was travelling by night-bus, from Jaipur to Agra. I was on a sleeper-berth., , Suddenly I woke up with a jerk and came to know, that the engine of the bus had suddenly failed. It, was a lonely place with bushes and thorny trees all, around. I came down from the bus and was, terribly frightened and shivering with cold. All the, passengers went away by different means or on, foot. I was left all alone on that pitch dark night., Suddenly I saw a man coming towards me on his, bicycle. I froze with fear. The man came and got, down from his bicycle by my side. He politely, addressed me as ‘sister’ and said that the place, where I was standing was very dangerous. He, said, “Sister, if you could trust me, I would take, you to my home about two kilometers from there, by my bicycle, and in the morning I would get you, a bus to Agra.” He appeared to be a cultured,, polite and refined person. I had no option but to, accept his offer. He took me to his home. It was a, one-room mud - house. After offering me a cup of, tea, he made me sleep in his only room, and, himself slept in the open verandah outside. At, day-break, he came to my bed with a cup of tea, and woke me up. I saw in his eyes light of, brotherly love and sympathy. He offered me light, breakfast very affectionately, and then accompanied me to the nearly bus-stop to get a bus to, Agra, I was so overwhelmed by his affection and, kindness that I could not ask even his name or, address. To me he was an Angel of a Man., Preeti Dube., , Model 2, Diary-Entry, Sunday, 20 Jan., 2012, 9:00 a.m., , Knocking at the Door at Midnight, Today I was all alone at home because my, parents had gone out to attend a marriage. I, studied till 10 O’clock in the night and then bolted, all the doors and windows very carefully, and
Page 364 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 356 | L.W.C.E., retired to bed. It was my first chance to sleep all, alone in my home. I felt frightened, but I slept., Around midnight I heard a knocking at the door. I, wondered who could have knocked at the door at, that hour of the night. I did not move. Again there, was a knocking. I could not have the courage to, ask who was knocking. He may be a robber or a, decoit wanting to enter into the house. I thought of, calling the police, but I did not have the telephone, number of the police-station. I also thought of, calling some relation or friend by the phone, but I, had become so nervous that I forgot all telephone, numbers. I lay awoke, frozen with fear. The, knocking at the door continued the whole night. I, counted minute by minute until it was morning., When I heard people walking on the road in front, of my door, I collected all my courage and opened, the door. Then I discovered that I had hung a bent, iron bar on the hook of the door, and this bar was, beating against the door by the breeze blowing, , outside. This was the secret of the knocking at the, door. I laughed at my folly., Rashmi Agrawal., , Exercises, Make Diary-Entries on the following topics—, 1. How I miss my mother !, 2. Faith in God’s justice., 3. How I escaped being drowned !, 4. My first day in the College., 5. When I topped in the I.A.S. examination., 6. The day I retired from my service., 7. My encounter with a robber., 8. How I was cheated by a friend !, 9. When I won a Gold in the Olympics., 10. How my luck favoured me !
Page 365 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , Telegram, , 44, , Telegram is a Government means of sending messages from one place to another speedily. In this, system messages are sent from one telegraph office to another telegraph office in a code language. The, receiving telegraph office deciphers the code language into normal language and sends the message to, the addressee through the postman. Since the telegraph office is a Government Department, it has a, prescribed form on which the telegram is sent. The rate of charges is also fixed by the Government. In, the telegram there is a fixed charge for every word in the message as well as in the address of the, addressee. Therefore, messages are sent through the telegram in as few words as possible. In the modern, age mobile phones, S.M.S., Fax, E.mail, etc. have become so popular that telegrams have become, largely outdated. Still thousands of telegrams are sent everyday. Very urgent messages such as Interview, letters, Appointment letters, Intimations of serious ailments, births and deaths are sent by the telegram., , The Format of the Telegram Form, INDIAN POST AND TELEGRAPH, Name and Address, of the Addressee, , Name, Address, , Message :, , Senders’ Name :, Sender’s Name and Address, (Not to be telegraphed), , Common Rules of Telegrams :, (1) Every word in the telegram is written in capital letters., (2) In the message only important words are written, such as names, nouns, main verbs, adjectives,, etc., (3) Articles, Prepositions, Adverbs, helping Verbs without which the message can be well understood, should be avoided., (4) Punctuation marks are not often used. In place of Mark of Fullstop (.), the word ‘Stop’ is, written and it is counted as one word., (5) Numerals are avoided as far as possible. Unavoidable numerals are written in words. Timings, are also written in words, such as ‘8 a.m.’ should be written as ‘EIGHT MORN’.
Page 366 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 358 | L.W.C.E., (6) If there are small squares drawn on the form, only one word should be written in one square., (7) In the last column the full name and address of the sender should be written. This is not to be, telegraphed, and therefore there are no charges for it., , Model 1, You are Rajni Kant. You are posted as a lecturer in Bombay University, Mumbai. Your parents live, at Varanasi. Your mother has a serious heart-stroke. Her condition is serious. She has been admitted to, Gandhi Memorial Hospital. Your father sends you a telegram to come immediately. Draft the telegram, in the following form supplied by the Post and Telegraph Department., Name and Address, of the Addressee, , Message :, MOTHER, GANDHI, , INDIAN POST AND TELEGRAPH, Name : RAJNIKANT, Address : ENGLISH LECTURER, BOMBAY UNIVERSITY, MUMBAI, , HAS, HOSPITAL, , HEART, COME, , STROKE, FIRST, , SERIOUS, MEANS, , ADMITTED, , Sender’s Name : HARI SHANKAR, Sender’s Name and Address, (Not to be telegraphed), , Shri Hari Shankar Gupta, 2/30, Shankar Sadan, M. G. Road, Varanasi, , Model 2, You are Rama Shankar, Resident of 2/41, Gandhi Nagar, Chennai. Your brother, Hari Shankar, is, studying in Indira Gandhi University, Pune. He is a student of M.B.A. Final Semester. An interview, letter has come for him. He is required to attend the interview for the post of Marketing Executive by, the Tata Industries, Tata Nagar, Bihar. Draft a telegram, directing your brother to attend the interview, on January 15, 2012 at 11 a.m. in the office of the Managing Director., INDIAN POST AND TELEGRAPH, Name and Address, of the Addressee, , Message :, YOUR, NAGAR, ATTEND, DIRECTOR, , Name : HARI SHANKAR, Address : MBA FINAL, INDIRA GANDHI UNIVERSITY, PUNE, INTERVIEW, FIFTEEN, INTERVIEW, OFFICE, , Sender’s Name : RAMA SHANKAR, Sender’s Name and Address, (Not to be telegraphed), , TATA, JANUARY, ELEVEN, , INDUSTRIES, MARKETING, MORN, , TATA, EXECUTIVE, MANAGING, , Shri Rama Shankar, 2/41, Gandhi Nagar, Chennai
Page 367 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , TELEGRAM | 359, , Exercises, 1. Draft a telegram to be sent by a father to his son that he has qualified in the written examination, for I.A.S. He should come home immediately and prepare for the Interview to be held early next, month., 2. Draft a telegram to be sent by a father to his son, informing him that he has been appointed as, an Engineer in Birla Cotton Mills, Pilani. He has to join within a week. He must come home, immediately., 3. Draft a telegram to be sent by a Junior Engineer to the Chief Engineer, P.W.D., Allahabad,, requesting him to extend his leave by four days because his father is still seriously ill., 4. Draft a telegram to be sent by Prem Shankar Agrawal to his brother Radhey Shyam Agrawal, informing him that their grandmother has expired. He must come by the earliest train available., 5. You are Pramod Mahajan, General Manager, Paliwal Industries Ltd. Gorakhpur. Your Sales, Executive Rahul Jain has gone to Lucknow. Send a telegram to him to attend an urgent meeting, at Kanpur on 15th January, 2012 before returning to the Head Quarters., 6. You are Tara Chand Maheshwari. Your brother Chandra Bhan has been promoted as Marketing, Executive, Tata Industries, Jamshedpur. He is required to report there immediately. Send a, telegram to your brother asking him to proceed to Jamshedpur immediately instead of returning, home., 7. You are Prem Rajdhan, Manager, Human Resources and Recruitment, Reliance Petro Chemicals, Mumbai. You have to call Rajesh Dixit telegraphically for interview on 10th January, 2012, at 10 a.m. in your office for the post of Sales Executive. Draft a telegram for the same., 8. You are Sanjaya Khurana, Managing Director, Hindustan Lamps Limited, Ludhiana. Your, Marketing Executive, Mr. Harish Kumar, is on a tour over Rajasthan. You have called a very, urgent meeting of all the Marketing Executives on the 15th Jaunary, 2012 at 11:30 in your, office. Draft a telegram asking Mr. Harish Kumar to cut short his tour and return to attend the, meeting.
Page 368 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 45, , Letter-Writing, , Letter-Writing is an art. Therefore as in the cultivation of any other art, the letter-writer has also to, employ all his intellectual and emotional faculties to get perfection in the art of letter-writing. Letters, are the most important means for developing, promoting and strengthening family ties, social, relationships and cordial contacts in industrial, trading and business circles. Letters also reveat the, writer’s cultural level, refinement and command over the language. Therefore it is essential to learn,, practise and acquire perfection in the art of writing letters to be successful in any field of life., Keeping all these points in view, we are giving below the accepted formats of all kinds of letters, along with some models of all types. There are three main types of letters :, (i) Informal Letters or Personal Letters, (ii) Formal Letters or Official Letters, (iii) Business Letters, The above noted Informat or Personal letters include letters amongst family-members, friends, and relations and letters of personal greetings, good-wishes, congratulations, invitations, sympathies, and condolences, etc., The Formal letters include administrative, official, and Government letters and applications., Letters of social importance published in the Newspapers are also formal letters., The Business letters include all types of letters relating to industry, trade, business, imports,, exports, etc., All these different types of letters have a set Format and also use some accepted or formal words,, phrases or even sentences. Therefore it is necessary to know the formats and formalities of all types of, letters. This will keep you in the front line of personal and social culture., , (1) Format of Personal Letters, There are eight main parts of the Personal Letter. They are :, (i) The Address of the Sender :, The sender of the letter must write his full Postal address together with his Telephone Number at, the top of the letter on the right hand side. This is necessary to enable the recipient of the letter to reply, to the letter by post or telephone., (ii) The Date :, The writer must write the date of the letter below the address. The date can be written in the, following three ways :, 5-6-2012, 5th June, 2012, June 5, 2012, If the writer wishes he can write the day also along with the date in the following way,, Friday, 5th June, 2012.
Page 369 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 361, , Format of Informal or Personal Letter, (i) The Address of The Sender, (ii) The Date, (iii) The Saluation, , (iv) The body of the letter (divided into Paragraphs), , (v) The Subscription, (vi) The Signature, (vii) Enclosures (if any), (viii) The name and address of the person, to whom the letter is sent., Note : A new fashion has been started these days to write the Subscription and Signature on the, left-hand side. Perhaps this has been done because this is more convenient to the typist. However,, both ways are correct., (iii) The Salutation :, The Salutation written on the left-hand side is a very important part of the letter. It shows the, writer’s closeness to the person to whom the letter is written. Different categories of people are offered, salutation in different ways. The more common salutations are these :, ● To Father, Mother, Elder Brothers and Sister. Uncles, Aunts and other elderly relations—, My dear Father / Papa / Daddy / Uncle / Brother, Dear Mother / Mummy / Aunt / Sister., Respected Father / Mother / Uncle / Aunt, etc., (This is, however, not accepted in Western culture), ●, , ●, , ●, , From Father, Mother and other elderly relations to their children or younger ones—, My dear son / daughter, Dear Raju / Renu, My dear daughter / sister Richa, Between Brothers, Sisters and Friends, My dear brother / sister, My dear brother Saurabh, My dear sister Lahar, My dear Gaurav / My dear friend Gaurav, To your senior colleagues, teachers or professional friends., Sir, Dear Sir, Dear Sirs (Remember, we cannot write My Sir, My Dear Sir/Sirs), , (iv) Body of the Letter :, This is the main part of the letter. It contains the matter, message or contents of the letter. It can, have several paragraphs. It has three broad divisions—, ● Opening sentence of the letter
Page 370 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 362 | L.W.C.E., ●, ●, , The main matter or contents, The closing paragraph or sentence, , The following can be the common opening sentences of a letter :, ● Thanks for your kind and affectionate letter received just now / last week / a couple of days, ago / on the 10th March., ● Many many thanks for your kind letter. I am sorry I could not reply to it earlier, as I was out of, station / owing to very heavy engagements / owing to pressure of studies / work., ● I was so glad/delighted / pleased to receive your letter. I was even more delighted to read its, contents., ● Received your long awaited / eagerly awaited letter only yesterday. You can’t realize what a, relief it gave to me., ● I am sure you will be pleased to read the contents of this letter., ● I have not received any letter from you since long / for a long time. It is really very unkind and, thoughtless of you. Perhaps you don’t know how much I love you and care for you., ● I am sorry for not having replied to your kind letter so long / for such a long time. The delay, was due to overwork / pressure of work / very heavy pressure of studies. But this does not, mean that I love you in any way less / remember you in any was less / care for you in any way, less., ● I beg your pardon for this inordinate delay in replying to your letter. In fact, I was out of, station / I was not quite well / I was overbusy in connection with my sister’s marriage. This, slackness will not occur in future., The following can be the closing sentences of the letter :, ● With sweet remembrances and love., ● With best wishes / With best wishes and love., ● With heartiest love and blessings., ● Wishing your all the best., ● With regards to you and Mummy., ● With warmest personal regards., ● With regards to your parents and love to the younger ones., ● Kindly convey my regards to your parents and love and good wishes to younger brothers and, sisters., ● Hoping to receive an early reply from you / Expecting an early reply., ● Kindly reply by return of post., ● Trusting this finds you in the best of health and happiness., (v) Subscription :, At the end of the letter, on the right-hand side, subscription is written above the signature of the, writer of the letter. This is also an important part of the letter. Different types of subscriptions are, written for different persons to whom letters are written. The more common forms of subscription are, these :, ● In letter to Father, Mother, Brothers, Sisters and other elderly family members—, Yours affectionately,, Affectionately yours,, Your affectionate son / daughter / nephew / niece, etc.
Page 371 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 363, , ●, , ●, , ●, , ●, , (But remember, we cannot write ‘your affectionately’ or ‘affectionately your’. Also we should not, add apostrophes (’s) in ‘Yours’), In letters from Father, Mother, Brothers, Sisters and other elderly members of the family to their, children or younger ones—, Yours affectionately,, Affectionately Yours,, Your affectionate father / mother / uncle / aunt, etc., In letters between Brothers and Sisters—, Your loving brother,, Your loving sister., In letters between friends—, Yours sincerely,, Sincerely yours,, Yours very sincerely,, Your loving friend., In letters to senior Colleagues, Officers, Businessmen and Professionals—, Yours faithfully,, , (vi) Signature :, Below the Subscription the writer should put his signature. The signature should be full and clear., If the letter is typed, signature must be put below the typed name. If some photocopies of the letter are, to be sent, they should be properly signed., (vii) Enclosures :, If some Enclosures such as cheques, drafts, certificates, etc. are to be sent with the letter, they, should be properly enclosed, and their list should be given on the left-hand side below the ‘Enclosures’., (viii) Address of the Recipient :, The name and address of the recipient of the letter should also be written on the left-hand side., (ix) P. S. :, Sometimes some important point is left out from the main body of the letter. This can be written, very briefly under P.S. (Postscript) on the left-hand side of the letter and signed. But it is not a good, practice and should be avoided as far as possible., , (2) Format of Official Letters, Official letters have eleven main parts :, (i) The Address of the Sender :, If the letter is written on the printed letter-pad, it is not necessary to write the address again., (ii) The Date :, Below the address, date of the letter should be written in the manner given under Personal letters., (iii) Designation and Address of the recipient :, The writer must write the Reference Number of his letter, such as—Ref. No. 253/Misc/2011-12.
Page 372 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 364 | L.W.C.E., , Format of Formal or Official Letters, (i) The Address of the Sender, (With Telephone No., if any), (ii) The Date, (iii) Designation and Address of the Recipient, (iv) Reference No., (v) Subject, (vi) The Saluation, (vii) The Body of the Letter (divided into Paragraphs), (vii) The Subscription, (ix) The Signature, (With Official Stamp), (x) Enclosures (if any), (xi) Copies to be sent, if any, Note : As in Personal and Business Letters, a new trend has been started to write the, Subscription and Signature on the left-hand side. However, both ways are correct., (v) Subject :, It is a very important point in Official letters, Under it, it is briefly written what is the letter about,, or uner what reference the letter is being written. Here we give some common examples of the Subject., ● Application for the Post of Electrical Engineer., ● Application for the Post of Lecturer in English., ● Regarding non-payment of Quarterly Premium., ● Non-compliance of our letter No. CH/36-145, dated July 5, 2011., ● Your letter of Enquiry, dated Sept. 2, 2011., ● Non-receipt of Marks-sheet/Transfer orders/Budget allocation, etc., ● Complaint regarding frequent failure of power supply., ●, , Settlement of Telephone Bills., , (vi) Salutation :, In Official letters there is a fixed form of salutation to be written on the left-hand side., ● To a Senior Officer of one’s own or any other Department or to one’s teacher—, Sir,, ● To one’s equal or junior colleague—, Dear Sir,, ● To the Head of any Department—, Sir,, (vii) Body of the Letter :, This is the most important part of the letter. It may have several paragraphs. The first paragraph, with which a letter begins is very important. Some common sentences with which an official letter can, begin are these :, ● Respectfully I beg to submit that ………
Page 373 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 365, ●, , I have the honour to submit that ………, , ●, , With reference to your advertisement for the post of ……, I beg to offer my candidature for the, same., , ●, , With reference to your advertistement in The Times of India, dated ……… I beg to apply for the, post of ………, , (viii) The Subscription :, As in Personal letters, Subscription is written on the right-hand side above the signature. In official, letters or applications, the subscription is always written as:, Yours faithfully,, (ix) The Signature :, The signature below the Subscription must be complete and clear. The designation of the signing, authority must be written below the signature and official stamp must be affixed., (x) Enclosures :, Enclosures, if any, must be enclosed with the letter, and the list of the Enclosures must be given on, the left-hand side below this head., (xi) The Copy :, If Copies of the letter are to be sent to some other authorities, their list must be given as under :, Copy to :, (i) The District Magistrate for his information and necessary action., (ii) The Governor for favour of his information and necessary direction., (iii) The Vice-Chancellor for favour of immediate action., , (3) Format of Business Letters, The Business Letters also have eleven main parts. They are :, (i) The Address of the Sender :, If the letter is written on the printed Letter-head of the Firm. It is not necessary to write the address, of the sender again. The Telephone and Fax Numbers too, if available, should be written here. If not, already printed, they should all be written at the top on the right-hand side., (ii) The Date :, The date of the letter must be written on the right-hand side below the address of the sender. The, method of writing the date is the same as explained under Personal letters., (iii) Name and Address of the receiving Firm :, The name and address of the Firm or its officer concerned should be written on the left-hand side of, the letter. The home address of the officer should not be written., Note—The Firms which are named after the names of some persons are addressed as Messrs, e.g., Messrs Rajkishore & Sons, or Messrs Volkart Brothers. But the Firms which are named impersonally, are not addressed as Messrs, e.g. The Glove Travellers., (iv) Reference Number :, The Reference No. of the letter must also be written, as No. 358/Orders/2010-11.
Page 374 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 366 | L.W.C.E., , Format of Business Letters, (i) The Address of the Sender, (with Telephone No., if any), (ii) The Date, (iii) Designation and Address of the Recipient, (iv) Reference No., (v) Subject, (vi) The Salutation, (vii) The Matter of the Letter (divided into Paragraphs), (vii) The Subscription, (ix) The Signature, (x) Enclosures (if any), (xi) Copies to be sent, if any, Note : As in Personal and Official Letters, a new trend has been started to write the Subscription, and Signature on the left-hand side. However, both ways are correct., (v) Subject :, It is a very important part of the Business Letter. It states in the minimum possible words the topic,, subject or reference under which the letter is being written. Some such common topics are these :, ● Non-payment of outstanding bills., ● Second reminder for immediate payment of pending bills., ● Non-execution/Non-compliance of our order No. 3512/Stab.2012, dated 10.6.2012., ● Your letter of Enquiry, dated 14.3.2012., ● Complaint regarding manufacturing defect in the T.V. supplied by you., ● Settlement of Accounts., ● Non-payment of Quarterly interest., (vi) Salutation :, Salutation is written on the left-hand side of the letter. The wordings of salutation in Business, letters are fixed. They are :, ● For some officer of the Firm, Dear Sir, ● For the firm, Dear Sirs, or, Gentlemen., (vii) Body of the Letter :, This is the main part of the letter. It can have several paragraphs. The first sentence written in the, letter has great importance. Some common and popular sentences with which such letters can begin are, these :
Page 375 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 367, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, ●, , We draw your kind attention to our letter No.……, dated ……, and write to state that ………, Kindly refer to your letter No………, and dated …………, This is in response to your circular letter No ………, Dated …………, This refers to your letter No ………, dated ………, This is to bring to your kind notice that ………, We write to invite your attention to …………, , (viii) The Subscription :, The subscription is written on the right-hand side above the signature of the sender. In these letters, subscription can be written in one of the following ways :, Yours faithfully,, or, Yours truly,, or, Faithfully yours,, (ix) The Signature :, The letter should be properly and legibly signed. The designation of the signing authority and the, stamp of the Firm must be affixed., (x) Enclosures :, Enclosures, if any, such as cheques, drafts, R.R. etc. should be properly enclosed with the letter,, and their list must be given under Enclosures on the left-hand side., (xi) Copy :, If the Copies of the letter are to be sent to some other authorities, they must be listed on the lefthand side as follows :, Copy to :, (i) The General Manager for his information and necessary action., (ii) The Secretary for his kind information., , Some Model Letters, Personal Letters, (1) Letter from a son to his father, informing him of his preparations for the final examination, and asking him for some more money., Room No. 41,, A. N. Jha Hostel, Allahabad University, Allahabad, January 10, 2012, Respected Papa/My dear Father,, I am sorry I could not write to you for such a long time. But there is nothing to worry about, me. I was only busy with my preparations for the final examination. My Practical examinations, finished only yesterday. You will be glad to know that I have done excellently well at the Practicals.
Page 376 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 368 | L.W.C.E., Our classes are going on in full swing these days. I am trying my best to finish my course in all, subjects well before the examinations. I go to consult my teachers as and when I need their help, and guidance. All my teachers are very kind and considerate to me. On the basis of my preparations, I feel confident that I would get a first class. The rest depends on my luck and your blessings., Papa, I am running short of money these days. I have to settle the account of the Hostel. I have, also to buy a few books which I need very urgently. Would you be kind enough to send me rupees, five hundred more to meet these extra expenses ?, I very much remember Mummy and youndger brother and sister. Kindly convery my regards, to Mummy and love to Preeti and Rajat., With regards to you,, Yours affectionately,, (Sd.) Ramendra, To, Shri P. K. Dubey, 3/25, Patel Nagar,, Lucknow, (2) Letter from the father to the son in reply to the above letter., 3/25, Patel Nagar,, Lucknow, January 14, 2012, My dear Ramendra / My dear Son,, Received your letter only yesterday. We are all very glad to learn that you have done so well at, the Practical examinations. Our best wishes and blessings are ever with you. Hard and sincere, labour never goes waste. Luck also favours those who work hard. Keep on working in the same, spirit. You will certainly get a first class., Your Mummy and Preeti and Rajat also remember you very much, but we didn’t write to your, because we didn’t want to disturb you in your studies. We are all eagerly looking forward to your, coming home after the exams., As desired, I am enclosing herewith a Bank Draft for rupees five hundred. Don’t hesitate to, write if you need more money., Your Mummy sends you her blessings, and Preeti and Rajat say ‘Hello’ to you., With love and blessings,, Yours affectionately,, (Sd.) R. K. Dubey, To, Shri Ramendra Dubey,, Room No. 41,, A. N. Jha Hostel,, Allahabad University,, Allahabad
Page 377 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 369, (3) Letter of Greeings to a friend on New Year’s Day, 25, Saket, Lucknow, January 1, 2012, My dear friend Deepander,, Please accept my warmest greetings and felicitations on the New Year’s Day. May the New, Year bring you all the success, happiness, progress and prosperity you have ever aspired to, achieve! May God fulfil all your wishes, ambitions, dreams and aspirations in the New Year ! May, lock favour you in every walk of life and shower upon you the choicest boons and blessings every, day in the New Year., With best wishes once again,, Yours sincerely,, (Sd.) Lalit Kumar Saxena, To, Shir Deepander Roy,, 2/46, Sarkar Enclave,, Kolkata, (4) Reply to the above letter of greetings, 2/46, Sarkar Enclave,, Kolkata, 5th January, 2012, My dear Lalit,, I am really very grateful to you for your New Year Greetings. I highly value your sentiments, expressed for me and reciprocate the same to you most sincerely and earnestly. I pray to God to, bless you with every boon and blessing man can ever aspire for. May you and your family progress, and prosper and enjoy the best of health and happiness every day and all days of the New Year !, Kindly remember me to your parents and convey my best regards to them., Wishing you all the best once again,, Yours affectionately,, (Sd.) Deepander Roy, To, Shri Lalit Kumar Saxena, 25, Saket,, Lucknow, (5) Letter of Congratulations from one’s elder brother, 18, Civil Lines,, Agra, June 5, 2012, My dear Rajesh,
Page 378 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 370 | L.W.C.E., I was extremely delighted to find your Roll Number and name in the list of successful, candidates selected for admission to M. B.B.S. course in Uttar Pradesh. The result was published in, ‘The Hindustan Times’ yeserday. I convey to you my heartiest congratulations and blessings for, your brilliant success., I know your success is well deserved. This success has not come by chance. You laboured, very hard for it. Your sincere and hard labour have been justly rewarded. I just repeat what I have, told you so often that hard labour and sincere efforts never go waste. Remember this for yet more, brilliant success in the career of your life., Now you have a long and brilliant career before you. Make all efforts sincerely and earnestly, in the pursuit of your studies and even thereafter to shine out with extra-brilliance in the medical, profession., My best wishes are ever with you., Yours affectionately,, (Sd.) R. K. Dewan, To, Shri Rajesh Kumar Dewan,, 25, Kacheri Road,, Aligarh, (6) Reply to the above letter, 25, Kacheri Road,, Aligarh, 10th June, 2012, My dear brother,, I was so glad to receive your affectionate congratulatory letter. My success is largely due to, your encouragement and help. If you had not given me full financial support so liberally, I would, not have been able to devote myself to my studies without any kind of worry or botheration. I, assure you I shall pursue my studies with the same zeal and zest., I shall spare no pains to maintain my academic record and to imrpove it further. I shall never, betray your trust and confidence you have reposed in me., Kindly convey my warmest regards to Bhabhiji and love to Raju and Lovely., With my warm personal regards,, Yours affectionately,, (Sd.) Rajesh Kumar Dewan, To, Shri R. K. Dewan, 18, Civil Lines,, Agra,, (7) Letter of Sympathy, 2/42, Civil Lines, Lucknow, June 22, 2012, My dear Ravi,, I was so shocked to learn from your brother this morning that you have sustained a fracture on, the knee-cap of your right leg in a train derailment. I am told that plaster has been applied on the, injured leg. As a result you cannot move out from your bed. This is indeed a great ordeal, specially
Page 379 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 371, for an active person like you. I express my heart-felt sympathies for you and I pray to God for your, early recovery. My parents join with me in sending their sympathies to you and wishing your a, very speedy recovery., My dear friend, have courage and patience to put up with this situation with fortitude. Also, pray to God and have full faith in His justice and mercy, for anything could have happened in a, train accident like this. We must all be thankful to the Almighty for His mercy., Kindly convery my regards to your parents., With best wishes,, Yours sincerely,, Ramendra, To, Shri Ravi Shanker Mathur,, 37, Swaroop Nagar, Kanpur., (8) Reply to the above, 37, Swaroop Nagar,, Kanpur, June 27, 2012, My dear friend Ramendra,, I heartily thank you for your kind and affectionate letter. Letters of sympathy and good wishes, from my dear friends like you give so much of support and moral courage. By God’s mercy and, good wishes of my friends, my fracture is simple. Doctors hope that I shall recover completely in, about three months., However, confined to bed as I am, I feel very lonely and helpless. Time seems to creep very, slowly. Whenever you happen to come to this side, please do come to me and stay with me for a, day or two. Your company would give me much consolation and moral support., Please convey my regards to your parents., Thanking you once again,, Yours sincerely,, Ravi, To, Shri Ramendra Singh Chauhan,, 2/42, Civil Lines,, Lucknow, , (9) Letter of Condolences, 3/9, H. A. L. Colony,, Bhopal, Nov. 23, 2011, My dear Rakesh,, I was deeply grieved to learn of your revered father’s sudden demise last week. One can easily, realise what an irreparable loss and void the death of one’s father causes in one’s life and family., But God’s will is supreme, and one has to accept it with courage, fortitude and equanimity. I send
Page 380 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 372 | L.W.C.E., you my beart-felt condolences and pray to God to give you strength enough to bear this great, family tragedy with courage and faith in God. I also pray to God to grant peace to the departed, soul. My parents join with me in sending their condolences to you and your family., Sharing your grief,, Yours sincerely,, Trimohan, To, Shri Rakesh Kumar Jain, 35, Ashok Nagar,, Gwalior, (10) Reply to the above, 35, Ashok Nagar,, Gwalior, Nov. 27, 2011, My dear Trimohan,, I received your letter of condolences yesterday. My father’s death was a terrible blow to the, whole family, but there was no way out against God’s will. However, your letter gave me much, comfort and consolation. I must express my gratitude to you and your parents for the same., Thanking you,, Yours sincerely,, Rakesh, To, Shri Trimohan Verma, 3/9, H. A. L. Colony,, Bhopal, (11) Letter of Invitation, 2A/5, Shanti Kunj, Dehradun, 5th September, 2011, My dear Rajan,, I am glad to inform you that the marriage of my elder brother has been fixed to be held on the, 15th of October, 2011. Our formal letter of invitation will reach you in due course of time. But I am, writing this personal letter well in advance so that you may get sufficient time to take leave and, arrange for train reservation. I shall not accept amy excuse; you have got to come. I need not add, that your presence would add so much to my joy and happiness on this auspicious occasion., I do hope you will give me the pleasure of your company., With best wishes to you and personal regards to your parents., Yours affectionately,, Shyam Sunder, To, Shri Rajendra Kumar Saxena, 3/21 A, Indra Bhavan,, Chawk, Allahabad
Page 381 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 373, (12) Affirmative reply to the above, 3/21 A, Indra Bhavan,, Chawk, Allahabad, 10th September, 2011, My dear Shyam,, I was so glad to receive your affectionate letter yesterday, I was delighted to learn that you, elder brother is getting married next month. I will certainly make it a point to attend his marriage, ceremony. I am going to apply for leave from my office very soon, and I believe there will be no, difficulty in getting my train reservation. I shall give you the details of my journey after getting my, reservation., I need not say that I shall be intensely happy to be in your company for a couple of days. I’ll, certainly not miss this happy chance., Kindly convey my warmest personal regards to your parents, and my heartiest congratulations, to your brother in advance., Yours affectionately,, Rajan, To, Shri Shyam Sunder Sharma,, 2A/5, Shanti Kunj,, Dehradun, (13) Negative reply to the above, 35, Alok Nagar, Tilak Road, Kanpur, 12th September, 2011, My dear Shyam,, I was so delighted to receive your affectionate letter. It gave me great pleasure to learn that the, marriage of your elder brother takes place on the 15th of October. I am grateful to you for, remembering me and inviting me so affectionately to attend this marriae ceremony. I should have, been extremely happy to attend this marriage and meet you on such a happpy occasion after such a, long time. But, as you know, I am preparing for Indian Administrative Services examination, and, by chance the said exams begin from the 10th of October. In fact, I have a Paper on the 15th, October itself. This prevents me from attending your brother’s marriage and sharing your joy and, happiness. I hope you will realize my difficulty and pardon me for my inability to have the pleasure, of your company. However, as soon as I am free from the exams, I’ll come to you and stay with, you for a couple of days., Kindly convey my felicitatons, my congratulations, and my best wishes to your brother and his, bride. Also please convey my regards to your parents., With best wishes,, Yours affectionately,, Rahul, To, Shri Shyam Sunder Sharma, 2A/5, Shanti Kunj,, Dehradun
Page 383 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 375, , On November 12, 2011 at Hotel Clarkes, AGRA, You are most cordially invited with your family to grace this happy and auspicious, occasion with your presence. We earnestly seek the favour of your blessings on the young, couple embarking on their life’s journey., R.S.V.P., With best compliments from :, Sarvesh, Nalini, Sushil K. & Savita Kohli, &, Rajesh K. & Ragini Kohli, Saurabh, 52, M. G. Road,, AGRA, PROGRAMME, Monday, 12 th November, 2011, Receptio of Barat, ……………………, 7 p. m., Dinner, ……………………, 8 p. m., Wedding, ……………………, 10 p. m., Tuesday, 13th November, 2011, Vida, ……………………, 7 a. m., , Venue, Hotel Clarkes, AGRA, (3) Traditional Model of Wedding Invitation, (, , OM, , (, , Dated …………, Dear ……………,, We feel immensely glad to write to you that by the grace of God and blessings and good, wishes of our near and dear ones like you, the marriage of our son, Sushant, has been fixed for the, 24th of April, 2012 with Kumari Sukanta, daughter of Shrimati and Shriman Jagdambika Prasad of, Jaipur. You are most cordially and earnestly invited and requested to grace this happy and, auspicious occason with your gracious presence along with your family and shower your blessings, on the newly wedded couple. We earnestly feet that your presence would add immensely to the, glamour and gaiety of the cerenmony. We request you most emphatically to make it convenient to, join with us in our joy and happiness., The detailed programme is given below., R.S.V.P., Sincerely yours,, Dr. Naresh Pareek, Ram Naresh Pareek, Dr. Brijesh Pareek, (Mrs.) Shushma Pareek, Mrs. Sudha Pareek, Mrs. Chandra Pareek, 2/25, Prashant Nagar,, M. G. Road, AJMER, Tel : 352798
Page 384 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 376 | L.W.C.E., , Departure of Barat :, Reception of Barat :, , Vida, , :, , Dinner, , :, , PROGRAMME, Tuesday, 24th April, 2012, by bus at 6 a. m. from our residence, at 8 p. m. at the Bride’s residence,, 25, Subhash Nagar, Ajmer, Wednesday, 25th April, 2012, …………………………………… 6 a. m., Thursday, 26 th April, 2012, at our residence—5 p. m. onwards, , (4) Matrimonial Advertisements : Models, 1. Alliance invited for a ver attractive, fair-complexioned, Post-graduate, 25/158 cms. Agrawal girl of, high status family from a well-settled, vegetarian, teetotaller, professional boy from high status, family. Early and decent marriage. Please reply with full bio-data to Box 3587, Hindustan Times,, New Delhi., 2. Compatible match well-settled in Civil/Professional services from highly educated and respectable, family for a very beautiful, fair-complexioned, highly cultured, convent educated, M. A., M.B.A., girl, 26 / 156 cms., of high status Jain family. Early decent marriage. Please reply to Box 3926., Times of India, New Delhi., 3. Wanted suitable match from industrialist, business family of high status with decent living for a, slim, sharp-featured, fair-complexioned, charming, convent-educated, 23/164 cms. girl. Only, daughter of an industrialist, status Khatri family. Please correspond to Box 3468-CD. Hindustan, Times, New Delhi., 4. Correspondence invited from U. S. A.-based professional for beautiful, attractive, vegetarian,, computer consultant, U. S. citizen, 25/162 cms. Panjabi girl. Please send full bio-data to Box 3652, CF, Nav Bharat Times, New Delhi., 5. Matrimonial correspondene invited from USA-based professional for a divorcee Khatri girl,, 34/158, looking much younger, charming, convent-educated, MS, American citizenship. Early, marriage. Box 1538, Times of India, New Delhi., 6. Alliance invited for beautiful, fair, smart, 30/160 cms. Panjabi girl working in USA on H1 Visa as, an expert in Oriental Fashion Designing, $ 60,000 plus perks, from highly educated and very well, placed boy in U. S. Caste no bar. Early marriage. Box 3518 CA Hindustan Times, New Delhi., 7. Alliance invited from charming, extermely beautiful, slim, smart, positive-thinking girl for wellsettled Punjabi widower, 35/75, handsome, fair-complexioned, having his own multinational, industrial establishment, income in millions. No demands, no bars. Issueless widows, divorcees, also acceptale. Respond to Box 3568 OS, Times of India, New Delhi., 8. Reputed affluent Kayastha family seeks alliance for their only son, handsome, fair complexion, tall,, teetotaller, non-smoker. Girl should be very beautiful, cultured and refined. Girl’s merits only, consideration. No demands. Write to Box 5039 HT, Nav Bharat Times, New Delhi., 9. Renowned industrialist family, Bombay-based, invites correspondence for matrimonial alliance for, their only son, handsome, smart, dashing spirit, own income in seven figures, 30/176 cms. Parents, of equal status of a girl, smart, beautiful, convent-educated may correspond to Box 9735 HP,, Hindustan Times, New Delhi., 10. Beautiful, fair, slim, Doctor, Engineer, M. C. A., M. B. A. match for a Brahmin boy. 28/180, M., Tech., employed in multinational firm, drawing salary in six figures. No demands. Girl’s merits, only consideration. Write to Box 7389 CA Hindustan Times, New Delhi.
Page 385 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 377, Model Proforma for Bio-Data For Matrimonial Purposes, Name, Age and Date of Birth, Personality, Height, Complexion, Features, , :, :, :, , Culture and Temperament, Nature, , :, , Full name of Boy or Girl, ……………………………………………………………………, In Centimeters., Very fair / Fair / Wheatish / Dark., For Girls—Beautiful, charming, attractive, graceful, refined,, sophisticated, sharp-featured., For Boys—Handsom, Fair, Healthy, Impressive., , Refinement, , Temperament, Hobbies, , Educational Qualification, , :, , Occupation, , :, , Family Background, , :, , Preferences, , :, , Standard of Marriage, , :, , Address for Correspondence, , :, , For Girls—Gentle and submissive, tolerant and accommodating, adaptable to new conditions., For Boys—Free and frank, bold and dashing, tolerant and, accommodating., For Girls—Highly refined and cultured, soft spoken, can move, and adjust in high society., For Boys—Smart and well-dressed, cultured and Polished., For both boys and girls—Cool, cheerful, positive-thinking,, composed and peaceful., For Girls—Singing, dancing, knitting, embroidery, painting,, cooking, fashion-designing, interior decoration, car-driving, etc., For Boys—Games, sports, horse-riding, travelling and sightseeing, photography, gardening, etc., Details of education, Degrees, Diplomas, Distinctions, Specialization, Practical training, etc., Details of occupation/Profession, positions held in the past,, holding at present, and future prospects and aspirations. Present, salary and nature of work. (This is applicable to both boys and, girls in jobs.), Family background, Father :, Mother :, Brothers :, Sisters :, Uncles :, (a) Paternal :, (b) Maternal :, Preferences, if any, in the choice of the bride or the bridegroom,, such as Professional or Business, Girl employed or housewife,, Doctor / Engineer / C. A. etc., Decent; simple but decent; no demands; no dowery; no avoidable, pomp or show., Full address with Telephone Number
Page 386 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 378 | L.W.C.E., , Business Letters, (1) Letter of Enquiry about some Goods, From, The Principal,, Dated, th, Agra College, Agra,, 30 Sept., 2011, No. 357/Games/2011, To, M/s Davico,, Sports Goods Suppliers,, M. G. Road, AGRA, Dear Sirs,, I shall be thankful to you if you could kindly let me know within a fortnight whether you can, supply the following items of games and sports from your ready stock. If so, kindly quote your, rates along with the brands available with you for immediate supply., 1. Cricket Bats,, 2 dozen, 2. Cricket balls,, 6 dozen, 3. Hockey sticks,, 4 dozen, 4. Foot-balls,, 2 dozen, 5. Volley-balls,, 2 dozen, 6. Badminton cocks, 6 dozen, If your quotations reach me within a fortnight and if they are approved by our Sports, Committee, I shall place an order with you for immediate supply of the goods., Yours faithfully,, Sd. X Y Z, Principal, (2) Placing an order for Goods, From, The Registrar,, Dated, Agra University, Agra, March 20, 2012, No. 615/Misc/Lib-2012, To, M/s Doaba Book House,, Ansari Road, New Delhi, Subject — Order for Library Books, Dear Sirs,, The Library Committee of the University has considered and approved at its meeting held on, March 18, 2012 your price list together with the rate of discount as quoted by you. You are now, requested to supply all the books as given in our list within a fortnight and send the Bill to me., Please see that the supply is in conformity with your terms and conditions and there is no delay, on your part. Please also see that the latest editions of the books are supplied to us., I assure you of prompt payment of the Bill after its verification by the Librarian of the, University., Yours faithfully,, Sd. X Y Z, Registrar
Page 387 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 379, (3) Letter regarding settlement of accounts, From, The Modern Scientific Instruments Company Ltd., Daryaganj,, New Delhi, No. 302/Inst./2011, To, The Registrar,, University of Allahabad,, Allahabad, Subject : Settlement of Accounts, , Dated, 15.10.2011, , Dear Sir,, We supplied some scientific instruments to your University in compliance of your order dated, 10. 2. 2011. The total Bill came to 2,63,850, out of which the University has already paid us, 1,50,000. The balance of 1,13,850 has been pending for payment for over six months now., I would request you kindly to take early steps to make the payment of the balance of the Bill, and settle the account finally., Thanking you,, Yours faithfully,, Sd. X Y Z, For, Scientific Instruments, Co. Ltd., (4) Letter for asking for overdue payment, From, Messrs A. Rahman & Co., Dated, 7, Taj Road,, 15. 1. 2012, Agra, No. 201/payment/2010-11, To, M/s Abdul Gani & Co., Rakab Ganj,, Bareilly, Subject : Reminder for overdue payment, Dear Sirs,, I beg to remind you once again that the payment of our Bill dated 1.4.2011 still remains unpaid, in spite of our three reminders. Please note that this is our final reminder. If we do not receive the, payment within a fortnight, we shall be left with no option except taking legal action., We hope you would kindly make the payment in time and not force us to take legal action, against you., Thanking you,, Yours faithfully,, Sd. XYZ, For, A. Rahman & Co.
Page 388 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 380 | L.W.C.E., (5) Reply to the above, From, M/s Abdul Gani & Co., Rakab Ganj,, Bareilly, No. 281/ACC/2011-12, To, Messrs A. Rahman & Co., 7, Taj Road,, Agra, , Dated, 20.1.2012, , Dear Sirs,, We are in receipt of your letter dated 15.1.2012. We are sorry that the payment of your Bill has, been delayed. Our firm had fallen into a financial crisis, from which it is now gradually recovering., We would request you to allow us a month’s time more for the payment of your Bill. We, assure you we shall take all steps to make your payment on priority basis., Regretting the inconvenience caused to you., Yours faithfully,, Sd. X Y Z, For, M/s Abdul Gani & Co., (6) Letter of Claim for damages, From, M/s Raj Furniture Pvt. Ltd., Cannaught Place,, , Dated, 15.4.2012, , New Delhi, No. 81/Claim—F/2012, To, The Claims Officer,, Northern Railway,, New Delhi, Subject : Claim for Damages, Dear Sir,, A large consignment of many items of school furniture was booked by us from Haldwani by, Northern Railway. When the consignment reached here and we went to take delivery of the same,, we found a large number of chairs and tables completely broken or damaged. This damage was, evidently caused by mishandling of the same by the coolies while loading and unloading the items., The responsibility of damages rests squarely with the Railway staff. Their carelessness and, mishandling have damaged furniture worth 15,000.
Page 389 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 381, Therefore I lodge herewith my claim for damages worth 15,000. We request you to make an, early enquiry into the matter and pass our claim for 15000 for early payment., Thanking you,, Yours faithfully,, Sd. X Y Z, For, Raj Furniture Pvt. Ltd., , Applications, Applications for a post can be written in two forms—, (1) Running or narrative form, (2) Tabular form or on the prescribed proforma., We give below an example of each form :, (1) Application for the Post of a Lecturer, To, The Principal,, St. Lawrence College,, Kolkata, Sir,, With reference to your advertisement No. 3F/Lec/12, dated 5.2.2012, published in The Times, of India for the post of a lecturer in English for your College, I beg to offer my candidature for the, same., With regard to my educational qualifications, I beg to submit that I passed M. A. in English, from Calcutta University in 1999 and obtained First division. Subsequently I obtained the Degree, of Ph. D. in English in 2002. The topic of my research was ‘Shakespeare’s Historical Plays’. My, examiners spoke highly of my thesis. In my earlier educational career also, I obtained First division, in all examinations from High School to B. A., Regarding my teaching experience, I would submit that I have been working as a Lecturer in, English in Allahabad University since September 2002 on a temporary basis. Thus I have an, experience of teaching Degree classes for nearly two sessions in a reputed university. It is natural, that I should seek an appointment on a permanent basis as advertised for your College., I would assure you that if an opportunity is given to me to serve in your College, I would, discharge my duties to my utmost ability and sincerity and spare no efforts to give entire satisfaction to you and to my students., Thanking you, Sir,, Dated : 10.5.2012, Yours faithfully,, R. D. Pirohit, 2/41, M. G. Road, Patna, Enclosures, 1. Photo Copies of all certificates Degrees and Marksheets, 2. Copy of experience certifcate, 3. Copy of High School certificate for verification of age.
Page 390 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 382 | L.W.C.E., (2) Application for the above post in Tabular Form, To, The Principal,, St. Lawrence College,, Kolkata, Sir,, With reference to your advertisement for the post of a lecturer in English, I beg to apply for the, same. I give hereunder the details of my bio-data for favour of your consideration., 1., , Name of the Applicant, , :, , R. D. Pirohit, , 2., , Father’s Name, , :, , Shir S. K. Pirohit, , 3., , Postal Address, , :, , 2/41, M. G. Road, Patna, , 4., , Date of Birth, , :, , 30. 8. 1982, , 5., , Educational Qualifications—, Exams., Passed, , Board /, University, , Year of, Passing, , Division, , Percentage of Marks, , High School, , U. P. Board, , 1996, , I, , 69%, , Intermediate, , U. P. Board, , 1998, , I, , 67%, , B. A., , Allahabad, University, , 2000, , I, , 63%, , M. A. (Eng.), , Patna University, , 2002, , I, , 65%, , Ph.D. (Eng.), , Allahabad, University, , 2007, , ‘Shakespeare’s Historical Plays’, , 6., , Teaching Experience, , :, , Taught degree Classes for two sessions in Allahabad University on a Temporary basis., , 7., , Enclosures, , :, , (i) Copies of all certificates, Degrees and Marksheets, (ii) Copy of Teaching experience certificate., (iii) Copy of High School certificate for verification of age., , 8., , Address for Correspondence: 2/41, M. G. Road, Patna, Tel : 385793, Dated : 10 . 5. 2009, , Yours faithfully,, Signature, R. D. P., , (3) Call for Interview, An Institution or Industrial House or a Government Department or any appointing authority, has to send letters to the applicants calling them for interview. The call for interview may be sent, according to the following format :
Page 391 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , LETTER-WRITING | 383, Name of the Candidate :, , …………………………………………………, , Address, , …………………………………………………, , :, , Dated : ……………, , Dear Sir,, With reference to your application for the post of Junior Engineer, you are required to appear, for an interview before the Interview Board in the Chief Engineer’s Office on Monday, the 12th of, July, 2012 at 10 a. m. Please bring all your certificates and other relevant documents in the original, for verification., Please note that no T. A. or D. A. will be paid to you for appearing at the interview., Yours faithfully,, R. C. Dwivedi, For, The Chief Engineer, P. W. D. Kanpur, , (4) Joining Report, To, , Dated : 28 . 7. 2012, The Principal,, D. A. V. College,, Bhopal, , Sir,, With reference to your letter of appointment No. Eng/II-2012, dated 25.7.2012, I have the, honour to submit that I have joined my duties as Lecturer in English at your College with effect, from the forenoon of 28.7.2012. This may kindly be entered in the records of the College., Thanking you, Sir,, Yours faithfully,, R. K. Nigam,, 3/5 (1), Nehru Nagar, Bhopal
Page 392 :
Downloaded from : successforbanking.wordpress.com, , 384 | L.W.C.E., (5) Application for Casual Leave, To, The Principal,, St. John’s College,, Jaipur,, Sir,, I beg to submit that I have received a telephonic call from my father to meet him today at, Ajmer for an urgent piece of work. Therefore, I am going to meet him and will return from there by, tomorrow evening., Therefore, I request you kindly to grant me casual leave for two days, i.e., for 5th & 6th of July,, 2012 and oblige., Dated : 5.7.2012, , Yours faithfully,, P. K. Dua,, Lecturer in English,, St. John’s College,, Jaipur, , (6) Application for Medical Leave, To, The Divisional Manager,, L. I. C. of India,, M. G. Road, Meerut, Sir,, I regret to write that I am laid up with high fever. My family doctor has diagnosed it to be, typhoid fever. He has advised me to take leave for seven days for treatment and rest., Therefore, I request you kindly to grant me Medical leave for seven days with effect from the, 7th June to 13th June, 2012., The Medical Certificate is enclosed herewith., Thanking you, Sir,, Dated : 7.6.2012, , Encl., Medical Certificate, , Yours faithfully,, R. N. Tripathi, Accountant
